Preview

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL
MANUAL
T7.175 / T7.190 / T7.195 / T7.205
Tractor
T7.175
T7.190
T7.195
T7.205
Tractor
2/2
Part number 47770506 Part number 47770506
English
December 2015
© 2015 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA. All Rights Reserved.

SERVICE MANUAL
T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]

47770506 16/12/2015
EN
Link Product / Engine
Product Market Product Engine

T7.175 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Australia New Zealand F4DE9684J*J106
[HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]
T7.175 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Latin America F4DE9684J*J106
[HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]
T7.175 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Middle East Africa F4DE9684J*J106
[HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]
T7.175 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Asia Pacific F4DE9684J*J106
[HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]
T7.190 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Australia New Zealand F4DE9684V*J101
[HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ]
T7.190 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Middle East Africa F4DE9684V*J101
[HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ]
T7.190 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Asia Pacific F4DE9684V*J101
[HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ]
T7.190 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Latin America F4DE9684V*J101
[HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ]
T7.195 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Asia Pacific F4DE9687V*J105
[HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ]
T7.195 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Middle East Africa F4DE9687V*J105
[HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ]
T7.195 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Australia New Zealand F4DE9687V*J105
[HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ]
T7.195 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Latin America F4DE9687V*J105
[HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ]
T7.205 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Asia Pacific F4DE9684T*J102
[HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ]
T7.205 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Latin America F4DE9684T*J102
[HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ]
T7.205 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Middle East Africa F4DE9684T*J102
[HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ]
T7.205 Com cabine, 18x6, TIER 3 Australia New Zealand F4DE9684T*J102
[HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ]
47770506 16/12/2015
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Engine....................................................................................... 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.216] Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
Clutch ....................................................................................... 18
[18.104] Clutch hydraulic release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2
Transmission.............................................................................. 21
[21.111] Semi-Powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.133] Semi-Powershift transmission external controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.152] Semi-Powershift transmission internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
[21.160] Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

[23.202] Electro-hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
47770506 16/12/2015
Power Take-Off (PTO) ................................................................. 31
[31.104] Rear electro-hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.202] Hydraulic service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.300] Pneumatic service brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.3
Hydraulic systems....................................................................... 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.102] Pump control valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.105] Charge pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6
[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7
Pneumatic system ...................................................................... 36

[36.100] Pneumatic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.1
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

[37.100] Drawbars and towing hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.1
[37.110] Rear three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.2
Frames and ballasting ................................................................. 39

[39.100] Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.1
[39.140] Ballasts and supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.2
Steering..................................................................................... 41
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.106] Tie rods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
47770506 16/12/2015
[41.206] Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.4
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.5
Wheels ...................................................................................... 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
[44.520] Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.2
Cab climate control ..................................................................... 50

[50.100] Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.1
[50.104] Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.2
[50.200] Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.3
Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.640] Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
[55.045] Front axle control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.130] Rear three-point hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
[55.DTC] FAULT CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

[90.150] Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.1
[90.151] Cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.2
[90.100] Engine hood and panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.3
[90.102] Engine shields, hood latches, and trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.4
47770506 16/12/2015
47770506 16/12/2015
INTRODUCTION
47770506 16/12/2015
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Important notice regarding equipment servicing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Safety rules - Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basic instructions — Shop and assembly (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Torque — Standard torque data for hydraulics (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Consumables (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(*) See content for specific models

47770506 16/12/2015
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ] LA
All repair and maintenance work listed in this manual must be carried out only by qualified dealership personnel,
strictly complying with the instructions given, and using, whenever possible, the special tools.
Anyone who performs repair and maintenance operations without complying with the procedures provided herein
shall be responsible for any subsequent damages.
The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional, or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manu-
facturer, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer.
In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer in case
of damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manufacturer.
The manufacturer reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications at any time without
notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold. Specifications, descriptions, and
illustrative material herein are as accurate as known at time of publication but are subject to change without notice.
In case of questions, refer to your NEW HOLLAND Sales and Service Networks.
47770506 16/12/2015
3
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual

This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through web delivery (eTIM), DVD, and paper manuals. A coding system called
SAP has been developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions, e.g., Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customer's
machine. When a customer has a concern on their machine it is usually because a function or system on their ma-
chine is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to their commands. When you refer
to the technical information in this manual to resolve that customer's concern, you will find all the information classified
using the SAP coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the technical
information for that function or system, you will then find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, compo-
nents, assemblies, and sub assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information that
have been written for that function or system: the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it works),
the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting), and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating SAP coding into technical information, you will be able to search and retrieve just the right piece of
technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern on his machine. This is made possible by attaching
3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
• LOCATION - the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to describe
(e.g., Fuel tank).
• INFORMATION TYPE - the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or func-
tion on the machine (e.g., Capacity would be a type of Technical Data describing the amount of fuel held by the fuel
tank).
• PRODUCT - the model for which the piece of technical information is written.
Every piece of technical information will have those three categories attached to it. You will be able to use any combi-
nation of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customer's concern
on their machine.
That information could be:

• the procedure for how to remove the cylinder head
• a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
• a fault code
• a troubleshooting table
• a special tool
47770506 16/12/2015
4
INTRODUCTION
Manual content
This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at the
beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included at
the end of each Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in the
Chapter Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

• Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components, assemblies or
sub-assemblies.
• Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components, assemblies or
sub-assemblies.
• Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic
devices, components, assemblies or sub-assemblies.
• Service Data (remove disassemble, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, com-
ponents, assemblies or sub-assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by a
number (00, 35, 55, etc.). The Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the machine that
the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This table illustrates
which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
PRODUCT
Tractors
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes, excavators,
skid steers, ….
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, ….
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying
equipment, ….
SECTION Mounted equipment and tools, ….
00 - Maintenance X X X X X
05 - Machine completion and equipment X X X X X
10 - Engine X X X X
14 - Main gearbox and drive X X X X
18 - Clutch X X X
21 - Transmission X X X X
23 - Four wheel drive (4WD) system X X X X
25 - Front axle system X X X X
27 - Rear axle system X X X X
29 - Hydrostatic drive X X X X
31 - Power Take-Off (PTO) X X
33 - Brakes and controls X X X X
35 - Hydraulic systems X X X X
36 - Pneumatic system X X X X
37 - Hitches, drawbars and implement couplings X X X
39 - Frames and ballasting X X X X X
41 - Steering X X X X
44 - Wheels X X X X
46 - Steering clutches
48 - Tracks and track suspension X X X
50 - Cab climate control X X X X
55 - Electrical systems X X X X X
56 - Grape harvester shaking
58 - Attachments/headers X
60 - Product feeding X
47770506 16/12/2015
5
INTRODUCTION
61 - Metering system X
62 - Pressing - Bale formation X
63 - Chemical applicators X
64 - Chopping X
66 - Threshing X
68 - Tying/Wrapping/Twisting X
69 - Bale wagons
70 - Ejection X
71 - Lubrication system X X X X X
72 - Separation X
73 - Residue handling X
74 - Cleaning X
75 - Soil preparation/Finishing
76 - Secondary cleaning / Destemmer
77 - Seeding X
78 - Spraying X
79 - Planting X
80 - Crop storage / Unloading X
82 - Front loader and bucket X X
83 - Telescopic single arm X X
84 - Booms, dippers and buckets X X
86 - Dozer blade and arm X X
88 - Accessories X X X X X
89 - Tools X X X X X
90 - Platform, cab, bodywork and decals X X X X
47770506 16/12/2015
6
INTRODUCTION
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a number e.g. Engine - Engine and crankcase - 10.001. The first number is identical
to the Section number i.e. Chapter 10.001 is inside Section 10, Engine. The second number is representative of the
Chapter contained within the Section.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the technical data (specifications), functional data (how it works), diagnostic data (fault
codes and troubleshooting), and service data (remove, install, adjust, etc.), that have been written in that Chapter for
that function or system on the machine.
Contents
ENGINE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase – 10.001
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6
SERVICE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called information units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Index
ENGINE - 10
ENGINE
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8
ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10
47770506 16/12/2015
7
INTRODUCTION
Information units and information search

Each chapter is composed of information units. Each information unit has the SAP code shown in parentheses. This
indicates the function and type of information in that information unit. Each information unit has a page reference within
that Chapter. The information units provide a quick and easy way to find just the right piece of technical information
you are looking for.
Example information Engine block cover - Front – Remove (10.102.AP.01 - F.10.A.10)

unit
Information Unit SAP 10 102 AK 01 F 10.A.10
code
SAP code classification Engine Pan and covers Engine block Front Service data Remove
cover
NHIL12GEN0070A 1
Navigate to the correct information unit you are searching for by identifying the function and information type
from the SAP code.
• (1) Location and (2) Information type.
• (A) corresponds to the sections of the service manual.
(B) corresponds to the chapters of the service manual. After (B) there may be some additional information. In this
case it shows “.01”, which represents the “Front” block cover. These options may be front/rear, left/right, hydraulic/
mechanical etc.
(C) corresponds to the type of information listed in the chapter contents: Technical Data, Functional Data, Diagnos-
tic, or Service.
(A) and (B) are also shown in the page numbering on the page footer.
THE REST OF THE CODING IS NOT LISTED IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER IN THIS MANUAL.
• You will find a table of contents at the beginning and end of each section and chapter.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end of each chapter.
• By referring to (A), (B) and (C) of the coding, you can follow the contents or index (page numbers) and quickly find
the information you are looking for.
Page header and footer

The page header will contain the following references:
• Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:

• Publication number for that Manual.
• Version reference for that publication.
• Publication date
• Section, chapter, and page reference e.g. 10.102 / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
8
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules - Ecology and the environment

Soil, air, and water quality is important for all industries and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the
treatment of some of the substances that advanced technology requires, sound judgment should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
Familiarize yourself with the relative legislation applicable to your country, and make sure that you understand this
legislation. Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti-freeze,
cleaning agents, etc., with regard to the effect of these substances on man and nature and how to safely store, use,
and dispose of these substances.
Helpful hints
• Avoid the use of cans or other inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems to fill tanks. Such delivery systems
may cause considerable spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of these products contain substances
that may be harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when you drain fluids such as used engine coolant mixtures, engine oil, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store all drained fluids safely until you can dispose of
the fluids in a proper way that complies with all local legislation and available resources.
• Do not allow coolant mixtures to get into the soil. Collect and dispose of coolant mixtures properly.
• The air-conditioning system contains gases that should not be released into the atmosphere. Consult an air-condi-
tioning specialist or use a special extractor to recharge the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling system or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding. Penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken hoses, allowing the loss of oils,
coolant, etc.
Battery recycling
Batteries and electric accumulators contain several substances that can have a harmful
effect on the environment if the batteries are not properly recycled after use. Improper
disposal of batteries can contaminate the soil, groundwater, and waterways. NEW
HOLLAND strongly recommends that you return all used batteries to a NEW HOLLAND
dealer, who will dispose of the used batteries or recycle the used batteries properly. In
some countries, this is a legal requirement.
Mandatory battery recycling

NOTE: The following requirements are mandatory in Brazil.
Batteries are made of lead plates and a sulfuric acid solution. Because batteries contain heavy metals such as lead,
CONAMA Resolution 401/2008 requires you to return all used batteries to the battery dealer when you replace any
batteries. Do not dispose of batteries in your household garbage.
Points of sale are obliged to:

• Accept the return of your used batteries
• Store the returned batteries in a suitable location
• Send the returned batteries to the battery manufacturer for recycling
47770506 16/12/2015
9
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual and on machine safety signs, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAU-
TION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those
working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with DANGER is RED.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with WARNING is ORANGE.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. The
color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine damage or property damage. The
color associated with Notice is BLUE.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine dam-
age or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
47770506 16/12/2015
10
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions — Shop and assembly

Shimming
For each adjustment operation, select adjusting shims and measure the adjusting shims individually using a microm-
eter, then add up the recorded values. Do not rely on measuring the entire shimming set, which may be incorrect, or
the rated value shown on each shim.
Rotating shaft seals

For correct rotating shaft seal installation, proceed as follows:
1. Before assembly, allow the seal to soak in the oil it will be sealing for at least thirty minutes.
2. Thoroughly clean the shaft and check that the working surface on the shaft is not damaged.
3. Position the sealing lip facing the fluid.
NOTE: With hydrodynamic lips, take into consideration the shaft rotation direction and position the grooves so that
they will move the fluid towards the inner side of the seal.
4. Coat the sealing lip with a thin layer of lubricant (use oil rather than grease). Fill the gap between the sealing lip
and the dust lip on double lip seals with grease.
5. Insert the seal in its seat and press down using a flat punch or seal installation tool. Do not tap the seal with a
hammer or mallet.
6. While you insert the seal, check that the seal is perpendicular to the seat. When the seal settles, make sure that
the seal makes contact with the thrust element, if required.
7. To prevent damage to the seal lip on the shaft, position a protective guard during installation operations.
O-ring seals
Lubricate the O-ring seals before you insert them in the seats. This will prevent the O-ring seals from overturning and
twisting, which would jeopardize sealing efficiency.
Sealing compounds
Apply a sealing compound on the mating surfaces when specified by the procedure. Before you apply the sealing
compound, prepare the surfaces as directed by the product container.
Spare parts
Only use CNH Original Parts or NEW HOLLAND Original Parts.
Only genuine spare parts guarantee the same quality, duration, and safety as original parts, as they are the same
parts that are assembled during standard production. Only CNH Original Parts or NEW HOLLAND Original Parts can
offer this guarantee.
When ordering spare parts, always provide the following information:

• Machine model (commercial name) and Product Identification Number (PIN)
• Part number of the ordered part, which can be found in the parts catalog
47770506 16/12/2015
11
INTRODUCTION
Protecting the electronic and/or electrical systems during charging and welding
To avoid damage to the electronic and/or electrical systems, always observe the following practices:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections when the engine is running, including the battery
connections.
2. Never short any of the charging components to ground.
3. Always disconnect the ground cable from the battery before arc welding on the machine or on any machine
attachment.
• Position the welder ground clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If you weld in close proximity to a computer module, then you should remove the module from the machine.
• Never allow welding cables to lie on, near, or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while you
weld.
4. Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery when charging the battery in the machine with a battery
charger.
NOTICE: If you must weld on the unit, you must disconnect the battery ground cable from the machine battery.
The electronic monitoring system and charging system will be damaged if this is not done.
5. Remove the battery ground cable. Reconnect the cable when you complete welding.
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0111A
Special tools
The special tools that NEW HOLLAND suggests and illustrate in this manual have been specifically researched and
designed for use with NEW HOLLAND machines. The special tools are essential for reliable repair operations. The
special tools are accurately built and rigorously tested to offer efficient and long-lasting operation.
By using these tools, repair personnel will benefit from:

• Operating in optimal technical conditions
• Obtaining the best results
• Saving time and effort
• Working in safe conditions
47770506 16/12/2015
12
INTRODUCTION
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE
NOM. LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CL.8 CL.10
CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.2 N·m (19 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 4.2 N·m (37 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb
M4 2 N·m (18 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
4.5 N·m (40 lb 5.9 N·m (52 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb 8.5 N·m (75 lb 5.8 N·m (51 lb
M5 4 N·m (36 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
7.5 N·m (66 lb 10 N·m (89 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 15 N·m (128 lb 6.8 N·m (60 lb 10 N·m (89 lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
18 N·m (163 lb 25 N·m (217 lb 26 N·m (234 lb 35 N·m (311 lb 17 N·m (151 lb 24 N·m (212 lb
M8
49 N·m (36 lb 70 N·m (51 lb 33 N·m (25 lb 48 N·m (35 lb
M10 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 52 N·m (38 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
M12 64 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
158 N·m (116 lb 210 N·m 225 N·m (166 lb 301 N·m (222 lb 143 N·m (106 lb 205 N·m (151 lb
M16
ft) (155 lb ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
319 N·m (235 lb 425 N·m 440 N·m (325 lb 587 N·m (433 lb 290 N·m (214 lb 400 N·m (295 lb
M20
ft) (313 lb ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
551 N·m (410 lb 735 N·m 762 N·m (560 lb 1016 N·m 501 N·m (370 lb 693 N·m (510 lb
M24
ft) (500 lb ft) ft) (750 lb ft) ft) ft)
NOTE: M4 through M8 hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. M10 through M24 hardware torque
specifications are shown in pound-feet.
47770506 16/12/2015
13
INTRODUCTION
METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT CL.8 CL.10
W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.4 N·m (21 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 3.5 N·m (31 lb 4.6 N·m (41 lb 2.2 N·m (19 lb 3.1 N·m (27 lb
M4
4.9 N·m (43 lb 6.5 N·m (58 lb 7.0 N·m (62 lb 9.4 N·m (83 lb 4.4 N·m (39 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb
M5
8.3 N·m (73 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 12 N·m (105 lb 16 N·m (141 lb 7.5 N·m (66 lb 11 N·m (96 lb
M6
M8
54 N·m (40 lb 77 N·m (56 lb
M10 40 N·m (30 lb ft) 57 N·m (42 lb ft) 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 53 N·m (39 lb ft)
ft) ft)
93 N·m (69 lb 100 N·m (74 lb 134 N·m (98 lb
M12 70 N·m (52 lb ft) 63 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
M16
ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
M20
ft) ft) ft) ft) ft) ft)
607 N·m (447 lb 809 N·m (597 lb 838 N·m (618 lb 1118 N·m 552 N·m (407 lb
M24
ft) ft) ft) (824 lb ft) ft)
IDENTIFICATION
Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up
20083680 1
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up
20083681 2
47770506 16/12/2015
14
INTRODUCTION
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60 ° apart indicate Class
10 properties, and marks 120 ° apart indicate Class 8.
INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT SAE GRADE 8 BOLT
GrB W/ Gr5 GrC W/ Gr8
SIZE and NUT and NUT
BOLT BOLT
UN-
UN-
PLATED PLATED PLATED
PLATED
or W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
or PLATED
PLATED GOLD GOLD
SILVER
SILVER
8 N·m (71 lb 11 N·m (97 lb 12 N·m 16 N·m 12.2 N·m (109 lb
1/4 8.5 N·m (75 lb in)
in) in) (106 lb in) (142 lb in) in)
17 N·m 23 N·m 24 N·m 32 N·m 17.5 N·m (155 lb 25 N·m (220 lb
5/16
(150 lb in) (204 lb in) (212 lb in) (283 lb in) in) in)
30 N·m (22 lb 40 N·m 43 N·m (31 lb 57 N·m (42 lb
3/8 31 N·m (23 lb ft) 44 N·m (33 lb ft)
ft) (30 lb ft) ft) ft)
48 N·m (36 lb 65 N·m 68 N·m (50 lb 91 N·m (67 lb
7/16 50 N·m (37 lb ft) 71 N·m (53 lb ft)
ft) (48 lb ft) ft) ft)
74 N·m (54 lb 98 N·m 104 N·m 139 N·m 108 N·m (80 lb
1/2 76 N·m (56 lb ft)
ft) (73 lb ft) (77 lb ft) (103 lb ft) ft)
107 N·m 142 N·m 150 N·m 201 N·m 156 N·m (115 lb
9/16 111 N·m (82 lb ft)
(79 lb ft) (105 lb ft) (111 lb ft) (148 lb ft) ft)
147 N·m 196 N·m 208 N·m 277 N·m 153 N·m (113 lb 215 N·m (159 lb
5/8
(108 lb ft) (145 lb ft) (153 lb ft) (204 lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
1
NOTE: For Imperial Units, 1/4 in and 5/16 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. 3/8 in
through 1 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-feet.
47770506 16/12/2015
15
INTRODUCTION
INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM- LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and
INAL GrF W/ Gr5 GrG W/ Gr8
NUT NUT
SIZE BOLT BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
1/4 9 N·m (80 lb in) 8 N·m (71 lb in)
in) in) in) in)
5/16
3/8 30 N·m (22 lb ft) 43 N·m (32 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
7/16 48 N·m (35 lb ft) 68 N·m (50 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
81 N·m (60 lb 108 N·m (80 lb 115 N·m (85 lb 153 N·m 104 N·m (77 lb
1/2 74 N·m (55 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) (113 lb ft) ft)
117 N·m (86 lb 156 N·m 165 N·m 221 N·m 157 N·m (116 lb
9/16 106 N·m (78 lb ft)
ft) (115 lb ft) (122 lb ft) (163 lb ft) ft)
162 N·m (119 lb 216 N·m 228 N·m 304 N·m 147 N·m (108 lb 207 N·m (153 lb
5/8
ft) (159 lb ft) (168 lb ft) (225 lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
1
IDENTIFICATION
Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts
20083682 3
Grade Marking Examples
SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120 ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60 ° Apart
47770506 16/12/2015
16
INTRODUCTION
Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)
20090268 4
Grade Identification
Grade Corner Marking Method (1) Flats Marking Method (2) Clock Marking Method (3)
Grade A No Notches No Mark No Marks
Grade B One Circumferential Notch Letter B Three Marks
Grade C Two Circumferential Notches Letter C Six Marks
47770506 16/12/2015
17
INTRODUCTION
Torque — Standard torque data for hydraulics

Installation of adjustable fittings in straight

thread O-ring bosses
1. Lubricate the O-ring by coating it with a light oil or

petroleum. Install the O-ring in the groove adjacent
to the metal backup washer which is assembled at the
extreme end of the groove (4).
2. Install the fitting into the SAE straight thread boss until
the metal backup washer contacts the face of the boss
(5).
NOTE: Do not over tighten and distort the metal
backup washer. 23085659 1
3. Position the fitting by turning out (counterclockwise)
up to a maximum of one turn. Holding the pad of the
fitting with a wrench, tighten the locknut and washer
against the face of the boss (6).
Standard torque data for hydraulic tubes and fittings

Tube nuts for 37° flared fittings O-ring boss plugs
adjustable fitting
locknuts, swivel JIC-
37° seats
Size Tubing OD Thread Torque Torque
size
4 6.4 mm (1/4 in) 7/16-20 12 - 16 N·m (9 - 12 lb ft) 8 - 14 N·m (6 - 10 lb ft)
12 19.1 mm (3/4 in) 1-1/16-12 104 - 111 N·m (77 - 82 lb ft) 81 - 95 N·m (60 - 70 lb ft)
14 22.2 mm (7/8 in) 1-3/16-12 122 - 136 N·m (90 - 100 lb ft) 95 - 109 N·m (70 - 80 lb ft)
16 25.4 mm (1 in) 1-5/16-12 149 - 163 N·m (110 - 120 lb ft) 108 - 122 N·m (80 - 90 lb ft)
20 31.8 mm (1-1/4 in) 1-5/8-12 190 - 204 N·m (140 - 150 lb ft) 129 - 158 N·m (95 - 115 lb ft)
24 38.1 mm (1-1/2 in) 1-7/8-12 217 - 237 N·m (160 - 175 lb ft) 163 - 190 N·m (120 - 140 lb ft)
32 50.8 mm (2 in) 2-1/2-12 305 - 325 N·m (225 - 240 lb ft) 339 - 407 N·m (250 - 300 lb ft)
These torques are not recommended for tubes of 12.7 mm (1/2 in) OD and larger with wall thickness of 0.889 mm
(0.035 in) or less. The torque is specified for 0.889 mm (0.035 in) wall tubes on each application individually.
Before installing and torquing 37 ° flared fittings, clean the face of the flare and threads with a clean solvent or Loctite
cleaner and apply hydraulic sealant LOCTITE® 569™ to the 37 ° flare and the threads.
Install fitting and torque to specified torque, loosen fitting and retorque to specifications.
47770506 16/12/2015
18
INTRODUCTION
Pipe thread fitting torque Thread size Torque (maximum)

1/8-27 13 N·m (10 lb ft)
Before installing and tightening pipe fittings, clean the
1/4-18 16 N·m (12 lb ft)
threads with a clean solvent or Loctite cleaner and apply
sealant LOCTITE® 567™ PST PIPE SEALANT for all fittings 3/8-18 22 N·m (16 lb ft)
including stainless steel or LOCTITE® 565™ PST for 1/2-14 41 N·m (30 lb ft)
most metal fittings. For high filtration/zero contamination 3/4-14 54 N·m (40 lb ft)
systems use LOCTITE® 545™.
Installation of ORFS (O-Ring Flat Seal fit-

tings)
When installing ORFS fittings thoroughly clean both flat
surfaces of the fittings (1) and lubricate the O-ring (2) with
light oil. Make sure both surfaces are aligned properly.
Torque the fitting to specified torque listed throughout the
repair manual.
NOTICE: If the fitting surfaces are not properly cleaned,
the O-ring will not seal properly. If the fitting surfaces are
not properly aligned, the fittings may be damaged and will
not seal properly.
NOTICE: Always use genuine factory replacement oils
50011183 2
and filters to ensure proper lubrication and filtration of en-
gine and hydraulic system oils.
The use of proper oils, grease, and keeping the hydraulic

system clean will extend machine and component life.
47770506 16/12/2015
19
INTRODUCTION
Consumables
T7.175
T7.190
T7.195
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA ---
International
System Volume Recommended fluid
specification
Engine
– Mechanical engine 17 L (4 US gal)
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE
ACEA E7/E5
OIL SAE 10W-30
API CI-4/CH-4
– Electronic engine 19 L (5 US gal) NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
CES 20078/77/76/72
MASTERGOLD™ HSP ENGINE
OIL SAE 15W-40
Oil from the transmission, rear axle, hydraulic system (models with Semi-Powershift transmission)
– Maximum level 82 L (22 US gal) SAE 10W-30
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
API GL4
MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
– Extra volume (*) 100 L (26 US gal) TRANSMISSION OIL ISO VG32/46
MAT 3525
Oil from the transmission, rear axle, hydraulic system (models with mechanical transmission)
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SAE 10W-30
68 L (18 US gal) MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC API GL4
TRANSMISSION OIL ISO VG32/46
Front axle
– Central housing (conventional
11 L (3 US gal)
axle)
Sugar cane axle SAE 10W-30
17.5 L (4.6 US gal) NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
– Central housing API GL4,
MULTI G™ HYDRAULIC
Sugar cane axle ISO VG32/46
TRANSMISSION OIL
– Central housing extension (per 2.7 L (0.7 US gal) MAT 3525
unit)
– Hubs (per unit) 2.2 L (0.6 US gal)
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
Coolant 22 L (6 US gal) AGRIFLU mixed with 50% de Etilenoglicol
água
PAG-E13
Air-conditioning compressor oil As required Óleo de baixa viscosidade SP10 Viscosidade ISO100
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9
Grease and bearing housings As required NLGI2, Li-Ca
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE
Main fuel reservoir 209 L (55 US gal) Diesel oil or Biodiesel B (B5) -
-
Auxiliary fuel reservoir 105 L (28 US gal) Brazil
PAG-E13
Air-conditioning compressor oil As required SP10 low-viscosity oil
ISO100 viscosity
Brake fluid (models with
Semi-Powershift transmission) NEW HOLLAND AMBRA BRAKE
As required -
Brake and clutch fluid (models with LHM
mechanical transmission)
* Extra level only if the implement uses the tractor oil.

NOTE: Always check that the implement does not use
more oil than is available in the tractor. The transmission
should have at least the minimum oil level in order to op-
erate.
47770506 16/12/2015
20
INTRODUCTION
A list of the oils and lubricants recommended for your ma-

chine is available on a decal fixed to the left-hand side of
the engine water radiator. Contact your NEW HOLLAND
dealer to get a new decal if it is damaged or illegible.
CUIL13TR01062AA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
21
INTRODUCTION
47770506 16/12/2015
22
SERVICE MANUAL
Engine

47770506 16/12/2015
10
Contents
Engine - 10
[10.001] Engine and crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
[10.216] Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3
[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4
[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
47770506 16/12/2015
10
Engine - 10
Engine and crankcase - 001

47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Engine
Connect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Disconnect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
DIAGNOSTIC
Engine
Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 2
Engine - Engine and crankcase
Engine - Connect
CAUTION
Heavy object!
The component is heavy. Use care not to drop the component when installing, removing, or handling.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0095A
1. Line up the front support and engine assembly with the

transmission. Install the engine on the transmission
fixing bolts. Torque to 285 - 315 N·m (2522 - 2788 lb
in). Remove the separation kit from the tractor.
BTB0155A 1
2. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 2
3. Install the spacer (2) and install the fixing bolts (1).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 3
4. Connect the supply hose of the hydraulic brake master

cylinder.
BAIS06CCM085AVA 4
5. Connect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 5
6. Install the transmission shaft flange, if installed.

Tighten the M24 nut (if installed) to 294 N·m (217 lb ft).
Tighten the M12 bolt (if installed) to 80 N·m (59 lb ft) .
BSD1917A 6
7. Install the drive shaft and then the metal guard.

8. Connect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 4
9. Connect the supply hose of the hydraulic brake valve.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 8
10. Connect the fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 9
11. Connect the oil supply hoses of the steering cylinder

(1) and (2).
BVE0218A 10
12. Connect the high-pressure hose (1) and the low-pres-

sure hose (2) of the air conditioning.
BAIS06CCM001AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 5
13. Connect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM064AVA 12
14. Connect the cab heater hose to the radiator.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 13
15. Connect the positive battery cable (2) and the nega-
tive cable (ground) (1).
16. Connect the engine wire harness connectors.
BVE0403A 14
17. Install the exhaust muffler. See Exhaust muffler -

Install (10.254).
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 6
18. When installed, install the radar (2). Connect the radar
electrical connector (1).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 15
19. Install the side shield on both sides of the engine.

20. Connect the battery ground lead.
21. Fill the engine cooling system. For more information,
see Engine cooling system - Change fluid (10.400).
Next operation:
Front ballast - Install (39.140)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 7
Engine - Remove
DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0076A
DANGER
Pressurized system!
Always remove all pressure before working on the hydraulic system. Follow the pressure BLEED
program in the Configuration Mode to remove the pressure in the entire hydraulic system.
D0035A
Prior operation:
Front frame - Remove (39.100)
1. Disconnect the lighting wiring electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 1
2. Remove the hood.

3. Remove the exhaust muffler. See Exhaust muffler -
Remove (10.254).
4. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1).
Remove the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 2
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 8
5. Disconnect the cab heater coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 3
6. Remove the electrical wiring from the air filter frame (1).
Remove the filter-drier from the air filter frame (2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 4
7. Disconnect the high-pressure hose (1) and the low-

pressure hose (2) of the air conditioning.
Remove the high pressure hose fixing bolt (3) and
clamp (4).
NOTE: You do not need to drain the air conditioning system
because the joints are self-sealing.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 5
8. Disconnect the hydraulic brake hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 9
9. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and re-

move the support (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 7
10. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1) and

(2).
NOTE: Note the position of the steering cylinder oil feed
hoses.
BVE0218A 8
11. Disconnect the hydraulic brake ventilation hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 9
12. Disconnect the engine wiring electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 10
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 10
13. Disconnect the fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 11
14. Remove the attachment drive chain.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 12
15. Remove the air-conditioning compressor assembly,

the condenser filter-drier, and the tubing from the en-
gine. Do not disconnect the tubing. See Air-condi-
tioning compressor - Remove (50.200).
16. Disconnect the expansion tube (1) and the engine
breather tube (2).
BAIS06CCM133AVA 13
17. Disconnect the turbo air filter outlet hose.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 11
18. Remove the front fixing bolts of the air filter mounting
frame.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 15
19. Remove the engine wiring clamp fixing bolts and repo-
sition the engine wiring on top of the engine.
BVE0304A 16
20. Remove the rear fixing bolts of the air filter mounting
frame.
BVE0305A 17
21. Remove the air filter mounting frame with a suitable

chain and a hoist.
BVE0307A 18
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 12
22. Remove the positive (1) and negative (2) cables from
the starter motor and the electrical connector. (3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 19
23. Install lift supports on the engine.
BVE0310A 20
24. Use a suitable chain to secure the engine to a hoist.

25. Remove the bolts that secure the engine on the trans-
mission. Remove the engine.
BVE0311A 21
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 13
Engine - Install
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
DANGER
Pressurized system!
D0035A
Prior operation:
Engine - Remove (10.001)
1. Install lift supports on the engine.
BVE0310A 1
2. Use a suitable chain to secure the engine to a hoist.

3. Align the engine to the transmission and install the fix-
ing bolts from the engine to the transmission.
BVE0311A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 14
4. Remove the engine lift supports.
BVE0310A 3
5. Connect the positive (1) and negative (2) cables to the

starter motor and the electrical connector (3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 4
6. Install the air filter mounting frame with a suitable chain

and hoist.
BVE0307A 5
7. Install the rear fixing bolts of the air filter mounting

frame.
BVE0305A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 15
8. Position the engine wiring. Install the wiring clamp fix-

ing bolts.
BVE0304A 7
9. Install the front fixing bolts of the air filter mounting

frame.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 8
10. Connect the turbo air filter outlet hose.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 9
11. Connect the expansion tube (1) and the engine

breather tube (2).
BAIS06CCM133AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 16
12. Install the air-conditioning compressor assembly, the

condenser filter-drier, and the tubing on the engine.
Do not disconnect the tubing. See Air-conditioning
compressor - Install (50.200).
13. Install the attachment drive chain.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 11
14. Connect the fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 12
15. Connect the engine wiring electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 13
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 17
16. Connect the hydraulic brake ventilation hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 14
17. Connect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1) and

(2).
BVE0218A 15
18. Install the support for the differential lock hose (1) and
connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 16
19. Connect the hydraulic brake hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 17
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 18
20. Connect the air-conditioning high-pressure hose

clamp (1) and install the fixing bolt (2).
Connect the high-pressure hose (3) and the low-pres-
sure hose (4) of the air conditioning.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 18
21. Install the electrical wiring on the air filter mounting

frame (1).
Install the filter-drier on the air filter mounting frame
(2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 19
22. Connect the cab heater coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 20

Install (10.254).
24. Install the radar (1). Connect the radar electrical con-
nector (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVC 21
25. Install the hood.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 19
26. Connect the lighting wiring electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 22
Next operation:
Front frame - Install (39.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 20
Engine - Disconnect
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
DANGER
Pressurized system!
D0035A
Prior operation:
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400).
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
1. Remove the engine side shields.

2. Remove the front weights.
Remove (10.254).
4. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and re-
move the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 1
5. Disconnect the engine wiring electrical connectors.
BVE0403A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 21
6. Disconnect the cab heater coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 3
7. Disconnect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM064AVA 4

pressure hose (2) of the air conditioning.
NOTE: You do not need to drain the gas from the air con-
ditioning system as the connections are self-sealing
BAIS06CCM001AVA 5
9. Disconnect the oil supply hoses of the steering cylinder

(1) and (2).
NOTE: Note the position of the hoses to help with installa-
tion.
BVE0218A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 22
10. Disconnect the fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 7
11. Disconnect the hydraulic brake valve supply hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 8
12. Disconnect the supply hose for the differential lock (1).
BVE0282A 9
13. Remove the metal guard. Then remove the prop

shaft.
14. Remove the transmission shaft flange, if installed.
BSD1917A 10
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 23
15. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler lines (1) and

(2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 11
16. Disconnect the hydraulic brake master cylinder supply

hose.
BAIS06CCM085AVA 12
17. Remove the fixing bolts (1) and remove the spacer (2).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 13
18. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 24
19. Position the tractor separation kit (4) under the tractor.
BVE0283A 15
20. Use the separation kit supports (3) to support the

transmission on the separation trestle.
21. Remove the engine fixing bolts from the transmission.
22. Remove the two left-hand oil sump fixing bolts. Re-
peat this step for the right-hand side.
23. Install the adapter plate (1) and the engine cradles (2)
between the engine and the separation cart.
24. Check that all the necessary tubes, hoses, and con-
nectors have been disconnected. You may need to
disconnect additional items because of other optional
equipment installed on the tractor.
Check again that the engine and the transmission are
securely supported on the separation trestle. Then re-
move the lock bolts attaching the engine to the trans-
mission.
Carefully remove the front support and engine assem-
bly from the transmission.
BTB0155A 16
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 25
Engine - Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction

Low performance at load Insufficient fuel level in tank Check fuel level
request
Fuel filter blocked Check if the priming pump of the prefilter is
working correctly. If the pump plunger is
permanently depressed disassemble and
check the tank pick up tube. If this is in
order replace the prefilter.
Air filter dirty or restricted Replace the air filter
Excessive fuel blow by from rail boost valve Check the O rings and the connection of the
pipe fittings under the feed pump. Visually
check the low pressure pipeline integrity.
Unless the leakage is significant no perfor-
mance failures will be detected. To verify
the O rings integrity, remove fuel recycling
pipeline from the tank, seal the end, and
activate the priming pump driving the low
pressure circuit.
Disconnect the pipe and visually check if
there are any significant blow by from the
boost gauge valve. If there is significant
blow by replace the valve.
Low oil pressure Engine oil level low Fill to proper level
Wrong grade of oil Replace with correct grade oil
Clogged oil pump filter Change oil and filter
Faulty oil pressure relief valve Replace relief valve
Worn oil pump drive shaft gears, or broken Inspect oil system and components. Re-
oil pipe place defective components
Excessive main or connecting rod bearing Replace bearings or shaft if necessary
clearances
Oil pump axial clearance not properly set Check pump clearance and shim as
needed to proper tolerance.
Excessive smoke Insufficient fuel level in tank Check fuel level
emission (The excessive smoke is due to the fact that
, in the case of insufficient fuel feeding, the
engine control module tries to compensate
prolonging the injectors working time.)
Fuel filter blocked Check if the priming pump of the prefilter is
working correctly. If the pump plunger is
permanently depressed disassemble and
check the tank pick up tube. If this is in
order replace the prefilter.
Air filter dirty or restricted Replace the air filter
Excessive fuel blow by from rail boost valve Check the O rings and the connection of the
pipe fittings under the feed pump. Visually
check the low pressure pipeline integrity.
Unless the leakage is significant no perfor-
mance failures will be detected. To verify
the O rings integrity, remove fuel recycling
pipeline from the tank, seal the end, and
activate the priming pump driving the low
pressure circuit.
Disconnect the pipe and visually check if
there are any significant blow by from the
boost gauge valve. If there is significant
blow by replace the valve.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 26

Error codes indicating Check previous low performance symp- When the cause of the error code has been
low fuel pressure toms and causes. rectified, clear the error code and test the
system for normal operation.
The engine stops Fuel filter blocked or contaminated Replace the fuel filter.
suddenly (with no Solve the cause of the filters obstruction.
previous problems) and Empty and clean the tank and the part of
does not start again. the circuit over the filter. Refill with clean
fuel.
The engine disconnects Engine control module burnt out by short Eliminate the short circuit and replace the
or does not start circuit on the wiring harness of the friction engine control module
clutch.
Difficult to start and Inefficient high pressure pump. Check for other possible causes, and if
low performance in all none found, replace the high pressure
conditions pump.
Difficult to start, low Injector with obstruction or solenoid (me- The faulty injector is easily detected by the
performance and engine chanical part) blocked open absence of a pulse within the relevant high
running without one of pressure pipe or by using the DATAR diag-
the cylinders. nostic equipment.
If required replace the injector.
Starting requires in Injector blocked open The faulty injector is easily detected by the
excess of ten seconds absence of a pulse within the relevant high
followed by white exhaust pressure pipe or by using the DATAR diag-
fumes and a fuel smell. nostic equipment.
If required replace the injector.
Breaking of high pressure Excessive vibrations caused by loose or Replace the pipeline. Ensure the anti vibra-
pipeline from pump to rail broken pipe brackets tion bracket screws are correctly tightened.
It is very important to keep the brackets in
the original position.
The engine works but Injector blocked in closed position The faulty injector is easily detected by the
without one cylinder and absence of a pulse within the relevant high
also without memorising pressure pipe or by using the DATAR diag-
the engine error codes in nostic equipment.
the engine control module If required replace the injector and related
high pressure filter.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 27
Index
Engine - 10

Engine - Connect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine - Disconnect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Engine - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Engine - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
47770506 16/12/2015
10.1 [10.001] / 28
Engine - 10
Crankshaft and flywheel - 103

47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Crankshaft oil seal

Remove Front seal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remove Rear Seal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 2
Engine - Crankshaft and flywheel
Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Front seal

1. Fit the device 380000665 (1) onto the crankshaft.

2. Use the tool as a template to drill holes 3,5 mm in di-
ameter and 5 mm deep in the retainer.
ATTENTION: Do not allow the drilling filings to get into the
engine.
CUIL15TR00319AA 1
3. Install the bolts on the tool. Tighten the central bolt to

remove the retainer.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 3
Engine - Crankshaft and flywheel
Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Rear Seal

1. Fit the tool 380000663 (1) onto the crankshaft.
CUIL15TR00317AA 1
2. Use the tool as a template to drill holes 3,5 mm in di-

ameter and 5 mm deep in the retainer.
ATTENTION: Do not allow the drilling filings to get into the
engine.
CUIL15TR00318AA 2
3. Install the bolts. Tighten the central bolt to remove the

retainer.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 4
Index
Engine - 10

Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Front seal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Rear Seal (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 5
47770506 16/12/2015
10.2 [10.103] / 6
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216

47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Auxiliary fuel tank
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 2
Engine - Fuel tanks
Fuel tank - Remove

CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302)key.
1. Drain the fuel tank into an appropriate-sized fuel con-

tainer.
2. Remove rear wheels.
3. Remove the upper fixing bolts from the left-hand steps.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 1
4. Remove the fixing clamps (1) and remove the left-hand

steps (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVA 2
5. Disconnect the fuel tank return line (1), the fuel tank
supply line (2), and the fuel tank send unit electrical
connector (3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 3
Engine - Fuel tanks
6. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 4
7. Loosen the clamp. Disconnect the oversleeve from the

tube.
BAIS06CCM045AVA 5
8. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap. With the help of

an assistant or a wheel jack, remove the left-hand fuel
tank.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 4
Engine - Fuel tanks
Fuel tank - Install

1. Install the left-hand fuel tank and install the fuel tank
retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 1
2. Connect the fuel tank balance tube.
BAIS06CCM045AVA 2
3. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 5
Engine - Fuel tanks
4. Connect the fuel tank return line (1), the fuel tank supply
line (2), and the fuel tank send unit electrical connector
(3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 4
5. Install the right-hand steps (1) and install the fixing

clamps (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVB 5
6. Install the upper fixing bolts on the right-hand steps.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 6
7. Install the rear wheels.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 6
Engine - Fuel tanks
Auxiliary fuel tank - Remove

Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (55.302)
1. Drain the fuel into a suitable container.

3. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 1
4. Loosen the clamp. Remove the hose from the tube.
BAIS06CCM048AVA 2
5. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap. With the help of

an assistant or a wheel jack, remove the right-hand fuel
tank.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 7
Engine - Fuel tanks
Auxiliary fuel tank - Install

1. Install the right-hand fuel tank and install the fuel tank
retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 1
2. Connect the fuel tank balance tube.
BAIS06CCM048AVA 2
3. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 3
Next operation:
Battery - Install (55.302)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 8
Index
Engine - 10
Fuel tanks - 216

Auxiliary fuel tank - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Auxiliary fuel tank - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuel tank - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel tank - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
10.3 [10.216] / 10
Engine - 10
Turbocharger and lines - 250

47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Turbocharger
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 2
Engine - Turbocharger and lines
Turbocharger - Torque
Part TORQUE Nm (lb ft)

Turbocharger/exhaust manifold retaining nuts M8 x 1,25 20 - 30 Nm (14.75 - 22.13 lbft)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 3
Turbocharger - Remove
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302) Exhaust muffler - Remove (10.254)
1. Unscrew and remove the flexible lubrication lines (1) of

the turbocharger (5).
2. Unscrew and remove the bolt (3) holding the sump lu-
brication return line in place.
3. Unscrew and remove the exhaust manifold tur-
bocharger retaining rings (4) and the lubrication line
fixing bolts (2).
4. While supporting the turbocharger, lift it out of the ex-
haust manifold and remove the gasket.
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Next operation:
Turbocharger - Install (10.250).
47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 4
Turbocharger - Install
Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (10.250)
1. Prior to the installation of the turbocharger (5) on the

exhaust manifold, position the new turbocharger on the
seal of the exhaust manifold.
2. Connect the lubrication oil return tube on the bottom
side of the turbocharger. Secure the tube in position
with the bolts (x 2) (2).
3. Position the turbocharger. Secure the turbocharger
with washers and bolts (4) (x 4).
4. Tighten the bolts alternately. Torque to 20.0 - 30.0 N·m
(14.8 - 22.1 lb ft).
5. Connect the lubrication oil return line on the crankcase.
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Secure the line in its position with the clamp and the bolt
(3).
6. Connect the lubrication oil flex tube (1) of the filter/oil
cooler
Next operation:
Exhaust muffler - Install (10.254)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 5
Index
Engine - 10

Turbocharger - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Turbocharger - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Turbocharger - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.4 [10.250] / 6
Engine - 10
Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler - 254

47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Exhaust manifold
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Exhaust muffler
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 2
Engine - Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler
Exhaust manifold - Torque

Part TORQUE Nm (lb ft)

Bolts securing exhaust manifold on head. 53 Nm +/- 5 Nm (39.1 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
M10 x 1,50 x 65
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 3
Exhaust muffler - Remove

CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
1. Remove the air filter aspiration tube.
BAIL08CVT143AVB 1
2. Loosen the clamp and remove the muffler tube.
BAIL08CVT145AVA 2
3. Loosen the turbocharger clamp and remove the ex-

haust pipe.
BAIL08CVT146AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 4
4. Remove the exhaust heat shield.
BAIL08CVT147AVA 4
5. Loosen the support fixing bolts and remove the ex-

haust.
BAIL08CVT148AVA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 5
Exhaust muffler - Install

CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
1. Install the exhaust on the support and tighten the fixing

bolts.
BAIL08CVT148AVA 1
2. Install the exhaust heat shield.
BAIL08CVT147AVA 2
3. Install the exhaust pipe in the turbocharger and tighten

the clamp.
BAIL08CVT146AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 6
4. Install the muffler tube and tighten the clamp.
BAIL08CVT145AVA 4
5. Re-install the air filter aspiration tube.
BAIL08CVT143AVB 5
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 7
Index
Engine - 10

Exhaust manifold - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Exhaust muffler - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exhaust muffler - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
10.5 [10.254] / 8
Engine - 10
Engine cooling system - 400

47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 1
Contents
Engine - 10
SERVICE
Engine cooling system

Drain fluid (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Filling (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Change fluid (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Radiator
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 2
Engine - Engine cooling system
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid

WARNING
Hot liquid under pressure!
Never remove the filler cap or the recovery tank cap while the engine is running or the coolant is hot.
Let the system cool. Turn the filler cap to the first notch and allow any pressure to escape, and then
remove the filler cap. Loosen the recovery tank cap slowly to allow any pressure to escape.
W0296A
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. Antidotes:
EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water. Remove soiled clothing.
INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.
EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate medical attention.
W0282A
1. Remove the engine side shield from the left-hand side.

2. Connect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM022AVA 1
3. Place a suitable container under the tractor.

4. Remove the cab coolant hose. Drain the coolant
5. Remove the expansion tank cap.
6. Connect the coolant hose when the coolant system
stops draining.
7. Remove the cab heater hose clamp.
BAIS06CCM023AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 3
Engine cooling system - Filling

Prior operation:
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (10.400).
1. Ensure that the correct grade and quantity of

anti-freeze is added to the water. The recommended
coolant mixture is 50% water to 50% anti-freeze,
according to specification NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
AGRIFLU.
2. Refill the cooling system through the radiator cap until
the system is completely full. Then reinstall the radiator
cap.
BAIS06CCM159AVB 1
3. Refill the expansion tank to the COLD FILL mark.
BAIS06CCM158AVA 2
4. Start the engine. Let the engine run until the engine
reaches normal operating temperature. Check for
leaks. Let the engine cool. Then check the coolant
level.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 4
Engine cooling system - Change fluid

WARNING
Burn hazard!
Always remove the recovery tank cap BEFORE you remove the filler cap. Never remove either cap
while the engine is running or the coolant is hot. Stop the engine and let the system cool. Using a
thick cloth, loosen the cap slowly and allow the pressure to escape.
W0361A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
Wear protective clothing and a face shield when working with chemicals. Do not allow chemicals to
contact skin or eyes. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's instructions.
W0052A
The engine cooling system comes out of the factory

filled with an antifreeze solution and distilled water. The
antifreeze solution contains a chemical inhibitor. This
inhibitor increases and extends the protection offered
by conventional antifreezes.
The chemical inhibitor:
• Protects against rust.
• Reduces the formation of a crust.
• Minimizes cylinder wall erosion (pitting).
• Reduces foam forming in the coolant.
The antifreeze solution should be replaced at intervals
to maintain the ideal protection level. This protection is
provided by draining and flushing the system and refill-
ing with a solution of 50 % NEW HOLLAND AMBRA
AGRIFLU and 50% water, or, where this anti-freeze is
not available, with 50% chemical inhibitor. For more in-
formation, consult your NEW HOLLAND dealer.
Draining and refilling the cooling system

With the engine cold, the level of coolant in the expan-
sion tank (2) must be above the lower line (3).
NOTICE: It is essential that a cap that can withstand the ap-
proved pressure is used. If the cap is mislaid or damaged,
obtain a replacement from your dealer NEW HOLLAND.
BRI3773B 1
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 5
1. Turn the heater control to the maximum heat position

(fully clockwise).
2. Remove the expansion tank cap and radiator cap. This
will also increase the drainage rate.
3. To access the lower hose clamps, remove the screws
and cover on the right-hand side.
4. Loosen the hose clamp screws, turning them counter-
clockwise.
5. Disconnect the radiator lower hose and drain all the
coolant into a suitable container. Dispose of the coolant
properly.
CUIL14TR00007AA 2
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the guard to gain

access to the hose.
NOTICE: A special clamp (1) is used on engine coolant
hoses: to loosen the clamp, a protective screw has to be re-
moved. Remove the protection carefully using pliers. Turn
counter-clockwise to unscrew.
BRJ4917B 3
6. Remove the coolant drain plug (1) located on the right-

hand side at the front of the engine block near the oil
filter.
7. Drain all the coolant into a suitable container.
8. Dispose of the coolant properly.
9. Wash out the system with a cooling system cleaning
solution. Follow the instructions supplied with the solu-
tion.
10. Drain all of the cleaning solution and let the engine
cool down.
NOTE: Never put cold coolant into a hot engine. The dif- BAIL09MAX024AVA 4
ference in temperature could cause the block or head to
crack.
11. Re- install the radiator lower hose.
12. Fill the system with clean water. Run the engine for
10 min. Drain all of the water. Allow the engine to
cool.
13. Fill the system with a mix of antifreeze and clean wa-
ter.
14. Remove the cap (1). Slowly add coolant through the
radiator filler neck up to the maximum level.
BRI3771B 5
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 6
15. Refit the radiator cap and add more coolant via the
filler point in the expansion tank up to the maximum
level. Reinstall the cover (1).
NOTE: To avoid trapping air in the system, fill the radiator
as slowly as possible, thereby allowing any air pockets to
disperse.
The coolant to be used depends on local availability.
Carry out the following procedures:
BRI3773B 6
Use distilled water
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Chemical agent may be harmful.
-Avoid contact with eyes, and prolonged/re-
peated skin contact.
-Wear protective goggles when handling.
-Eye contact: Flush with water for 15 minutes.
Seek immediate medical assistance.
-Wash skin with soap and water after handling.
-Keep out of reach of children.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0370A
If you reside in a country where antifreeze is not

available, use clean water premixed with 5 % chemical
inhibitor. The inhibitor is available from your NEW
HOLLAND dealer.
Following the instructions on the container, mix the
recommended quantity of inhibitor with 28.5 l (7.5 US
gal) of clean water. This will provide more coolant
mixture than is actually required. The excess coolant
should be kept in a specially marked container and
used to top up the system when necessary.
After topping up the system with coolant

1. Inspect the cooling system hoses and connections for
leaks.
2. Top up the expansion tank to the COLD (1) mark and
refit the cap.
3. Start the engine and run it until normal operating tem-
perature is reached.
NOTE: The coolant level will drop as it is pumped around
the system.
BRI3770B 7
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 7
4. Shut down the engine and allow the coolant to cool.

5. Remove the radiator cap (1) and add coolant to the
radiator up to the maximum level.
6. Re- Install the radiator cap. Add coolant to the expan-
sion tank as required to bring the level up to the cold
mark COLD.
NOTE: Run the engine for an hour to make sure that the
anti-freeze and/or chemical inhibitor is dispersed through-
out the cooling system. Allow the engine to cool and make
a final check to ensure that the coolant level is satisfactory.
Turn the heater control button (1), figure (2), and the inter-
nal circulation fan to maximum to guarantee that the cab BRI3771B 8
heating works and that there are no air blocks in the sys-
tem.
7. See page Consumables () for the correct specifica-
tions and capacity for the coolant.
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 8
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Engine cooling system - Change fluid (10.400)

2. Before you disassemble these components, thoroughly
clean the machine and the region of the part.
NOTE: Carry out this maintenance in an area free of dust
or any other particulates. The wind can carry contaminants
into the engine, which may damage the engine.
3. Protect the exposed engine air inlets and the clean air
tubing against any contamination. Contaminants in the
clean air tubing can damage the engine.
4. Loosen the hose clip and remove the fastening clamp.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 1
5. Loosen the hose clip (2) and remove the engine air
cooler outlet duct (1).
NOTE: Remove and dispose of the cable ties.
SS11H281 2
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 9
6. Loosen the hose clips (1) and remove the engine air
cooler inlet duct (2).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 3
7. Remove the engine air cooler intake duct and put it on

one side.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 4
8. Remove the fastening clamp from the transmission oil/

engine air cooler duct.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 5
9. Loosen the fixing clips (2). Remove the air conditioning

condenser (1) and put it on one side.
SS11E065 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 10
10. Remove the side shield support clamp.

NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM011AVA 7
11. Remove the fixing bolt from the transmission oil

cooler/engine air cooler.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 8
12. Disconnect the inlet lines from the transmission oil

cooler (1) and the outlet lines (2).
NOTE: Install suitable blind plugs.
BAIS06CCM032AVA 9
13. Pull the lower part of the transmission oil cooler/en-

gine air cooler cooling unit (1) forward. Slide the unit
upward (2) and remove it from the tractor.
BAIS06CCM013AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 11
14. Remove the fixing bolts from the fan shield.

BAIS06CCM014BVA 11
15. Remove the radiator deflector plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 12
16. Disconnect the lower radiator hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 13
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 12
17. Disconnect the upper radiator hose (1), the expansion

hose (2), and the radiator support clamp (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 14
18. Remove the radiator fixing bolts.

BAIS06CCM144AVA 15
19. Remove the hood opening control strip (1). Remove

the radiator (2).
BAIS06CCM021AVA 16
Next operation:
Radiator - Install (10.400) .
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 13
Radiator - Install
CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
1. Install the radiator unit (2) and the hood opening control
strip (1).
BAIS06CCM021AVA 1
2. Install the radiator fixing bolts. Tighten to 32 Nm ( 24 lb

ft).
BAIS06CCM144AVA 2
3. Connect the upper radiator hose (1), the expansion

hose (2), and the radiator support clamp (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 14
4. Connect the lower radiator hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 4
5. Install the fan guard fixing bolts.

BAIS06CCM014BVA 5
6. Install the radiator deflector plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 15
7. Position the oil cooler/engine air cooler cooling unit on

the tractor. Slide the unit toward the upper fastening
clamps (1). Push the lower part of the unit backward
(2).
BAIS06CCM013AVB 7
8. Connect the transmission oil cooler inlet (1) and the

outlet hoses (2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 8
9. Install the air cooler fixing bolt on the oil cooler/engine

air cooler.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 9
10. Install the side shield support clamp.

BAIS06CCM011AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 16
11. Install the air-conditioning condenser (1) on the trac-

tor. Install the fixing bolts (2).
SS11E065 11
12. Install the fixing clip for the hose on the transmission
oil cooler/engine air cooler.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 12
13. Install the engine air filter intake duct.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 13
14. Install the engine air cooler intake tube (2) and tighten
the hose clips (1).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 17
15. Install the engine air cooler outlet tube. Tighten the
hose clips (1) and (2).
SS11H281 15
16. Install the fastening clamp and tighten the hose clip.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 16
Next operation:
Side shield - Install (90.102)
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 18
Index
Engine - 10

Engine cooling system - Change fluid (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine cooling system - Drain fluid (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine cooling system - Filling (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Radiator - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Radiator - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47770506 16/12/2015
10.6 [10.400] / 19
Av. Juscelino K. de Oliveira, 11825, CIC - Curitiba (PR) - Brasil, CEP:81170-901
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN BRASIL
© 2016 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and
the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular
product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND Dealer.
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Clutch

47770506 16/12/2015
18
Contents
Clutch - 18
[18.104] Clutch hydraulic release control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.1
[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2
47770506 16/12/2015
18
Clutch - 18
Clutch hydraulic release control - 104

47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 1
Contents
Clutch - 18
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Clutch hydraulic release control

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Clutch hydraulic release control

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Travel adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 2
Clutch - Clutch hydraulic release control
Clutch hydraulic release control - Sectional view

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
Clutch hydrostatic control group
LAIL11TM1686E0A 1
a. Control pump 5. Point

b. Lower hydraulic cylinder 6. Counter nut
G 0.1 - 1.4 mm . Clearance of the prop (5) with the
7. Clevis
clutch pedal in the rest position
D 137.5 - 138 mm . Distance from the center of the
8. Lower hydraulic cylinder body
clevis (7) to the hitch flange on the pump body
1. Cylinder body 9. Spring
2. Spring 10. Piston
3. Sealant 11. Sealant
4. Piston 12. Pin
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 3
Clutch hydraulic release control - Remove

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Handle all parts carefully. Do not place your hands or fingers between parts. Use Personal Protec-
tive Equipment (PPE) as indicated in this manual, including protective goggles, gloves, and safety
footwear.
W0208A
Proceed as follows to disconnect the clutch control:

1. Open and raise engine hood.
2. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery. Iso-
late the cable.
BRAG12TR0001ALL 1
3. Loosen the retaining bolts. Remove the side panel (1).
LAIL11TM1740A0A 2
4. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and (2). Remove the

left-hand guard.
LAIL11TM1741A0A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 4
5. Disconnect the electrical connection to the tank on the

hydrostatic circuit that controls the clutch.
6. Disconnect the clutch control tube (1) of the master
cylinder.
LAIL11TM1742A0A 4
7. Remove the cotter pin. Remove the linkage pin (2).

Loosen the retaining bolts (1). Remove the control
master cylinder from the front part.
LAIL11TM1743A0A 5
8. Loosen the clutch control tube (1). Remove the bolt

(2) and remove the retaining nuts (4). Remove the
hydraulic cylinder (3).
LAIL11TM1744A0A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 5
Clutch hydraulic release control - Disassemble

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
Always use suitable tools to align mating parts. DO NOT use your hand or fingers.
C0044A
Proceed as follows:
1. Place the master cylinder in the vise. Remove the tank
(1) from the cylinder body (2).
LAIL11TM0151A0A 1
2. Move the rubber sleeve (2). Remove the retaining ring

(3) and remove the entire rod (1).
LAIL11TM0152A0A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 6
3. Retrieve the piston (1) and the respective spring (2).
LAIL11TM0153A0A 3
4. Place the lower hydraulic cylinder (1) in the vise. Un-

screw the elastic clamp (2). Disconnect the sleeve (3).
LAIL11M0708A0A 4
5. Use compressed air to remove the piston (1) and the

respective spring.
LAIL11M0708A0A. 5
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 7
Clutch hydraulic release control - Assemble

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
Proceed with assembling the clutch control master

cylinder and hydraulic cylinder considering the follow-
ing warnings:
1. Proceed in the reverse order to disassembly, revers-
ing the previous operations Clutch hydraulic release
control - Disassemble (18.104).
2. Check the condition of the seals. If necessary, replace
the seals.
3. Check the sliding surfaces of the pistons and respective
bodies.
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 8
Clutch hydraulic release control - Install

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
Reinstall the clutch control group. Follow the steps in

reverse of the order that was described to disconnect
the group. After installation, adjust the pedal accord-
ing to the procedures described in Clutch - Torque
(18.110).
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 9
Clutch hydraulic release control - Travel adjust

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
Clutch control pedal height adjustment

1. Adjust the distance "D" ( Clutch hydraulic release
control - Sectional view (18.104)) before re-assem-
bling the master control cylinder.
2. With the clutch pedal (1) connected to the fork (2),
check that the top "H" of the center of the pedal is at
the top of the floor mat. It should be approx. 190 mm.
190 mm .
LAIL11TM0756AOA 1
3. If it requires adjusting, loosen the jam nut (1) and re-

move the pin (3). Tighten or loosen the bolt on the fork
(2) until you obtain the specified height ( "H", Figure 1).
Then, check that the pedal can travel 170 mm.
LAIL11TM0757AOA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 10
Clutch hydraulic release control - Bleed

T7.175 LA
T7.190 LA
T7.195 LA
T7.205 LA
It is essential to bleed the air every time that any main-

tenance is performed to the clutch control hydraulic cir-
cuit.
Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the outer parts of the group that cor-
responds to the bleed screw (2) and the outer parts of
the cover of the hydraulic oil tank (1).
2. Ensure that the tank (1) is full before and during the
bleeding operation.
3. Push the clutch pedal down slowly and its full travel in
order to put pressure the oil.
LAIL11TM1547A0A 1
4. Hold the pedal down and loosen the bleed screw (2)
one turn. Allow the oil with air bubbles to drain out.
5. Re-tighten the screw (2). Repeat the operations listed
above until the oil comes out free from air bubbles.
6. Push the clutch pedal again to put the circuit under
pressure. This condition checks when the pedal op-
eration is back to normal.
7. When you have finished the operation, restore the oil
level in the tank (1).
LAIL11TM1548A0A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 11
Index
Clutch - 18

Clutch hydraulic release control - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Clutch hydraulic release control - Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Clutch hydraulic release control - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Clutch hydraulic release control - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Clutch hydraulic release control - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch hydraulic release control - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch hydraulic release control - Travel adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47770506 16/12/2015
18.1 [18.104] / 12
Clutch - 18
Clutch and components - 110

47770506 16/12/2015
18.2 [18.110] / 1
Contents
Clutch - 18
TECHNICAL DATA
Clutch
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
18.2 [18.110] / 2
Clutch - Clutch and components
Clutch - Torque
LAIL11TM1895F0A 1
Description Thread size Tightening torques

Retaining bolts of the clutch on the engine's
M8 X 1.25 23 N·m (17.0 lb ft)
flywheel (C1)
Locking bolts on the levers with disengage
M16 x 1.5 157 N·m (116 lb ft)
control clevis (C2)
Bolts and nuts for fastening the clutch box to
3/4 in - 16 UNF 265 - 319 N·m (195 - 235 lb ft)
the engine (C3)
Bolts and nuts for fastening the clutch box to
M16 x 1.5 216 - 270 N·m (159 - 199 lb ft)
the engine (C4)
47770506 16/12/2015
18.2 [18.110] / 3
Index
Clutch - 18

Clutch - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
18.2 [18.110] / 4
47770506 16/12/2015
18.2 [18.110] / 5
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Transmission

47770506 16/12/2015
21
Contents
Transmission - 21
[21.111] Semi-Powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.1
[21.133] Semi-Powershift transmission external controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2
[21.152] Semi-Powershift transmission internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3
[21.160] Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4
47770506 16/12/2015
21
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission - 111

47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
TECHNICAL DATA
Semi-Powershift transmission
General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Mechanical schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SERVICE
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Configure (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Program (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
H7 - Vehicle test modes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission
Semi-Powershift transmission - General specification

Three speeds with constant velocity gears controlled by three

Transmission
clutches
Type of gears With helicoidal teeth
3 forward ranges and 1 reverse range, with a total of 18 forward
Reducer
speeds and 6 reverse speeds
Gear type With helicoidal teeth
Gear ratios
Low (24x15) : (46x55) = 1 : 7.03
Med (24x25) : (46x37) = 1 : 2.84
High 1
Gearbox and reducer control Through three buttons located on the control lever
Forced injection via a gear pump (the same as the pump for the
Shift and reduction gear lubrication
power steering circuit)
Clutch A
Number of driven disks 7
Thickness of the driven disks 2.65 mm - 2.75 mm
Number of drive disks 7
Thickness of the drive disks 1.80 mm - 2.00 mm
Thickness of clutch A assembly under a load
32.7 mm - 32.9 mm
of 1600 N ( 359.7 lbf )
Number of Belleville conical springs 9
Free length of the spring 4.2 mm
Length of the compressed spring under a load
3.28 mm
of 2108 N ( 473.9 lbf )
Clutch B
Thickness of the drive disks 1.80 mm - 2.00 mm
Thickness of clutch B assembly under a load
32.7 mm - 32.9 mm
of 1600 N ( 359.7 lbf )
3.28 mm
of 2108 N ( 473.9 lbf )
Clutch C
Thickness of the drive disks 1.5 mm
Thickness of clutch C assembly under a load
26.2 mm - 26.4 mm
of 1600 N ( 359.7 lbf )
3.22 mm
of 1784 N ( 401.1 lbf )
Clutches D - E
Thickness of the drive disks 1.5 mm
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 3
Thickness of the clutches D-E assembly under

26.2 mm - 26.4 mm
a load of 1600 N ( 359.7 lbf )
3.22 mm
of 1784 N ( 401.1 lbf )
Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools

ATTENTION: You must perform the operations described in this section of the manual using the following tools marked
as ESSENTIAL with the identification code (X).
For greater safety and to obtain the best results, as well as to save time and effort, these essential tools should be
used together with the specific tools listed below, and certain tools that will be made according to the construction
drawings supplied in this manual.
List of special tools required to perform the different operations described in this Section:
380000459 Range gear output shaft socket ( 65 mm)

X 380000465 PShift & Dual Command™ transmission drive/drive shaft retainer (use with tool no. 50062)
X 380000466 PShift & Dual Command™ transmission driven shaft lock
380000458 Range Input And Output Shaft End Play Test Tool
380000460 PShift & Dual Command™ transmission drive shaft bearing installer (use with tool no. 50108
X 380000497 Medium and C clutch hub bearing setting tool
380000291 PShift & PowerShuttle clutch piston return spring compressor
X 380000843 Diagnostic Test Switch
380000491 Retaining tool for the output shaft on the range gear
X 380000568 Transmission Input/Output Shaft Bearing Adjustment Tool
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 4
LAIL11TM0087F0A 1
Tool 50018: dimensions in mm
Material: Aq 42.
LAIL11TM0088F0A 2
Material: UNI C40 .
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 5

Material: UNI C40. Make 3 parts.
LAIL11TM0089B0A 3

Material: C30.
LAIL11TM0090B0A 4
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 6

Material: C30.
LAIL11TM0091B0A 5

Material: Fe 42 C.
LAIL11TM0092B0A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 7

Material: UNI C40.
LAIL11TM0093A0A 7

Material: UNI C40.
LAIL11TM0094B0A 8
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 8

Material UNI C40
LAIL11TM0095B0A 9
Semi-Powershift transmission - Torque

Torques
Description Thread size
N.m lbf.ft
Nuts and bolts, clutch/transmission housing in engine See the clutch torque table
Nuts and bolts, clutch/transmission housing in rear shaft M14x1.5 200 147.5
Bolts, front clutch cover M8x1.25 23 17
Bolts, housing cover M10x1.25 49 36.1
Bolts, rear bearing cap M10x1.25 49 36.1
Output shaft rear nut (left-hand thread) M47.5x1.5 294 216.8
Output shaft front nut M45x1.5 490 361.4
Bolts, flywheel damper M10x1.25 60 - 74 44.3 - 54.6
Bolts, rear bearing support plate M14x1.25 142 104.7
Bolts, front cover M8x1.25 23 17
Bolts, control valve body M10x1.25 54 39.8
Bolts, master clutch valve body M10x1.25 24 17.7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 9
BAIL08APH155HVC 1
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 10
Semi-Powershift transmission - Static description

BSD2247A 1
The Semi-Powershift transmission is divided into gear (1) and range (2) sections. There are six gear shifts in each of
the three ranges: 18 forward gear ratios X 6 reverse gear ratios
The Semi-Powershift transmission gear section is driven by five packs of hydraulic clutch disks (A), (B), (C), (D),
and (E), which provide the six gears for each of the three ranges. The 18 changes are achieved using the following
combinations of clutch packs and range synchronizers:
Range synchronizers
Clutch packs
L M H R
A/C 1 7 13 R1
B/C 2 8 14 R2
A/D 3 9 15 R3
B/D 4 10 16 R4
A/E 5 11 17 R5
B/E 6 12 18 R6
The range section comprises a set of permanently engaged pinions, three forward gears and one reverse gear. Each
of these is selected electrohydraulically and provides ranges of slow (L), medium (M), and fast (H) gears, as well as
reverse (R) gears.
The clutch design enables switching from one gear to another while the tractor is in motion. The clutches are operated
by the control oil from the respective solenoid valves located in the master clutch assembly, connected to the right-
hand side of the gearbox.
Range changes are operated by two hydraulic cylinders that drive two synchronizers. The hydraulic cylinders are
driven by the control oil from the respective solenoid valves located in the control valve unit connected to the right-hand
side of the gearbox.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 11
Semi-Powershift transmission - Sectional view

25857 1
Longitudinal and transverse cross sections of the Semi-Powershift transmission
Reference Component Reference Component

(1) Damper coupling (2) Clutch housing
(3) Pack A drive disks (4) Pack A driven disks
(5) Support cover (6) Adjusting shim for the transmission drive shaft
(7) Transmission drive shaft (8) Pack D driven disks
(9) Pack D drive disks (10) Drive shaft for the reducer gear
(11) Reverser idler gear (reverse) (12) Adjustment shim for the drive shaft of the reducer
(13) Reduction gear drive shaft (14) Adjustment shim for the driven shaft of the reducer
Engagement synchronizer for Hitch mount synchronizer for the idler gears and fast
(15) (16)
the mid-range and reverse gears gears
(17) Pack E driven disks (18) Pack E housing
(19) Pack E drive disks (20) Pack D and E Belleville beveled springs
(21) Pack D housing (22) Pack C driven disks
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 12

(23) Pack C drive disks (24) Pack C housing
(25) Pack C Belleville beveled springs (26) Transmission driven gear end play adjustment shim
(27) Transmission driven shaft (28) Pack B Belleville beveled springs
Lubrication control lines for the gear and reducer
(29) Pack A Belleville beveled springs (30)
transmission
(31) Valve spring (32) (32) Lube pressure regulation valve
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 13
Semi-Powershift transmission - Hydraulic schema

The following pages set out typical examples of oil flow while the clutch packs are engaged, lubrication of transmission
components, and power flows from gear and range changes:
BSD2261A 1
Semi-Powershift transmission oil flow with 1st forward gear selected
Pressurized oil Trapped oil
Pressurized lubricating oil
When 1st gear or gear ratio is selected, the solenoid valves direct the oil from the hydraulic pump to packs (A) and
(C), respectively.
The oil reaches pistons (1) and (3), and moves them against the force of Belleville springs (2) and (4), respectively,
compressing clutch packs (A) and (C). 1st gear or gear ratio is selected.
If the clutch pedal is engaged, the solenoid valves stop sending oil to packs (A) and (C), so the action of Belleville
springs (2) and (4) keeps pistons (1) and (3) away from the clutch disks. The packs are free.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 14
BSD2261B 2
Semi-Powershift™ transmission oil flow with 6th forward gear selected
Pressurized oil Trapped oil
Pressurized lubricating oil
When 6th gear or gear ratio is selected using the control buttons, the solenoid valves direct the oil from the hydraulic
pump to packs (B) and (E), respectively.
The oil reaches pistons (2) and (4), and moves them against the force of Belleville springs (1) and (3), respectively,
compressing packs (B) and (E). 6th gear or gear ratio is selected.
If the clutch pedal is engaged, the solenoid valves stop sending oil to packs (B) and (E), so the action of Belleville
springs (1) and (3) keeps pistons (2) and (4) away from the clutch disks. The packs are free.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 15
Semi-Powershift transmission - Mechanical schema

BSD2247B 1
Power flow, 1st gear, mid-range, forward
Packs (A) and (C) engaged

(A) Pack A (B) Pack B
(C) Pack C (D) Pack D
(E) Pack E (H) Fast gear range clutch
(L) Slow gear range clutch (R) Reverse gear range clutch
(M) Average gear range clutch
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 16
BSD2247C 2
Power flow, 2nd gear, mid-range, forward
Packs (B) and (C) engaged

47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 17
BSD2247D 3
Power flow, 2nd gear, mid-range, reverse
Packs (B) and (C) engaged

NOTE: Reverse gears are only available in the middle range.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 18
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove

Prior operation:
Removing the cab. Consult the procedures in Cab - Remove (90.150).
Prior operation:
Removing the fuel reservoir. Consult the procedures in Fuel tank - Remove (10.216).
1. Remove the drain plug. Drain the oil into a suitable

container.
Re-fit the drain plug. Torque to 68 - 82 Nm (50.2 -
60.5 lb ft).
BAIL07APH288AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the cables.

Disconnect the transmission cables, re-positioning the
cables on the rear axle.
3. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter sump shield.
BAIL07APH296AVA 2
4. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter sump drain plug.

NOTE: Place a suitable container under the oil filter sump
to collect the hydraulic oil.
BAIL07APH297AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 19
5. Disconnect the hydraulic oil lines from the hydraulic oil

pump and the hydraulic oil pump filter sump.
BAIL07APH298AVA 4
6. Loosen the clamp. Disconnect the hose (1).

Disconnect the electrical connectors from the hydraulic
oil pump filter sump (2).
BAIL07APH299AVA 5
7. Remove the retaining bolts from the elbow joint on the

hydraulic oil pump. Remove the retaining bolt from the
rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH300AVA 6
8. Remove the hydraulic oil pump filter sump.
BAIL07APH301AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 20
9. Loosen the hydraulic oil line clamp.
BAIL07APH332AVA 8
10. Disconnect and separate the hydraulic oil lines.
BAIL07APH331AVA 9
11. Disconnect the steering hydraulic oil supply and return

lines.
BAIL07APH333AVA 10
12. Disconnect the service brake lines and the hydraulic

oil line.
BAIL07APH334AVB 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 21
13. Remove the hydraulic oil line.
BAIL07APH335AVA 12
14. Disconnect the hydraulic oil lines (1). Loosen the

bracket (2).
BAIL07APH336AVA 13
15. Disconnect the hydraulic oil line.
BAIL07APH337AVA 14
16. Disconnect the air supply line (1). Loosen the air line
bracket (2).
BAIL07APH338AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 22
17. Remove the rear fuel tank support.
BAIL07APH339BVA 16
18. Place the separation gear guides (1) under the vehi-
cle.
Fit the wheeled part of the separation gears (2), (4),
and (5) under the transmission.
Fit the static part of the separation gears (3) and (4)
under the rear axle.
BAIL07APH346FVA 17
19. Support the weight of the transmission with a jack (1).

Secure the transmission with the special tool (2).
BAIL07APH344AVA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 23
20. Attach the static part of the separation gear to the rear
axle.
BAIL07APH345AVA 19
21. Support the rear of the vehicle.
BAIL07APH347AVA 20
22. Remove the lower retaining bolts from the right-hand

side between the transmission and the rear axle.
BAIL07APH341AVA 21
23. Remove the upper retaining bolts from the right-hand

side between the transmission and the rear axle.
BAIL07APH342AVA 22
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 24
24. Remove the upper retaining bolts from between the

transmission and the rear axle.
BAIL07APH343AVA 23
25. Remove the retaining bolts from the left-hand side be-
tween the transmission and the rear axle.
BAIL07APH340BVA 24
26. Remove the transmission from the rear axle.
BAIL07APH348AVA 25
27. Remove the battery.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 25
28. Remove the battery compartment.
BAIL07APH349AVA 26
29. Remove the retaining bolts from the left-hand side of

the cab mounting bracket.
BAIL07APH350AVA 27
30. Remove the retaining bolts from the right-hand side of

the cab mounting frame. Remove the cab mounting
frame.
BAIL07APH351AVA 28
Next operation:
Disconnect the engine from the transmission.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 26
Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Removing the transmission. Consult the procedures in Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (21.111).
1. Install the transmission case on a suitable rotating plat-

form, using appropriate supports (1) and (2) respec-
tively.
23458 1
2. Remove the hydraulic line between the main clutch

valve and the transmission case.
BAIL08APH014AVA 2
3. Remove the hydraulic line between the main clutch

valve and the transmission control valve.
BAIL08APH015AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 27
4. Remove the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 4
5. Remove and discard the connector.
BAIL08APH002AVA 5
6. Remove the control valve. Consult the procedures in

Transmission control valve - Remove (21.133).
7. Remove the potentiometers.
BAIL08APH003AVA 6
8. Remove the sensors.
BAIL08APH004AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 28
9. Remove the transmission cover.
BAIL08APH013AVB 8
10. Remove the clutch and the main clutch from the trans-
mission Clutch Master clutch - Remove (21.152).
11. Remove the gear and synchronizer. Consult the pro-
cedures in Gears - Remove (21.152).
12. Remove the oil supply lines.
BAIL08APH075AVA 9
13. Remove the front cover.
BAIL08APH076AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 29
14. Remove the transmission gear and the bearing.

NOTE: Pulling the bearing back will make it easier to re-
move.
BAIL08APH077AVA 11
15. Remove the retaining spring from the input shaft

gears.
BAIL08APH078AVA 12
16. Pull out the gear, the ring and the sleeve.
BAIL08APH079AVA 13
17. Pull out the input shaft with the bearings from the
opposite end of the transmission case. Remove the
gears.
BAIL08APH080AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 30
18. Install the special tool 380000466 (1) on the output

shaft. Position a screwdriver (2) to hold the shaft in
place. Install the special tool 380000465 (3) in the
transmission case and tighten the special tool bolt to
support the screwdriver.
BAIL08APH081AVB 15
19. Remove the scrap from the nut and discard it; remove
the shim and the ring.
BAIL08APH082AVA 16
20. Using a suitable extractor (1), remove the distributor

(2) and the bearing ring (3) from the output shaft.
BAIL08APH083AVC 17
21. Remove special tool 380000465, the screwdriver and

special tool 380000466 from the rear end of the trans-
mission.
22. Remove the output shaft seals, using an aluminum rod
and a hammer. Partially remove the output shaft.
BAIL08APH084AVA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 31
23. Return the transmission case to the vertical, remove

the output shaft and remove the clutch assemblies,
clutches and bearings.
BAIL08APH123AVA 19
24. Remove the lubricating oil accessory (2) and remove

the liner sleeve.
23491 20
25. Remove the case accessory and put it away from the
lubrication line inside the transmission case.
BAIL08APH085AVA 21
26. Remove the retaining plate from the transmission

shaft.
BAIL08APH086AVA 22
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 32
27. Remove the retaining spring from the transmission

shaft. Using a suitable aluminum rod and a hammer,
remove the transmission shaft.
BAIL08APH087AVA 23
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble (21.111).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 33
Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble

CAUTION
Burn hazard!
Always wear heat-resistant protective gloves when handling heated parts.
C0047A
Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble (21.111).
1. Install the transmission shaft into the transmission

case. Install the retaining spring to hold the transmis-
sion shaft.
BAIL08APH087AVA 1
2. Install the transmission shaft retaining plate.
BAIL08APH086AVA 2
3. Fit the lubrication line to the transmission case and in-

stall the accessory.
BAIL08APH085AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 34
4. Install the liner sleeve and the lubricating oil accessory

(2).
23491 4
5. Check the adjustments of the driven gear bearing.

Consult the procedures in Semi-Powershift trans-
mission - Adjust (21.111).
6. Fit the transmission case vertically.
BAIL08APH127AVA 5
7. Install the gears, bearings and assemblies (C), (D) and

(E) in the transmission case.
NOTE: When installing assemblies (C), (D) and (E), align
the reference marks (1) carefully.
BAIL08APH128AVB 6
8. Install the output shaft into the transmission case.

NOTE: When installing the output shaft into the transmis-
sion case, align the reference marks carefully.
BAIL08APH129AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 35
9. Install the output shaft seals and ring.
BAIL08APH084AVA 8
10. Install the special tool 380000466 (1) on the output

shaft. Position a screwdriver (2) to hold the shaft in
place. Install the special tool 380000465 (3) in the
transmission case and tighten the special tool bolt to
support the screwdriver.
BAIL08APH081AVB 9
11. Using the special tool 380000460 (1), install the front
bearing.
BAIL08APH142AVB 10
12. Install the distributor and the bearing intermediary ring

and put the retaining nut on the output shaft.
BAIL08APH145AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 36
13. After installing the components of the output shaft, in-

stall the front cover temporarily.
BAIL08APH076AVA 12
14. Install the oil supply lines.
BAIL08APH075AVA 13
15. Blow compressed air into the oil lines and check the
correct functioning of assemblies (C) (D) and (E).
BAIL08APH140AVA 14
16. Remove the oil lines and remove the front cover.
17. Check adjustment of the input shaft end play. Consult
the procedures in Semi-Powershift transmission -
Adjust (21.111).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 37
18. Partially install the input shaft, with the bearings, in the
transmission case.
BAIL08APH080AVB 15
19. Install the gear, the intermediary ring and the sleeve
to install the input shaft completely.
BAIL08APH079AVB 16
20. Install the retaining spring to enable the gears to be

fixed in the input shaft.
BAIL08APH078AVA 17
21. Install the transmission gear and bearing.
BAIL08APH077AVA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 38
22. Install the front cover.

Tighten the retaining bolts to 23 Nm (17.0 lb ft).
BAIL08APH076AVA 19
23. Install the oil supply lines.
BAIL08APH075AVA 20
24. Tighten the retaining nut and mark the edges of the
nut.
Torque to 490 Nm (361.4 lb ft).
BAIL08APH082AVA 21
25. Install the gear and synchronizer. Consult the proce-

dures in Gears - Install (21.152).
26. Install the clutch and the main clutch in the trans-
mission. Consult the procedures in Semi-Powershift
transmission - Assemble (21.111).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 39
27. Carefully clean the contact surfaces of the joint and

apply a drop of 2 mm sealant.
Install the transmission cover.
BAIL08APH013AVB 22
28. Install the sensors.
BAIL08APH004AVA 23
29. Install the potentiometers.
BAIL08APH003AVA 24
30. Install the control valve; for more information see

Transmission control valve - Install (21.133).
31. Install the drain accessory.
BAIL08APH002AVA 25
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 40
32. Carefully clean the contact surfaces of the joint and

apply a drop of 2 mm sealant.
Install the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 26
33. Install the hydraulic line between the main clutch valve
and the transmission control valve.
BAIL08APH015AVA 27
34. Install the hydraulic line between the main clutch valve
and the transmission case.
BAIL08APH014AVA 28
35. Remove special tool 380000465, the screwdriver and

special tool 380000466 from the rear end of the trans-
mission.
36. Using a suitable bearing heater, warm the bearing on
the input shaft.
BAIL08APH136AVB 29
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 41
37. Install the bearing (3) on the input shaft, using special
tool 50060 (2). Using special tool 50013 (1), keep
the bearing correctly positioned against the gear while
cooling.
23841 30
38. Using a suitable bearing heater, warm the bearing on

the output shaft.
BAIL08APH136AVB 31
39. Install the bearing (1) on the output shaft, using spe-
cial tool 50061 (2). Using special tool 50018 (3), keep
the bearing correctly positioned against the gear while
cooling.
23842 32
40. Remove special tools 50060 (2) and 50061 (2) when
bearings (3) and (1) are totally cooled.
41. Check the adjustment of the tapered roller bearings in
the input shaft and the output shaft. Consult the pro-
cedures in Semi-Powershift transmission - Adjust
(21.111).
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Service instruction (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 42
Semi-Powershift transmission - Service instruction

25843 1
Example of sealant application while fitting: transmission cover.
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install (21.111).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 43
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Prior operation:
Connecting the engine to the transmission.
1. Fit the cab mounting bracket. Tighten the right-hand

retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH351AVA 1
2. Fit the retaining bolts for the left-hand side of the cab
mounting bracket.
BAIL07APH350AVA 2
3. Fit the battery compartment.
BAIL07APH349AVA 3
4. Install the battery.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 44
5. Before connecting the transmission case to the rear

axle housing, thoroughly clean and degrease the seal-
ing mating surfaces. Apply a bead of liquid sealant ap-
proximately 2 mm in diameter.
6. Line up the transmission and the rear axle housing.
7. Connect the transmission to the rear axle.
BAIL07APH348AVA 4
8. Fit the retaining bolts on the left-hand side between the

transmission and the rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH340BVA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 45
9. Fit the upper retaining bolts between the transmission

and the rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH343AVA 6
10. Fit the upper retaining bolts on the right-hand side be-
tween the transmission and the rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH342AVA 7
11. Fit the lower retaining bolts on the right-hand side be-
tween the transmission and the rear axle housing.
BAIL07APH341AVA 8
12. Remove the trestle.
BAIL07APH346FVB 9
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 46
13. Fit the rear fuel tank support.
BAIL07APH339BVA 10
14. Connect the air supply line (1). Connect the air line
bracket (2).
BAIL07APH338AVA 11
15. Connect the hydraulic oil line.
BAIL07APH337AVA 12
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 47
16. Fit the hydraulic oil pipe retaining bracket (2). Connect
the hydraulic oil lines (1).
BAIL07APH336AVA 13
17. Fit the hydraulic oil line.
BAIL07APH335AVA 14
18. Connect the brake lines and the hydraulic oil line.
BAIL07APH334AVB 15
19. Connect the steering hydraulic oil supply and return

lines.
BAIL07APH333AVA 16
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 48
20. Fit and connect the differential lock lines.
BAIL07APH331AVA 17
21. Connect the hydraulic oil line clamp.
BAIL07APH332AVA 18
22. Fit the hydraulic oil pump filter housing.
BAIL07APH301AVA 19
23. Fit the retaining bolts to the elbow joint on the hy-
draulic oil pump. Fit the retaining bolt to the axle hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH300AVA 20
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 49
24. Connect the line. Tighten the clamp (1).

Connect the electrical connectors to the hydraulic oil
pump filter housing (2).
BAIL07APH299AVA 21
25. Connect the hydraulic oil lines to the hydraulic oil

pump and to the hydraulic oil filter housing.
BAIL07APH298AVA 22
26. Fit the drain plug on the hydraulic oil pump filter hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH297AVA 23
27. Fit the shield on the hydraulic oil pump filter housing.
BAIL07APH296AVA 24
28. Place the wiring into the transmission and connect up

its electrical connectors.
29. Fill the transmission with oil.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 50
Next operation:
Fit the fuel reservoir. Consult the procedures in Fuel tank - Install (10.216).
Next operation:
Fit the cab. Consult the procedures in Cab - Install (90.150).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 51
Semi-Powershift transmission - Adjust

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Adjustment of input shaft end play

1. Place the transmission input shaft (1) on a bench, place
the gear (6), spacer (5), a test shim of 3.5 mm (4) and
gear (3). Lock the assembly with a retaining spring (2).
Keep the assembly in place. Using a feeler gauge (7),
measure the end play between the retaining spring (2)
and the gear (3).
The shim to be inserted is given by the dimension mea-
sured plus the test shim, less the specified end play.
BAIL08APH125AVA 1
Example::
Thickness gauge reading = 0.90 mm
Test shim (spacer) = 3.50 mm
Specified end play = 0 - 0.15 mm
Shim = 0.90 + 3.50 - 0.10 = 4.30 mm.
NOTE: The adjustment shims are shown in detail in the
Specifications table. See Semi-Powershift transmission
- General specification (21.111).
2. Remove the retaining spring (1), and remove the gear
(2) and the test shim (3). Add the previously calculated
shim, install the gear (2) and fix the installed assembly
with the retaining spring (1).
Keep the assembly in place. Using the thickness gauge
(4), check that the end play is as specified.
BAIL08APH126AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 52
Driven gear bearing adjustment

3. Fit the hub of the clutch assembly C on the special tool
380000497, completing with the bearings, spacer and
original shim. Tighten the special tool bolt to 140 N·m.
BSB0320A 3
4. Roll a length of wire around the smaller of the two gears

and connect it to a suitable dynamometer. Measure the
bearings' resistance to the bearing while rotating them,
not at the point where rotation starts.
The bearing's resistance must be 0.5 - 0.8 Kg on the
dynamometer. If it is not at the specified value, install a
thinner shim to increase resistance, or install a thicker
shim to reduce resistance.
BSB0323A 4
Adjust the tapered roller bearing of the input and output shaft
5. Install the cover (2) without the adjustment shim. Install
special tool 50013 (1) (part of special tool 380000458)
in the input shaft.
BAIL08APH135AVB 5
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 53
6. Screw special tool 380000458 (2) to special tool 50013

(3).
Fit a test indicator with display (1) with the needle
touching the liner sleeve of the bearing. Rotate the
shafts to seat the tapered bearings, zero the test
indicator with display (1) , checking that the fitting is
recessed.
Using the lever on the special tool 380000458 (2) fit the
assembly so it touches the cover (4) and read the value
indicated (L) on the test indicator display (1).
The shim to be added is determined by:
(S) = (L) - ( 0 - 0.06 mm)
where:
(S) = Test shim (spacer). BAIL08APH134AVB 6
(L) = Deviation reading.
0 - 0.06 mm = End play of the input shaft bearing.
7. Remove special tool 380000458 and special tool
500013. Remove the cover (4) as shown in figure 6,
fit the shim as stated above and reinstall the cover (4)
as shown in figure 6.
8. Repeat operation 6 to check that the end play is as
specified 0 - 0.06 mm.
9. Remove special tools (1), (2) and (3) as shown in figure
6 and special tool 50013.
10. Remove the lubricating plug from the output shaft.
BAIL08APH132AVA 7
11. Install special tool 50013 (1) (part of special tool

380000458) in the output shaft.
BAIL08APH148AVA 8
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 54
12. Install the cover (1) with a test shim (spacer) (Sp).
Screw special tool 380000458 (3) onto special tool
50013 (4).
Fit a test indicator with display (2) with the needle
touching the liner sleeve of the bearing. Rotate the
shafts to seat the tapered bearings, zero the test in-
dicator with display (2) , checking that the fitting is re-
cessed.
Using the lever on the special tool 380000458 (3), fit
the assembly so that it touches the cover (1) and read
the value indicated (H) on the test indicator display (2).
The shim to be added is determined by:
(S1) = (H) + (Sp) - ( 0 - 0.06 mm)
where: BAIL08APH133AVB 9
(S1) = Adjustment shim.
(Sp) = Test shim (spacer).
(H) = Deviation reading.
0 - 0.06 mm = End play of the output shaft bearing.
13. Remove special tools (3) and (4) as shown in figure 9.
Remove the cover (1) as shown in figure 9, change the
test shim (Sp) for the adjustment shim (S1), reinstall
the cover (1) as shown in figure 9 and special tools
(3) and (4)as shown in figure 9. Repeat stage 12 to
check that the end play is as specified. 0 - 0.06 mm.
14. Remove special tools (2), (3) and (4) as shown in fig-
ure 9 and special tool 50013.
15. Install the lubricating plug on the output shaft.
BAIL08APH132AVA 10
16. Remove the cover.
BAIL08APH105AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 55
Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test

Transmission clutch packages: A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2,

F3 and R
Where:
F1 = slow range
F2 = medium range
F3 = fast range
1. Prepare the tractor to carry out the pressure test:
- Start the tractor. Run the tractor to heat the transmis-
sion oil to the minimum operating temperature of 65 °C
( 145 °F).
- Ensure that the parking brake is fully engaged.
- Install the diagnostic test switch and the special tool
380000843 on the connector of the diagnostic panel of
the tractor.
BAIL07APH189AVA 1
BAIL07APH190AVB 2
2. Install appropriate pressure gauges ( 0 - 40 bar)( 0

- 600 psi) with quick-release couplers–ten, if avail-
able–at each one of the pressure test points for the
clutch.
(1) - Pressure gauge 380200141
(2) - Quick-release adapter 380000543
(3) - Tube 380200147
(4) - Adapter (as required)
TA6021002_744 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 56
3. The test terminals for packages (A), (B), (C), (D) and
(E) are on the right-hand side of the transmission.
BAIL07APH322AVA 4
4. The following test terminals are on top of the range

control valve assembly, on the right-hand side of the
transmission (for greater visibility, remove the floor of
the cab).
Slow-range terminal (1)
Reverse-range terminal (2)
Medium-range terminal (3)
BAIL07APH323AVA 5
5. Remove the cover from the slow-range test terminal

(1). Install the union 380000572 to facilitate access to
the quick-release union 380000492.
BAIL07APH325AVA 6
6. Remove the covers from the reverse-range terminal (2)

and from the medium-range terminal (3). See 5. In-
stall the unions (4) 380000493 with the quick-release
adapters (5) 380000492.
BAIL07APH326AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 57
7. The fast-range test terminal is under the range control

valve assembly on the right-hand side of the transmis-
sion. Remove the cover from the fast-range test termi-
nal. Insert the union (1) 380000493 with the quick-re-
lease adapter (2) 380000492.
BAIL07APH327AVB 8
8. Start the engine. Access channel 4 H7. Refer to the

information in Electronic module - Configure Cen-
tral Control Unit (CCU) -RB Module- Semi Power-
shift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear
PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine.
(55.640). Engage the clutch pedal. Move the bidirec-
tional lever forward. Release the clutch. The display on
the instrument cluster should show A24. This indicates
that the solenoid of package A will become active.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 9
9. To activate the solenoid, press and hold the downshift

button. Note the pressure reading on the pressure
gauge. The pressure reading should be 18±1 bar .
NOTE: Do not disengage the clutch pedal before you ac-
tivate the solenoid. This may prevent application of the
pressure.
BAIS06CCM304AVA 10
10. The pressure can be controlled by the clutch pedal.

When you release the pedal, the two digits will change
to a number between 0 and 20. This indicates the
approximate pressure in bar if the pedal calibration is
correct. With full disengagement of the clutch pedal,
the display shows 24. This indicates full pressure.
With the pedal released less than 30%, the applied
pressure will be zero.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 58
Semi-Powershift transmission - Calibrate

NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent move-
ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly applying the parking brake and blocking the front
and rear wheels. Before starting work, make sure that the gear speed dial is at zero.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration, the transmission oil must be at the correct temper-
ature. This can be checked using the H9 menu.
The Semi-Powershift™ transmission should be calibrated when the transmission oil temperature is between 60 -
105 °C
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if available) is turned off and that all the electrical hydraulic applications
are disabled.
NOTE: If a 4-digit number starting with 2 is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The error condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
1. There are two ways to enter calibration mode:
• Quick Entry - Press and hold the gear buttons at the
same time as starting the engine.
• HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menus.
Quick entry
2. Press and hold the gear buttons at the same time as
starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 1
3. The system that is being calibrated will be displayed

on the panel and the oil temperature will appear in the
lower central display.
BAIL07APH532ASA 2
4. Continue from step 7.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 59
HH menu entry
5. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3
6. Use the keys h, m and the "darkening" of the instru-

ment panel to navigate the menus HH until H1 and the
transmission symbol appear on the controller RB.
The central display will show the transmission oil tem-
perature.
BAIL07APH476FSA 4
7. The engine rpm will be set to 1200 RPM.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 60
8. Place the bidirectional lever into the forward position

and release the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 5
9. The lower central display will show the oil transmission

temperature; by pressing the gear buttons, the display
changes to show the flywheel binary calibration value.
BAIL07APH533ASA 6
10. Pressing the gear up and gear down buttons again

changes the display to the transmission oil tempera-
ture.
NOTE: If you see the code U19 - Oil temperature below
10°C, calibration not allowed, it will not possible to per-
form the calibration because the transmission oil tempera-
ture is not sufficient.
NOTE: If the starting procedure is incorrect, a code U
will be shown and you will need to repeat the procedure.
See code list U at Electronic module - Fault code index
(55.640) .
11. If CL - OIL TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 10 AND 60
DEGREES CENTIGRADE or CH - HOT OIL WARN-
ING: displayed above 105 degress Cappears after
4 seconds, the display returns to the transmission oil
temperature. The tractor may be operated to obtain
the correct oil temperature.
NOTE: If it is not possible to wait for the oil temperature
to change, press the gear switches while viewing CL -
OIL TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 10 AND 60 DEGREES
CENTIGRADE or CH - HOT OIL WARNING: displayed
above 105 degress CThe display then shows dt and cali-
bration may continue.
BAIL07APH534ASA 7
12. There are two methods of calibrating the transmission:

• Manual calibration of the flywheel sensor, PTO bi-
nary sensor and clutch.
• Automatic calibration of the flywheel sensor, PTO
binary sensor and clutch.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 61
Manual calibration of the flywheel sensor, PTO binary sensor and individual packages
13. Accelerate the engine to 1200 RPM.
14. Depress and hold the downshift switch to calibrate the
flywheel sensor. When the calibration is complete the
display will alternate between dt and the calibration
value.
15. When you release the switch, the display changes to
Pt (calibration of the PTO binary sensor). Press and
hold the downshift button to calibrate. When the cal-
ibration is complete the dial will alternate between Pt
and the calibration value.
16. When you release the downshift button, the display
will change to A. Press and hold the downshift button
to calibrate the clutch disc package A. During the cali-
bration process the calibration value will be shown on
the lower central display.
When the calibration of the package A is complete,
the central display below toggles between A and the
calibration value.
BAIL06CCM615AVA 8
17. Release the downshift button and the display will indi-
cate B, showing that the package B is ready for cali-
bration.
BAIL06CCM616AVA 9
18. Repeat the above steps for packages B, C , D, E, F

and n (synchronizer calibrations). After the calibration
n, release the downshift button and the display will
change to dt.
19. Repeatedly pressing the upshift button will toggle
through the package modes, allowing individual cali-
bration as many times as needed.
BAIL07APH535ASA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 62
Automatic calibration of the flywheel sensor, PTO binary sensor and clutch.
20. Viewing dt, press the function switch Auto to start the
automatic calibration sequence.
BAIL06CCM617AVA 11
21. If the function switch Auto is not available, press the

"minutes" button of the ADIC for 2 seconds.
22. The light indicators Field and Transport flash during
calibration. The sensors and the packages will be
calibrated one by one without the need to press the
gear buttons.
BTB0398 12
23. The lower central display shows End when the proce-
dure is finished and all packages are calibrated.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 13
24. Turn off to keep the calibration values.

NOTE: If errors occur during the calibration, the code U
appears and the procedure must be repeated. See code
list U at Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 63
Semi-Powershift transmission - Configure

The electronic service tool ( EST) and the EST DATAR scope now incorporate a "Valve test
support tool". This feature can significantly reduce diagnostic time when investigating is-
sues of PWM and hydraulic clutch engagement.
SENSOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
Configuration of the current clamp probe

Connect current probe TA018 to CHANNEL A in the
scope adapter.
BAIL11CCM287AVA 1
Connect the probe to definition 20 A as indicated.
BAIL11CCM288AVA 2
With the clamp closed, press the blue ZERO button.
BAIL11CCM289AVA 3
NOTE: The current probe should be placed at ZERO whenever you make a new connection. The probe must not be
connected to a wire when you press ZERO, so as to obtain the best accuracy.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 64
Pressure sensor setup
• Connect the two pressure sensors to CHANNEL B

and CHANNEL C of the scope adapter.
• Connect the sensor by pressing the POWER (1) but-
ton.
• Select the range 60 bar in each sensor (2).
BAIL11CCM290AVA 4
NOTE: The battery life of the pressure sensor is approximately 6 h. Batteries should be recharged every night.
Connect the scope adapter to the computer

Connect the DATAR adapter to the computer USB port.
If the adapter has never been connected to the com-
puter or has never been linked to a particular USB port,
the computer shows "NEW HARDWARE DETECTED"
and starts the "HARDWARE SETUP WIZARD". Fol-
low these instructions to install the hardware using the
setup wizard.
• When you are asked, "Can Windows connect to Win-
dows Update..." answer, "No, not yet".
• In the next step, select, "Install the software auto-
matically".
• When finished, click "finish" to close the setup wiz-
ard.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 65
SETUP INSTRUCTIONS FOR DATAR SCOPE

All test files obtained should be recorded by the ma-
chine model and serial number for future reference.
Save the files in the Waveforms folder of your computer,
identified in a specific folder for the machine. This al-
lows future comparison of test data.
Step 1 . Verify that the DATAR adapter is connected to the computer's USB port.
Step 2 . Prepare to alternate between the DATAR and the valve test support tool:
1. The valve test configuration needs the two following
programs running simultaneously on the computer.
• Support tool for the tractor valve test EST
• DATAR tool
2. When connecting the DATAR, you will not see the sup-
port tool for the valve test. You must manually switch
between the two programs above. This is necessary so
you can continue to review the instructions and refer-
ence signals expected. These are viewed on the sup-
port tool for the valve test while it also runs the test in
DATAR. To toggle between these two programs, you
can use one of the following techniques:
• Select the program buttons at the bottom center of

the screen using the mouse to change the view to
this program.
• Use the ALT-TAB key to switch between open pro-
grams on the computer. Press and hold the ALT key
and press TAB to move through the list of icons of ex-
isting programs. If the last program selected is the
one you want, you can quickly toggle between two
programs by pressing the ALT-TAB keys only once.
Step 3 . Connect the DATAR tool with the appropriate PRESETS file for the test selected:
The DATAR uses PRESETS files to automatically con-
figure the scope (for specific probe inputs, time scales,
voltage scales, filtering definitions, triggering configura-
tions). By opening this PRESETS configuration file, it is
easier to get the exact configuration used by CNH ex-
perts when they collect reference wavelengths. For the
valve tests, there are different PRESETS configuration
files for each type of test (ramp, step, accumulator). For
this reason it is very important to be able to compare the
test results using the proper configuration file.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 66
Automatic selection of the PRESETS file

Connect the DATAR tool using the DATAR launch but-
ton provided in the support tool for the valve test (lo-
cated on the bottom of the screen). In this case, the ap-
propriate PRESETS configuration file is automatically
uploaded for the RAMP or STEP test selected. If you
change the type of test, you must close DATAR and
restart it with the support tool to select the appropriate
configuration file.
BAIL11CCM291AVA 5
NOTE: DATAR and the EST software need high-level PC processing sources to run. You should close all other
programs when running these programs.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 67
Semi-Powershift transmission - Program

SENSOR CONNECTION INSTRUCTIONS

Electrical and hydraulic tools needed
Quantity Tool Description
(maximum)
Hydraulic
1 380000492 Rapid hitch joints kit (the kit contains new joints)
1 380000577 Accessory
6 380000578 Adapter
2 380000579 Articulated joint
Electrical
1 380000843 Menu diagnostics test interrupter tool HH
1 380200148 Solenoid test break out cable kit
NOTE: It is recommended to install all hydraulic test joints for all test assemblies before starting any test. This will
help to keep the oil temperature within the necessary range when changing sensors between assemblies, so allowing
complete tests on all tractor assemblies to be run more quickly.
Channel A - Connection of current clamp

Connect the current clamp probe to one of the solenoid
cables, as indicated for the assembly selected to be
tested.
Use the valve connector guide tool 380200148 to allow
easy access to the valve wires. This guide tool can be
turned in the single valve connector, connecting the two
wires of a male/female connector of the type used in the
valve solenoid.
NOTE: The current probe is directional. If there is no cur-
rent signal shown on the screen when the test is being run,
disconnect the current probe from the wire, turn the probe
180 ° and then connect it to the same wire again so it now
runs in the opposite direction past the probe detection ori-
BAIL11CCM292AVA 1
fice.
Clutch solenoids
Located on the left side of the transmission behind the
pressure plugs.
• (A)
• (B)
• (C)
• (D)
• (E)
BAIL11CCM337AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 68
PTO clutch solenoid

Located on the right-hand side of the transmission.
BAIL11CCM336AVA 3
Accumulator test solenoid connection

Connect the current clamp to the solenoid (C) for the
ACC accumulator test.
BAIL11CCM337AVA 4
Channel B - Clutch pressure sensor connection

Connect the first pressure sensor (CHANNEL B) to the
hydraulic joint indicated below for the clutch selected to
be tested.
BAIL11CCM294AVB 5
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 69
Assemblies A, B, C, D and E
Located on the right side of the transmission.
Assemblies A, B, C - If joints are not installed, loosen
the threaded connections and connect the adapter
380000578 and the rapid unhitch joint 380000492. As-
semblies D, E - Due to limited accessibility, connect the
articulated joint 380000579, the adapter 380000578
and the rapid unhitch joint 380000492.
BAIL07APH322AVA 6
PTO clutch
Located in the upper part of the transmission.
If no coupling is installed, remove the threaded connec-
tion and connect the adapter 380000578 and the rapid
unhitch joint 380000492.
BAIL11CCM338AVA 7
ACC - Accumulator pressure test connection

Connect the pressure sensor to the(C) for the ACC ac-
cumulator test.
BAIL07APH322AVA 8
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 70
Channel C - Low pressure main supply sensor connection

Connect the second pressure sensor (CHANNEL C) to
the low pressure main supply.
The low pressure circuit can be accessed, removing the
low pressure warning switch, located below the range
control valve assembly on the right side of the transmis-
sion. Temporarily remove the switch and insert the joint
380000577 with the rapid unhitch joint 380000492.
NOTE: This main low pressure connection for channel C is
the same for all tests on assemblies for this tractor.
BAIL07APH317AVB 9
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 71
Semi-Powershift transmission - H7 - Vehicle test modes

INSTRUCTIONS FOR TESTING THE HH MENU (H7 CH8)
Ramp / Step / Accumulator Tests

Step 1 . Prepare the tractor to carry out the pressure
test:
• Check if the RB transmission controller has at least
3.0.0.0 or higher software to support this new test
mode from the menu HH.
• Start the tractor and run it to heat the transmission oil
to the minimum operating temperature of 45 - 55 °C
(113 - 131 °F).
• Install the diagnostic test switch tool 380000843 in
the diagnostic connector of the tractor, as indicated.
BAIL07APH189AVA 1
Step 2 . Select test mode RT-H7-CH8:

• Navigate the menus HH using the buttons on the
instrument panel.
• Select the RB controller and press the select button.
• Select the option Ch 8 and wait (it is not necessary
to select the button).
BAIL11CCM346FVB 2
Step 3 . Select the package to test:

• The following list refers to the available packages: A,
B, C, D, E, PTO, ACC.
• To select package A, move the bidirectional lever to
the FORWARD position. To select the next package
from the list, engage the clutch pedal and move the
FNR shuttle lever from FORWARD to NEUTRAL to
FORWARD and release the clutch pedal again. You
can continue to move to the next item in the list by
keeping the clutch pedal engaged and moving the
bidirectional lever from the FORWARD position, sev-
eral times. You can also move backwards in the list
by pressing the pedal and moving the bidirectional
lever to REVERSE.
NOTE: Acc = Accumulator test (see below)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 72
Step 4 . Confirm if the following test conditions are met:

• The parking brake must be applied.
• Operator must be seated.
• The engine must be at 1100 - 1300 RPM.
• The bidirectional lever must be in Forward.
• The clutch pedal must be disengaged.
Step 5a. RAMP test procedure:
• In DATAR, in the lower left corner, make sure that
the capture trigger is "ready" to start data capture.
This is marked by a green ball illuminated in blue as
shown in the figure on the right-hand side. If DATAR
is not ready, hit the SPACE bar on your keyboard to
change the trigger status to ready.
• Press and hold the UP SHIFT button on the trans-
mission shift lever to run the RAMP test. The ma-
chine display will count down from 100 to 0. When
the test is complete, the display shows END. This
test takes about 20 seconds.
BAIL11CCM283AVA 3
• In the DATAR, when the ramp test ends, press the

SPACE bar to capture and retain the result line.
• Compare the DATAR line measured with the out-
come line expected, indicated in the following Valve
Test Wizard. (Don't forget about ALT-TAB to switch
between programs)
BAIL11CCM284AVA 4
Step 5b. STEP test procedure:

This is marked by a green ball illuminated in blue as
shown in the figure on the right-hand side. If DATAR
is not ready, hit the SPACE bar on your keyboard to
change the trigger status to ready.
• Press and hold the DOWN SHIFT button on the
transmission shift lever to run the STEP test. The
machine display will count up from 1 to 4. When the
test is complete, the display shows END. This test
takes about 5 seconds.
BAIL11CCM283AVA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 73

SPACE bar to capture and keep the result line.
come line expected, indicated on the following Valve
Test Wizard screen. (Don't forget about ALT-TAB to
switch between programs)
NOTE: During the step test, the machine software does
two quick hitches of the clutch. With some clutches, you
hear an audible signal.
BAIL11CCM284AVA 6
NOTE: The accumulator test can only be performed if "ACC" is selected in step 3 above. Only the downshift button (
Down shift) is used in this test.
Step 5c. Accumulator test procedure:
This is marked by a green ball illuminated in blue
as shown in the figure on the right-hand side. If the
screen is not ready, hit the SPACE bar on your key-
board to change the screen trigger status to ready.
• Press and hold the DOWN SHIFT button on the
transmission shift lever to run the accumulator test.
The machine display will count up from 1 to 10.
When the test is complete, the display shows 'END'.
This test takes about 15 seconds.
BAIL11CCM283AVA 7
NOTE: The accumulator test can only run if "ACC" is se-
lected in step 3 above. Only the downshift button is used
in this test.

SPACE bar to capture and keep the result line.
come line expected, indicated on the following Valve
Test Wizard screen. (Don't forget about ALT-TAB to
switch between programs)
NOTE: During the step test, the machine software does
two quick hitches of the clutch. With some clutches, you
hear an audible signal.
BAIL11CCM284AVA 8
NOTE: During the ACC test, the machine software does five quick hitches of clutches L, M, H.
Step 6 . Store the waveform in DATAR:
• In DATAR, go to the menu FILE and select one of
the options SAVE to store the waveform on your PC
(i.e. Save the Current Waveform).
NOTE: The waveform should be saved so as to see these
historical data in the future for this machine serial number.
Unexpected Conditions
If the test conditions are not correct, the following error
codes will be shown:
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 74
Code Error
CL Transmission oil temperature low 45 °C (113 °F)
CH Transmission oil temperature above 55 °C (131 °F)
U17 Seat switch inactive (The operator is not in place)
U20 Parking Brake Disengaged
U21 Engine rotation is less than 1100 RPM
U22 Engine rotation is above 1300 RPM
U23 Bidirectional lever at dead center; move it forward
U26 Clutch Pedal activated; release the clutch pedal
U127 Transmission oil temperature low 10 °C (50 °F)
U128 Transmission oil temperature above 105 °C (221 °F)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 75
Index
Transmission - 21

Semi-Powershift transmission - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Semi-Powershift transmission - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Semi-Powershift transmission - Configure (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Semi-Powershift transmission - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Semi-Powershift transmission - H7 - Vehicle test modes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Semi-Powershift transmission - Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Semi-Powershift transmission - Mechanical schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Semi-Powershift transmission - Program (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Semi-Powershift transmission - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Semi-Powershift transmission - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Semi-Powershift transmission - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Semi-Powershift transmission - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47770506 16/12/2015
21.1 [21.111] / 76
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission external controls - 133

47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Transmission control valve

Component identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Component identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Transmission control valve

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Master clutch valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Master clutch valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Master clutch valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Master clutch valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission external controls
Transmission control valve - Component identification

BAIL08APH152GVB 1
Control valve components

(1) Slow gear range solenoid (2) Reverse gear range solenoid
(3) Average gear range solenoid (4) Fast gear range solenoid
(5) 4RM solenoid (6) PTO lock solenoid
(7) PTO solenoid (8) Differential lock solenoid
(9) Battery (10) Transmission control valve pistons
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 3
Transmission control valve - Component identification

Master clutch control valve
BAIL08APH153GVA 1

(A) Pack A solenoid (B) Pack B solenoid
(C) Pack C solenoid (D) Pack D solenoid
(E) Pack E solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 4
Transmission control valve - Sectional view

Master clutch valve cross section
BAIL08APH154GVA 1

Solenoid with Pulse-Width Modulation
(1) (2) O-ring
(PWM)
(3) O-ring (4) Pressure test port
(5) Filter (6) Upper body
(7) O-ring (8) Lower body
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 5
Transmission control valve - Sectional view

Range control valve
BAIL08APH151GVA 1

(1) Detent cap (2) Detent spring
(3) O-ring (4) O–ring.
(5) O-ring (6) Retaining ring
(7) Ring (8) Piston
(9) Retaining ring (10) Detent spring
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 6
Transmission control valve - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery.
1. Make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.

2. Lock the front wheels with suitable blocks.
3. Place wooden blocks between the front axle and the
front support. These prevent axle articulation.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1
4. Lift the rear of the tractor and put two suitable axle
trestles (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If necessary, separate the vertical rods of the lower
arms.
BTB0281A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 7
5. Remove the right-hand side rear wheel.
BAIL07APH364AVA 3
6. Disconnect all the electrical connectors from the

solenoids in the gear range clutch and the transmission
oil temperature sensor.
NOTE: Before disconnecting the electrical connectors from
the solenoids in the gear range clutch, mark each of the
connectors and its respective solenoid, to facilitate re-in-
stallation and prevent connections being swapped over.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4
7. Remove the hydraulic oil line between the control valve

and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 5
8. Remove the upper hydraulic oil line.
BAIL08APH088AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 8
9. Disconnect the brake lines from the bracket.
BAIL08APH089AVA 7
10. Loosen the control valve body bracket.
BAIL08APH090AVA 8
11. Disconnect the hydraulic oil lines.
BAIL08APH092AVA 9
12. Remove the accumulator.
BAIL08APH093AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 9
BAIL08APH094AVA 11
14. Remove the hydraulic oil line between the hydraulic

oil pump and the rear of the control valve.
BAIL08APH095AVA 12
15. Disconnect the hydraulic oil lines to the control valve.
BAIL08APH096AVA 13
16. Disconnect the hydraulic oil lines to the control valve.
BAIL08APH097AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 10
BAIL08APH098AVA 15
18. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the

solenoids on the gear range synchronizer.
the solenoids in the gear range synchronizer, mark each
of the electrical connectors and its respective solenoid,
to facilitate re-installation and prevent connections being
swapped over.
BAIL08APH101AVA 16
19. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the control

valve switches.
the control valve switches, mark each of the connectors
and its respective switch, to facilitate re-installation and
prevent connections being swapped over.
BAIL08APH102AVA 17
20. Disconnect the electrical connectors to the differential

lock solenoid and PTO solenoid.
BAIL08APH103AVA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 11
BAIL08APH099AVA 19
22. Remove the hydraulic oil line from the hydraulic oil
filter sump.
BAIL08APH100AVA 20
23. Using a suitable hoist, remove the control valve.
BAIL08APH053AVA 21
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 12
Transmission control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Transmission control valve - Remove (21.133).
1. Remove the bolts.
BAIL08APH055AVA 1
2. Remove the detent spring.
BAIL08APH058AVA 2
3. Remove the detent cap.
BAIL08APH059AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 13
4. Remove the detent spring.
BAIL08APH060AVA 4
5. Remove the piston and the ring.
BAIL08APH061AVA 5
6. Use a suitable punch to remove the inner retaining ring.
BAIL08APH062AVA 6
7. Remove the inner piston.
BAIL08APH063AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 14
8. Remove and eliminate the four O-ring sealants.

See the information in Semi-Powershift transmission
- Sectional view (21.111).
BAIL08APH064AVC 8
9. Repeat steps 2 through 8 to disassemble the remaining

piston.
Next operation:
Transmission control valve - Assemble (21.133).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 15
Transmission control valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the control valve, for further information refer to Transmission control valve - Disassemble (21.133).
1. Install four new O-ring seals.

For further information, refer to Semi-Powershift
transmission - Sectional view (21.111).
NOTE: Wait 15 minutes before installing the piston into the
bore.
BAIL08APH064AVC 1
2. Install the inner piston.
BAIL08APH065AVA 2
3. Install the inner retaining ring.
BAIL08APH066AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 16
4. Install the piston and ring.
BAIL08APH061AVA 4
5. Install the circlip.
BAIL08APH060AVA 5
6. Install the retaining cap.
BAIL08APH059AVA 6
BAIL08APH058AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to assemble the remaining piston

(if disassembled).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 17
9. Install the range synchroniser drive pistons housing.
BAIL08APH055AVA 8
Next operation:
Install the control valve, for further information refer to Transmission control valve - Install (21.133).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 18
Transmission control valve - Install

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

2 mm bead of sealant following the pattern shown in
the figure 22.
2. Using a suitable hoist, install the control valve.
Tighten the retaining bolts to 54 Nm (40 lb ft).
BAIL08APH053AVA 1
3. Install the hydraulic oil pipe to the hydraulic oil filter

housing.
BAIL08APH100AVA 2
4. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL08APH099AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 19
5. Connect the electrical connectors to the differential lock

solenoid and PTO solenoid.
BAIL08APH103AVA 4
6. Connect the electrical connectors to the control valve

switches.
BAIL08APH102AVA 5
7. Connect the electrical connectors to the range synchro-

niser solenoids.
BAIL08APH101AVA 6
8. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe
BAIL08APH098AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 20
9. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes to the control valve.
BAIL08APH097AVA 8
10. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes to the control valve.
BAIL08APH096AVA 9
11. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the hydraulic oil
pump and the rear of the control valve.
BAIL08APH095AVA 10
12. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL08APH094AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 21
13. Install the accumulator.
BAIL08APH093AVA 12
14. Connect the hydraulic oil pipes.
BAIL08APH092AVA 13
15. Attach the bracket to the control valve housing.

Tighten the retaining bolts to 54 Nm (40 lb ft).
BAIL08APH090AVA 14
16. Connect the brake pipes at the bracket.
BAIL08APH089AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 22
17. Install the upper hydraulic oil pipe.
BAIL08APH088AVA 16
18. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the control valve
BAIL08APH017AVA 17
19. Connect all the electrical connectors to the range

clutch solenoids and the transmission oil temperature
sensor.
BAIL08APH020AVA 18
20. Install the right-hand rear wheel.

Tighten the retaining nuts, for further information refer
to Rear wheel - Torque (44.520).
BAIL07APH364AVA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 23
21. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the two axle
stands (1) under the final drive cases.
BTB0281A 20
22. Lower the tractor.

23. Remove the wooden wedges from between the front
axle and the front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 21
24. Remove the wheel stops from the front wheels.

25. Pattern for application of sealant during installation of
the control valve.
25843 22
Next operation:
Connect the battery.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 24
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Remove

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery.
1. Make sure that the vehicle is parked on a level surface.

2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheel stops.
3. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and
the front support. These prevent articulation of the axle.
BAIL07APH285AVA 1
4. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable axle
stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 25
5. Remove the right-hand rear wheel.
BAIL07APH364AVA 3
6. Disconnect all the electrical connectors from the range

clutch solenoids and the transmission oil temperature
sensor.
the range clutch solenoids, mark each electrical connector
and respective solenoid to assist reassembly and avoid re-
versal of connections.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4
7. Disconnect the hydraulic oil pipe from the upper union

on the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH016AVA 5
8. Remove the hydraulic oil pipe between the control

valve and the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH017AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 26
9. Remove the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 27
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch valve. For further information, refer to Transmission control valve Master clutch valve
- Remove (21.133).
1. Remove the range clutch solenoids retaining bracket.
BAIL08APH032AVA 1
2. Remove the range clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH031AVA 2
3. Remove the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH030AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 28
4. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the pressure

test ports.
BAIL08APH029AVA 4
5. Remove both hydraulic line connectors from the master

clutch valve.
BAIL08APH028AVA 5
6. Remove the retaining bolts and separate both parts of

the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH027AVA 6
7. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the upper

hydraulic line connector.
BAIL08APH026AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 29
8. Remove and discard the O-ring seals from the lower

hydraulic line connector.
BAIL08APH025AVA 8
Next operation:
Fit the master clutch valve. For further information, refer to Transmission control valve Master clutch valve -
Assemble (21.133).
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 30
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Transmission control valve Master clutch
valve - Disassemble (21.133)
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and install a new

gasket.
BAIL08APH024AVA 1
2. Install new O-ring seals on the lower hydraulic line con-

nector.
BAIL08APH025AVA 2
3. Install new O-ring seals on the upper hydraulic line con-

nector.
BAIL08APH026AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 31
4. Install both parts of the master clutch valve together.
BAIL08APH027AVA 4
5. Install both hydraulic line connectors to the master

clutch valve.
BAIL08APH028AVA 5
6. Install new O-ring seals on the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH029AVA 6
7. Install the pressure test ports.
BAIL08APH030AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 32
8. Install the range clutch solenoids.
BAIL08APH031AVA 8
9. Install the range clutch solenoids retaining bracket.
BAIL08APH032AVA 9
Next operation:
Install the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Transmission control valve Master clutch valve -
Install (21.133)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 33
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Install

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch valve, for further information refer to Transmission control valve Master clutch valve -
Remove (21.133).
1. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and apply a

2 mm bead of sealant.
Install the master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH018AVA 1
2. Install the hydraulic oil pipe between the control valve

BAIL08APH017AVA 2
3. Connect the hydraulic oil pipe to the upper union on the

master clutch valve.
BAIL08APH016AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 34
4. Connect all the electrical connectors to the range clutch

solenoids and the transmission oil temperature sensor.
BAIL08APH020AVA 4
5. Install the right-hand rear wheel.

Tighten the retaining nuts, for further information refer
to Rear wheel - Torque (44.520).
BAIL07APH364AVA 5
6. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle stands
(1).
NOTE: If detached during removal, reattach the lift rods to
the lower links.
BTB0281A 6

axle and front support.
BAIL07APH285AVA 7
8. Remove the wheel stops from the front wheels.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 35
Next operation:
Connect the battery.
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 36
Index
Transmission - 21

Transmission control valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transmission control valve - Component identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Transmission control valve - Component identification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transmission control valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Transmission control valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission control valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transmission control valve - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Transmission control valve - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Transmission control valve Master clutch valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 37
47770506 16/12/2015
21.2 [21.133] / 38
Transmission - 21
Semi-Powershift transmission internal components - 152

47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
SERVICE
Clutch
Master clutch - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Master clutch - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Speed clutch - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Speed clutch - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Master clutch - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Master clutch - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Gears
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 2
Transmission - Semi-Powershift transmission internal components
Clutch Master clutch - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the transmission, for further information, refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (21.111)
1. Remove the bolts that retain the clutch A cover to the

transmission housing.
BAIL08APH005AVA 1
2. Insert three bolts into the threaded holes and screw

them in until detaching the cover along with clutch A
from the transmission housing.
BAIL08APH006AVA 2
3. Remove the circlip and the clutch housing end plate.
BAIL08APH007AVC 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 3
4. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and locating pin (if fitted).
BAIL08APH008AVB 4
5. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the clutch B hous-

ing. Using the special tool (2), compress the Belleville
springs.
BAIL08APH067AVB 5
6. Remove the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release

the pressure on the special tool and remove the special
tools from the B clutch housing.
BAIL08APH068AVA 6
7. Remove the Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH069AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 4
8. Remove the retaining ring.
BAIL08APH070AVA 8
9. Using compressed air in the inlet port, detach the piston

from the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH071AVA 9
10. Remove the piston from the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH072AVA 10
11. Remove and discard the piston seal.
BAIL08APH073AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 5
12. Remove the clutch B housing from the transmission

housing.
BAIL08APH074AVA 12
Next operation:
Install the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Master clutch - Install (21.152)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 6
Clutch Master clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Master clutch - Remove (21.152)
1. Remove the master clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH009AVA 1
2. Remove the hub.
BAIL08APH011AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 7
3. Remove the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and locating pin (3) .
BAIL08APH157FVB 3
BAIL08APH012AVA 4
4. Remove and discard the master clutch housing seal.
BAIL08APH010AVA 5
5. Remove the inner circlip from the master clutch housing

and withdraw clutch A from the housing.
BAIL08APH044AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 8
6. Install special tool 380000291 to the clutch A hous-

springs.
BAIL08APH045AVB 7

tools from the A clutch housing.
BAIL08APH046AVA 8
BAIL08APH047AVA 9
9. Using compressed air in the inlet port, remove the pis-

ton from the clutch A housing.
BAIL08APH048AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 9
10. Remove and discard the piston seal.
BAIL08APH049AVA 11
11. Remove the outer circlip from the master clutch hous-
ing.
BAIL08APH050AVA 12
12. Remove the bearing from the master clutch housing.
BAIL08APH051AVA 13
Next operation:
Assemble the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Master clutch - Assemble (21.152)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 10
Clutch Speed clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the speed clutch, for further information, refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble (21.111)
1. Remove the speed clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH037AVA 1
2. Remove the speed clutch housing end plate and the

clutch drive and driven discs.
BAIL08APH038AVA 2
3. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the speed clutch

housing. Using the special tool (2), compress the
Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH039AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 11

tools from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH040AVA 4
BAIL08APH041AVA 5
6. Using compressed air in the inlet port, remove the pis-

ton from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH042AVA 6
7. Remove and discard the piston seals.
BAIL08APH043AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to disassemble clutches D and E.
Next operation:
Assemble the speed clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Speed clutch - Assemble (21.152)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 12
Clutch Speed clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the speed clutch, for further information refer to Clutch Speed clutch - Disassemble (21.152)
1. Install new piston seals.
BAIL08APH043AVA 1
2. Install the piston into the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH124AVA 2
3. Install the Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH041AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 13
4. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the speed clutch

housing. Using the special tool (2), compress the
Belleville springs.
BAIL08APH039AVB 4
5. Install the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release

tools from the speed clutch housing.
BAIL08APH040AVA 5
6. Install the clutch drive and driven discs and the speed
clutch housing end plate.
BAIL08APH038AVA 6
7. Install the speed clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH037AVA 7
8. Repeat steps 1 to 7 to assemble clutches D and E.
Next operation:
Install the speed clutch, for further information, refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 14
Clutch Master clutch - Assemble

1. Install the bearing into the master clutch housing.
BAIL08APH051AVA 1
2. Install the outer circlip into the master clutch housing.

NOTE: When reinstalling the circlip (1) into the master
clutch housing, make sure that the oil leak-off hole (2) is
exactly in the middle of the circlip ends.
BAIL08APH050AVB 2
3. Install a new piston seal.
BAIL08APH049AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 15
4. Install the piston into the clutch A housing.
BAIL08APH130AVA 4
BAIL08APH047AVA 5
6. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the clutch A hous-

springs.
BAIL08APH045AVB 6
7. Install the retaining ring. Slowly and carefully release

tools from the A clutch housing.
BAIL08APH046AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 16
8. Install clutch A into the master clutch housing and install

the inner circlip.
BAIL08APH044AVA 8
9. Install a new master clutch housing seal.
BAIL08APH010AVA 9
10. When installing the centering springs in step 11, make

sure that:
the open ends of the springs (1) are all aligned with
the same tooth in the clutch housing
the ends of the springs are oriented towards the piston
(2)
the locating pin (3) fits into the groove
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 17
BAIL08APH157FVB 10
11. Install the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and the locating pin.
BAIL08APH012AVA 11
12. Install the hub.
BAIL08APH011AVA 12
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 18
13. Install the master clutch housing circlip.
BAIL08APH009AVA 13
Next operation:
Install the master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Master clutch - Install (21.152)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 19
Clutch Master clutch - Install

Prior operation:
Remove the clutch and gear master clutch, for further information, refer to Clutch Master clutch - Remove (21.152)
1. Install the clutch B housing into the transmission hous-

ing.
BAIL08APH074AVA 1
BAIL08APH131AVA 2
3. Install the piston into the clutch B housing.
BAIL08APH072AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 20
BAIL08APH069AVA 4
5. Install special tool 380000291 (1) to the clutch B hous-

springs.
BAIL08APH067AVB 5
6. Install the circlip. Slowly and carefully release the pres-

sure on the special tool and remove the special tools
from the B clutch housing.
BAIL08APH068AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 21
7. When installing the centering springs, make sure that:

- The open ends of the springs (1) are all aligned with
the same tooth in the clutch housing
- The ends of the springs are oriented toward the piston
(2)
- The locating pin (3) fits into the groove
BAIL08APH157FVB 7
8. Install the clutch drive and driven discs, centering

springs and the locating pin.
BAIL08APH008AVB 8
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 22
9. To assist assembly of the clutch B disc retaining ring, in-

sert two suitable dowels (1) into two oil discharge holes
to keep the clutch centering springs compressed.
23395 9
10. Install the clutch housing end plate and the circlip.
NOTICE: Install the clutch housing end plate so that the
roll pin is approximately 180 ° from the locating pin and the
open ends of the circlip are located either side of the roll
pin.
BAIL08APH007AVC 10
11. Install the clutch A cover to the transmission housing.

BAIL08APH005AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 23
Gears - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the transmission. For further information, refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (21.111).
1. Remove the cover and retrieve the shims behind.
BAIL08APH105AVA 1
2. Using a plastic hammer engage the medium/reverse

synchroniser with the medium gear.
BAIL08APH104AVA 2
3. Unstake the output shaft locknut.
BAIL08APH106AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 24
4. Install special tool 380000491 (1) on the transmission

housing. Loosen the output shaft lock nut using special
tool 380000459 (2).
NOTICE: The output shaft locknut has a left-hand thread.
BAIL08APH107AVB 4
5. Return the medium/reverse synchroniser to the neutral

position.
6. Remove the output and input shaft bearing cap.
BAIL08APH108AVA 5
7. Use a suitable puller (1) and suitable inserts to remove

the medium range driven gear (2), bearing and bush.
BAIL08APH109AVB 6
8. Using a suitable puller (1) and suitable inserts, remove

the medium range drive gear (2), bearing and bush.
BAIL08APH110AVB 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 25
9. Remove the blanking plugs and retrieve the springs

and actuating balls.
BAIL08APH111AVA 8
10. Remove the medium and reverse control fork locking

pins.
BAIL08APH112AVA 9
11. Remove the split pins and clevis pins. Slide out the
selector rails and retrieve the range selector fork. Re-
trieve the interlock plunger located in the transmission
housing between the selector rails.
BAIL08APH113AVB 10
12. Remove the medium and reverse gear control fork

and synchroniser.
BAIL08APH114AVB 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 26
13. Remove the reverse driven gear, bushing and thrust

washer.
BAIL08APH115AVA 12
14. Remove the reverse drive gear.
BAIL08APH116AVA 13
15. Remove the reverse idler gear shaft setscrew.
BAIL08APH117AVA 14
16. Using a suitable m10 x 1.25 adaptor and a slide puller

(if necessary), remove the reverse idler gear shaft,
reverse idler gear and spacer.
BAIL08APH118AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 27
17. Remove the low range driven gear.
BAIL08APH119AVA 16
18. Remove the low and high range control fork, synchro-
niser and output shaft.
BAIL08APH120AVB 17
19. Remove the input shaft.
BAIL08APH121AVA 18
20. Remove the position sensor control forks. Retrieve

bushings and seals from the outside of the transmis-
sion housing.
BAIL08APH122AVA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 28
Gears - Install
1. Install the position sensor control forks. Install the

bushings and seals from the outside of the transmis-
sion housing.
BAIL08APH122AVA 1
2. Install the input shaft.
BAIL08APH121AVA 2
3. Install the low and high range control fork, synchroniser

and output shaft.
BAIL08APH120AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 29
4. Install the low range driven gear.
BAIL08APH119AVA 4
5. Install the spacer, reverse idler gear and the reverse

idler gear shaft.
BAIL08APH141AVA 5
6. Install the reverse drive gear.
BAIL08APH116AVA 6
7. Install the reverse driven gear, bushing and thrust

washer.
BAIL08APH115AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 30
8. Install the reverse idler gear shaft setscrew.
BAIL08APH117AVA 8
9. Install the medium and reverse gear control fork and

synchroniser.
BAIL08APH114AVB 9
10. Install the lower selector rail, clevis pin and split pin.
BAIL08APH146AVA 10
11. Install the interlock plunger into the transmission

housing between the selector rails.
BAIL08APH137AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 31
12. Install the upper selector rail, clevis pin and split pin.
BAIL08APH147AVA 12
13. Install the medium and reverse control fork locking

pins.
BAIL08APH112AVA 13
14. Install the actuating balls, springs and blanking plugs.
BAIL08APH111AVA 14
15. Install the medium range drive gear and bush.
BAIL08APH144AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 32
16. Install the medium range driven gear and bush.
BAIL08APH143AVA 16
17. Install the output and input shaft bearing cap.

BAIL08APH108AVA 17
18. Using a plastic hammer engage the medium/reverse

synchroniser with the medium gear.
BAIL08APH104AVA 18
19. Carry out the input and output shaft taper bearing ad-
justment, for further information refer to Semi-Power-
shift transmission - Adjust (21.111)
20. Install special tool 380000491 (1) onto the transmis-
sion housing, tighten the output shaft locknut using
special tool 380000459 (2) .
Tighten the retaining nut to 294 Nm (216.8 lb ft)
NOTICE: The output shaft locknut has a left-hand thread.
BAIL08APH107AVC 19
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 33
21. Return the medium/reverse synchroniser to the neu-

tral position.
22. Stake the output shaft locknut.
BAIL08APH106AVA 20
23. Install the cover and the shims calculated in step 19.
BAIL08APH105AVA 21
Next operation:
Assemble the transmission. For further information, see Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 34
Index
Transmission - 21

Clutch Master clutch - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Clutch Master clutch - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Clutch Master clutch - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Clutch Master clutch - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch Speed clutch - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Clutch Speed clutch - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Gears - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Gears - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 35
47770506 16/12/2015
21.3 [21.152] / 36
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160

47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 1
Contents
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160
SERVICE
Creeper
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 2
Transmission - Creeper
Creeper - Install
Prior operation:
1. Remove sleeve coupling connecting the axle drive

shaft and the transmission drive shaft and put aside.
The creeper sliding collar replaces this coupling.
2. Disassemble (B) and keep for future use.
CUIL15TR00572AA 1
3. Disassemble (C).
CUIL15TR00573AA 2
4. Assemble rear bearing stop plate (1) with bolts (B).

5. Torque to 49.0 N·m (36.1 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00574AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 3
6. Assemble retaining ring (2) with ring gear (3).
CUIL15TR00575AA 4
7. Assemble backplate with dowels (4).
CUIL15TR00576AA 5
8. Insert Backplate (4) into ring gear (3) with the raised
portion facing towards the retaining ring.
CUIL15TR00577AA 6
9. Align ring gear and disc so the dowels fit into the holes
in gear cover (D).
CUIL15TR00578AA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 4
10. Assemble bolts (B).

11. Torque to 49.0 N·m (36.1 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00579AA 8
12. Coat the inside bore of each gear (5) with a thick coat
of heavy grease to hold the bearings in place during
assembly.
13. Line the bore of each gear with 18 rollers (6) and fit
into carrier (8). Insert journal pin (7) through carrier
and gears.
CUIL15TR00580AA 9
14. Assemble toothed ring (9).
CUIL15TR00581AA 10
15. Insert planetary gear assembly (8) into ring gear (3).
CUIL15TR00582AA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 5
16. Assemble toothed ring (9).
CUIL15TR00584AA 12
17. Assemble flat disc (10).
CUIL15TR00583AA 13
18. Assemble retaining ring (2).
CUIL15TR00585AA 14
19. Assemble bracket (11) with screw (12).

20. Assemble screw (13) and nut (14).
CUIL15TR00586AA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 6
21. Assemble O-ring (15) and lever and shaft assembly

(16).
CUIL15TR00587AA 16
22. Knock out the plug in the side of the axle housing and
insert the lever and shaft assembly (16) through the
hole part way into the axle housing.
CUIL15TR00588AA 17
23. Tap the spring pins (17) a short way into the holes in
the yoke (18).
24. Assemble slide pads (19).
CUIL15TR00589AA 18
25. Slide drive collar (20) onto pinion shaft (E). Slip yoke
(18) onto the drive collar, locating slide pads (19) in
the groove in the collar. Holding selector yoke inside
the housing, slide shaft (16) through the hole in the
axle housing, through the yoke and into the recess in
the other side of the housing.
CUIL15TR00590AA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 7
26. Assemble spring pin.
CUIL15TR00591AA 20
27. Reassemble rear axle to the transmission.

28. Move lever backwards to end of travel.
29. Tighten screw (13) until it touches lever (16). Turn the
screw another 1½ turns and lock with nut (14).
CUIL15TR00592AA 21
30. Loosen locknut (14) and turn screw (13) in until the
distance between screws is 57.0 mm (2.2 in).
31. Tighten the locknut.
32. Test for proper operation.
CUIL15TR00593AA 22
33. Assemble.
CUIL15TR00602FA 23
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 8
34. Assemble creeper valve (26) with screw (39) and

screw (40).
CUIL15TR00595AA 24
35. Assemble Spring (41).
CUIL15TR00596AA 25
36. Adjust fork (34) until it fits lever (16). Assemble pin
(44), washer (43) and cotter pin (42). Tighten locknut
(35).
CUIL15TR00597AA 26
37. Assemble sensor (45) with stud (46), plate (47), seal
(48), plate (49) and locknut (50).
CUIL15TR00598AA 27
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 9
38. Assemble pipe assembly (51) and T piece connector

(52).
CUIL15TR00599AA 28
39. Connect cable assembly (53) to solenoid Y-039 (37)

and sensor R-008 (45).
CUIL15TR00600AA 29
40. Connect cable assembly (53) and harness connector

X-500.
CUIL15TR00601AA 30
41. Install switch (54).
CUIL15TR00594AA 31
Next operation:
Electronic module - H3 - Configurations and options Without Sidewinder (55.640)
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 10
Index
Transmission - 21
Creeper - 160
Creeper - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
21.4 [21.160] / 11
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system

47770506 16/12/2015
23
Contents
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - 23
[23.202] Electro-hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.1
47770506 16/12/2015
23
Electro-hydraulic control - 202

47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electro-hydraulic control
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE

Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 2
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system - Electro-hydraulic control
Electro-hydraulic control - Torque

BAIL07APH615GVA 1
Electro-hydraulic control - Special tools

NOTICE: The operations described in this section should only be performed using the ESSENTIAL tools that appear
below with the symbol (X). However, for greater safety and to obtain the best results as well as saving time and effort,
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 3
it is recommended that these essential tools be used together with the specific tools listed below and certain tools
that should be made according to the construction designs supplied in this manual.
List of specific tools required for the various operations contained in this section:
380000479 Draft Control Spring Adjusting Lever

380000549 Sliding Hammer
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 4
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Sectional view

BAIL13TR01548FB 1
1. Clutch disc (10) 2.Driving plate (9)

3. Drive gear 4. Piston
5. O-rings 6. Lubrication manifold
7. Springs 8. Reaction plate
9. Hub and piston assembly 10. Driveshaft
11. Bearing
NOTE: When installing the clutch plates the clutch spring pressure should be overcome in a press. The free play
should be between 0.9 - 1.2 mm
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 5
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Dynamic description

BAIL13TR01547FB 1
Lubrication Return to reservoir

1. Drive gear 2. Control piston
3. Spring 4. Clutch plates
5 Driven gear 6. Drive shaft
When the four wheel drive clutch solenoid is de-energized the spring (3) applies a force to the control piston (2). This
compresses the friction and steel clutch plates (4). Drive is transferred from the drive gear (1) mounted on the rear
axle pinion to the driven gear (5) and through the clutch to the front axle via the drive shaft (6).
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 6
BAIL13TR01546FB 2
Lubrication Low pressure

1. Drive gear 2. Control piston
3. Spring 4. Clutch plates
5 Driven gear 6. Drive shaft
When the four wheel drive clutch solenoid is energized, low pressure circuit oil is supplied to the face of the control
piston (2).
The oil pressure on the piston face moves the piston (2) back against the force applied by the spring (3), releasing
the pressure on the clutch plates (4).
The driven gear (5) can now rotate freely without transferring the drive through the clutch to the drive shaft (6). Lubri-
cation oil now flows freely between the friction and steel plates (4).
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 7
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Assemble (23.202)
1. Using a suitable jack, install the clutch assembly from

beneath the rear axle.
BAIL07APH609AVA 1
2. Install the clutch drive shaft (2). Install the bearing cap
(1),
BSD2250A 2
3. Using a slide hammer (1) 380000549 and an adaptor

(2) 380000479, install the clutch drive shaft (3).
BSD2249A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 8
4. Install the original shims (2) and the clutch drive shaft
retaining ring (1).
BSD2307A 4
5. Using a dial test indicator gauge and a suitable M8 x

1.25 threaded adaptor screwed into the end of the drive
shaft, push and pull the shaft to measure the end float.
The end float should be 0.05 mm. If away from spec-
ification, add or remove shims accordingly as per the
previous step.
BSE2396A 5
6. Install the sliding sleeve onto the clutch drive shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVB 6
7. Install the clutch inner guard and bend the locking tabs
over the bolt heads.
BAIL07APH541AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 9
8. Thoroughly clean and degrease the rear axle housing

and the rear axle bottom cover mating surfaces. Apply
gasket sealant LOCTITE® 574™ to the pattern shown.
24059_115 8
9. Install the peg tooth and the O-ring

Install the rear axle bottom cover
Tighten the bolts to 47 Nm.
BAIL07APH538AVA 9
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 10
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Disassemble (23.202)
1. Using special tool 380000984 (1) and a suitable hy-

draulic press, install the oil seal carrier (2) onto the
shaft.
BVF0976A 1
2. Install new oil seals onto the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 2
3. Install the piston (1) onto the oil seal carrier (2).
NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston to avoid dam-
age to the oil seals.
BVF0977A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 11
4. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °

Install the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 4
5. Install the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVB 5
6. Install the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 6
7. Using suitable circlip pliers, install the circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 12
8. Install the driven gear.
BAIL11CCM185AVA 8
9. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °.

Install the Belleville washers.
BAIL11CCM184AVA 9
10. Install the collar.
BAIL07APH550AVA 10
11. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hydraulic

press, compress the Belleville washers (1) and install
the retaining collets (2).
BAIL11CCM183AVA 11
12. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press and re-

move the special tool.
NOTE: For this type of clutch, there is no special set-up procedure when assembling the clutch pack.
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 13
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install (23.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 14
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove

CAUTION
Avoid injury!
footwear.
C0145A
Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (21.111).
1. Remove the rear axle bottom cover.

Retrieve the dowel and O-ring seal that drops with the
cover.
NOTE: Prepare for some oil loss when the bottom cover is
removed.
BAIL07APH538AVA 1
2. Release the locking tabs and remove the clutch inner

guard.
BAIL07APH541AVA 2
3. Remove the sliding sleeve from the clutch drive shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 15
4. Remove the clutch drive shaft retaining ring (1) and

shims (2).
BSD2307A 4
5. Using a slide hammer (1) 380000549 and an adaptor

(2) 380000479 partially withdraw the clutch drive shaft
(3).
BSD2249A 5
ATTENTION: When the drive shaft is moved forward the clutch will need to be supported.
6. Retrieve the bearing cap (1) and using a suitable jack,
support the clutch housing. Completely remove the
clutch drive shaft (2).
BSD2250A 6
7. Using a suitable jack, remove the clutch assembly from

beneath the rear axle.
BAIL07APH609AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 16
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Disassemble (23.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 17
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove (23.202).
1. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hydraulic

press, compress the Belleville washers (1) and remove
the retaining collets (2).
BAIL11CCM183AVA 1
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press and re-

move the special tool.
3. Remove the collar.
BAIL07APH550AVA 2
4. Remove the Belleville washers.
BAIL11CCM184AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 18
5. Rotate the clutch assembly 180 °.

Remove the driven gear.
BAIL11CCM185AVA 4
6. Using suitable circlip pliers, remove the circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 5
7. Remove the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 6
8. Remove the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 19
9. Remove the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 8
10. Remove the piston from the oil seal carrier.

NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston.
BAIL07APH557AVA 9
11. Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the shaft

from the oil seal carrier.
BAIL07APH558AVA 10
12. Remove the oil seal from the shaft.
BAIL07APH559AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 20
13. Remove the oil seal from the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 12
Next operation:
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Assemble (23.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 21
Index

Electro-hydraulic control - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electro-hydraulic control - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Front-Wheel Drive (FWD) clutch - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 22
47770506 16/12/2015
23.1 [23.202] / 23
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Front axle system

47770506 16/12/2015
25
Contents
Front axle system - 25
[25.100] Powered front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1
[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2
[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3
47770506 16/12/2015
25
Powered front axle - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Powered front axle

- Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Extension - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Extension - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 2
Front axle system - Powered front axle
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Special tools

380000843 Diagnostic Test Switch
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 3
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Sectional view

BRJ4789B 1
Front axle sectional view
1 Multi-disk oil-bath clutch assembly 2 Adjustment shims for the ring gear bearing
3 Side gear thrust washer shims 4 Side gears
5 Adjustment shims for the pinion cone point 6 Pinion bearing adjustment shims
7 Sealing 8 Clutch drive disks
9 Clutch driven disks 10 Differential gears
11 Differential gear pin 12 Differential gear thrust washer shims
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 4
25814 2
Cross-sections of support pillars and planetary reduction hub
1 Front support pillar 2 Front support pillar bushing

3 Front backing washer 4 Rear bushing (press-fitted into the support pillar)
5 Rear bushing (press-fitted into the pinion support) 6 Rear backing washer
7 Outer axles 8 Bushings
9 Driven gear thrust washers 10 Adjustment shims for the swivel pin
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 5
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Static description

The front axle of this tractor is floating and mid-mounted. The pintles of the front axle suspension and the drive shaft
are parallel to the mid-line of the tractor. There are two planetary wheels in the differential gear. The drive torque is
transmitted via maintenance-free universal joints to the planetary wheel end drive.
The all-wheel traction is switched on via a switch on the right-hand console (Figure 1). The drive torque is transmitted
from the rear axle via a coupling to the front axle. The coupling is operated by means of pressure oil from the low-
pressure oil circuit. Switching on the all-wheel traction activates a solenoid valve. This interrupts the oil flow to the
coupling so that the coupling can engage by spring force. When the all-wheel traction is switched off, the low-pressure
oil disengages the disk coupling.
BRJ4978G 1
Wheel slip may occur in driving situations. Operating the switch under these conditions diverts low-pressure oil via a
solenoid valve to the front and rear axles. This makes all four wheels non-positive linked. You will find more informa-
tion in Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (25.102).
All-wheel traction and differential lock can be operated manually or in automatic mode. Automatic mode switches
the systems on and off automatically depending on the conditions of travel, such as wheel speed, steering angle and
status of the hydraulic lifting device (differential lock). The parameters for Automatic mode are defined in option H3
in the H menu of the front-wheel drive module. See Electronic module - Configure (55.640).
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 6
Powered front axle - Calibrate

Steering Angle Sensor

ment of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the wheels,
front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
agnostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the Difflock
symbol on the RB controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL07APH476FSA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 7
3. Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 3
4. The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by

the current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 4
5. Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in

line with the drive line.
6. Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 5
7. The lower central display will display the calibrated

steering sensor reading and then "End" to indicate the
calibration procedure has been completed.
BAIL06CCM626AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 8
8. Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with IntelliView™ ensure that
the steering angle sensor is connected to the main engine
wiring harness rather than the AutoGuidance wiring har-
ness during the calibration procedure. When calibration is
complete the steering angle sensor should be reconnected
to the AutoGuidance harness.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Electronic module - Fault
code index (55.640) .
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 9
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302).
1. Remove the front weights.

2. Remove the front fenders.
BAIS06CCM151AVA 1
3. Remove the fixing bolts from the four wheel drive trans-
mission axle guard.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 2
4. Remove the drive shaft.

5. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and the return pipes
(2).
Detach the steering pipe support console (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 10
6. Disconnect the supply hose for the differential lock (1).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 4
7. Disconnect the electric wiring connector from the steer-

ing sensor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 5
8. Remove the front wheels.

9. Use suitable jack stands to support the tractor.
10. Attach the front axle to a suitable hoist using nylon
cables.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 6
11. Remove the front fixing bolts from the front axle.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 11
12. Remove the fixing bolts from the front axle. Remove
the front axle assembly.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 8
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 12
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. Install the upper fixing bolts of the front hitch.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 1
2. Install the front wheels.

3. Connect the electrical connector for the steering sen-
sor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 2
4. Connect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 13
5. Connect the steering supply pipes (1) and steering re-

turn pipes (2).
Install the steering pipe support console (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 4
6. Install the drive shaft.

7. Install the front fenders.
BAIS06CCM151AVA 5
8. Install the front weights.
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (55.302).
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 14
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Calibrate

Steering angle sensor

NOTE: The calibration is controlled by the electronic control unit. To prevent the tractor from rolling away inadvertently,
do not park the tractor in the vicinity of obstacles, apply the parking brake, and chock the front and rear wheels. Before
undertaking any work, ensure that the ground speed display is on zero.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure that the steering angle sensor is connected
to the main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance wiring harness when performing the calibration pro-
cedure. When calibration is complete, reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance wiring harness.
1. Connect the diagnostic plug 380000843 to the diagnos-
tic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Use the “h” and “m” push buttons and the “Dimmer”
push button on the instrument cluster to scroll through
the “HH” menu until the option H1 and the differential
lock symbol appear on the RD control unit.
“CAL” appears on the lower central display.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 15
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
3. Press the automatic differential lock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 3
4. The upper section shows “ScP”. This is followed by the

measured voltage of the steering angle sensor.
NOTE: If the display shows the number “-1,” the steering
angle sensor option must be activated with the “H3” menu
so that the steering angle sensor can be calibrated.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 4
5. Turn the driving wheel so that the front wheels are in

47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 16
6. Press the automatic differential lock switch three times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 5
7. The upper section shows the measured value of the

steering angle sensor and then “End” to show that the
calibration procedure is complete.
BAIL06CCM626AVA 6
8. Switch the ignition key to OFF to store the calibration

values.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 17
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle Extension - Install

1. Using a hydraulic jack, suspend the tractor and remove

the wheel. Prop the axle on a trestle with adequate
capacity for the machine's weight.
CUIL15TR00362AA 1
2. Remove the lower plug from the axle central body and
drain the lubricating oil into a suitably sized container.
BRAG12TRCNH0015 2
3. Remove the linkage bolt, the fenders and the spacer

from the support.
BRAG12TRCNH0016 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 18
4. Remove the connecting bar from the front axle. Use

the universal extractor to extract the terminal from the
connecting bar.
CUIL15TR00363AA 4
5. Release the steering cylinder eyelet.
BRAG12TRCNH0018 5
6. Loosen the mounting plate of the turning sensor wiring

harness.
BRAG12TRCNH0019 6
7. Disconnect the connector of the turning sensor wiring

harness.
BRAG12TRCNH0020 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 19
8. Loosen the flange bolts and remove the stub from the
front axle and final reduction gear. Use a winch with a
suitable capacity to suspend the assembly.
CUIL15TR00364AA 8
9. Fit the alignment bushes (1) and (2) and install the axle
extension assembly (3). Lubricate the sealing rings to
prevent them from being damaged during assembly.
BRAG12TRCNH0022 9
10. Check that the axle extension is completely fitted in

the differential assembly.
NOTE: There is an axle extension for the right-hand side
(1) and another for the left-hand side (2) of the axle.
BRAG12TRCNH0023 10
BRAG12TRCNH0033 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 20
11. Fit the axle extension on the central body and apply
a torque of 600 N·m (442.5 lb ft) to the fixing screws
(1). Assemble the aligning bushings (2) and (3).
BRAG12TRCNH0024 12
12. Fit the stub from the front axle and final reduction
gear in the extension housing and apply a torque of
600 N·m (442.5 lb ft) to the fixing screws.
CUIL15TR00365AA 13
13. Mark the position and disconnect the connecting

hoses from the steering pistons.
BRAG12TRCNH0026 14
14. Install the steering cylinder assembly using the eyelet

in the axle extension housing. Fit the support of the
turning sensor wiring harness with the pin, the lock
ring and the fixing screw. Remove the support winch.
CUIL15TR00366AA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 21
15. Fit the kit hoses in the same order as the old ones.
Adjust the position of the hoses and the turning sensor
wiring harness before applying the final torque.
BRAG12TRCNH0026 16
16. Fit the fenders. Apply the following torque 176 N·m
(129.8 lb ft) to the linkage and fender bolts.
NOTE: Install the spacer so there is no interference with
the front axle housing.
17. Repeat the removal and reassembly process on the
opposite side of the front axle.
CUIL15TR00367AA 17
18. Fit the connecting bar from the kit on the linkage ter-
minals. Adjust the position of the bar and the pivot
so there is no interference with the front axle support.
Apply torque of 100 N·m (73.8 lb ft) to the connecting
bar pivot nut.
NOTE: Adjust the front axle convergence 0 - 6 mm (0.0 -
0.2 in) to prevent damage and excessive wear to the com-
ponents of the front axle.
BRAG12TRCNH0030 18
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 22
19. Refill the lubricating oil in the axle central body until
it reaches the lower edge of the level and filling plug.
Add lubricating oil to the right-hand and left-hand ex-
tensions of the axle until it reaches the lower edge of
the level and filling plug. Specifications and capaci-
ties, refer to Consumables ().
BRAG12TRCNH0031 19
20. Assemble the wheels. Torque tighten all bolts to

210 N·m (155 lb ft). Lubricate all necessary grease
points and retighten the wheel bolts as indicated in
the maintenance schedule of the Operator's Manual.
CUIL15TR00368AA 20
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 23
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle Extension - Remove

1. Using a hydraulic jack, suspend the tractor and remove

the wheel. Prop the axle on a trestle with adequate
capacity for the machine's weight.
CUIL15TR00368AA 1
2. Remove the lower plugs from the axle central body and
extensions and drain the lubricating oil into a suitably
sized container.
BRAG12TRCNH0015 2
3. Remove the linkage bolt, the fenders and the spacer

from the support.
BRAG12TRCNH0016 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 24
4. Remove the connecting bar from the front axle. Use

the universal extractor to extract the terminal from the
connecting bar.
CUIL15TR00363AA 4
5. Mark the position and disconnect the connecting hoses

from the steering pistons.
BRAG12TRCNH0026 5
6. Release the steering cylinder eyelet.
CUIL15TR00366AA 6
7. Loosen the mounting plate of the turning sensor wiring

harness.
BRAG12TRCNH0019 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 25
8. Disconnect the connector of the turning sensor wiring

harness.
BRAG12TRCNH0020 8
9. Loosen the flange bolts and remove the stub from the
front axle and final reduction gear. Use a winch with a
suitable capacity to suspend the assembly.
CUIL15TR00365AA 9
10. Remove the axle extension assembly (3).
BRAG12TRCNH0022 10
11. Remove the fixing screws (1) and remove the axle
extension from the central body.
BRAG12TRCNH0024 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 26
12. Fit the stub from the front axle and final reduction gear
in the central body and apply a torque of 600 N·m
(442.5 lb ft) to the fixing screws.
CUIL15TR00364AA 12
13. Install the steering cylinder assembly using the eyelet

in the axle central body. Fit the support of the turning
sensor wiring harness with the pin, the lock ring and
the fixing screw. Remove the support winch.
CUIL15TR00366AA 13
14. Fit the kit hoses in the same order as the old ones.
Adjust the position of the hoses and the turning sensor
wiring harness before applying the final torque.
BRAG12TRCNH0026 14
15. Fit the fenders. Apply the following torque 176 N·m
(129.8 lb ft) to the linkage and fender bolts.
16. Repeat the removal and reassembly process on the
opposite side of the front axle.
CUIL15TR00367AA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 27
17. Fit the connecting bar on the linkage terminals. Adjust

the position of the bar and the pivot so there is no
interference with the front axle support. Apply torque
of 100 N·m (73.8 lb ft) to the connecting bar pivot nut.
NOTE: Adjust the front axle convergence 0 - 6 mm (0.0 -
0.2 in) to prevent damage and excessive wear to the com-
ponents of the front axle.
BRAG12TRCNH0030 16
18. Refill the lubricating oil in the axle central body until
it reaches the lower edge of the level and filling plug.
Specifications and capacities, refer to Consumables
().
BRAG12TRCNH0031 17
19. Assemble the wheels. Torque tighten all bolts to

210 N·m (155 lb ft). Lubricate all necessary grease
points and retighten the wheel bolts as indicated in
the maintenance schedule of the Operator's Manual.
CUIL15TR00368AA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 28
Index

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle Extension - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle Extension - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Powered front axle - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 29
47770506 16/12/2015
25.1 [25.100] / 30
Front bevel gear set and differential - 102

47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Differential
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Differential
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 2
Front axle system - Front bevel gear set and differential
Differential - Exploded view

40-25-17 SHG 1
Drive pinion components (master steering axle)
1 Shim 2 Bearing
3 Bearing ring 4 Casing
5 Nut 6 Protective cap
7 Sealing 8 Ball bearing (N/A SuperSteer™)
9 Coupling 10 Bearing
11 Bearing ring 12 Shim
13 Shim 14 Spacer
15 O-ring 16 Pinion
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 3
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description

CUIL15TR00339FA 1
A. Disengaged front differential lock B. Engaged front differential lock
Trapped oil
Oil under pressure
When the differential lock is in the disengaged state, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not powered) and
the oil (2) is free to return to the reservoir.
Under these conditions, the clutch piston (1) and the drive and driven disks remain separate. The differential lock is
in the disengaged state.
When you activate the differential lock switch, the solenoid valve opens. The solenoid valve then directs the oil from
the low pressure circuit to the clutch piston (4). The clutch piston then locks the differential plates (3).
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 4
Differential - Remove
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Remove (25.108)
1. Unscrew the two bolts fixing the bevel pinion-differen-

tial support to the axle housing. Screw in the two pins
380000548 (1). Remove the remaining bolts and sep-
arate the differential support from the axle housing. In-
stall a hoist (2) on the support and remove the differen-
tial support (3) from the axle housing.
25606 1
2. Install the differential support in a workbench vise. Re-

move the hoist.
Unscrew the bolt (2) and remove the nut lock (3). Re-
move the differential lock inner control tube.
25607 2
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 5
Differential - Assemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Placing shims on the pinion bearing preload

1. Remove the pinion bearing.
Fasten tool 380000463 (1) in the vise. Install the inner
races of the bearings (2 and 4) and the bearing spacer
(3). Install the nut in the bearing.
1B0O2004105938 1
2.
NOTE: The pinion for suspension unit 380000463 is
shorter and the tool requires you to insert a spacer below
the lower bearing (4).
BSB0223A 2
3. Use a depth micrometer to measure the distance (H1)

between the upper surface of the tool and the central
threaded pin of tool 380000463 (1).
40-25-26 SHG 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 6
4. Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings

with oil, and re-assemble the parts in the differential
case, excluding the bearing spacer. Use a vise to se-
cure the differential casing.
5. Tighten a nut of tool 380000463 (1), while turning the
tool to ensure that the bearings are correctly in place.
Install a spacer on the SuperSteer™ suspension shaft.
Use a depth micrometer to measure the distance (H2).
The required adjustment shim thickness is calculated
by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round up the value obtained to the next
0.05 mm.
Leave the tool on the differential case for measuring the
pinion depth.
40-25-34 SHG 4
Procedure for shimming the pinion to the sprocket

6. The procedure for shimming the pinion to the sprocket
calculates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the pinion gear tab, to ensure that the theoretical
tapered point of the pinion aligns with the center of the
differential sprocket.
Pinion shim dimensions
H4 Dimension from the pinion bearing to the central line
of the differential case
H3 122.5 mm +/- C gives the pinion dimension "C (cor-
rection factor).
S2 Pinion thickness
You can determine the dimension H4 necessary in the
calculation of the shim thickness with the pinion adjust-
ment tool 380000463 or 380000600.
Both procedures are explained as follows. 40-25-42 SHG 5
Placing the pinion shim using the pinion adjustment tool 380000249
7. Install the pinion bearings in the differential support
case. Fix them in place using tool no. 380000463,
as used to determine shim thicknesses for the bearing
preload.
1. Pinion gauge, tool no. 380000249
2. Fixing the pinion bearing. Use tool no. 380000463
3. Pinion bearings
4. Micrometer (part of tool no. 380000249)
17212 6
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 7
8. Install pinion adjustment tool no. 380000249 complete

with bearing ring and adjustment rings. Tighten the
bearing caps to 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
9. Use the tool 380000463 as described in the pinion
bearing shim placement procedure to secure the bear-
ings.
10. Adjust the cones of the tool so that the depth microme-
ter tip touches the inner race of the bearing. Measure
the dimension (H4) .
40-25-39 SHG 7
11. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Pinion thickness S2 = H4-H3
Where :-
H4 = Dimension measured using the pinion microme-
ter tool
H3 = 122.5 mm +/- C
122.5 mm is the manufacturer’s nominal dimension
from the rear face of the pinion gear to the tapered
tip of the pinion. (Supplied by the Manufacturer)
C = manufacturing correction factor stamped on the
pinion face.
Example
H4 = 125,77 mm
C = +0.1 mm 1B0O2004105945 8
H3 = 122.5 + 0.1 = 122.6 mm
S2 = H4-H3 = 125,77 mm – 122,6 mm
Pinion thickness S2 = 3.17 mm
Pinion shimming using 380000600

12. Install bearing caps (minus the bearing ring) and
torque to 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
Measure the internal dimension of the bearing orifice
and call this dimension “A.”
1B0O2004105946 9
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 8
13. Install the pinion bearings in the differential support

case and fix them in position with tool no. 380000600.
Place the bar gauge, part of tool no. 380000600,
across the bearing orifice and measure dimension “B.”
1. Depth gauge
2. Bar gauge – part of tool no. 380000600
3. Pinion shaft bearings
4. Pinion adjustment meter, tool no. 380000600
5. Differential; support case
NOTE: Tighten the clamp so that the bearing cones can be
turned by hand.
1B0O2004105947 10
14. Calculate dimension H4 using the formula

H4 = B - 25* + (A/2)
NOTE: * 380000600 The bar gauge is 25 mm in diameter.
15. Determine the thickness of the shims S2 to be in-
stalled beneath the pinion gear as follows:
S2 = H4 - H3
Where :-
H4 = dimension calculated in 14 above.
H3 = 122.5 mm ±C
122.5 mm is the manufacturer’s nominal dimension
from the rear face of the pinion gear to the tapered
tip of the pinion. (Supplied by the Manufacturer)
C = manufacturing correction factor stamped on the
pinion face.
Example
A = 100 mm
B = 100.77 mm
H4 = B-25* + (A/2)
H4 = 100.77-25* + (100/2)
H4= 125,77 mm
C = 0.1 mm
H3 = 122.5 + 0.1 = 122,6 mm
Pinion thickness S2 = 125.77 - 122.6 = 3.17 mm
Pinion shim and bearing installation

16. Install the selected shim on the pinion in accordance
with the procedure for shimming the sprocket between
the pinion head and the bearing. Ensure that the pin-
ion teeth are facing in the direction of the pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 9
17. Install the bearing onto the pinion.
1B0O2004105951 12
18.
NOTE: Using an electronic induction heater will assist in
the installation of the bearings without the need for a press.
396 RA-50 13
Pinion bearing preload rolling torque

19. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the torque
or force required to rotate the pinion. The shim se-
lected in the previously described procedure for ad-
justing the pinion bearing preload shim ensures that
the correct preload is achieved when the pinion nut is
torqued to 294 Nm ( 217 lbf ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing on the pinion and place
the pinion on the differential support. Hold the pinion
in position with a universal extractor.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the preload
shim thickness is not available, install the same shim as
was removed during disassembly.
19094 14
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 10
20. Install the spacer and shims on the pinion shaft. Lu-
bricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
19095 15
See the exploded view in Differential - Exploded view

(25.102) .
21. Install the sleeve, the ball bearing and the pinion
nut. Do not install the O-ring, the oil seal or the
dust guard at this stage. Use the tools 380000468
and 380000504. Torque the pinion nut to 294 Nm (
217 lbf.ft).
19097 16
22. Screw an M12 bolt into the end of the pinion shaft or
use the locally manufactured pinion holding tool. Use
an appropriate, low-value torque gauge to measure
the torque of pinion bearing A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5 lbf
in) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification, adjust the shim
thickness and recheck the bearing preload.
40-25-31 SHG 17
23. When you have established the correct shim thick-

ness, remove the pinion nut, the sleeve, and the ball
bearing, and install the O-ring and the pinion oil seal.
24. Carefully re-install the sleeve, the ball bearing and the
pinion nut.
NOTE: Attempting to fit the oil seal with the sleeve installed
may damage the oil seal lip.
25. Torque the pinion nut to 294 Nm ( 217 lbf.ft) and bend
the locking tab.
Measure and record the rolling resistance of the pinion
and seals A1.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 11
Differential - Disassemble
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Secure the ring gear cradle and the pinion in a vise.

2. Remove the retaining ring (3), the clutch case (2), the
clutch disk (4), and the hub retaining ring (1).
25819 1
3. Remove the locking ring (1), and dismount the reaction

ring (2), the clutch disks (3), and the clutch disk hub (4).
25820 2
4. Remove the thrust washer (1) and the washer (2), and
release the bearing (3).
1B0O2004105924 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 12
5. Blow compressed air into the oil inlet to remove the

piston (1).
25822 4
6. Remove the set screws (1) and the differential lock sup-
port plate (2). Loosen the oil seal.
Check that all the sliding surfaces of the hydraulic cylin-
der are in good condition and are not worn.
Check that the clutch disks are free of imperfections
and abnormal wear. Change them if there is any dam-
age.
Re-install the differential lock assembly, observing the
following:
- The re-installation procedure is the reverse of the dis-
assembly procedure, from 6 to 1.
- See the figures in Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle -
Sectional view (25.100) to find the correct orientation
for the parts.
Examine the seals and change them if there is any 25823 5
damage.
- Tighten to the correct torques, as explained in Eixo
dianteiro motriz - Torque (25.100-D.20.A.10).
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 13
Differential - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (25.102)
1. Remove the crown wheel-differential assembly (2) from

the housing (1).
25613 1
2. Differential bearing components

1. Differential assembly
2. Bearing Cup
3. Adjuster Ring
4. Support Cup
TAG25017 2
Differential Gear Adjustment

3. In case of differential assembly overhaul it is necessary
to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the planet
pinions and side gears.
Proceed as follows:
Thoroughly clean the components of the differential to
remove any traces of oil which would otherwise prevent
accurate backlash measurement.
Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
Fit the planet gears complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few turns
to hold the pins in place.
Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
Move the left-hand the side gear to bring it into full con-
tact with the planet pinion and then push it up against
the differential housing, reading the endfloat (Gs) on 1B0O2004105929 3
the dial gauge.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 14
4.
Repeat the above operations to assess the endfloat in
the right-hand side gear (Gd). The endfloat should be
0.25 mm.
Therefore the shims to be inserted in the differential
housing are given by:
S L.H. = Gs - 0.25 mm for the left-hand side gear;
S L.H. = Gd - 0.25 mm for the right-hand side gear.
Install shims as near as possible to the calculated
value, and, using a dial gauge and following the pro-
cedure described above, check that the endfloat of
the left and right-hand side gears is approximately
0.25 mm.
1B0O2004105930 4
Pinion shaft adjustments

5. Please see Transportador do conjunto da engrenagem
cônica e diferencial - Instalar (25.102.AC-F.10.A.15) .
Pinion shaft removal

6. Straighten the locking tab on the splined shaft lock nut
(1).
1B0O2004105931 5
7. To loosen the pinion nut it is necessary to manufacture

a tool to hold the pinion shaft. This can be manufac-
tured by welding a suitable 20 mm nut to the end of a
drive shaft coupling 82006339 .
Locally Manufactured Pinion Shaft Tool
1. Coupler Part No 82006339
2. 20 mm Nut
40-25-27 SHG_122 6
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 15
8. Removal of the suspended shaft pinion. Prevent rota-

tion with suitable lever (protect threads).
BSB0224A 7
9. Use the wrench 380000468 (1) to unscrew the nut

while you hold the bevel drive pinion shaft with the tool
380000504 (2).
1B0O2004105934 8
10. Remove the locking ball from the sleeve.

NOTE: Not applicable for suspended shaft assemblies.
TAG25015 9
11. Withdraw the pinion shaft (1) from the rear of the cas-
ing and remove the spacer, the adjustment shims and
the bearing.
1B0O2004105936 10
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 16
12. Remove the dust seal, the oil seal (1) and the rear
bearing.
1B0O2004105937 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 17
Differential - Backlash
1. Install the complete differential unit, with the sprocket

and the sprocket bearing rings in the differential case.
24112 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings into the differential case.

Adjust the differential support covers, ensuring that the
threaded adjustment ring (3) faces in the right direction,
with the smooth side facing outward. Torque the bolts
to 59 Nm (43.5 lbft), and then loosen them and torque
them again to 20 Nm (14.8 lbft).
TAG25017_123 2
3. Measure the thickness (Sp) of the adjustment shim (2),

which was previously removed during the shaft check-
ing procedure. Put the shim and the locking ring back.
BRJ4749B 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 18
4. With the bearings lubricated, turn the sprocket while

you simultaneously torque the threaded adjustment
ring 380000555 to 39 - 59 Nm (28.8 - 43.5 lbft) in order
to remove the edge play between the components.
1B0O2004105962 4
5. Use a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer edge of a

tooth on the sprocket to measure the play between the
pinion and the sprocket.
Repeat the measurement from two positions in the front
120 °. Compare the average of the three values (Gm)
with the specified play: 0.15 - 0.20 mm, with an aver-
age of 0.18 mm.
1B0O2004105963 5
6. If the play measured exceeds the set value, put in a

thinner adjustment shim.
The thickness of the adjustment shim to be placed in
the differential case is given by:
Shim S = Sp - {(Gm - 0.18) x 1.35}
where:
Sp = thickness of the test shim installed in the differen-
tial case. In other words, the original shim used as a
test shim.
Gm = average play measured between the pinion and
the sprocket
If the average play is less than the required value, put
on a thinner shim, with the value given by:
Shim S = Sp + {(0.18 - Gm) x 1.35} BRJ4749B 6
Check the play again and adjust the shim, if necessary.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 19
Differential - Preload
1. You check the differential bearing preload by means of

a combined measurement of the rolling torque of the
sprocket and the pinion unit. You then compare this to
the rolling torque of the pinion and seals.
Secure the tool 380000555 to the pinion shaft. Mea-
sure the rolling torque for rotation of the pinion and the
A2 sprocket with a torque meter.
19109 1
2. Subtract the rolling torque for the pinion A1 only from

the rolling torque reading A2 described in 1. See Dif-
ferential - Assemble (25.102).
The difference between the two values should be 1 -
1.5 Nm ( 9 - 13 lbf in).
If the rolling torque for the pinion and the differential unit
do not meet the specifications, adjust the ring ‘opposite’
the sprocket to increase or reduce the differential bear-
ing preload. Check the rolling torque again, as detailed
above.
Re-adjust the locking tabs to hold the adjustment rings.
1B0O2004105965 2
3. EXAMPLE
Pinion rolling torque and differential rolling torque
A2 = 2.1 Nm ( 19 lbf in)
Pinion rolling torque
A1 = 0.7 Nm ( 6 lbf in)
Calculated differential rolling torque
= 2.1 - 0.7 Nm ( 19 - 6 lbf in)
= 1.4 Nm ( 13 lbf in)
Installation of the pinion seal

4. Position the pinion seal on the differential case.
BAIL09CVT541AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 20
5. For vehicles with a standard shaft, put special tool

380200094 on the pinion seal.
For vehicles with a suspended shaft, put special tool
380200092 on the pinion seal.
BAIL09CVT542AVA 4
6. Install the press tool for installing the pinion seal

380200105.
BAIL09CVT545AVB 5
7. Tighten the nut to push the seal so that it is flush with

the differential case.
BAIL09CVT545AVC 6
8. Install the locking ring.
BAIL09CVT550AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 21
9. Position the oil seal shield on the differential case.
BAIL09CVT547AVA 8
10. For vehicles with a standard shaft, put special tool

380200095 on the seal shield.
For vehicles with a suspended shaft, put special tool
380200093 on the seal shield.
BAIL09CVT547AVA 9
11. Install the press tool for installing the pinion seal
380200105.
BAIL09CVT545AVB 10
12. Tighten the nut to push the seal shield so that it is flush
with the differential case.
BAIL09CVT545AVC 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 22
Index

Differential - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Differential - Backlash (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Differential - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Differential - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Differential - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Differential - Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Differential - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 23
47770506 16/12/2015
25.2 [25.102] / 24
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - 108

47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Axle shaft
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Steering knuckle and king pin
Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Swivel pin and bearing - Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Wheel hub
Remove Four wheel drive axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 2
Front axle system - Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools

380000265 Pin pivot puller of the swivel housing

380000234 Swivel Pin Bearing Outer Race Puller
380000235 Swivel Housing Torque Check Adapter
380000469 Hub Bearing Ring Nut Socket
380000482 Wheel hub seal installer
380002489 Bearing Extractor
380001143 Mounting guide for the front axle shaft on the swivel housing
380000548 Alignment pins of the planetary reduction hub of the front axle
380000237 Wheel Lifting Hook
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 3
Axle shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle (25.108)
1. Loosen the lock nut. Loosen the bolt (2) that secures
the axle shaft (1).
1B0O2004061017 1
2. Remove the axle shaft from the housing.

To disassemble the right-hand final sending unit, follow
the same procedure as for the left-hand final sending
unit.
1B0O2004061018 2
Next operation:
Differential - Remove (25.102)
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 4
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul
Four Wheel Drive Axle
Prior operation:
Wheel hub - Remove (25.108).
1. If the swivel pins are difficult to remove, do as follows:

Remove the grease nipples and the retaining bolts for
the steering wobble pin.
2. Adjust the bolts (1) of the special tool 380000265.
3. Adjust the plate (2) of the tool. Secure the plate to the
three bolts with nuts (5).
4. Screw the central bolt (4) fully into the greased nipple
orifice on the pin (6) to adjust the central bolt.
5. Tighten the nut (3) to raise the pin out of its hole.
24596 1
6. Use tool 380000234 (1) to remove the steering swivel

bearings.
7. Re-install the steering bearings using a suitable extrac-
tor.
1B0O2004061038 2
Steering wobble pins and steering wobble bearings – with steering angle potentiometer
8. Remove the steering angle potentiometer. See Front
axle control system - Replace (55.045).
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 5
9. If the swivel pins are difficult to remove, remove the

three steering retaining swivel bolts.
10. Use a pry bar positioned in the machined notches in
the wobble box to carefully lift the swivel pin out of the
box.
BRH3250A 3
11. Remove the wobble box. See Wheel hub - Remove

(25.108).
12. Remove the steering angle potentiometer shaft from
the shaft housing. See Front axle control system -
Replace (55.045).
13. To remove the steering swivel bearings, use a bearing
puller, tool 380000234 (3), and tool 380002489 (2)
attached to tool 380000265 (1).
BRH3404BB 4
14. Re-install the steering wobble bearings using a suit-

able extractor.
NOTE: Take care when installing the bearings not to dam-
age the special bearing coating.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 6
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Apply NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD to the outer

races of the bearings. Adjust the upper cover, without
the shims and with the special tool 380000235 (2) at-
tached.
2. Torque the mounting bolts to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
NOTE: To help with the installation of the swivel pin, it is
recommended that you install tool 380001143 (1) on the
shaft.
1B0O2004061039 1
3. Adjust the lower cover without shims. Lubricate the

three remaining bolts with engine oil.
4. Gradually tighten the bolts of the lower covers while
turning the case to allow excess grease to escape.
1B0O2004061040 2
5. Use a torque wrench and the tool 380000235 (1) to

check that the required torque to rotate the case is 15
- 20 Nm.
6. Adjust the three lower bolts until you achieve the correct
torque.
7. Measure the distance (H) between the lower cover and
the housing at three places.
1B0O2004061041 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 7
8. Calculate the average of the three values measured.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be fitted
under the lower cover is shim S3 = H - 0.20 mm.
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.05 mm.
9. Insert shims below the lower wobble cover. Torque the
mounting bolts to 113 Nm.
10. After you rotated the housing a few times to allow the
components to settle, check that the torque neces-
sary to rotate the housing is 206 - 294 N·m (151.9 -
216.8 lb ft).
11. If the measured torque value is greater than the spec-
ified value, increase the thickness of the shims. If the
value is less, reduce the thickness of the shims.
12. Remove the special tool 380000235. Fit the grease
nipples on the upper and lower covers. Grease the
unit.
1B0O2004061042 4
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 8
Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle

1. Unscrew the two fixing bolts from the track rod (1).
25591 1
2. Before removing the track rod, check that the hubs are
not turning in their supports, causing the axle to fall off
its support.
3. Remove the pins from their holes in the camshaft hous-
ing. Remove the track rod.
CUIL15TR00363AA 2
4. Remove the stop washers (2) from the articulated pins

on the cylinder rod. Unscrew the cylinder pin (1) fixing
bolts. Remove the pins. Take away the two cylinders.
5. Recover the four pins, the washers, the spacers and
the cylinders complete with the hoses.
25593 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 9
6. Unscrew the fixing bolts from the left-hand final drive

cover (1). Tighten the two studs 380000548 (2) and
use an impact hammer bolted to the oil drain plug to
remove the cover (1) from the case.
CUIL15TR00369AA 4
7. Remove the outer stop washer (1) holding the control

gear (2) and remove the gear.
25595 5
8. Remove the inner stop washer (1).
25596 6
9. Remove the recess (1) in the wheel hub bearing jam

nut (2).
NOTE: If you want, you can remove the hub and the sup-
port housing together, without needing to remove the jam
nut from the wheel hub bearing.
25597 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 10
10. Use the special tool 380000469 to remove the jam nut
from the wheel hub bearing.
25598 8
11. Remove the wheel hub (1) with the ring gear (2).
25599 9
12. Remove the seal using a suitable extraction tool.
BSB0233A 10
13. Unscrew the three fixing bolts (1) from the lower pin
of the camshaft case. Remove the lower link pin and
the adjustment shims.
1B0O2004105906 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 11
14. Unscrew the four fixing bolts (1) from the fender sup-
port (2) and remove the support.
TAG25011 12
15. If installed, remove the steering angle potentiometer.

Remove the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and re-
move the potentiometer (2) from the shaft hub.
BRH3254B 13
16. Unscrew the three fixing bolts from the upper link pin.
17. Remove the upper link pin (1). Remove the camshaft
housing (2).
NOTE: See Front axle control system - Replace (55.045)
for replacing steering angle potentiometers.
1B0O2004105909 14
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 12
Wheel hub - Assemble

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
1. Use a suitable tool to install the brass lubrication bush-

ing onto the hub cradle.
BAIL07APH667AVA 1
2. Install the retainer with a suitable tool.
BAIL07APH666AVA 2
3. Install the brass protection washer with a suitable tool.
BAIL07APH665AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 13
4. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the hub car-

rier.
5. Install the hub carrier assembly.
BAIL07APH581AVA 4
NOTE: When installing the right-hand side upper swivel pin

assembly, take care to avoid damaging the steering sensor
located within the housing.
BAIL07APH475AVA 5
6. Install the upper swivel pin.

7. Install the upper swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH472AVA 6
8. Install the lower swivel pin (1) and the shims (2) as
removed.
BAIL07APH587AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 14
9. Install the lower swivel pin retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH607AVA 8
10. Install the potentiometer (2).

11. Install the potentiometer cover plate (1).
BRH3254B 9
12. Connect the track rod end to the hub.

13. Torque to 113 Nm (83 lb ft).
BAIL07APH470AVA 10
14. Install the steering cylinder pivot pin, making sure that
the spacers (1) are installed as removed.
15. Install the retaining bolt for the steering cylinder pivot
pin (2).
16. Install the retaining ring (3).
BAIL07APH480AVC 11
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 15
17. Tighten the upper (1) and lower (2) swivel pin retaining
bolts to 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
BAIL07APH450AVA 12
18. Place the hub on a suitable surface. Clean the seat

of the seal thoroughly and position the seal inside the
circumference of the hub.
19. Use the tool 380000482 to install the seal until the top
edge of the tool meets the top surface of the hub.
MDM873A 13
20. Install the hub onto the axle.
BAIL07APH672AVA 14
21. Install the hub nut.
MDM851A 15
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 16
22. Using the tool 380000469 tighten the hub to 392 N·m
(289 lb ft), while you rotate the hub to make sure that
the bearings are correctly seated.
MDM852A 16
23. Install the drive gear onto the drive shaft pushing it
fully back.
With the drive gear fully back, ease the drive shaft out
10 mm to reveal the groove for the collets.
BAIL07APH504AVA 17
24. Install the calipers (1).

25. Push the drive shaft back so that the drive gear (2)
retains the collets.
BAIL07APH158AVA 18
26. Install the O-ring.
BAIL07APH501AVA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 17
27. Before you install the planetary cover, clean and de-
grease the mating surfaces. Apply anaerobic sealant.
BAIL07APH507AVA 20
28. Install the hub end plate and the planetary gears as-
sembly.
29. Torque the retaining bolts to 74 Nm (55 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00389AA 21
30. Rotate the hub so that the level plug is in the horizontal
position.
31. Remove the plug. Refill the hub to the level with the
specified oil.
32. Reinstall the plug. Tighten to 74 Nm (55 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00389AA 22
33. Install the fenders.

34. Install the front wheels.
35. Install the front weights.
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 18
Index

Axle shaft - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle (*) . . . . . . 5
Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Wheel hub - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47770506 16/12/2015
25.3 [25.108] / 19
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Rear axle system

47770506 16/12/2015
27
Contents
Rear axle system - 27
[27.100] Powered rear axle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.1
[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2
[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3
47770506 16/12/2015
27
Powered rear axle - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Powered rear axle

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Powered rear axle

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Powered rear axle

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
DIAGNOSTIC
Powered rear axle

47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 2
Rear axle system - Powered rear axle
Powered rear axle - General specification

Pinion-ring gear ratio: 9/44 = 1:4.89

Clearance between the pinion and the ring 0.25 - 0.33 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
gear
Differential Four pinions
Differential lock control:
- multi-disk clutch Activated by a hydraulically controlled
multi-disk oil-bath clutch
Number of clutch disks:
- Driven disks 4
- Drive disks 4
- Thickness of driven disk (each) 3.45 - 3.55 mm (0.136 - 0.140 in)
- Thickness of drive disk (each) 1.95 - 2.05 mm (0.077 - 0.081 in)
Diameter of differential pinion bore (see 30.04 - 30.061 mm (1.183 - 1.184 in)
Powered rear axle - Sectional view
(27.100))
Diameter of differential pinion journal (6) 29.939 - 29.96 mm (1.1787 - 1.1795 in)
Clearance of differential pinion 0.080 - 0.122 mm (0.003 - 0.005 in)
Side gear hub seat in the differential
Diameter of case (see Powered rear axle 70 mm (2.756 in)
- Sectional view (27.100))
Diameter of side gear hub (3) 68 mm (2.677 in)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 3
Adjustment of the pinion shaft position See Powered rear axle - Adjust
(see Powered rear axle - Sectional view (27.100)
(27.100))
- available shims
3 mm (0.12 in) 3.1 mm (0.122 in)
3.2 mm (0.126 in) 3.3 mm (0.130 in)
3.4 mm (0.134 in) 3.5 mm (0.138 in)
3.6 mm (0.142 in) 3.7 mm (0.146 in)
3.8 mm (0.150 in) 3.9 mm (0.154 in)
4 mm (0.157 in)
Adjustment of the pinion bearing See Powered rear axle - Adjust
(27.100)
Pinion bearing shims (see Powered rear
axle - Sectional view (27.100)). 4.40 mm (0.173 in) 4.50 mm (0.177 in)
4.60 mm (0.181 in) 4.70 mm (0.185 in)
4.80 mm (0.189 in) 4.85 mm (0.191 in)
4.90 mm (0.193 in) 4.95 mm (0.195 in)
5.0 mm (0.197 in) 5.05 mm (0.199 in)
5.10 mm (0.201 in) 5.15 mm (0.203 in)
5.20 mm (0.205 in) 5.25 mm (0.207 in)
5.30 mm (0.209 in) 5.35 mm (0.211 in)
5.40 mm (0.213 in) 5.45 mm (0.215 in)
5.50 mm (0.217 in) 5.55 mm (0.219 in)
5.60 mm (0.220 in) 5.65 mm (0.222 in)
5.70 mm (0.224 in) 5.75 mm (0.226 in)
5.80 mm (0.228 in) 5.85 mm (0.230 in)
5.90 mm (0.232 in) 5.95 mm (0.234 in)
6.0 mm (0.236 in) 6.05 mm (0.238 in)
6.10 mm (0.240 in) 6.15 mm (0.242 in)
6.20 mm (0.244 in) 6.30 mm (0.248 in)
6.40 mm (0.252 in) 6.50 mm (0.256 in)
6.60 mm (0.260 in)
Clearance and crown bearing See Powered rear axle - Adjust
(27.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 4
Available shims (see Powered rear axle

- Sectional view (27.100)) 0.15 mm (0.006 in) 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.50 mm (0.020 in)
Clearance between the differential gear 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
and the pinion
Differential gear thrust washer thickness
(see Powered rear axle - Adjust (27.100)
and Powered rear axle - Sectional view 2.70 mm (0.106 in) 2.75 mm (0.108 in)
(27.100)) 2.80 mm (0.110 in) 2.85 mm (0.112 in)
2.90 mm (0.114 in) 2.95 mm (0.116 in)
3.00 mm (0.118 in) 3.05 mm (0.120 in)
3.10 mm (0.122 in) 3.15 mm (0.124 in)
3.20 mm (0.126 in) 3.25 mm (0.128 in)
3.30 mm (0.130 in)
Differential gear end clearance (each) 0.226 mm (0.0089 in)± 0.302 mm
(0.0119 in)
Adjustment of the differential gear end See Differential lock Multi-plate
clearance clutch - Overhaul (27.106).
Powered rear axle - Special tools

380000459 Wrench for checking the pinion rolling torque

380001783 Transfer case shaft extractor
380000506 Pinion ring nut tool
380000470 Pinion Bearing Adjustment Tool
381000039 Spacer to determine the rear axle pinion preload
380000249 Universal pinion installer
380000475 Adjustment tool for differential planetary gear
380000237 Lifting hook for rear wheel
380000549 Impact hammer
380001144 Bevel gear and crown wheel differential lifting hook
38020004 Adapter Studs
380001113 Final Drive Housing Lifting Bracket
Powered rear axle - Torque

Description Thread size Torque

(1) Bolt, crown wheel M14 x 1.5 195 Nm (143.82 lbft)
(2) Nut, final drive case M14 x 1.5 200 Nm (147.51 lbft)
(3) Bolt, drive wheel shaft M22 x 1.5 88 Nm (64.91 lbft)(*)
(4) Piston pin assembly 120 N·m (88.51 lb ft)
(5) Nut, bevel pinion shaft M45 x 1.5 500 Nm (368.78 lbft)
(6) Brake disc bolt M12 x 1.25 x 50 98 N·m (72.28 lb ft)
(7) Differential cradle M10 x 1.25 54 Nm (39.8 lb ft)
Other useful torques

Nut, wheel disc to wheel rim M16 x 1.5 250 Nm (184.39 lbft)
Nut, steel wheel disc to wheel hub M18 x 1.5 255 Nm (188.08 lbft)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 5
Other useful torques

Bolt, wheel hub on dual wheel axle M16 x 1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
shaft
Bolt, rail disc on dual wheel axle shaft M16 x 1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
Nut, rail disc block M20 x 2.5 245 Nm (180.70 lbft)
Nut, rail disc to wheel hub M18 x 1.5 314 Nm (231.59 lbft)
Nut, weight screw to steel wheel disc M16 x 1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
Fastening bolts, wheel weights M16 x 1.5 211 Nm (155.63 lbft)
Allen screw, wheel weights to cast M16 x 1.5 186 Nm (137.19 lbft)
iron disc
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 6
BAIL12CCM237HAB 1
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 7
Powered rear axle - Sectional view

BSE2387A 1
Cross section of the longitudinal section of the front axle
(1) Bevel pinion shaft (2) Conical bearing

(3) Adjustment shim for the bevel pinion bearing (4) 50 Kph clutch (optional)
(5) Bearing (6) Power take-off drive shaft
(7) Power take-off clutch (8) Ring gear
(9) Differential gear hub (10) Differential gear
(11) Pinion axle positioning shim (12) Four wheel drive clutch
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 8
CUIL15TR00349FA 2
Cross section of the rear axle (with multi-disc clutch differential lock)
(1) Differential output half-shaft (2) Differential support

(3) Side gears (4) Differential case
(5) Differential gear hub (6) Differential pinion
(7) Ring gear bearing cap (8) Thrust washer
(9) Bearing spacer of the planetary gear (11) (10) Thrust washer
(11) Planetary final drive gears (12) Wheel shaft
(13) Seal (14) Seal
(15) Planetary bracket (16) Differential output half-shaft
(17) Drive disks (18) Driven disks
(19) Differential lock control piston (20) Crown guard
(21) Seal (22) Side gear end play adjustment rings
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 9
Powered rear axle - Static description

The rear axle assembly transfers the transmission drive to the planetary final drivers through a bevel pinion and ring
gear coupling. The bevel gears are spiral-shaped and are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The differential is installed with four planetary gears and a hydraulic differential lock. The differential lock is of the
multi-disk type.
Refer to Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (27.106)
The planetary final reduction gear assemblies are controlled by output half-shafts coming out of the bevel pinion and
the ring gear. These also control the brakes.
BSD2313A 1
Ring gear components and pinion components
1 Ring nut 2 Bearing

3 Four wheel drive gear 4 Parking brake disk hub
5 50 Kph Drive gear (if there is one) 6 Ring gear
7 Piston 8 Coverage
9 Screw 10 Driven disk
11 Striker plate 12 Differential case
13 Axle and bevel pinion 14 Bearing
15 Spacer 16 Brakes discs
17 Shim
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 10
Powered rear axle - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302)
Prior operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Remove (21.111)
1. Check that the rear axle is adequately supported.

2. Use the tool 380000237 to remove the rear wheels.
3. Repeat the process for the left-hand wheel.
4. Remove the R clamp. Remove the hinge pin (1). Re-
move the upper lift arm.
CUIL13TR01205AA 1
5. Disconnect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM571AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 11
6. Remove the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 3
7. Remove the lift arm assembly (1).
BRI4214C 4
8. Remove the power take-off speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 5
9. Support the hitch mount support with suitable lifting

equipment. Remove the fixing bolts and remove the
hitch mount support.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 12
10. Support the power take-off assembly with suitable lift-

ing equipment. Remove the fixing bolts, the power
take-off assembly and the axle.
BSD2300B 7
11. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses of the lift arm cylinder.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 8
12. Remove the pivot pins (1) and remove the lift arm
cylinder.
NOTE: Repeat the procedure for the right-hand side.
NOTE: You do not need to remove the arms for the majority
of operations.
BSD2256A 9
13. Remove the cab support from the transmission case.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 13
14. Disconnect the cab from the chassis bracket (1) and
remove the cab suspension support (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 11
15. Remove the support for the lift arm stabilizer.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 12
16. Install special tools 380001113 and 38020004, and

attach them to suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 13
17. Remove the transmission case fixing nuts.

18. Remove the drive assembly together with the half-
shaft.
BAIS06CCM161AVB 14
Next operation:
Powered rear axle - Disassemble (27.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 14
Powered rear axle - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Use the tractor's splitter tool and a suitable cradle (1)

to support the rear axle case.
BSE2487B_134 1
2. Remove the fastening bolts. Remove the parking brake

control assembly.
BSE2517A 2
3. Remove the transfer box inner protection.
BSD2248A_135 3
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 15
4. Remove the retaining ring (1) and the shims (2) from
the clutch drive shaft.
BSD2307A_136 4
5. Use a suitable impact hammer (1) 380000549 and an

M8 x 1,25 adapter (2) 380001783 to partially remove
the transfer clutch drive shaft (3).
BSD2249A_137 5
6. Remove the bearing case (1) and, with help from an

assistant, support the clutch case, as shown in Figure
7. Completely remove the clutch drive shaft (2). Be
careful to ensure that the clutch case does not fall to
the floor.
BSD2250A_138 6
7. Remove the clutch assembly from underneath the

transmission.
8. Separate and inspect all the components.
BSD2252A_139 7
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 16
9. Loosen the fastening bolts (1).
BSE2515A 8
10. Support the ring gear, as shown in figure 9. Use the

tool 380001144 (1). Remove the caps and the support
shims from the ring gear on both sides.
11. Also remove the piston pin assembly (2) in figure 8.
LAIL11TM0528A0A 9
12. Use a pry bar to remove the brake activation piston.
BSD2270A 10
13. Remove the ring gear.

14. Use the tool 380000466 and 380000506 to lock and
remove the assembly.
CUIL15TR00390AA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 17
15. Partially remove the pinion with a universal extractor.

Dismount the universal extractor and remove the front
bearing (1).
24384 12
16. Remove the pinion and remove the internal parts

through the parking brake compartment.
BSE2461A 13
17. Use an extractor and a hydraulic press to remove the

pinion journal (1).
24386 14
18. Use a drive tool to remove the rear pinion bearing case
(1) from the front end. Remove the adjustment shim
(S).
24387 15
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 18
Next operation:
Powered rear axle - Adjust (27.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 19
Powered rear axle - Adjust

Prior operation:
BSE2389A_140 1
(A) – Pinion shaft pre-load shim. Adjust the preload on the pinion axle components and the pinion axle bearings.
(B) – Pinion axle positioning shim. Adjust the position of the pinion in relation to the ring gear.
( (C) and (F)) - Shims for adjusting the clearance of the ring gear and the preload of the differential support bearings. Adjust
the horizontal position of the ring gear in relation to the pinion. This affects the clearance of the ring gear-pinion assembly,
depending on which side the shims are positioned. This also influences the preload in the differential support bearings affected
by all the shims (C) and (F)
.( (D) and (E)) – Side gear shim of the left-hand and right-hand differential. Adjust the preload in the differential gear assembly.
NOTE: You must install the pinion and the differential in the following order:
1. (D) and (E) see: Instruction 1
2. (B)
3. (A)
4. (C)and (F)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 20
Adjustment (D) and (E)

1. Mount the side gear and attached tool no. 380000475
on the differential case. Position the ring gear above
the side gear and fix with three bolts (1). Turn the as-
sembly to finish.
24416 2
2. Position a calibration gauge with the tip in the bolt of

the tool (1). Tighten the tool and zero the gauge.
24417 3
3. Pull the tool (1) upward and take a travel reading (H)
from the device.
4. The thickness of the adjustment ring to be inserted into
the right-hand side gear is given by:
Rd = (B + H) - 0,05 - 0.30
where:
Rd = Adjustment shim to be inserted into the right-hand
side gear
B = Test shim = 3.00 mm
H = Travel measured using the device
0.05 mm = Half the clearance between the differential
gears and the swivel pins
0.30 mm = Clearance specified for the side gear
Example
- Travel measured using device H = 0.50 mm
- Test shim B = 3.00 mm
The thickness of the ring to be inserted into the right-
hand side gear is
Rd = (3.00 + 0.50) - 0.05 - 0.30 = 3.15 mm
5. Once the shim packs for the right-hand and left-hand
side gears have been defined, re-assemble the en-
tire unit and tighten the differential case ring gear to
137 Nm (101.05 lbft).
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 21
Setting (B)
6. Determine the thickness of the pinion axle position shim
(shim (B) Figure 1) using special tool no. 380000470.
Proceed as follows:
Position the outer cage of the rear bearing pinion (2) on
the rear axle case, without the shim.
7. Mount special tool no. 380000470 (1), complete with
bearings, on the rear axle case. Lock the nut while you
turn the bearings.
24395 4
8.
BSG6046A 5
9. Mount special tool no. 380000249 (2) on the ring gear

covers (1), complete with the outer bearing cages.
Put the rod of tool no. 380000249 (H) in contact with the
inner bearing cage and measure the dimension (H1).
Determine the correct nominal dimension H2 (2) be-
tween the line of the ring gear shaft and the larger base
of the pinion:
H2 = H3 ± C
where:
H3 = 212 mm. Nominal dimension between the line of
the ring gear shaft and the larger base of the pinion for
tractors with Power Command transmission installed.
C = The correction factor marked on the pinion, ex-
pressed in mm and with the prefix + or -, unless it is
0. To be added to or subtracted from the nominal di- BSE2619A 6
mension (H3), depending on the sign.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 22
10. The adjustment ring thickness (S1) is given by:

S1 = H1 - H2
where:
H1 = The depth reading from the device
H2 = The correct nominal dimension between the line
of the ring gear shaft and the larger base of the pinion.
If necessary, round up the value (S1) to the next
0.05 mm.
Examples:
- Depth reading from the device: H1 = 215.4 mm
- Nominal dimension between the line of the ring gear
shaft and the larger base of the pinion: H3 = 212 mm
Example 1:
- Correction factor: C = + 0.1 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 + 0.1 =
212.1 mm
- Thickness of adjustment ring
- S1 = 215.4 - 212.1 = 3.3 mm
Example 2:
- Correction factor: C = - 0.1 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 - 0.1 =
211.9 mm
- Thickness of adjustment ring:
- S1 = 215.4 - 211.9 = 3.5 mm
Example 3:
- Correction factor C = 0 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = H3 = 212 mm
- S1 Thickness of adjustment ring:
- S1 = 215.4 - 212 = 3.4 mm
11. Remove universal tool no. 380000249.
Setting (A)
12. Determine the thickness of the pinion axle preload
shim (shim (A) Figure 1) for the tapered roller bearings
of the pinion axle, using special tool no. 380000470.
Proceed as follows:
1. Use a depth gauge to measure the dimension (H6)
between the end of tool no. 380000470 (1) and the
end of the inner bolt.
2. Remove tool no. 380000470 from the rear axle
case.
24397 7
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 23
13. Clasp tool no. 380000470 in a vice. Mount all of the

parts on the tool, including special tool 381000039 (P).
Screw the tool nut to lock the tool and use a depth
gauge to measure the dimension (H7) between the
end of the tool and the end of the inner bolt.
The adjustment ring thickness (S2) is given by:
S2 = H6 + P + S1 - H7 +0.2
where:
P = Test shim
S1 = Position adjustment shim for the pinion axle, as
found in the previous paragraph.
0.2 mm = Increase by as much as necessary to com-
pensate for increasing the bearing preload because of
the pinion axle jam nut.
If necessary, round up the value (S2) to the next 24398 8
0.05 mm
.
Example
- Position adjustment shim for the pinion axle, found
in the previous paragraph: S1 = 1.8 mm
- Depth gauge reading: H6 = 13.60 mm
Test shim: P = 2 mm
Depth gauge reading: H7 = 12.10 mm
Thickness of adjustment ring.
S2 = 13.60 + 2.0 + 1.8 - 12.1 + 0.2 = 5.5 mm
Adjustment (C) and (F)

14. Adjust the ring gear bearing preload and the pinion
ring gear return, shims (C) and (F), Figure 1
.
Proceed as follows:
1. Mount the outer cage of the rear bearing (1) and
the shim (S1) as in the previous adjustments. .
24387_141 9
15. Mount the complete pinion (1) with all the components
and their bearing adjustment rings (see Powered rear
axle - Sectional view (27.100)), as found in the pre-
vious adjustments. If necessary, use a suitable tool to
hold the pinion in place.
NOTE: The pinion bearing shim and the pinion axle po-
sition shim (see Powered rear axle - Sectional view
(27.100)) are listed in Powered rear axle - General spec-
ification (27.100).
24399 10
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 24
16. Use the special tool 380000506 to torque the pinion

nut to 500 Nm (368.78 lbft). While you rotate the pin-
ion axle to seat the bearings, remove the tool from the
pinion.
17. Check whether the torque necessary to rotate the pin-
ion axle is 1.0 - 2.0 Nm (0.74 - 1.48 lbft). Measure at
the end of the axle with tool 380000506 and a suitable
torque wrench.
18. Compress the nut (see Powered rear axle - Static
description (27.100)).
NOTE: Reduce the journal adjustment shim assembly (see
Powered rear axle - Sectional view (27.100)) if the swing
torque is below the specified level or increase the journal
adjustment shim assembly if the swing torque is above the
specified level.
19. Mount the ring gear-differential assembly in the rear
axle case, insert the complete right-hand cover with a
test shim, and fix with three bolts.
20. Apply torque of 54 Nm (39.83 lbft)
BSE2621A 11
21. Measure the thickness of the left-hand cover (D1).
BSE2620A 12
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 25
22. Use the three lubricated bolts (1) to assemble the left-
hand cover without the adjustment rings.
23. Gradually and alternately tighten the bolts (1) to 6 -
9 Nm (4.425 - 6.638 lbft). Simultaneously rotate the
ring gear to settle the bearings.
BSE2515A_143 13
24. Use a depth gauge to measure the dimension (D) of

the two recesses in the left-hand cover. Calculate the
average of the two readings.
The total shim assembly (S) that you should insert
under the right-hand and left-hand covers is given by:
S = D2-D1+A+0.3
where:
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
D1 = Thickness of the left-hand cover in mm
D2 = Dimension measured at 27, in mm
0.3 mm = Increase necessary to reduce the journal
preload from the bolts (1).
If necessary, round up the value (S) to the nearest
0.05 mm.
24404 14
25. Use a calibration gauge to measure the return (G) be-

tween the ring gear and the pinion shanks (take three
measurements at 120 ° and calculate the average of
the three readings).
The normal ring gear to pinion return is 0.20 -
0.28 mm, with an average of 0.24 mm
.To compensate for possible return values that are
larger or smaller than specified, consider the ratio be-
tween the normal return and the displacement of the
end of the corresponding ring gear to be 1:1.34.
Therefore, the end displacement (Z) necessary for the
specified return is:
Z = (G - 0.24) x 1.34
The adjustment shim assemblies (Sd and Ss) to be
inserted into the right-hand and left-hand covers are
calculated by:
Sd = A Z
Ss = S - Sd
where:
S = Total shim assembly value
Z = Displacement of the end of the ring gear found
above
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 26
26. Mount the shim assemblies determined above on the

covers and tighten the bolts (1) to the specified torque.
24405 15
27. Check whether the swing torque necessary to rotate

the pinion and ring gear assembly is:
Rp + ( 1.25 - 2.0 Nm )
opp. Rp + ( 0.125 - 0.2 kgm )
Measure at the end of the pinion axle using tool no.
380000459 (1) and a suitable torque wrench (2).
where:
Rp = Swing torque measured for just the pinion
Example::
- Measure the thickness of the left-hand cover (D1) =
14.00 mm
- Test shim A = 1.5 mm
- Measure the clearance D2 between the left-hand
cover and its base on the rear axle case
14.15 mm; 14.25 mm. 24400 16
D2 = Mean value (14.15 + 14.25):2 = 14.20 mm
- Total thickness of adjustment ring
S = 14.20 - 14.00 + 1.5 + 0.3 = 2.00 mm
- Measured return: 0.13 mm; 0.12 mm; 0.14 mm
G = Average value = (0.13 + 0.12 + 0.14):3 = 0.13 mm
- End displacement (Z) necessary to restore the speci-
fied return.
Z = (0.13 - 0.24) x 1.34= - 0.11 x 1.34 = - 0.15
- The thickness of the adjustment ring to insert in the
right-hand cover is:
Sd = 1.5 - 0.15 = 1.35 mm
- The thickness of the adjustment ring to be inserted in
the left-hand cover is: Ss = 2.00 - 135 = 0.65 mm
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 27
Powered rear axle - Install

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
1. To help with the re-installation of the transmission case,

position the half-shaft (4) in its housing in the differential
and in the brake disk.
23682 1
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 28
BSE2518A 2
Patterns for the application of sealant LOCTITE® 515™ during the installation of: the power take-off case; the
transmission cases; the four wheel drive clutch; and the parking brake case in the rear axle case.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 29
2. Install the transmission assembly.

3. Install the transmission case fixing nuts.
4. Torque to 200 Nm 147 lbft.
BAIS06CCM161AVB 3
5. Remove the tools 380001113 and 38020004.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 4
6. Install the support for the lift arm stabilizer.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 5
7. Connect the cab to the chassis bracket (1) and attach

the cab suspension support (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 30
8. Install the cab support on the transmission case.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 7
9. Install the lift arm cylinders, if they have been removed.
BSD2256A 8
10. Connect the lift arm cylinder hoses.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 9
11. Use suitable lifting equipment to install the power take-

off assembly and the axle.
12. Install the compressor.
13. Tighten to 211 Nm ( 156 lb ft).
BSD2300B 10
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 31
14. Use a suitable lifting mechanism to install the hitch

mount cradle.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 11
15. Install the power take-off speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 12
16. Install the lift arm assembly (1).
BRI4214C 13
17. Install the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 32
18. Connect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM571AVA 15
19. Locate the upper link. Insert the hinge pin. Install the
R clamp (1).
CUIL13TR01205AA 16
20. Use the tool 380000237 to install the rear wheels.
Next operation:
Semi-Powershift transmission - Install (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 33
Powered rear axle - Troubleshooting


Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing incor- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor is moving, and rect adjustment ion and crown wheel bearings correctly
also with transmission in . Refer to Powered rear axle - Adjust
neutral (not originating (27.100)
from final drives)
Worn or incorrectly adjusted sun and plan- Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
etary gears parts and adjust the differential gear back-
lash . Refer to Powered rear axle - Adjust
(27.100)
Excess differential side gears to half-shaft Remove rear axle housing and replace
spline backlash damaged parts.. Refer to Powered rear
axle - Disassemble (27.100)
Noisy rear axle with Excess bevel pinion to crown wheel back- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor under load and lash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly.
upon release Refer to Powered rear axle - Adjust
(27.100)
Faulty or defective inner component Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
parts and adjust differential gear backlash
correctly. Refer to Powered rear axle -
Adjust (27.100)
Noisy rear axle and Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
over-heating bearing backlash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly.
Refer to Refer to Powered rear axle -
Adjust (27.100)
Insufficient bevel pinion to crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust
tooth backlash crown wheel bearings correctly Refer to
Refer to Powered rear axle - Adjust
(27.100)
Contaminated oil or incorrect specification Check condition and specification of oil and
of oil if required replace accordingly.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 34
Index

Powered rear axle - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Powered rear axle - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Powered rear axle - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Powered rear axle - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Powered rear axle - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Powered rear axle - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Powered rear axle - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Powered rear axle - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Powered rear axle - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Powered rear axle - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 35
47770506 16/12/2015
27.1 [27.100] / 36
Rear bevel gear set and differential - 106

47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Differential lock
Multi-plate clutch - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
DIAGNOSTIC
Differential lock
Differential lock - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 2
Rear axle system - Rear bevel gear set and differential
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description

CUIL15TR00356FA 1
Rear differential lock assembly (multi-disk clutch)
Return to discharge
Low pressure oil ( 22 - 24 bar (319.00 - 348.00 psi))
When you activate the switch on the instrument cluster, the solenoid valve opens and feeds oil from the pump to the
annular groove of the control piston (1) on the left-hand bearing cradle.
The applied pressure on the surface of the piston (1) compresses the driven disks and the multi-disk clutch transmis-
sion. This locks the differential.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 3
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Overhaul

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
1. Place the differential assembly on a workbench.

2. Loosen the bolts that secure the differential lock and
the bolts that secure the differential case.
3. Remove the differential lock case and release the multi-
disk clutch.
BSE2458A 1
4. Use a depth gauge to check the clearance (3) between

the differential case and the multi-disk clutch. The
value should be within the 1.35 - 3.1 mm range. If the
value is not, change the clutch disks.
Re-install all the components of the differential lock
control unit, observing the following:
- The re-installation procedure is the reverse of the dis-
assembly procedure, from step 3 to step 1.
- See Powered rear axle - Sectional view (27.100) to
find the correct orientation for the parts.
– Lubricate all components with NEW HOLLAND AM-
BRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL oil.
BSE2480A 2
5.
6.
7.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 4
8. Error codes and diagnostics

If a fault occurs with the differential lock, an error code
will be displayed on the instrument cluster. See Elec-
tronic module - Fault code index (55.640) to find out
more.
BSE2493A 3
9. Crown Wheel Components

Remove the clutch plates, as shown previously.
Remove piston from crown wheel assembly.
BSE2482A 4
10. Remove the planetary gear (1) and the shim (2) from
the ring gear assembly (3).
BSE2514A 5
11. Loosen the bolts so that you can access the lock pins
that secure the pinion cradle.
BSE2459A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 5
12. Remove the ring gear using a soft, rubber-headed

hammer.
BSE2481A 7
13. Loosen the bolts (1), holding the shaft pinion supports
in position. Pull to remove the differential gears. We
recommend that you rest the pinion supports and the
planetary gears on something during removal.
BSE2516A 8
14. Adjust the planetary gear end play (see Powered rear
axle - Adjust (27.100)).
Mount the planetary gears, the pivot pins, and the re-
taining pins.
Position the whole planetary gear (3) with a test shim
(2) on tool no. 380000475 (1)
NOTE: Adjust the end play of the left-hand support as in-
dicated for the right-hand planetary gear.
24414 9
24415 10
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 6
15. Mount the planetary gear and attached tool no.

380000475 on the differential case. Position the ring
gear and fix it with three bolts (1). Turn the assembly
to finish.
24416 11
16. Position a calibration gauge with the tip in the bolt of

the tool (1). Press the tool and zero the gauge.
24417 12
17. Pull the tool (1) upward and take a travel reading (H)
from the gauge.
18. The thickness of the adjustment ring to be inserted
into the right-hand planetary gear is given by:
Rd = (B + H) - 0.05 - 0.30
where:
Rd = Adjustment shim to be inserted into the right-
hand planetary gear
B = Test shim = 3.00 mm
H = Travel measured by the gauge
0.05 mm = Half the end play between the differential
gears and the pivot pins
0.30 mm = Clearance specified for the planetary gear
Example
- Travel measured using gauge H = 0.50 mm
- Test shim B = 3.00 mm
- The thickness of the ring to be inserted into the right-
hand planetary gear is
Rd = (3.00 + 0.50) - 0.05 - 0.30 = 3.15 mm
19. Once the shim assemblies for the right-hand and left-
hand planetary gears have been defined, re-assemble
the entire unit and tighten the differential case ring
gear to 137 Nm (101.05 lbft).
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 7
Differential lock - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
1. Place the differential assembly on a workbench.

2. Loosen the bolts that secure the differential lock and
the bolts that secure the differential case.
3. Remove the plates (1).
4. Remove the differential lock case and release the multi-
disk clutch.
BSE2458A 1
5. Use a depth gauge to check the clearance between the

differential case and the multi-disk clutch. The value
should be within the 1.35 - 3.1 mm range. If the value
is not, change the clutch disks.
6. Remove the sintered and steel disks, the washer, the
O-rings, and the piston.
7. Lubricate all of the components with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134™ HYDRAULIC TRANSMIS-
SION OIL oil.
BSE2480A 2
Next operation:
Differential lock - Assemble (27.106)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 8
Differential lock - Assemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Differential lock - Disassemble (27.106)
1. Assemble the shim (1) on the gear.
CUIL15TR00510AA 1
2. Install the gear (1) in the case.
CUIL15TR00511AA 2
3. Assemble the planetary gears (2) with the washers.

4. Position the pin (1) to lock one gear pair.
5. Repeat the procedure for the other gear pair.
CUIL15TR00512AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 9
6. Install the bearing cup (1)in the case.
CUIL15TR00513AA 4
7. Install the bearing cup (1) in the housing.
CUIL15TR00514AA 5
8. Measure the axial play of the satellite gear. If the axial

play is within the specified value, proceed with the as-
sembly.
9. Assemble the gear (1) with the shim (2) over the satel-
lite gears.
CUIL15TR00515AA 6
10. Install the O-rings. Align the drill holes of the case with
the ring gear. Install the piston. Secure the piston.
Assemble the metal discs in an interspersed manner
with the sintered discs.
BSE2480A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 10
11. Install the housing on the differential case.
CUIL15TR00516AA 8
12. Assemble the locks (1). Secure with the bolts. Torque
to 185.0 - 205.0 N·m (136.4 - 151.2 lb ft).
13. Bend all of the locks of the assembly.
CUIL15TR00517AA 9
14. Align the pin channels. Install the pins. Assemble the
bolts (1) on the differential case.
CUIL15TR00518AA 10
15. Apply LOCTITE® 242® sealant on (1). Torque the bolts

to 15.0 - 20.0 N·m (11.1 - 14.8 lb ft)
CUIL15TR00519AA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 11
Differential lock - Troubleshooting


Differential lock not Low rear axle oil level. Top up to correct level.
engaging.
Blocked oil filter. Replace filter.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Overhaul or replace pump.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals.
pressure drop: cylinder piston oil supply
line seals.
Differential lock not Faulty diff lock-unlock switch Replace switch
disengaging
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Restore electrical connection and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Diff lock control solenoid valve stuck on de- Overhaul or replace solenoid valve.
livery.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals.
pressure drop: cylinder piston or supply
line seals.
With differential lock Replace switch.
Faulty diff lock switch (connected to the
engaged and control Fast Raise switch).
switch on automatic
mode, the diff lock does
not disengage when
raising lift arms using the
Fast Raise switch.
With differential lock Faulty diff lock switch (connected to Replace switch.
engaged, the diff lock the brake pressure switches/foot pedal
does not disengage when switches).
brake pedals are pressed.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 12
Index

Differential lock - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Differential lock - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Differential lock - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 13
47770506 16/12/2015
27.2 [27.106] / 14
Planetary and final drives - 120

47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Planetary final drive

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Final drive housing

- Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Driving wheel shaft
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DIAGNOSTIC
Planetary final drive

47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 2
Rear axle system - Planetary and final drives
Planetary final drive - General specification

Typè Epicyclic, with three planetary spur gears

Reduction ratios: 68 / 13 + 1 = 6,231
Thickness of planetary gear thrust

washers (see Powered rear axle - 1 mm
Sectional view (27.100))
Thickness of the planetary gear roller

bearing spacer (see Powered rear 4,90 - 4,95 mm
axle - Sectional view (27.100))
Adjustment of the drive wheel shaft Please see Powered rear axle - Install (27.100)
tapered roller bearings
Planetary final drive - Torque

DESCRIPTION Thread Torque

size Nm kgm
Nut, bevel pinion shaft M45x1. 5 500 50
Nut, final drive case M14x1. 5 200 20
Nut, wheel disc to wheel rim M16x1.5 250 25
Nut, steel wheel disc to M18x1.5 255 26
wheel hub
Capscrew, wheel hub on M16x1.5 294 30
dual wheel axle shaft
Capscrew, RAIL disc on M16x1.5 294 30
dual wheel axle shaft
Capscrew, drive wheel shaft M18x1.5 88 (*) 9 (*)
Capscrew, crown wheel M10x1.25 120 12
and differential caps
Capscrew, crown wheel M14x1.5 195 20
Nut, RAIL disc block M20x2.5 245 25
Nut, RAIL disc to wheel hub M18x1.5 314 32
Nut, weight screw to steel M16x1.5 294 30
wheel disc
Attaching screws, wheel M16x1.5 211 21.5
weights
Allen screw, wheel weights M16x1.5 186 19
to cast iron disc
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 3
BSE2389A 1
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 4
Final drive housing - Remove

WARNING
Heavy parts!
The wheels are very heavy. Handle with care. Make sure that the wheels, when stored, cannot fall over
and cause injury.
W0403A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
1. Remove the drain plug. Drain the oil into a suitable

container.
2. Reinstall the plug. Torque the plug to 68.0 - 82.0 N·m
(50.2 - 60.5 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1

4. Suspend the cab. See Cab suspension - Raise
(90.150).
5. Remove the nut (1), the bolt, and the rod. Fit the fas-
tening pin (2).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 5
6. Remove the cab support from the rear axle case.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 3
7. Remove the strap by taking out the lock ring (1) and the
pin (3). Remove the cab suspension by taking out the
bolt (2).
BVE0229A 4
8. Remove the fastening nuts (2) from the cab damper

cradle.
9. Remove the nut (1) and the cable from the final drive
housing.
BAIS06CCM124AVA 5
10. Remove the lift arm stabilization cradle.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 6
11. Remove the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 7
12. Remove the support (1).
CUIL15TR00426AA 8
13. Install tools 380001113 and 38020004. Attach the

suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 9
14. Remove the final drive case fixing nuts.

15. Remove the final drive unit with the half-shaft.
BAIS06CCM161AVB 10
Next operation:
Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble (27.120)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 7
Final drive housing - Install

WARNING
Heavy parts!
and cause injury.
W0403A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Check that the torque of the stud is 84.0 - 103.0 N·m

(62.0 - 76.0 lb ft).
NOTE: Check on all of the studs.
2. If necessary, apply torque to the specified value.
CUIL15TR00427AA 1
3. Apply LOCTITE® 515™ sealant.
CUIL15TR00436AA 2
4. Use the tools 380001113 and 38020004 to place the fi-

nal drive assembly, with the half-shaft assembled, onto
the rear axle.
5. Assemble the support (1).
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 8
6. Attach the tube onto the support (1). Assemble the

washer. Tighten the bolt.
7. Repeat the procedure for the other side of the machine.
CUIL15TR00426AA 3
8. Install the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 4
9. Torque the flange nuts (1) to 183.0 - 206.0 N·m (135.0

- 151.9 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00428AA 5
10. Install the lift arm stabilization cradle.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 9
11. Install the belt with the pin (3). Secure with the lock
ring (1).
12. Install the cab damper. Torque the bolt (2) to 75.0 -
98.0 N·m (55.3 - 72.3 lb ft)
BVE0229A 7
13. Assemble the bolts (2) for the cab damper cradle.
BAIS06CCM124AVA 8
14. Install the cab support (1).

15. Assemble the washers and the fastening bolts.
Torque to 260.0 - 322.0 N·m (191.8 - 237.5 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM123AVA 9
16. Install the rod and the fastening bolt. Tighten nut (1).
Torque to 350.0 - 430 N·m (258.1 - 317.2 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 10
17. Lower the cab.

47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 10
19. Fill the housing with oil.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 11
Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Final drive housing - Remove (27.120)
1. Position the final drive housing on a rotating platform.
24608_544 1
2. If necessary, remove the lock plate (1) by turning it gen-

tly.
24609_545 2
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 12
3. Loosen the bolt holding the planetary bracket (1) on the

transmission shaft.
24610_546 3
4. Slide the planetary bracket out (1).
24611_547 4
5. Remove the Thrust Washer (1).
24612_548 5
6. Remove the transmission shaft with a suitable extrac-

tor.
1B0O2004108874 6
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 13
7. Remove the outer bearing cage (1) with an expansion

extractor and the tool 380000549.
24616_549 7
8. Remove seal (1).
24617_550 8
9. Remove the seal (1). Remove the inner cage.

10. Use an expansion extractor and the tool 380000549
to remove the outer bearing cage.
24614_551 9
11. Inspect and disassemble the planetary gear assem-

bly.
12. Remove the lock ring.
1B0O2004108878 10
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 14
13. Slide out the pivot pins. Remove the gears with the
roller bearings.
14. Remove the Thrust Washer (1).
24621_552 11
Next operation:
Driving wheel shaft - Assemble (27.120)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 15
Driving wheel shaft - Assemble

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble (27.120)
1. Insert the thrust washer (1) into the cradle.

2. Install the planetary gears.
24621_552 1
3. Install the fastening ring.
1B0O2004108878 2
4. Install the retainer (1).
CUIL15TR00174AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 16
5. Install the retainer (1). Then install the outer bearing

cage.
24617_550 4
6. Install the transmission shaft on the final drive housing.

7. Install the washer (1).
BAIL07APH697AVA 5
8. Install the planetary gear cradle.
BAIL12ABS129AVA 6
9. Turn the axle over. Check that the axle rotates freely.
24610_553 7
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 17
10. Tighten the bolt to 196.0 N·m (144.6 lb ft) while you
turn the axle to settle the assembly.
11. Loosen the bolt. Then tighten the bolt again to
88.0 N·m (64.9 lb ft) while you turn the axle to prop-
erly settle the bearings.
BAIL12ABS128AVA 8
12. Insert the protective plate (1). Screw the bolt in or out
until the bolt reaches the next groove.
NOTE: Screw in or out to a maximum angular variation of
15 °.
24609_545 9
13. Apply NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PUR-

POSE GREASE (several applications of grease are
necessary).
24619 10
Next operation:
Final drive housing - Install (27.120)
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 18
Planetary final drive - Troubleshooting


Noisy final drives when Wheel axle shaft bearing incorrectly ad- Remove final drive case and adjust bear-
the tractor is moving and justed ings. Refer to Powered rear axle - Re-
also with transmission in move (27.100)and Powered rear axle -
neutral Adjust (27.100)
Faulty or defective internal component. Remove final drive case and replace dam-
aged parts.
Excess wheel axle shaft to final drive spline Remove final drive case and replace dam-
backlash aged parts.
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 19
Index

Driving wheel shaft - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Final drive housing - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Final drive housing - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Planetary final drive - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Planetary final drive - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Planetary final drive - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 20
47770506 16/12/2015
27.3 [27.120] / 21
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Power Take-Off (PTO)

47770506 16/12/2015
31
Contents
Power Take-Off (PTO) - 31
[31.104] Rear electro-hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1
[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2
47770506 16/12/2015
31
Rear electro-hydraulic control - 104

47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear electro-hydraulic control

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Rear electro-hydraulic control - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE

Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
DIAGNOSTIC

47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Rear electro-hydraulic control
Rear electro-hydraulic control - General specification

540/1000 rpm PTO: Two speed, independent of tractor ground speed

Type
Engagement and Control Fully automatic softstart electro-hydraulic clutch pack
Rotation (looking from Clockwise
Tractor Rear End)
Speed Selection By hand lever located at the operator's RH side or
(Mechanical) replaceable output shaft 6 Spline
Speed Selection Speed selector knob located at base of C pillar
(Electronic)
Engine Speed at 540 rpm PTO Speed 1950 RPM

Engine Speed at 1000 rpm PTO Speed 1893 RPM
Splined Output Shaft Diameter:
- 540 rpm 1.3/8 in (6 splines) or Optional 1 3/4 in (6 splines)
- 1000 rpm 1 3/8 " (21 splines)
Driven gear bushing outer 54,910 - 54,940 mm
diameter
PTO Engagement Clutch
Type Hydraulically activated clutch pack in oil bath
Number of Clutch Discs:
Clutch Plates 8
Clutch Plate Thickness 1,7 - 1,8 mm
Clutch Plate Separator 8
Discs
Clutch Plate Separator Disc 2,15 - 2,25 mm
Thickness
Number of Belleville 12
Springs
Brake Hydraulically controlled brake band that acts on the
clutch bell housing
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools

380000540 Seal Protector

380000549 Slide hammer extractor
380000843 Diagnostic test switch
381000038 Spring compressor tool
380000291 PShift & PShuttle Clutch Piston Return Spring Compressor
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Torque

47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 3
a. Cross-sectional view of the two-speed PTO ( b. Cross-sectional view of the two-speed PTO (
540-1000 rpm) 540-1000 rpm) with speed selection by repositioning of
the secondary splined shaft
211 Nm PTO housing fixing bolts 294 Nm PTO secondary shaft nut
88 Nm support plate bolts
1. Clutch plates and separator disks

2. Piston
3. 1000 rpm transmission gear
4. Shaft seals
5. 540 rpm transmission gear
6. Clutch box shaft
7. Retaining ring
8. PTO secondary shaft
9. Oil seal
10. 540 rpm driven gear
11. Hitch
12. 1000 rpm driven gear
13. Output shaft
14. Washer
15. Plate springs (Belleville)
16. Hub
17. Brake band
18. Brake piston
19. PTO secondary shaft
20. Hitch
21. Speed selector pin
22. Coupler lever
NOTE: During installation, apply liquid sealant to the mounting surface.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 4
BSE2360A 1
PTO cross-sectional views and torques
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 5
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Static description

BAIL07CCM290FSA 1
540 RPM or 1000 RPM
PTO transmission
(1) Differential Pinion Shaft (2) Tapered roller bearing

(3) Adjustment shim for the (4) 50 Kph clutch (not
differential pinion bearing available)
(5) Bearing (6) PTO transmission shaft
(7) PTO control clutch (8) PTO secondary shaft
(9) Ring gear (10) Differential gear hub
(11) Differential gear (12) Four wheel drive clutch
The Power Take-Off (PTO) transfers engine power directly to equipment that is mounted, semi-mounted, or towed
from the splined shaft at the rear of the tractor.
The PTO is driven by a splined shaft that runs from the engine flywheel through the upper transmission shafts to the
50 kph (4) main clutch shaft located at the rear of the transmission. A second splined shaft (6) on the side of the
50 kph main clutch shaft outlet conveys the transmission to the PTO control clutch (7). Please note that the 50 kph
main clutch shaft is used only as a means of conveying the transmission from the engine flywheel to the PTO. It is
not affected by the operation of the 50 kph clutch.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 6
Speed sensor
The processor receives the input from the PTO ON/OFF
switches (in the cab and on the fender), the brake, the soft
starter, the engine controller, and the PTO speed sensor.
These signals are used to provide the output signals for
the PTO clutch latching solenoid, the PTO brake solenoid,
and the PTO overspeed warning light.
If the conditions are met (i.e., the speed parameters are
met and the switches are activated), you can activate the
PTO.
The PTO speed sensor is located above the PTO sec-
ondary shaft
BSD2296B 2
The plate springs force the piston into the liner and disen-
gage the transmission through the clutch disks to the jack-
shaft. When the piston is settled in the liner, there is a little
clearance between the rear of the washer and the clutch
piston liner. The lubricating oil goes from the lubrication
circuit through the lubrication valve to the center of the
clutch case shaft and through the perforations in the shaft
to the washer. The small clearance behind the washer al-
lows the lubrication oil to flow out, at a reduced rate of 2 -
3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm), into the rear of the washer
through the channels machined into the front of the piston.
This lubricates the clutch plates. Please note that, when
the PTO clutch is disengaged, the volume of oil necessary
to lubricate the clutch plates is lower than when it is en-
gaged, as described in Rear electro-hydraulic control - BSE2355A 3
Dynamic description (31.104). That is why this method
of restricting the lubricating oil for the clutch plates makes
additional lubrication available for other hydraulic circuits
operating on the tractor.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 7
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Dynamic description

CUIL15TR00358GA 1
PTO control clutch – Disengaged
(A) Return to the reservoir (B) Lubrication circuit oil

(C) Reduced flow lubrication
circuit oil
(1) Clutch plates (2) Washer

(3) Piston (4) PTO secondary shaft
(5) Plate springs (Belleville)
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 8
PTO engaged (initial engagement)

PTO activation is considered to be a two-stage operation.
When the PTO is run, the hitch mount solenoid is powered up and the brake solenoid is disengaged.
The low-pressure hydraulic circuit oil flows from the solenoid, passing through the end of the lubrication valve to the
rear of the clutch piston. As the pressure increases, the PTO clutch piston moves toward the washer (2) and the
plate springs (5) to compress the clutch plates (1). The action of moving the piston forward increases the clearance
between the back of the washer and the clutch piston housing. This increases the flow of lubricant oil to the clutch
plates. Increasing the flow to up to 15 l/min (3.96 US gpm) ensures that the clutch plates are adequately lubricated
during the initial stages of engagement.
PTO soft starter

The PTO automatic soft starting system guarantees that the load applied to the PTO will be controlled predictably,
without inappropriate overload of the tractor engine, the PTO shaft, and the connected implement. The soft starting
return system detects the engine deceleration and the PTO acceleration. The limits for these two parameters are set
in the central XCM controller. If the system detects that one of the parameters is above the predefined limits, the PTO
clutch pressure increase is contained until it returns to the established limit. The clutch pressure then increases again
to continue PTO engagement. If the parameters are exceeded again, the pressure containment process is repeated
until engagement completes. If engagement has not taken place after 5 s, the clutch pressure is released and the
PTO system is shut down.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 9
CUIL15TR00359GA 2
PTO control clutch – Initial engagement
(A) Lubrication circuit oil (B) Low pressure clutch

Engagement oil < 14 bar
(203.00 psi)

47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 10
CUIL15TR00360GA 3
PTO control clutch – Final engagement
(A) Low pressure clutch (B) Reduced flow lubrication

Engagement oil > 14 bar circuit oil
(203.00 psi)

PTO engaged (final engagement)

When the pressure applied to the piston approaches 14 bar (203.00 psi), the pressure applied to the lubrication valve
terminal face moves the valve against the spring and reduces the flow of lubricant oil throughout the valve toward the
clutch plates to 2 - 3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm).
Less lubricated clutch plates are necessary after the initial stage of engagement. This process limits the PTO demand
for lubrication circuit oil, which is also used for other circuits in the tractor. The pressure applied to the rear of the
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 11
piston starts to increase to 26 bar (377.00 psi) in order to maintain the pressure that holds the clutch plates and to
maintain sufficient movement through the clutch to the PTO jackshaft.
CUIL15TR00361GA 4
(A) Low pressure circuit oil
PTO Clutch Brake

The belt-type brake operates automatically. The brake is activated when the PTO clutch is disengaged (start of brak-
ing). The brake stops when the clutch is fully engaged.
When you work with high inertia implements, you can press the switch located on the right-hand console, next to the
PTO command bar, to keep the brake disengaged. When the PTO clutch is engaged, the brake control oil returns to
the reservoir, since the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not powered up). Therefore, the drive piston (5)
does not operate the lever (3) of the belt (2). The piston (5) is returned by the spring (4).
When the PTO control clutch is disengaged, the solenoid valve is powered up and opens. This diverts oil from the
low pressure circuit to the piston (5). The piston makes contact with the lever (3). This presses the belt (2) against
the case (1) to brake the assembly.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 12
PTO torque sensor (engine power management)
BVE0547A 5
PTO torque sensor (engine power management)
APTO with a load BPTO with no load

1Engine flywheel torque sensor 2PTO torque sensor
3PTO Clutch 4PTO torque sensor vibrating ring
5PTO primary shaft 6Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque transmitted by the PTO shaft (5). The system
uses two Hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One Hall effect sensor is located on the engine flywheel damper (6). The
other is located on the PTO torque sensor vibrating ring (4).
The PTO shaft was designed and manufactured in steel with enough torsional rigidity to turn when the load is applied.
With no load (B), there is no difference (x) between the positions of the two sensors. With a load, (A) the PTO
management system compares the difference (x) between the positions of the two sensors to detect the amount
of torsion. The management system knows the torque required to turn the PTO shaft a given amount and uses
the difference (x) to calculate the torque produced on the PTO shaft. Therefore, the PTO management system can
detect a torque increase and electronically modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an
increase of up to an extra 25 horsepower to maintain PTO performance.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 13
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Exploded view

BSD2302A 1
PTO clutch assembly
1Terminal plate 2Spring separator

3Clutch plate 4Clutch plate separator
5Bearing 6Locking ring
7Spacer 8540 rpm gear
9Locking ring 10Spacer
111000 rpm gear 12Retainer
13Bearing 14Seal rings (3)
15Clutch case 16Piston
17Washer 18Plate springs (Belleville)
19Spacer 20Retainer
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 14
21Hub 22Retainer
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 15
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (31.114)
1. Position the PTO assembly on a suitable clean surface.
BSD2297A 1
2. Remove the brake band and the brake piston housing.
BSE2356A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 16
3. Remove the lock ring and the sintered and steel discs.
BSD2328A 3
4. If you need to conduct maintenance on the clutch piston

and you do not need to make other repairs on the clutch
hub, compress and remove the plate springs as follows:
Reinstall the lock ring (2) with the tool 381000038 (1)
and the special tool 380000291 (4). Screw the extrac-
tor until it is loose and remove the retaining ring for the
plate spring (3). Remove the components referred to
in Rear electro-hydraulic control - Exploded view
(31.104).
BSE2354A 4
5. Use compressed air in the intake port to remove the

piston from the hub. See Rear electro-hydraulic con-
trol - Exploded view (31.104).
BSE2358A 5
6. Examine the piston seals and change them if neces-

sary.
BSE2355A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 17
7. If you need to remove the jackshaft gears of the PTO

assembly, use a suitable pin (2) to loosen the jackshaft
gear retaining nut in order to block the gear.
Remove the support plate (1) .
BSD2329A 7
8. If necessary, remove the PTO clutch lubrication valve.

1. Locking ring
2. Base
3. Spring
4. Base
5. Spool
6. Cap
7. Lock ring
BSE2352A 8
9. Remove the lock ring (3), the ring (4), the bushing (2),
and the gear (1).
BSE2345B 9
10. Remove the lock ring. Move the shaft to remove the
clutch hub assembly.
BSE2346A 10
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 18
11. Remove the seal ring.
BSD2331A 11
12. Remove the lock ring (1), the washer (4), the gear (2),
and the bearing (3).
BSD2330A 12
13. Use tools 380000291 and 381000038 to compress the

plate springs. Remove the retaining ring (1) and the
retainer (2). Carefully release the pressure. Remove
the plate springs.
1B0O2004106219 13
14. Remove the retaining ring (1) and the retainer (2) from
the clutch hub. Use the tool 380000549 to remove the
roller bearing (3).
BSE2349A 14
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 19
15. Remove the nut (1). Remove the bearing (2), the
spacer (3), and the gear (4).
BSE2350A 15
16. Remove the bushing (1), the fork (3), and the coupling
assembly (2) .
BSE2348A 16
17. Remove the lower gear. If you have difficulty removing

the gear, loosen the shaft retaining ring and push the
shaft forward.
BSE2304A 17
18. Remove the shaft.
BSE2351A 18
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 20
19. Remove the lock ring (1), the bearing (2), and the seal
(3).
BSD2323A_160 19
20. Use the tool 380000549 to remove the bearing (1).
24499_161 20
21. Remove the detent mechanism. The detent mecha-

nism consists of a plunger (1), a spring (2), a washer
(3), and a retaining liner (4).
BSE2353A 21
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 21
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Calibrate

NOTE: This calibration is required, when the memory of the main control units (RD module) has been cleared with a
H8 procedure, the solenoid valve of the PTO clutch (C041) has been replaced or the PTO clutch has been refurbished.
NOTE: If new module is installed or after H8 has been carried out, the controller will default to PTO fender switches
enabled. If the vehicle is not fitted with fender switches, change the option to 'NO' (fender switches disabled) in the
H3 menu.
1. Connect the diagnostics plug 380000843 to the diag-
nostics socket (1).
Unhitch all mounted implements from the rear PTO and
ensure that the tractor is stationary and the parking
brake is applied.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Use the "h" and "m" buttons and the Dimmer button on
the instrument cluster to scroll through the HH Menu,
until the option H1 and the engine symbol appear on
the RD control unit.
"CAL" is displayed on the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 22
3. Press the constant speed switch 3 times within

4 seconds.
On the lower central display "TCP" appears.
The engine speed is automatically set to 1200 RPM.
BAIL06CCM632AVA 3
4. After one second the lower central display displays a

"2" and then a "1", as the PTO torque is calibrated.
"END" is displayed at the end of the procedure.
Switch the starter switch to OFF to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: If a fault occurs during calibration, a U code is dis-
played and the process must be repeated. See the list
of the U codes in Electronic module - Fault code index
(55.640).
BAIL06CCM633AVC 4
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 23
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Test

The PTO test uses hydraulic pressure information from the clutch assembly, the latching solenoid and the speed
sensor.
You must perform this test after the oil temperature has gone above 40 °C.
NOTE: You need to conduct a PTO solenoid valve test in the EST, if available for the product.
1. Connect the pressure transducer to the PTO clutch as-
sembly, opening (3), and then to Channel A of DATAR
Scope.
(1) PTO brake
(2) Four wheel drive
(3) PTO clutch
(4) Differential lock
(5) PTO lubrication
BAIS06CCM165AVA 1
2. The PTO clutch solenoid and the PTO brake solenoid

are housed in the low pressure distribution block on top
of the rear axle. When the PTO is idle, the PTO brake
solenoid is activated and the PTO clutch solenoid is
de-activated. The oil behind the clutch piston flows to
the reservoir through the lubrication control valve. The
PTO clutch solenoid is de-activated.
(1) PTO clutch solenoid
(2) PTO brake clutch solenoid
BSE2357A 2
3. Connect the clamp ammeter to one of the wires of

PTO clutch solenoid connector X278. Then connect to
Channel B of DATAR Scope.
SS08M153 3
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 24
4. (1) Rear PTO solenoid

(2) PTO return solenoid
SS08K508 4
5. Locate PTO speed sensor connector X251 on the rear

right-hand side of the transmission.
SS08K265 5
6. Pin 1: Power
Pin 2: Signal
Pin 3: Ground
Slide the rear pin toward the connector to make contact
with pin 2 of the sensors.
Connect the test cables by inserting the red cable into
the rear pin and the black cable into ground. Then
connect to Channel C of DATAR Scope.
SS08F069 6
7. • Configure Channel A (blue) to 60 bar. Set the pres-

sure to 0.30 bar to test the PTO clutch pressure
• Configure Channel B (red) to 60 A. Set a clamp am-
meter ( 20 A mode) to ± 5 A to test the PTO clutch
solenoid current
• Configure Channel C (green) to ×1 in ± 20 V to test
the PTO speed sensor
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 25
BAIL11CVT079FMA 7
C1: The PTO speed sensor waveform becomes square when the engine starts (until the lubrication
oil reaches the clutch assembly, the friction allows the axle to turn).
A1: The pressure increase is the time it takes for the quick fill to occur.
B1: This is the initial PTO engagement. The rapid increase in current is necessary to start the
solenoid valve moving.
A2 and A4: For the signal profile, it is expected that the longer the pressure increase stays at A2, the shorter
the pause in A4.
A3 and B2: Current and pressure increase, showing a steep pressure increase and a soft start.
C2: Speed sensor signal – the signal sent to the processor and used to control the soft starter.
A5 and B3: Maximum hydraulic pressure and maximum current in complete engagement.
A6, B4, and C3: The PTO is disengaged, showing a drop in pressure and current. At the same time, the PTO
stops turning and the voltage signal will depend on where the gear stops in the sensor.
8. The same principle applies with load and without load.

The waveforms representing various statuses are
shown below.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 26
BAIL11CVT080FMA 8
Figure 8 No load applied
9. The signal above is a waveform representing PTO en-
gagement without load applied.
The first signal (A) is for 540 RPM and the second sig-
nal (B) is for 1000 RPM.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 27
BAIL11CVT081FMA 9
Figure 9 540 RPM light load.
BAIL11CVT082FMA 10
Figure 10 540 RPM heavy load.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 28
BAIL11CVT083FMA 11
Figure 11 1000 RPM light load.
BAIL11CVT084FMA 12
Figure 12 1000 RPM heavy load.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 29
10. The increases in clutch pressure and current are

sharper with the heavy load after the initial speed
increase. This helps to reduce clutch wear.
NOTE: The screen shots are representative. Differences are visible in tests of high inertia implements or low inertia
implements. However, in general, all the screen shots should follow these patterns. If the test is conducted with cold
oil, there will be pressure spikes because the control system is unable to modulate engagement as effectively as with
warm oil.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 30
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Assemble

1. Install the detent mechanism.
BSE2353A 1
2. Install the bearing (1)
CUIL15TR00295AA 2
3. Install the seal (3), the bearing (2), and the lock ring (1).
BSD2323A_160 3
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 31
4. Assemble the shaft.
BSE2351A 4
5. Install the low gear
BSE2304A 5
6. Assemble the coupling assembly (2), the fork (3), and

the bushing (1).
BSE2348A 6
7. Install the gear (4), the spacer (3), and the bearing (2).
Torque the nut (1) to 294.0 N·m (216.8 lb ft).
BSE2350A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 32
8. Install the roller bearings (3) in the clutch hub.

9. Install the retainer (2). Use the tool 380000540 to install
the retaining ring (1).
BSE2349A 8
10. Use the tool 381000038 (1) in conjunction with

380000291 (2) to install the springs.
CUIL15TR00172AA 9
11. Install the bearing (3).

12. With the raised side facing the bearing, install the gear
(2), the washer (4), and the lock ring (1).
BSD2330A 10
13. Assembly the seal rings.
BSD2331A 11
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 33
14. Assemble the gear hub assembly. Install the lock ring.
CUIL15TR00294AA 12
15. Install the gear (1), the bushing (2), the ring (4), and
the lock ring (3).
BSE2345B 13
16. Install the PTO clutch lubrication valve.
BSE2352A 14
17. Install the support plate (1). Tighten the bolts to a

torque of 88.0 N·m (64.9 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00292AA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 34
18. Install the piston into the clutch housing.
BSE2355A 16
19. Assemble the sintered and steel discs and the lock
ring.
BSD2328A 17
20. Install the brake piston housing (1) and the brake band
(2).
BSE2356A 18
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 35
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Troubleshooting

NOTE: The table below lists some of the possible mechanical/hydraulic faults. The controller also generates error
codes related to the PTO system. The error codes have the number (5) as a prefix and appear on the instrument
cluster. (See Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640)
The PTO remains Faulty PTO engagement switch. Replace switch.
engaged.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control valve stuck open Repair or replace solenoid valve.
The PTO control clutch Faulty brake engagement switch Replace switch.
drags.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Brake control valve stuck closed. Repair or replace solenoid valve..
Worn PTO brake Replace brake.(Refer to Rear electro-hy-
draulic control - Overhaul (31.104)
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 36
Index

Rear electro-hydraulic control - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rear electro-hydraulic control - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear electro-hydraulic control - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 37
47770506 16/12/2015
31.1 [31.104] / 38
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - 114

47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front drive shaft

Gears - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power Take-Off (PTO) case
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 2
Power Take-Off (PTO) - Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO)
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools

380000572 Adapter
380000543 Hydraulic Test Quick Release Coupler
380000492 Male quick-release adapter
380000493 M10 x 1 external adapter
381000038 Spring compressor tool
380200108 Adapter for bearing pump hydraulic clutch
380000291 PShift & PShuttle Clutch Piston Return Spring Compressor
380200147 Hydraulic test hose – 2 m
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 3
Front drive shaft Gears - Adjust

1. Install the taper roller bearing on the special tool

380200108 (1).
2. Install the taper roller bearing caps in the gear as
shown.
3. Install the spacer (4) on the special tool 380200108 (1).
4. Install the gear (5) on the special tool 380200108 (1).
5. Install the taper roller bearing (6) in the gear (5).
6. Install the washer (8) (locally sourced).
7. Torque the bolt (9) to 300 N·m (221.3 lb ft) while you
rotate the gear to avoid damage to the bearings due to
BAIL09APH178FVA 1
excessive axial load.
8. Using a spring balance, measure the rolling torque. If
the rolling torque is lower than 0.1 N·m (0.1 lb ft), re-
move the spacer and select a spacer one step thinner.
If the rolling torque is greater than 0.3 N·m (0.2 lb ft),
remove the spacer and select a spacer one step thicker.
BAIL09APH180AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 4
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Remove the drain plug from the transmission case and

drain the transmission oil into a suitable container.
Install the drain plug and torque to 68 - 82 Nm ( 50 -
60 lbft).
BAIL08CVT256AVA 1
2. Remove the upper lift arm (2).
BRI4214C 2
3. Remove the fastening bolts of the rear three-point hitch

load sensor (EDC).
NOTE: Repeat this step for the right-hand side.
BAIL07APH394AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 5
4. Remove the lower fixing pin for the left-hand link and
slide the link pin out.
BAIL07APH390AVA 4
5. Remove the link pin with the rear three-point hitch load
sensor (EDC). Remove the lower left-hand lift arm.
BAIL07APH395AVA 5
6. Remove the fastening bolt (1). Remove the link pin (2).
Remove the lift link (3).
BAIL07APH398AVA 6
7. Disconnect and remove the Power Take-Off (PTO)

lever cable.
BAIL07APH227AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 6
8. Disconnect the cable of the PTO speed sensor (1). Dis-

connect the coupling clamp for the towing brake (2).
BAIL08CVT179AVA 8
9. Remove the upper central fastening bolt from the PTO

housing.
BAIL08CVT180AVA 9
10. Use a suitable lifting mechanism to support the PTO

housing.
BAIL08CVT181AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 7
11. Remove housing from the PTO.
BAIL08CVT182BVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 8
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Clean and remove the grease from the coupling sur-

faces. Apply a drop of sealant.
2. Apply sealant in the indicated pattern.
BAIL07APH486BVA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 9
3. Install the Power Take-Off (PTO) housing. Torque the

fastening bolts to 211 Nm (155 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT182BVA 2
4. Remove the PTO housing support.
BAIL08CVT181AVA 3
5. Install a fastening bolt on the upper central PTO hous-

ing. Torque to 211 Nm (155 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT180AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 10
6. Connect the electrical connector of the PTO speed sen-

sor (1). Install the clamp (2).
BAIL08CVT179AVA 5
7. Install the Power Take-Off (PTO) lever cable.
BAIL07APH227AVA 6
8. Install the lift link (1) the link pin (2), and the fastening
bolt (3).
BAIL07APH398AVB 7
9. Install the link pin with the rear three-point hitch load
sensor.
BAIL07APH395AVB 8
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 11
10. Install the lower left-hand lift link pin and install the
fixing pin.
BAIL07APH390AVB 9
11. Install the fastening bolts of the rear three-point hitch

load sensor.
BAIL07APH394AVA 10
12. Install the upper lift arm (2).
BRI4214C 11
13. Top up the transmission oil.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 12
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Overhaul

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
Remove the Power Take-Off (PTO). For more information, see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (31.114).
1. Remove the fastening ring (1). Remove the PTO shaft

(2).
BAIL10CCM019AVA 1
2. Remove the phonic wheel, if equipped.
BAIL08CVT240AVA 2
3. Remove the brake piston case (1) and the brake strap
(2).
BSE2356A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 13
4. Remove the locking ring (1) and the terminal plate of

the clutch assembly (2).
BAIL10CCM010AVB 4
5. Remove the spring separators (1), the friction plates

(2), and the clutch plate separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVB 5
6. Remove the hub.
BAIL10CCM008AVA 6
7. Re-install the locking ring (2).

Use the tool 381000038 (1) and the tool 380000291
(4) to compress the Belleville washers. Remove the
locking ring (3), the spacer, and the Belleville washers.
BSE2354A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 14
8. Use compressed air in the input port to remove the

piston.
BSE2358A 8
9. Inspect the piston seals. Replace the piston seals if

necessary.
BSE2355A_391 9
10. Install the piston.
BAIL10CCM007AVA 10
11. Install the Belleville washers (3).

Use the tool 381000038 (1) and the tool 380000291
(4) to compress the Belleville washers. Install the
spacer and the locking ring (3).
BSE2354A 11
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 15
12. Install the hub.
BAIL10CCM008AVA 12
13. Install the clutch plate separators (1), the friction

plates (2), and the spring separators (3).
BAIL10CCM009AVA 13
14. Install the clutch assembly terminal plate (1) and the
locking ring (2).
BAIL10CCM010AVA 14
15. Install the brake strap (2) and the brake piston case
(1).
BSE2356A 15
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 16
16. Install the generator wheel, where appropriate.
BAIL08CVT240AVA 16
17. Install the PTO shaft (1). Install the fastening ring (2).
NOTE: Check that the opening on the fastening ring is on
the opposite side to the flat surface of the PTO output shaft.
BAIL10CCM019AVA 17
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 17
18. PTO clutch components.
BSD2302A 18
PTO clutch assembly.
1 Terminal plate 2 Spring separator

3 Clutch plate 4 Clutch plate separator
5 Bearing 6 Locking ring
7 Spacer 8 540 rpm drive clutch
9 Locking ring 10 Spacer
11 1000 rpm drive clutch 12 Retainer
13 Bearing 14 Sealing rings
15 Clutch housing 16 Piston
17 Washer 18 Belleville washers
19 Spacer 20 Circle clip
21 Hub 22 Circle clip
Next operation:
Adjust the PTO brake strap. For more information, see Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust (31.114).
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 18
Next operation:
Install the PTO case. For more information, see Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install (31.114).
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 19
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Pressure test

NOTICE: Before conducting any flow test or pressure test, turn on the tractor until the rear axle oil is at normal oper-
ating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
1. You can test the PTO clutch lubricant oil in the low pres-
sure manifold through the test port. Remove the cap
from the test port and install adapter 380000493 and
quick hitch fitting 380000492.
NOTE: In tractors with cab suspension, the Panhard rod
can obstruct the installation of pressure test equipment
through the PTO lubrication test port. You may need to
use an additional adapter 380000572.
BAIS06CCM165AVB 1
2. Use the quick-attach coupler 380000543 and the hose

380200147 to connect a 27 bar ( 300 lbf.in2) pressure
gauge. Start the engine and let it run at 1500 rev/min.
Run the PTO and observe the gauge. The pressure
may fluctuate slightly, but it should remain at 1 - 2 bar
( 15 - 30 lbf.in2) with the PTO turned on and approxi-
mately 2 bar ( 30 lbf.in2) with the PTO turned off.
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 20
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust

1. Loosen the jam nut (1). Tighten the bolt (2) to 3 Nm

(2.21 lbft) in order to close the brake band.
2. Loosen the bolt (2). Check the alignment of the brake
band. Adjust if necessary.
3. Tighten the bolt (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft) .
4. Loosen the bolt (2) two turns. Tighten the jam nut (1).
5. Check the alignment of the brake band. Repeat the
procedure if necessary.
BCG0005A 1
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 21
Index

Front drive shaft Gears - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power Take-Off (PTO) case - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Power Take-Off (PTO) clutch brake - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 22
47770506 16/12/2015
31.2 [31.114] / 23
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Brakes and controls

47770506 16/12/2015
33
Contents
Brakes and controls - 33
[33.202] Hydraulic service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1
[33.300] Pneumatic service brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2
[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.3
47770506 16/12/2015
33
Hydraulic service brakes - 202

47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic service brakes

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Brake master cylinder
Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Brake pedals
Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Brake master cylinder
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
DIAGNOSTIC

47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 2
Brakes and controls - Hydraulic service brakes
Hydraulic service brakes - General specification

Hydraulic service brakes - Torque

CUIL14TR01421GA 1
Sectional view of the service brake
Reference Parts Thread Torque value

Nuts for securing the final drive housing to the rear
(C1) - 176.0 N·m (129.8 lb ft)
transmission box
NOTE: During installation, apply LOCTITE® 574™ on the surfaces marked with an X.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 3
Hydraulic service brakes - Exploded view

CUIL14TR01422GA 1

(1) Brake disk (6) Seal
(2) Bolt (7) Bleeder screw
(3) Bushing (8) Plug
(4) Piston (9) Boot
(5) Seal (10) Piston
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 4
Hydraulic service brakes - Dynamic description

The service brakes are hydraulic with sintered disks bathed in oil. The service brakes are located between the rear
axle housing and the final drives, and are coupled with splines on the differential outlet axle shafts.
The two master cylinders, one per pedal, are located in the front of the cab and are connected to their respective
pedals by two rods. You can operate the cylinders individually or together. To be operated as a set, the pedals must
be mechanically interconnected by a pin.
The cylinders are connected by a union line that guarantees balanced braking even when the brake disks are worn
unevenly. The oil is supplied from the master cylinders to the rear brake when the pedals are pressed.
The braking system hydraulic fluid level is maintained from a reservoir located on top of the right-hand side of the
engine compartment.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 5
Brake master cylinder - Sectional view

LAIL11TL0948E0A 1

(1) Spring (4) Rear sealant
(2) Cylinder body (5) Central sealant
(3) Control piston (6) Front sealant
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 6
Brake master cylinder - Dynamic description

Brake master cylinders in the rest position

With the pedals in the rest position, the bolt (2) moves the
seal rings of piston (5), allowing the filling of the cylinder
with brake oil.
NOTE: For didactic issues, two colors have been used,
but in this condition the oil in the cylinders is directly linked
to the deposit.
Reference Component
(1) Output to the auxiliary cylinders
(2) Ring dislocation bolt
(3) Seals on the piston
(4) Brake oil input connection
(5) Main piston
(6) Cylinder body
(7) Pressure Oil
(8) Static oil
(9) Depot
CUIL13TR00634AA 1
Brake master cylinders with one pedal acti-

vated
Activating one pedal moves the piston (5) away from the
bolt (2). The sealants then touch the piston and start
sending oil to the auxiliary brake cylinder.
In the line that interconnects the two cylinders, the oil is

pressurized, but does not act on the cylinder to the side,
because the seals do not allow the passage of oil.
NOTE: It is important that the cylinder drive rod has a
clearance of 0.5 mm to maintain the piston in the sealing
position (3).
Reference Component
(5) Main piston
(6) Cylinder body
(7) Pressure Oil
(8) Static oil
(9) Depot CUIL13TR00635AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 7
Master brake cylinders with both pedals ac-

tivated
Activating both pedals moves the piston (5) away from
the bolt (2). The sealants then touch the piston and start
sending oil to the auxiliary brake cylinder.
The line that interconnects the two cylinders equalizes the

pressure on both sides of the tractor to produce uniform
braking.
Reference Component
(5) Main piston
(6) Cylinder body
(7) Pressure Oil
(8) Static oil
(9) Depot
CUIL13TR00633AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 8
Hydraulic service brakes - Remove

1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery.
BVE0207A_396 1
2. Remove the final drive housing. Consult the proce-

dures in Final drive housing - Remove (27.120).
BAIS06CCM160AVB 2
3. Remove the ring gear (2).
BSD2272A_178 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 9
4. Remove the spacer.
BAIL07APH413AVA 4
5. Remove the brake disc.
BAIL07APH416AVA 5
6. Remove the piston.
BAIL07APH414AVA 6
Next operation:
Hydraulic service brakes - Inspect (33.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 10
Hydraulic service brakes - Inspect

1. Check the brake seals for damage and wear. Replace

if needed.
RCPH07CCH151BAE 1
2. Inspect the brake disks for damage and wear. The

maximum permissible wear thickness is 8.6 mm
RCPH07CCH150BAE 2
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 11
Hydraulic service brakes - Install

1. Install the piston.
BAIL07APH414AVA 1
2. Install the brake disk.

NOTE: To facilitate installation of the final drive housing,
position the axle shaft along with the brake disk.
BAIL07APH415AVA 2
3. Clean the contact surface. Apply a layer of LOCTITE®

574™.
BAIL07APH445AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 12
4. Install the spacer.
BAIL07APH413AVA 4
5. Install the ring gear (2).
23682_151 5
6. Install the final drive housing. Consult the procedures

in Final drive housing - Install (27.120).
BAIS06CCM161AVB 6
7. Connect the negative battery cable (1).
BVE0207A_396 7
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 13
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed

The objective of the deaeration (bleeding) procedure is

to remove air from the brake system.
This procedure must be carried out in the following sit-
uations:
• After the machine has been inactive for long periods.
• After changing some parts of the braking system,
such as the brake fluid or the master cylinder.
• Any other procedure that results in air getting into the
braking system.
1. Place a suitably sized container under the component.
2. Check that the brake fluid reservoir is filled to the max-
imum level before and during bleeding.
3. Slowly press the right brake pedal fully down so that
the fluid is under pressure.
4. Keep the pedal pressed down, loosen the bleed plug a
half turn and wait until fluid mixed with air flows through
the bleed plug.
BAIL09APH216AVA 1
5. Loosen the bleed plug. Repeat the operations de-

scribed above until the fluid flows with no air in it.
6. Repeat these operations for the braking circuit on the
left-hand side.
7. When you have completed the procedure, top up the
brake fluid in the reservoir as needed.
BAIL09APH215AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 14
Tractors with pneumatic trailer brakes

8. Engage the brake pedals lock.
9. Open the bleed nozzle of the towing hydraulic brake
valve. Slowly press the brake pedals.
10. Close the bleed nozzle of the towing hydraulic brake
valve. Repeat the operations described above until
the fluid flows with no air in it.
BAIL09APH217AVA 3
11. Start the engine. Keep the brake pedals activated.

Check if any pedal gives resistance.
12. Visually check for leaks in all of the connections, com-
ponents and lines.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 15
Brake pedals - Adjust

WARNING
Uneven brake force can cause an accident!
Before driving the machine, ALWAYS make sure the brake pedal latch works properly. Adjust the brake
pedal latch if necessary.
W0360A
The hydraulically actuated brakes require no adjust-

ment. However, if any part of the brake pedal linkage
or the master cylinder assembly is replaced or if the
pedal latch will not readily engage into the hole in the
right-hand pedal shank, adjust the pedal as follows:
BRI4094B 1
1. Adjust the fork by loosening the cotter nut.

2. The distance from the bulkhead to the center of the fork
should be 142 mm (5.6 in).
3. Adjust both pedals and ensure that the pedal latch en-
gages properly.
CUIL13TR00458AA 2
For the catch to work properly, both pedals must be at

exactly the same height. If necessary, adjust the stem
of the left-hand pedal until the catch is lined with the
borehole on the right-hand pedal stem.
NOTE: Customers must be informed about legislation con-
cerning braking systems. The brakes should be kept in a
permanently good condition in order to comply with legal
requirements and to ensure your safety. If you have any
questions, consult your NEW HOLLAND dealer.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 16
Brake master cylinder - Remove

1. Park the machine on a level and hard surface.

2. Lock the front wheels using shims.
3. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the battery.
BRAG12TR0002ALL 1
4. Remove the right-hand side engine shield.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 2
5. Disconnect the breather hose.

NOTE: After you disconnect each of the hoses, protect the
disconnected ends with suitable covers.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 17
6. Disconnect the supply hose from the master cylinder.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 4
7. Disconnect the tubes from the master cylinder.

NOTE: Place a container with an adequate volume under-
neath the master cylinder to collect the fluid.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 5
8. Remove the pins. Loosen the master cylinder control

forks.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 6
9. Remove the four fixing bolts from the master cylinder.

10. Remove the master cylinder from the engine side.
BAIS06CCM294AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 18
Brake master cylinder - Install

1. From the engine side, position the master cylinder. Se-

cure with the four bolts. Torque to 22 - 29 N·m (16 -
21 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM294AVA 1
2. Position the master cylinder command forks. Assemble

the pins.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 2
3. Disconnect the master cylinder lines.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 19
4. Disconnect the master cylinder supply line.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 4
5. Connect the breather hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 5
6. Install the right-hand side engine shield.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 6
7. Connect the negative battery cable (1).

8. Bleed the service brake. See the procedures in Hy-
draulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
BVE0207A_396 7
Next operation:
Brake pedals - Adjust (33.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 20
Hydraulic service brakes - Troubleshooting


The brakes remain applied Master cylinder pistons jammed. Replace the master cylinder.
when the pedals are
released
Master cylinder operating linkage jammed. Clean and lubricate the linkage. Make sure
water and dust cannot get in.
Difficulty operating the Hydraulic master cylinder jammed. Replace the master cylinder.
brake pedals
Brake control lines are blocked or flattened. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Excessive brake pedal Air in the braking system. Purge the air from the braking system.
stroke
Worn brake master cylinders Replace the brake master cylinders.
Oil leak in the braking system. Repair the leak.
Clearance in the brake piston of the auto- Replace the brake automatic adjusters.
matic adjusters for the rear service brake.
Insufficient braking action Brake discs worn. Replace the brake disks.
– Little/no front brake
assistance
Worn brake master cylinder. Replace the brake master cylinder.
Air in the braking system. Purge the air from the braking system.
Oil leak in the braking system. Repair the leak.
Faulty front brake valve. Repair or replace the front brake valve.
Faulty logic poppet. Repair or replace the logic poppet.
Air in the front brake circuit. Purge the air from the front brake circuit.
Faulty low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
Uneven braking Incorrect tyre pressure. Apply the correct pressure and fill the tires.
Worn brake master cylinder. Replace the brake master cylinder.
Master cylinder compensating line blocked Clean or replace the compensating line.
or flattened.
Brake control lines are blocked or flattened. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Master cylinder lubrication retainers worn Replace the master cylinder.
or broken.
Brake disks worn on one side. Replace the brake disks.
Brake noise Brake discs worn. Replace the brake disks.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 21
Index

Brake master cylinder - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Brake master cylinder - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Brake master cylinder - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Brake master cylinder - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Brake pedals - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Hydraulic service brakes - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic service brakes - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic service brakes - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic service brakes - Inspect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hydraulic service brakes - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic service brakes - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydraulic service brakes - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic service brakes - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47770506 16/12/2015
33.1 [33.202] / 22
Pneumatic service brakes - 300

47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pneumatic service brakes

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Pneumatic service brakes - Pneumatic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE

Pneumatic service brakes - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Air brake reservoir
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Air brake valve
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
DIAGNOSTIC

Pneumatic service brakes - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 2
Brakes and controls - Pneumatic service brakes
Pneumatic service brakes - General specification

Pneumatic service brakes - Torque

47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 3
CUIL14TR01419HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 4
Reference Toque
(1) 42 - 62 N·m (31 - 46 lb ft)
(2) 13 - 17 N·m (10 - 13 lb ft)
(3) 42 - 62 N·m (31 - 46 lb ft)
(4) 20 - 25 N·m (15 - 18 lb ft)
(5) 90 - 110 N·m (66 - 81 lb ft)
(6) 20 - 25 N·m (15 - 18 lb ft)
(7) 20 - 25 N·m (15 - 18 lb ft)
(8) 42 - 62 N·m (31 - 46 lb ft)
(9) 9 - 10 N·m (7 - 7 lb ft)
(10) 20 - 25 N·m (15 - 18 lb ft)
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 5
Pneumatic service brakes - Pneumatic schema

47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 6
CUIL14TR01418HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 7
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 8

(1) Compressor (7) Solenoid valve
(2) Air dryer (8) Trailer brake valve
(3) Air reservoir (9) Valve
(4) Drain Valve (10) Yellow coupler
(5) Pressure switch (11) Red coupler
(6) Air reservoir
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 9
Pneumatic service brakes - Dynamic description

Compressed air is supplied to the dryer unit which filters the air and removes the moisture. In low temperature con-
ditions, a heater keeps the air warm as the air passes through the dryer.
The relief valve is responsible for discharging the excess air, preventing damage to the system due to excessive pres-
sure. This valve dumps any contamination from the system during unloading. From the dryer unit, the compressed
air is supplied to the air reservoir located on the left-hand side. A balance line connects this reservoir to a second
reservoir located on the right-hand side of the machine. This second tank increases the compressed air storage ca-
pacity and the balance line ensures that the pressures in the two reservoirs remain equal.
A modulated valve solenoid, located on top of the right-hand air reservoir allows the system pressure to be supplied
to the red coupler. A line from the left-hand air reservoir transports the system pressure air to an air supply manifold
located on top and connected to the control valve.
When the brake pedals are activated at the same time, the main cylinder allows the hydraulic pressure to be applied
to the dual line control valve. As both of the pedal switches close simultaneously, this generates an electric current for
the service brake solenoid. This enables the supply of air from the control valve system. This establishes the trailer
braking pressure. The trailer braking pressure prevents any delay in the system. When hydraulic pressure is applied
to the control valve, a proportional supply of compressed air is released through a pressure regulator set manually.
When the parking brake is applied, its switch closes. The electrical current activates the parking brake solenoid, which
allows the air from the system to flow to the yellow connector through the two-way valve.
When the system pressure is less than 5.0 bar (72.5 psi), the pressure sensor located on top of the right-hand side
of the air reservoir activates the warning indicator on the instrument cluster.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 10
Pneumatic service brakes - Pressure test

WARNING
Pressurized system!
Before attempting any service procedure, it is your responsibility to know the number of accumulators
on the machine, and the correct procedure for releasing the pressure of each accumulator.
W0136A
1. Park the machine on a level and hard surface.

2. Block the front wheels.
3. Release the parking brake and the brake pedals.
4. Remove the couplers (1) and (2).
BRIL12TR0001A0A 1
5. Connect a pressure gauge with a display range of 0

- 10 bar (0 - 145 psi) on the red line (3) and another
pressure gauge on the yellow line (4).
6. Place the ignition key in position 3.
7. The reading of the pressure gauges and of the pressure
indicator on the cluster must be 0 bar (0 psi).
CUIL15TR00283AA 2
8. If the pressure is incorrect, activate the valve (1) to

eliminate the pressure from the system.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 11
9. The instrument cluster must indicate low pressure (L).
SS11K154 4
10. The warning light (1) will come on.
BRI3971B 5
11. Start the engine.

12. The system will reach full pressure within 2 min to
900 RPM. The warning light (1) should go out when
the pressure gauges indicate 4.5 - 5.5 bar (65.2 -
79.8 psi).
13. The system should reach the maximum pressure in
3 min. If this does not happen, check for leaks. Check
the operation of the flush valve.
BRI3971B 6
14. With the system in a pressurized state, the reading

on the pressure gauges should be:
• On the red line: 7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi).
• On the yellow line: 0 bar (0 psi).
15. Replace the flush valve when the pressure on the yel-
low line is different from 0 bar (0 psi).
CUIL15TR00283AA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 12
Parking brake procedure

16. With the engine operational at idle speed, apply the
parking brake (1) between 2 to 4 clicks of the ratchet.
17. The two pressure gauges should record pressures be-
tween 7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi).
BSE2814A 8
18. Release the parking brake. The pressure on the yel-

low line should be 0 bar (0 psi). If this pressure is not
reached, check:
• The connection of the solenoid valves.
• The operation of the parking brake lever switch.
• The trailer brake relays.
BRIL12TR0001A0A 9
Brake pedal procedure

19. With the engine at idle speed and the parking brake
released, the reading on the pressure gauges should
record the pressure between 7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi).
20. Release the lock pin of the pedals. Activate the left-
hand pedal (1) and the right-hand pedal (2) individu-
ally.
21. The reading on the pressure gauges should be the
same.
BRJ4900B 10
22. Reconnect the lock pin (1).

23. Activate the brake pedals repeatedly until the system
pressure is less than 6 bar (87 psi).
24. Wait for the system to charge again to a pressure of 7
- 8 bar (102 - 116 psi).
BRJ4899B 11
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 13
25. Slowly depress the brake pedals until the brake lights
come on.
NOTE: Make sure that the front-wheel drive indicator light
(1) is on and that all of the stop lights work.
26. The reading on the pressure gauges should be:
• On the red line: 7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi).
• On the yellow line: 0.5 - 2.5 bar (7.2 - 36.2 psi).
BRI3946B 12
27. Fully depress the brake pedal. The pressure on the

yellow line should gradually increase until a pressure
of 7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi) is reached.
NOTE: If the brake lights come on with a delay during brak-
ing, i.e., if the pedals are pressed for more than 20 mm be-
fore the brake switches come on, there will be no advanced
braking in the pneumatic brake system. Adjust the brake
pedals switches. Perform the test again.
CUIL15TR00284AA 13
Flush valve procedure

28. Set the engine to idle speed. Release the parking
brake.
29. With the system at full pressure between 7 - 8 bar (102
- 116 psi), press the brake pedals repeatedly until the
pressure on the red line pressure gauge is below 6 bar
(87 psi).
CUIL15TR00282AA 14
30. The system should recover the maximum pressure of

7 - 8 bar (102 - 116 psi) bar on the red line. If this
does not happen, replace the flush valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 14
Air brake reservoir - Remove

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A

2. Actuate the valve (1) to eliminate pressure from the
pneumatic braking system.
NOTE: Perform the procedure on both air reservoirs.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
Left air reservoir

3. Disconnect the air reservoir supple lines.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 2
Right air reservoir

4. Disconnect the electrical connector and supply line.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 15
5. Disconnect the compensator from the air reservoir (1).

Loosen the fixing nuts (2). Remove the air reservoirs.
NOTE: Perform the procedure on both air reservoirs.
BAIS06CCM648AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 16
Air brake reservoir - Install

1. Install the air reservoirs. Tighten the fixing nuts (2).

Connect the compensator to the air reservoirs (1).
BAIS06CCM648AVA 1
Right air reservoir

2. Connect the electrical connector and the pressurized
supply line.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 2
Left air reservoir

3. Connect the supply lines to the air reservoir.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 17
Air brake valve - Remove

DANGER
Pressurized system!
D0035A

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the hydraulic brake connection. Protect the

disconnected ends with appropriate plugs.
BAIL07APH029AVA 2
3. Disconnect the air lines.
BAIS06CCM637AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 18
4. Remove the fixing bolts. Remove the control valve from

the dual line.
BAIS06CCM645AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 19
Air brake valve - Install

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Position the control valve. Install the bolts. Torque to

20 - 25 N·m (15 - 18 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM645AVA 1
2. Connect the air lines.
BAIS06CCM637AVA 2
3. Connect the hydraulic brake connection.

4. Bleed the service brake. Consult the procedures in
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202).
BAIL07APH029AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 20
Pneumatic service brakes - Troubleshooting


Delay in trailer brake Faulty dual line solenoid – closed or perma- Disconnect the wiring from the solenoid. If
operation nently powered. brakes operate normally inspect if there is
a short in the +12 v wiring. If the delay
continues to occur after disconnection of
the wires, replace the solenoid assembly.
Defective hand brake switch
The light on the The system pressure is less than Compressor drive chain broken
instrument panel lights 4.5/3.5 bar. Check the system for leaks
up when the system is in Faulty relief valve, stuck open
operation. Faulty compressor
Faulty reservoir drain orifice
Faulty switch wiring Disconnect the wiring from the switch. If
the light turns off, replace the switch. If the
light stays on, check the wiring for a short
circuit to ground.
System pressure very Faulty decompression valve Remove the valve and clean it or replace it.
high (above 12 bar +/- 2)
The trailer brakes do not Air in braking system Bleed brakes. See Hydraulic service
work (the air pressure in brakes - Bleed (33.202).
the system is correct)
Faulty pilot valve Disconnect the supply line on the control
valve of the pilot valve assembly. Activate
the brakes. If oil is expelled, the pilot valve
is operating correctly. If no oil is expelled,
remove and inspect the pilot valve.
Faulty control valve Repair or replace if necessary
Delay in trailer brake Dual line solenoid failed closed or perma- Disconnect wiring to solenoid. If brakes
operation nently energised. operate normally inspect wiring for short to
+12 v. If still a delay in operation after wire
disconnection replace solenoid assembly.
Faulty brake switch
The light on the The system pressure is less than Compressor drive chain broken
instrument panel lights 4.5/3.5 bar. Check the system for leaks
up when the system is in Faulty relief valve, stuck open
operation. Faulty compressor
Faulty reservoir drain orifice
Faulty switch wiring Disconnect the wiring from the switch. If
the light turns off, replace the switch. If the
light stays on, check the wiring for a short
circuit to ground.
System pressure very Relief valve defective Remove the valve and clean it or replace it.
high (above 12 bar +/- 2)
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 21
Index

Air brake reservoir - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Air brake reservoir - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Air brake valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Air brake valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Pneumatic service brakes - Pneumatic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pneumatic service brakes - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pneumatic service brakes - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Pneumatic service brakes - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pneumatic service brakes - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pneumatic service brakes - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.2 [33.300] / 22
Parking brake or parking lock - 110

47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Parking brake or parking lock

Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Parking brake discs
Overhaul Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 2
Brakes and controls - Parking brake or parking lock
Parking brake or parking lock - Adjust

1. Block the front wheels.

2. Lift the rear of the tractor using a suitable lifting device,
ensuring that the wheels are clear of the floor.
3. Unlatch the brake pedals.
4. Pull the handbrake onto the fourth notch.
5. Remove or release the rubber boot.
6. Loosen the retaining nuts (1). Turn the adjustment nuts
(2) on the operating cables until the tractor wheels start
to brake.
7. Release the brake and ensure that both wheels rotate TA38 1
freely.
8. Re-apply the brake to ensure that the system operates
freely.
9. Tighten the lug nuts.
10. Run a road test using the hand brake to stop the trac-
tor. The tractor should stop in a straight line if the ca-
bles have been adjusted correctly.
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 3
Parking brake discs - Overhaul Parking brake

CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. The tractor must be parked on a level surface.

2. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil
into a suitable container. After draining the oil, install
the drain plug. Tighten to 68-82 Nm ( 50-60 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
3. Remove the rear wheels of the tractor.

4. Remove the cotter pin and the tapered pin (1) from
the parking brake lever. Remove the cable from the
parking brake (2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 4
5. Remove the parking brake control assembly.
BAIS06CCM580AVA 3
6. Dismount the parking brake assembly and remove the

brake shoes.
BSE2385A 4
7. Dismount the lever assembly to replace the retainer.

- Check that the lever and the shaft are marked.
- Loosen the fixing bolt for the lever.
- Remove the lever spring.
- Remove the shaft.
- Remove the washer and the retainer.
BSE2383A 5
8. In the assembly
- Install the shaft.
- Install the new retainer with the washer.
- Install the spring and the shaft, checking that the
marks on the assembly are aligned.
BSE2384A 6
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 5
9. Clean the mating surfaces. Apply LOCTITE® 515™

sealant as per the pattern shown.
BVF0952APNG 7
10. Use the tool 380200002 to line up the brake discs on

the pinion shaft.
BAIS06CCM662AVA 8
11. Install special tool 380200002 between the brake

pads.
BAIS06CCM663AVA 9
12. Position the entire parking brake assembly with the

tool 380200002 between the brake discs on the pinion
shaft. Remove the special tool during installation of
the parking brake assembly.
BAIS06CCM664AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 6
13. Torque the fixing bolts to 49 Nm ( 36 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM580AVA 11
14. Adjust the parking brake cable (2). Install the tapered
pin and the cotter pin (1) .
BAIS06CCM004AVA 12

16. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
Parking brake or parking lock - Adjust (33.110)
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 7
Index

Parking brake discs - Overhaul Parking brake (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Parking brake or parking lock - Adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 8
47770506 16/12/2015
33.3 [33.110] / 9
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hydraulic systems

47770506 16/12/2015
35
Contents
Hydraulic systems - 35
[35.000] Hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2
[35.102] Pump control valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3
[35.105] Charge pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4
[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5
[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6
[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7
47770506 16/12/2015
35

47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hydraulic symbol - Composite (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dynamic description – Generation of low-pressure standby (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Dynamic description – Adjustment of low pressure standby (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Dynamic description – High demand of the high-pressure circuit high demand (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dynamic description – Low demand of the high-pressure circuit (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Dynamic description – System maximum pressure limitation (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SERVICE
Hydraulic systems
Pressure test Using DATAR Equipment (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components

Accurate diagrams of hydraulic circuits are essential to the technician who must repair them. The diagram shows
how the components interact. The diagram shows how the system works, what each component should be doing and
where the oil should be going so the technician can diagnose and repair the system.
There are two types of circuit diagrams:

• Cutaway circuit diagrams show the internal construction of the components as well as the flow paths. Using colors,
shades or various patterns in the lines and passages, they show many different conditions of flow and pressure.
Cutaway diagrams take considerably longer to produce because of their complexity.
• Schematic circuit diagrams, the “shorthand” system of the industry, are usually preferred for troubleshooting. A
schematic diagram is made up of simple geometric symbols for the components and their controls and connections.
There are several systems of symbols used when making schematic diagrams:
• ISO – International Standards Organization
• ANSI – American National Standards Institute
• ASA – American Standards Association
• JIC – Joint Industry Conference
A combination of symbols from these systems are shown. There are differences between the symbol systems. There
is enough similarity, however, so if you understand the symbols shown, you will be able to interpret other symbols as
well.
Reservoirs
A rectangle with the top removed represents a vented
reservoir (A). A rectangle with the top in place represents
a pressurized reservoir (B).
RCIL07CCH025AAA 1
There are other schematic diagrams that show a slightly

different version of a pressurized reservoir, but the sym-
bols are similar and easily recognized. An oval with a
short line on top or a rectangle with curved sides repre-
sents a reservoir that is pressurized.
RCIL07CCH027AAA 2
Lines connected to the reservoir usually are drawn from

the top, regardless of where the actual connection is. This
symbol shows a line which returns fluid above the level in
the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH030AAA 3
If the hydraulic line returns fluid below the level in the

reservoir, it is drawn all the way to the bottom of the sym-
bol.
RCIL07CCH032AAA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 3
A hydraulic line connected to the bottom of the reservoir

may be drawn from the bottom of the symbol if the bottom
connection is essential to the systems operation.
RCIL07CCH033AAA 5
If the pump inlet (B) must be charged or flooded with fluid

above the inlet port, the reservoir symbol (A) appears
above the pump symbol, and the suction line is drawn out
of the bottom of the reservoir symbol.
Every system reservoir has at least two hydraulic lines

connected to it, and some may have many more. Often
the components that are connected to the reservoir are
spread all over the schematic. Rather than multiplying
lines all over the schematic, individual reservoir symbols
are drawn close to the components. The reservoir is usu-
ally the only component symbol pictured more than once
on a diagram.
RCIL07CCH124AAA 6
Lines, tubes and hoses

A hydraulic line, tube, hose or any conductor that carries
the fluid between components is shown as a line. A work-
ing line, such as an inlet pressure or return, is shown as
a solid line.
RCIL07CCH034AAA 7
Working lines with arrows show direction of flow. In the

first example (A), fluid flows in one direction only; in the
second example (B), fluid can flow in both directions.
RCIL07CCH035AAA 8
Pilot or control lines (A) are broken into long dashes.

Drain lines (B) for leakage oil are broken into short
dashes.
RCIL07CCH036AAA 9
A flexible line is shown as an arc between two dots and is

always represented by a solid line.
RCIL07CCH026AAA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 4
An enclosure outline indicates that there are several sym-

bols that make up a component assembly such as a valve
or a valve stack. The enclosure outline is rectangular and
is broken with dashes on all sides.
RCIL07CCH028AAA 11
Lines between components are drawn differently when

they are crossing or connected. There are lines that cross
other lines but are not connected. There are several ways
to show crossing lines which are not connected.
RCIL07CCH038AAA 12
Lines that are connected are shown with a dot that repre-
sents the connection or shown as a tee connection. The
dot connection is the most commonly used when drawing
schematic diagrams.
RCIL07CCH047AAA 13
Pumps
There are many basic pump designs. A simple fixed dis-
placement pump (A) is shown as a circle with a solid ar-
row that pointing outward. The arrow points in the direc-
tion that the fluid flows. If the pump is reversible (B) or
designed to pump in either direction, the symbol has two
arrows which point in opposite directions. The pump nor-
mally has a pressure port and line (1) from which pressur-
ized fluid is discharged and a suction port and line (2) into
which fluid is drawn from the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH048AAA 14
A variable displacement pump (A) is shown by an arrow

drawn through the pump symbol at a 45 degree angle. A
variable displacement, pressure compensated pump (B)
is shown by a small box with an arrow, added to the side
of the pump symbol.
RCIL07CCH040AAA 15
If the pump is controlled by a lever (A) or a pedal (B), the

appropriate symbol is added to the side of the pump.
RCIL07CCH041AAA 16
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 5
A drive shaft is shown as two short parallel lines extending

from the side of the pump. A curved arrow, if present, on
the drive shaft indicates the direction of rotation.
RCIL07CCH049AAA 17
Engines
Motor symbols are circles with solid black arrows, which
point in the opposite direction of a pump’s arrow, to show
the motor as a receiver of fluid. One arrow is used for
non-reversible motors (A); and two arrows are used for
reversible motors (B).
RCIL07CCH051AAA 18
A simple schematic diagram is shown of a hydraulic motor

(A) connected to a hydraulic pump (B).
RCIL07CCH046AAA 19
Cylinders
A cylinder is a simple rectangle (A) representing the bar-
rel. The piston and rod are represented by a tee (B), in-
serted into the rectangle. The symbol can be drawn in any
position.
RCIL07CCH055AAA 20
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 6
If the cylinder is single-acting (A), there is only one port

shown on the end of the cylinder that receives pressurized
fluid. The opposite end of the cylinder is left open. Both
ends are closed on a double-acting cylinder (B), and two
ports are shown.
RCIL07CCH054AAA 21
A double rod end cylinder has a rod extending from each

end of the rectangle.
RCIL07CCH057AAA 22
Some cylinders have cushions built into them. The cush-

ion slows the movement of the piston as it nears the end of
its stroke. Cylinder cushions are shown as a smaller rec-
tangle (A) on the piston. If the cushion has an adjustable
orifice, a slanted arrow is drawn at 45 degrees (B) across
the symbol.
RCIL07CCH126AAA 23
Attachments
Filters, strainers and heat exchangers are represented as
squares that are turned 45 degrees and have the port
connections at the corners.
A dotted line perpendicular to the flow line represent a

filter, strainer or screen.
RCIL07CCH080AAA 24
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 7
A solid line perpendicular to the flow with solid arrows

pointing outward represents a cooler.
RCIL07CCH081AAA 25
The symbol for a heater is like the symbol for a cooler,

except the solid arrows point inward.
RCIL07CCH118AAA 26
Two sets of arrows pointing inward and outward repre-

sents a temperature control unit
The solid arrows point in the direction that heat is dissi-

pated. Or in the case of the control unit, they show that
heat can be regulated.
RCIL07CCH119AAA 27
An oval with details inside represents an accumulator.

The details explain what type of accumulator it is: spring
loaded (A), gas charged (B), or other features.
The divider line indicates there is a separator between the

charge and the fluid. A hollow arrow indicates gas.
A spring indicates that the accumulator is spring-loaded.
RCIL07CCH130AAA 28
Reference: Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control (35.000)

Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (35.000)
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (35.000)
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (35.000)
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (35.000)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 8
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control

The basic valve symbol is a square (which is called an

envelope) with external port connections and an arrow
inside to show the fluid passage and direction of flow. The
valve usually operates by balancing fluid pressure against
a spring, so a spring is shown on one side of the symbol
and a pilot pressure line on the other side.
Normally closed valve

A normally closed valve, such as a relief or sequence
valve, is shown with an arrow offset from the ports [in-
let (A), outlet (B)] toward the pilot pressure line (C) side
of the square. The spring (D) holds the valve closed until
the pilot line pressure is greater than the spring pressure.
Mentally visualize a build up of pressure in the pilot line
and the envelope moving over, compressing the spring.
Fluid can now flow through the valve.
RCIL07CCH059AAA 1
Normally open valve

A normally open valve is shown with the arrow connecting
the inlet and outlet ports. It closes when pressure over-
comes spring force. Mentally visualize a build up of pres-
sure in the pilot line and the envelope moving over, com-
pressing the spring. Fluid flow through the valve is now
blocked.
RCIL07CCH060AAA 2
Relief valve
A relief valve is shown as a normally closed symbol con-
nected between the pressure line (A) and the reservoir
(B). The flow direction arrow points away from the pres-
sure line port and toward the reservoir. This graphically
represents how a relief valve operates. When pressure in
the system overcomes the valve spring (C), flow is from
the pressure line through the relief valve to the reservoir.
RCIL07CCH061AAA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 9
Pressure reducing valve

A pressure reducing valve is shown as a normally open
symbol in a pressure line. This valve works opposite of
a relief valve, since it senses outlet pressure (A) versus
inlet pressure (B). As the outlet pressure builds, it works
against a predetermined spring force. As the spring force
is overcome, flow through the valve is reduced or shut off.
RCIL07CCH063AAA 4
Sequence valve
The normally closed symbol is also used for a sequence
valve (A). The inlet port is connected to a primary cylin-
der (B) and the outlet port to the secondary cylinder line
(C). When the piston in the primary cylinder reaches the
end of its stroke, the pressure in the supply line increases.
The sequence valve is also connected to the supply line
and also feels the increase in pressure. As pressure in-
creases, the envelope and directional flow arrow move
over, connecting the inlet and outlet ports allowing fluid to
flow to the secondary cylinder.
RCIL07CCH062AAA 5
Reference: Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (35.000)

Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (35.000)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 10
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control

One way valve

A simple ball check valve is shown. When fluid pressure
is exerted on the left side of the ball, the ball is forced into
the “V” and no fluid can flow though the valve. When fluid
pressure is applied to the right side of the ball, the ball
moves away from the “V” and fluid can flow through the
valve.
RCIL07CCH066AAA 1
Bypass valve
A bypass valve is shown as a one-way valve with a spring
on the ball end of the symbol. Pressurized flow is neces-
sary to overcome the spring force and allow flow around
the ball.
RCIL07CCH067AAA 2
Reference: Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (35.000)

47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 11
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Composite

One way valve

A more complex one-way valve is shown. This directional
control symbol uses multiple envelopes with a separate
envelope for each valve position. Within each envelope,
arrows show the flow paths when the valve is shifted to
that position.
NOTE: All port connections are made to the envelope
which shows the neutral condition of the valve.
The left symbol (A) a one-way valve in the closed position.

Mentally visualize a build up of pressure on the right side
of the valve symbol (B) to enable free flow through the
valve.
RCIL07CCH072AAA 1
Two position valve

Two envelopes (representing the spool) indicate a two po-
sition valve. Each envelopes shows the flow conditions for
its position. This simple schematic shows fluid supplied to
the rod end of the cylinder (A) from the control valve (B).
Return flow is from the piston end of the cylinder through
the control valve to tank.
RCIL07CCH073AAA 2
Mentally visualize the directional control valve shifted to

the other position. Pressurized fluid is supplied to the pis-
ton end of the cylinder (A) from the control valve (B), and
return fluid flows from the rod end of the cylinder through
the control valve to tank.
RCIL07CCH074AAA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 12
Three position valve

Three position valves have a centered (neutral) position.
The centered position can be either open or closed to flow.
The open center (A) is usually used with a fixed displace-
ment pump, while the closed center (B) is usually used
with a variable displacement pump.
RCIL07CCH068AAA 4
RCIL07CCH069AAA 5
Actuating controls
Valve spools are controlled by pedals (A), levers (B), pilot
fluid (C), electric solenoids (D), etc., which are called ac-
tuating controls. These actuating controls are shown by
symbols placed on the ends of the envelopes.
This symbol (E) is used when a solenoid is controlled with

internal pilot assist pressure.
RCIL07CCH017BAA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 13
To show that a valve is spring-centered, a spring symbol is

placed at each end of the envelope. This symbol shows
that a solenoid and pilot pressure assist are required to
overcome spring force to move the valve spool.
RCIL07CCH070AAA 7
Reference: Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (35.000)

47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 14
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control

Restrictors
The basic flow control symbol is a restrictor. If the restric-
tor is adjustable, a slanted arrow is drawn across the sym-
bol. The restrictor could be a special fitting with a small
hole in it or a small drilled passageway within a valve. An
adjustable restrictor acts like a faucet: adjusting the re-
striction regulates flow. Restrictors are used to meter and
bleed circuits. RCIL07CCH075AAA 1
Adjustable restrictors can be pressure-compensated:

the size of the opening in the restrictor changes with
increases and decreases in pressure. A perpendicular
arrow indicates pressure compensation. If the restrictor
has both pressure and temperature compensation, the
symbol for a thermometer is added.
RCIL07CCH078AAA 2
Reference: Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (35.000)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 15
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols

Line and line functions

Solid line - main line Dotted line - exhaust or
drain line
Dashed line - pilot line Enclosure outline
Lines crossing Lines joining
Lines crossing Liquid direction of flow
Gaseous direction of flow Flexible line
Mechanical devices
Connections (two parallel Variable component (arrow
lines) for shafts, levers, etc. intersects symbol at 45 °)
Spring
Pumps and motors

Pump, fixed displacement Pump, variable
displacement
Pressure compensated, Fixed displacement pump

variable displacement (bidirectional flow)
pump
Motor, fixed displacement Motor, variable

displacement
Oscillator
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 16
Reservoirs
Reservoir, open to Pressurized reservoir
atmosphere
Return line to reservoir Return line to reservoir

below fluid level above fluid level
Cylinders
Single acting Double acting, single rod
end
Double acting. double rod Single rod end, fixed

end cushion both ends
Single rod end, adjustable Differential cylinder

cushion, rod end only
Valves
Check valve Pilot-operated check valve
On/Off manual shut off Regulating or selector

valve valves
2 position, 2 way valve 2 position, 3 way valve
2 position, 4 way valve 3 position, 4 way valve
2 position, 4 way open Valve capable of infinite

center, crossover valve positioning (indicated by
horizontal lines parallel to
the envelope)
Pressure relief valve Pressure reducing valve
Non-adjustable restrictor Adjustable restrictor valve

valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 17
Adjustable restrictor, Adjustable restrictor,

pressure compensated temperature and pressure
compensated
Valve actuators
Solenoid Detent
Spring Manual
Push button Lever
Pedal Mechanical
Pressure compensated Pilot pressure, remote

supply
Liquid supply
Accessories
Filter Cooler
Heater Temperature controller
Accumulator (hydro- Reversing motor

pneumatic
Station or test point Pressure indicator
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 18
Temperature indicator Pressure switch
Quick disconnect Quick disconnect

(disconnected) (connected)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 19
Hydraulic systems - Static description

The hydraulic system covers the following oil circuits:
High pressure Circuit

1. Rear hydraulic lift
2. Remote valves
Oil circuit of the steering hydraulic system

1. Steering pump and steering cylinder
Low Pressure Circuit

1. Engine PTO
2. Differential Lock
3. Auxiliary Front Wheel Drive (AFWD)
4. Activation of the transmission couplings and the synchronizer units
5. Engagement of the track gear
6. Main cylinder of the servo-controlled brake
Lubrication system layout

1. PTO engagement
2. Transmission engagement
3. Transmission shaft pressure lubrication
4. Pump drive pinion bearing
5. Hydraulic lifter lift shaft
The high-pressure circuit is a closed load-sensing system. The configuration of the high-pressure circuit is different
dependent on the equipment variants for each machine model. The steering circuit, the low-pressure circuit and the
lubrication circuit are an open system.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 20
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description

The charge pump draws the oil from the rear axle through the charge pump filter. The oil flows into the main filter.
The oil then flows to the piston pump. Because output from the charge pump can exceed the combined demand of
the steering pump and the variable displacement pump, an open gallery between the inlet side of the charge pump
and the steering pump allows excess flow to the inlet side of the steering pump to return to the inlet side port of the
charge pump.
The piston pump operates progressively in five modes:

1. Generation of Low-Pressure Standby Pressure
2. Low Pressure Standby
3. High-Pressure Circuit Maximum Demand
4. High-Pressure Circuit Low Demand
5. Maximum System Pressure (High Pressure Standby)
Circuit lines and galleries

(A) Signal line from high-pressure circuit components. (B) Return to reservoir from the flow compensation
valves and the pressure compensation valves.
(C) Gallery to the swash plate servo piston from the flow (D) Gallery from the signal line to the flow
compensation valves and compensation valves compensation valves and the pressure
compensation valves
(E) Pressure supply to the low-pressure regulator valve (F) Pressure supply to the components of the
low-pressure system
(G) Pressure outlet to the high-pressure system
(1) Priority valve to the hydraulic trailer brake (not in use) (2) Outlet to the low-pressure circuit
(3) Safety valve (4) Signal line
(5) Signal line (6) Remote valve
(7) External piston (equipment) (8) EDC
(9) Hydraulic lift piston (10 Hydrostatic steering circuit
)
(11) Flow compensation valve (12 Steering pump
)
(13) Pressure compensation valve (14 Piston pump
)
(15) Low-charge pressure sensor (16 Main filter vacuum sensor
)
(17) Main filter (18 Low oil temperature sensor
)
(19) Charge pump (20 Charge filter
)
(21) Low-pressure regulator valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 21
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 22
CUIL15TR00497HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 23
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Generation of

low-pressure standby
Low-pressure standby is the system pressure, 21.0 bar (304.5 psi), that the hydraulic pump maintains when high-
pressure hydraulic circuits are not in operation.
The swash plate regulates the piston pump output. The pressure compensation valves and the flow compensation
valves on top of the pump control the swash plate.
When the engine first starts up, the return spring positions the swash plate for maximum pump output. During engine
start-up, the pump has not yet generated the standby pressure. The spring pressure holds the flow compensation
valve spool to the right.
The position of the spool prevents the hydraulic pressure that the pump generates from being applied to the swash
plate servo piston through galleries (D) and (C). The swash plate consequently remains in the maximum flow position
until the piston pump has developed standby pressure.
(9) Hydraulic lift piston (10) Hydrostatic steering circuit
(11) Flow compensation valve (12) Steering pump
(13) Pressure compensation valve (14) Piston pump
(15) Low-charge pressure sensor (16) Main filter vacuum sensor
(17) Main filter (18) Low oil temperature sensor
(19) Charge pump (20) Charge filter
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 24
CUIL15TR00500HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 25
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Adjustment of low

pressure standby
When the pressure in the system is below 17.0 bar (246.5 psi), the spring holds the low-pressure priority valve to give
flow priority to the low-pressure systems.
When the pressure in the system increases to 17.0 bar (246.5 psi), the low-pressure priority valve moves against the
spring, by the pressure detected through the orifice, to allow an increased flow to the high-pressure systems. The
valve regulates the pressure in the low-pressure system.
As the system pressure continues to increase to 22.0 bar (319.0 psi), known as Low Standby Pressure, gallery (D)
detects the increase in pressure and applies the increase in pressure to the end of the flow compensation spool. The
spool gradually moves against the spring to allow oil to flow from gallery (D) to gallery (C), Figure 3.
The controlled pressure increase in gallery (C) operates the swash plate servo piston and changes the angle of the
swash plate in relation to the pumping head. The change in angle reduces the operating stroke of the pistons and
output of the pump.
As the pump output decreases and the pressure in gallery (D) decreases to under 22.0 bar (319.0 psi), the spring of
the flow compensation valve gradually moves the spool to the left. This opens gallery (C) to the sump through gallery
(B), through the cavity of the pressure compensation valve spring. This reduces the pressure applied to the servo
piston, allowing the servo piston to retract at a controlled rate under pressure from the swash plate return spring,
which re-adjusts the angle of the swash plate to increase pump output.
This process in which the flow compensation valve spool moves back and forth to control the pressure applied to the
servo piston continues until there is a demand from the hydraulic system to increase output to operate the hydraulic
lift, the remote control valves.
(21) Low pressure regulator valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 26
CUIL15TR00500HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 27
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – High demand of the

high-pressure circuit high demand
After the pump reaches the standby pressure and one of the high-pressure services is operational, the load sensing
line (A) detects the pressure increase in the hydraulic circuit that is in operation.
The pressure in the sensing line is now applied to the spring-loaded end of the flow compensation valve.
The combined pressure from the signal line and the flow compensation valve return spring causes the flow compen-
sation spool to move against the standby pressure in gallery (D). This prevents the flow of oil to the swash plate servo
piston through gallery (C).
The movement of the spool opens gallery (C) to the return to sump gallery (B). This allows the servo piston to retract
under pressure from the swash plate return spring. The swash plate return spring then readjusts the angle of the
swash plate to increase the pump output.
The low-pressure priority valve will continue to regulate the pressure in the low-pressure system.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 28
CUIL15TR00502HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 29
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Low demand of the

high-pressure circuit
As the pump output increases, so does the pressure that gallery (D) applies to the end of the flow compensation valve
spool.
When the hydraulic operating cycle nears completion, the pressure in the signal line similarly begins to decrease.
When the pressure generated in gallery (D) is 22.0 bar (319.0 psi) higher than the pressure in gallery (A) of the signal
line, the flow compensation valve spool moves back against the spring to open gallery (D) to gallery (C). The increase
in pressure in gallery (C) operates the servo piston and, consequently, the angle of the swash plate. As a result of
this action, the pump output pressure and the lift speed decrease.
You can now see that the basic principle of pump control, when you operate the high pressure hydraulic circuits, is
similar to that for operation of the pump at standby pressure when there is no high pressure hydraulic demand.
The only difference is that the drive pressure of the flow compensation valve will be proportional to the pressure in
the signal line (A).
(3) Safety Valve (4) Signal line
(5) Signal line (6) Remote Valve
(9) Hydraulic lift piston (10 Hydrostatic steering circuit
)
(11) Flow compensation valve (12 Steering Pump
)
(13) Pressure compensation valve (14 Piston pump
)
(15) Low-charge pressure sensor (16 Main filter vacuum sensor
)
(17) Main filter (18 Low oil temperature sensor
)
(19) Charge Pump (20 Charge filter
)
(21) Low pressure regulator valve.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 30
CUIL15TR00499HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 31
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – System maximum

pressure limitation
To limit the maximum output pressure of the piston pump under normal operating conditions, a pressure compensation
valve adjacent to the flow compensation valve is incorporated into the swash plate control circuit. This valve limits the
pressure to 190.0 bar (2755.0 psi). The valve operates as follows:
When the pressure in gallery (D) increases to 205.0 bar (2972.5 psi), the pressure compensation valve spool moves
against the spring and opens gallery (D) to gallery (C).
The pressure in gallery (D) is now applied to the servo piston. The servo piston then changes the swash plate angle
to reduce the pump output to the minimum flow. This operating mode is referred to as high pressure standby.
If, for any reason, the pressure in gallery (D) exceeds the setting of the pressure compensation valve, there is a
system safety valve set to open at 245.0 bar (3552.5 psi).
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 32
CUIL15TR00502HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 33
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema

(1) Optional cruise control (2) Cruise control

(3) Steering cylinders (4) Steering valve
(5) Relief valve (6) Accumulator
(7) Transmission command valve assembly (8) Temperature sensor
(9) Pressure switch (10) Solenoid assembly cradle
(11) Clutch lubrication system (12) 4WD clutch
(13) Front differential lock (14) Brake master cylinder
(15) Optional creeper (16) Charge pump
(17) Piston pump (18) Suction filter
(19) Gear pump (20) Rear differential lock
(21) Oil cooler (22) Cooler bypass valve
(23) 4WD (24) PTO brake
(25) PTO (26) Differential lock
(27) PTO brake (28) PTO clutch
(29) Remote valves (30) Hydraulic lift
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 34
CUIL15TR00634JA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 35
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 36
Hydraulic systems - Pressure test Using DATAR Equipment

WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under
pressure can penetrate the skin and cause
infection or other injury. To prevent personal
injury: Relieve all pressure before discon-
necting fluid lines or performing work on the
hydraulic system. Before applying pressure,
make sure all connections are tight and all
components are in good condition. Never use
your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see
your doctor immediately.
ous injury.
W0178A
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Before servicing or repairing machines
equipped with front suspension, always do
the following: Place the keyswitch in the OFF
position. Place the suspension ON/OFF switch
in the OFF position. Fully lower the axle to the
bottom mechanical stop.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0038A
To determine if the hydraulic system and the various

hydraulic components are working correctly several
tests are required. These can be separated into
pressure tests and flow tests. These tests should be
carried out using the DATAR oscilloscope diagnostics
kit connected to the EST.
NOTICE: Before carrying out any pressure or flow testing
operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at normal
operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
Steering Priority Valve Test

1. The following test checks the operation of the steering
prioty valve and high pressure circuits.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 37
2. Remove the cab floor mat.
BAIL07APH389AVA 1
3. Remove the cab floor inspection panel.
BTB0445 2
4. Using special tool 380000573, connect into the steering

load sense line.
Connect a DATAR pressure transducer to the
DATARScope interface channel (B).
BAIL10CVT613AVA 3
5. Install the a DATARScope pressure transducer to the

3 bar lubrication line and connect to the DATARScope
interface channel (C).
BAIL10CVT614AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 38
6. Connect the DATAR flow meter to the rear EHRs.

NOTE: Use two different spool valves to reduce the back
pressure within the flow meter.
BAIL10CVT607AVA 5
7. Connect the flow meter pressure port to the

DATARScope interface channel (D) and flow meter
flow port to the DATARScope interface channel (A).
BAIL10CVT608AVB 6
8. Using DATAR, create a test range for these channels.

• Collection time = 5 ms/div
• Channel A = Flow from the EHRs
Setting = 300 LPM
• Channel B = Steering signal line.
Setting = 300 bar
Transducer setting = 600 bar
• Channel C = Lubrication line.
Setting = 10 bar
• Channel D = Pressure from the EHRs.
Setting = 300 bar
9. Start the engine and run until normal operating temper-
ature is reached.
10. Set the EHR flow control to 100%.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 39
11. Put remote 1 into the extend position and remote 2

into the float position.
BAIL10CVT611AVA 7
12. Using the DATAR flow meter apply 60 bar of pressure

onto the hydraulic system.
13. Start the recording on DATAR.
14. Turn the steering wheel quickly in the following order
with a 2-3 second delay between each movement.
• 1/2 turn to the right.
• 1/2 turn to the left.
• Full left-hand lock and hold to the left.
• Return the steering wheel to the centre.
• Full right-hand lock and hold to the right.
• Return the steering wheel to the centre.
15. Release the pressure from the flow meter and return
the EHRs to the neutral position.
switch off the engine and capture the results.
16. The results below show the relationship between the
steering signal line (red) and the EHR flow (blue) and
pressure (brown). When the steering wheel is moved
sharply the steering demands hydraulic oil from the
pump (1). Due to the load on the hydraulic oil pump
from the EHRs the oil supply is taken very briefly from
the EHRs (2) and supplied as a priority to the steer-
ing. When the steering wheel is turned slowly, the hy-
draulic oil pump can cope with supplying both systems
and therefore pressure and supply from the EHRs is
not affected.
Within the graphic the steering system signal line (3)
is showing that the steering is taking the hydraulic oil
supply as priority from the EHRs (4) for a longer period
of time and then recovering due to the steering wheel
being moved a full turn.
This is a good example of a steering priority valve
which is working correctly.
The lubrication pressure line (green) is showing a re-
sponse with the steering indicating that it is maintain-
ing the lubrication pressure circuit during the operation
of this test.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 40
BAIL11CVT640FVA 8
Low Pressure Circuit and Accumulator Pressure Test

17. Using special tool 380000573 (1), connect into the low
pressure line behind the valve stack.
Connect a DATAR pressure transducer to the special
tool and connect to the DATARScope interface chan-
nel (A).
BAIL11CVT641AVA 9
18. Remove the cab floor mat.
BAIL07APH389AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 41
19. Remove the cab floor inspection panel.
BTB0445 11
20. Install a test port into the 3 bar lubrication line and
connect a DATARScope pressure transducer to the
DATARScope interface channel (C).
BAIL10CVT614AVA 12
21. Disconnect the hydrostat electrical connector and re-

move the hydrostat gear pump pressure switch trans-
ducer.
BAIL10CVT615AVA 13
22. Install a test port into the gear pump filter pressure line
and connect to a DATARScope pressure transducer.
Connect to the DATARScope interface channel (B).
BAIL10CVT610AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 42
23. Using DATAR, create a test range for these channels.

• Collection time = 5 ms/div
• Channel A = Low pressure line.
Setting = 40 bar
• Channel B = Filter pressure.
Setting = 40 bar
• Channel C = Lubrication line.
Setting = 10 bar
BAIL10CVT608AVA 15
24. Start the recording on DATAR. Start the engine and

run at idle. After a few seconds raise the engine RPM
to maximum. Then after 3-4 seconds, return the en-
gine RPM back to idle. Run for a further 3-4 seconds
and then switch off the engine and capture the results.
25. The low pressure (1) at idle should be 24 bar
26. The lube pressure (3) at idle should be 3 bar
27. The low pressure, gear pump filter pressure, and lube
pressure all rise (4) when the engine speed is raised
to maximum RPM. This shows the circuit pressure
control valves balancing the pressure between the
low pressure and lubrication pressure circuits. The
difference in these pressures will vary depending on
the load on the systems from other services, such as
steering.
28. The result below shows a smooth decay on the low
pressure line (blue line in this example) until the pres-
sure in the low pressure line equalizes with the pres-
sure in the accumulator, then there will be a sudden
drop. The point at which the pressure drops (5) is an
indication of the accumulator pressure.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 43
BAIL11CVT639FVA 16
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 44
Index

Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Adjustment of low pressure standby (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Generation of low-pressure standby (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – High demand of the high-pressure circuit high demand
(*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – Low demand of the high-pressure circuit (*) . . . . . . . . . 30
Hydraulic systems - Dynamic description – System maximum pressure limitation (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Composite (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Directional control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Flow control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Pressure control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Schematic components (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic systems - Hydraulic symbol - Table of symbols (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hydraulic systems - Pressure test Using DATAR Equipment (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Hydraulic systems - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 45
47770506 16/12/2015
35.1 [35.000] / 46
Variable displacement pump - 106

47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Variable displacement pump

Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pump compensator
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Variable displacement pump

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Pump compensator
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Variable displacement pump
Pump - General specification

Typè Variable flow piston pump (controlled by swash

plate)
Rotation Clockwise
Pump speed 800 - 2662 RPM
Output at 2200 engine rpm 113 L/min (30 US gpm)
Standby pressure (low-pressure standby) 26±1 bar ( 377±15 lbf.in2)
Maximum system pressure (high-pressure standby) 210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf/in2)
Relief valve of the charge pressure filter 6 bar
Charge system pressure 3 bar
Pump - Torque
CUIL15TR00439GA 1
(1) 15.5 N·m (11.4 lb ft) (2) 120.0 - 140.0 N·m (88.5 - 103.3 lb ft)
(3) 22.0 - 26.0 N·m (16.2 - 19.2 lb ft) (4) 40.0 - 45.0 N·m (29.5 - 33.2 lb ft)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 3
CUIL15TR00440GA 2
(1) 45.0 - 55.0 N·m (33.2 - 40.6 lb ft) (2) 70.0 - 77.0 N·m (51.6 - 56.8 lb ft)
(3) 80.0 - 85.0 N·m (59.0 - 62.7 lb ft)
Pump - Special tools

380000574 9/16 in ORFS closing cover

380000543 1/4 in NPTF hydraulic test quick-release coupler (female)
380000554 Remote valve coupling
380000576 7/16 in UNF female x 1/2 in BSP male adapter
380000492 7/16 in UNF male quick release adapter
380000237 Rear wheel lifting hook
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 4
Variable displacement pump - Overview

CUIL15TR00442FA 1
Hydraulic pump assembly with variable displacement, closed center and load detection
(1) Safety valve (2) Low pressure regulator valve.

(3) Flow and pressure compensating valve assembly (4) Variable displacement pump and charge pump
(behind item (2))
(5) Steering pump (6) Lubrication supplement valve
(7) Main filter (8) Charge pump filter
(9) Safety valve (10) Filter clog switch
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 5
Variable displacement pump - Static description

The variable displacement pump assembly is assembled on the right-hand side of the central housing of the rear axle.
Its body contains two hydraulic pumps.
• One gear charge pump provides charge pressure oil at a pressure of 3 bar ( 44 lbf/in2) to a variable flow piston
pump.
• A variable flow piston hydraulic pump that supplies oil to the high-pressure circuits for the operation of:-
Trailer brake
Hydraulic lift assembly
Remote control valves
Central mount remote valves
Principle of operation
The pump elements are driven by a direct drive gear train linked to the drive shaft of the PTO clutch input and driven
by the engine flywheel. The operating principle of the fixed displacement gear pump is to provide a constant flow of oil
relating directly to the rotation speed of the pump. The purpose of a variable flow piston pump is to provide oil flow on
demand. The pump also minimizes the engine power that is absorbed by operation of the hydraulic pump when the
hydraulic circuits do not require maximum flow from the pump. Therefore, the variable flow piston pump in hydraulic
systems has clear advantages over fixed displacement gear pumps in terms of power loss. Fixed displacement gear
pumps provide continuous oil flow and absorb engine power even when the hydraulic circuits do not require the full
pump output.
Main components
The main components of the variable flow piston pump are:
1. Pumping head
2. A swash plate mechanism to adjust the piston stroke and the corresponding pump output.
3. A set of flow and pressure compensating valves that monitor the requirements of the hydraulic circuits and tell the
pump when to increase or reduce the flow of hydraulic oil.
The pumping head is cylindrical in shape and has nine cylinders with a plunger installed in each. At the end of each
piston, there is a pressurized shim that always stays in contact with the face of the swash plate.
The camshaft, which is driven by the pump command gear, turns the pumping head. As the pumping head rotates,
the pistons move in and out of their cylinders, following the contour of the swash plate. For each revolution of the
camshaft, each piston completes one pumping cycle.
The swash plate is the control mechanism that limits the stroke of each piston and works with the flow and pressure
compensating valves in the load sensing line. As the pumping head turns, each cylinder passes over the intake
opening and then over the pump output opening. During the entry cycle of each piston and cylinder, the oil is pumped
in the cylinder, pushing the piston forward so that it always stays in contact with the swash plate. Therefore, the
stroke of each piston and the volume of oil in its cylinder depends on the angle of the swash plate. After a piston
and a cylinder have completed the entry stroke, the additional rotation of the head lines up the cylinder with the outlet
opening. The oil inside the cylinder is vigorously pushed out through the outlet opening toward the hydraulic circuits.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 6
Pump compensator - Static description

The flow and pressure compensation valves block con-

sists of a high pressure control valve (1) and an oil flow
control valve. The valve receives signals from the hy-
draulic control of the driven components and transmits the
signals to the oil pump. The oil pump then combines the
volume of the hydraulic supply with the system’s oil re-
quirements.
The angle of the pump swash plate is adjusted to de-

termine the output from the variable flow piston pump.
The flow compensation valve senses the circuit operat-
ing pressure and adjusts the angle of the swash plate
to control the pump output. If the pump output and the
circuit pressure rise to 205 bar ( 2973 lbf/in2), the pres-
sure compensation valve will cancel the flow compensa- BSD2167A_561 1
tion valve and will adjust the angle of the swash plate to
limit the maximum system pressure.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 7
Pump compensator - Exploded view

BSE3586A 1
Pressure and flow compensation valves
(1) Plug (2) Seal

(3) Disc (4) Spring
(5) Spring (6) Base
(7) Casing (8) Bolt
(9) Spool (10) Pressure ring
(11) Plug (12) Plug
(13) Seal (14) Seal
(15) Damper bolt (16) Nozzle
(17) Base (18) Spring
(19) Spring (20) Disc
(21) Seal (22) Plug
(23) Nut (24) Bolt
(25) Jam nut
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 8
Variable displacement pump - Remove

CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
WARNING
Heavy parts!
and cause injury.
W0403A
1. Remove the right-hand rear wheel.

2. Remove the hydraulic oil pump breather cap.
NOTE: Wait one minute for the oil in the filters to drain into
the reservoir.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 1
3. Remove the return filter element (1) and the pressure

filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 9
4. Disconnect the return hose from the transmission com-

mand cap (1), the return hose from the steering pump
(2), and the return hose from the centrally mounted
valves (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 3
5. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 4
6. Remove the retaining clamps (1) and disconnect the

return line (2). Remove the clamps from the return line
(3).
BAIS06CCM057AVB 5
7. Remove the transmission hydraulic filter housing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 10
8. Disconnect the load detection line (1), the trailer brake

supply tube (2), and the left-hand and right-hand trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 7
9. Disconnect the load sensing line for the centrally

mounted valves (1) and the supply hose (2) (if in-
stalled). Disconnect the main supply tube (3).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 8
10. Disconnect the tubes for the remote valves (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 9
11. Remove the variable displacement hydraulic pump.
BAIS06CCM061AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 11
12. Note the position of the pump spacer for correct re-as-
sembly.
BSD2161A 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 12
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul

This procedure describes the inspection of the variable displacement pump assembly with load sensor when removed
from the tractor. See Variable displacement pump - Remove (35.106). However, it is possible to carry out mainte-
nance of the blocked filter discharge valve, the flow and pressure-compensating valves, the steering pump assembly,
and the low-pressure regulating valve with the pump in place in the tractor.
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Remove (35.106)
1. Remove the flow and pressure-compensating valves

assembly.
BSD2023A 1
2. Loosen the retaining bolts. Remove the stop washer

from the opposite end of the pump.
3. Remove the charge pump from the main pump assem-
bly.
BSD2051A 2
4. When you replace the input shaft retainer, make sure

that the mounting flange of the pump housings is clean.
5. Use pliers to remove the retaining ring from the retainer
of the input shaft.
1B0O2004061061 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 13
6. After removal of the retaining ring, use a punch to punc-

ture the top of lip retainer. Use the punch to pry the re-
tainer from its hole.
70-421-485 4
7. Examine the valve plate (1). Check to see if the valve

plate is marked, notched, deformed, or damaged due to
cavitation. Look for scratch marks or damage around
the surface of the bearing. Check whether there are
signs of contamination in the area of the intake and
discharge openings. This contamination may be shown
as grooves that start in the notch on the keyway.
BSD2025A 5
8. Remove the bearing (1) and the splined connector.
70-421-491 6
9. Remove the preload spacer from the transmission

shaft. Remove the head and the pumping piston from
the housing. Use a suitable marker to label each piston
and piston shim on its corresponding cylinder in the
pumping head.
TIA35167 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 14
10. Separate the pumping head assembly and the shim.

11. Check the wiring harness for damage. If there is dam-
age to the wiring harness, the pumping element must
be replaced.
12. Piston shim and pumping head assembly
1. Pistons and shims
2. Cone
3. Washer
4. Pumping head
5. Pins (3)
TIA35168 8
13. If necessary, disassemble the spring assembly of the

pumping head. To do so, compress the ring against
the spring.
NOTICE: Due to the high pressure of the spring, be careful
when you remove the retaining ring.
14. Pumping head spring assembly
1. Pumping head
2. Washer
3. Spring
4. Ring
5. Circle clip
TIA35169 9
15. Remove the swash plate assembly (1).

16. Check the wear of the components. Replace the com-
ponents if they are damaged.
70-421-461 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 15
Variable displacement pump - Assemble

Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (35.106)
1. Lubricate the seals and the O-rings with petroleum jelly.

Lubricate the shaft and dust retainers and the surfaces
of the parts liberally with clean hydraulic fluid.
2. Install a new input axle bearing cup, (1) , and swash
plate bearings (2).
70-421-973 1
3. Install the input shaft in the housing.
70-421-456 2
4. Install the swash plate control spring and the swash

plate bearings.
70-421-462 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 16
5. Reassemble the swash plate (1) in the housing. Tilt the

plate with the push rod socket slightly up.
NOTE: When you install the complete swash plate, be
careful not to dislodge the spring plate or the bearings
from the seat.
70-421-461_460 4
6. Insert the push rod (1) through the hole of the piston
stroke. Re-engage the end of the tube into the socket
of the swash plate.
70-421-476 5
7. Tilt the swash plate up. Insert the push rod (1) down
and into the socket.
8. Make sure that the push rod fits into the socket cor-
rectly.
1B0O2004061062 6
9. Install the stroke control piston (2) into the hole.

10. Screw in the plug (1).
70-421-473 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 17
11. Install the guide pins (1) into the grooves of the block.
70-421-972 8
12. Lubricate and install the bearing (1) and the crosshead
and piston assemblies (2) on the pivot and on the
block assembly.
70-421-468 9
13. Check the bearing preload before you install the rotary
group. Install the bearing (1) and the spacer (2) on the
shaft.
70-421-492 10
14. Protect the inside edge of the new shaft retainer (1).
15. Lubricate and install the retainer on the input shaft (2).
70-421-528 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 18
16. Thread the shaft retainer into the pump housing until
the retainer is slightly below the level of the shoulder
surface.
70-421-482 12
17. Use a retainer installer (1) with a pipe with 1-1/4 in

ID and 1-1/2 in OD x 2-1/2 in long, as shown here, to
press the retaining ring and the retainer of the shaft
into the pump housing.
NOTE: Press the retaining ring only enough to fit into the
retaining ring groove machined into the pump housing.
70-421-482_456 13
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Install (35.106)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 19
Variable displacement pump - Install

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy. Always use a wheel remover or chain hoists to remove and
install the wheels. Use an assistant as required.
W0149A
WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment (heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift the component.
W0101A
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Assemble (35.106)
1. When installing the pump, check that the spacer is cor-

rectly mounted in the housing.
BSD2161A 1
2. Install the variable displacement hydraulic pump.

3. Apply torque 135 Nm. 99.5 lb ft
BAIS06CCM061AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 20
4. Connect the tubes for the remote valves (2) and (1).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
5. Connect the main supply tube (3), and the load sensing
line for the centrally mounted valves (1) and the supply
hose (2) (if installed).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 4
6. Connect the load sensing line (1), the supply tube for
the trailer brake valve (2), and the left-hand and right-
hand trailer brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 5
7. Install the transmission hydraulic filter housing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 21
8. Install the return tube (1) and the retaining clamps (2).
Install the clamps on the return line (3).
BAIS06CCM057AVC 7
9. Connect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 8
10. Connect the return hose to the transmission command

cap (1), the return hose to the steering pump (2), and
the return hose to the centrally mounted valves (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 9
11. Install a new return filter element (1) and a new pres-
sure filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 22
12. Install the hydraulic oil pump breather cap.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 11
13. Install the rear wheel.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 23
Variable displacement pump - Pressure test

Low-pressure standby
The following tests constitute a function test of the hy-
draulic pump and the connected high pressure oil cir-
cuits.
1. Run the tractor until the transmission oil in the rear axle
warms up to operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F)
2. Unscrew the load detection line (1) from the re-
mote command units and unscrew threaded plug (2)
380000574.
BAIS06CCM078AVA 1
3. Connect a 40.0 bar (580.0 psi) pressure gauge to the

remote connection of the command unit. Use the oil
coupling 380000554, the adapter 380000576, the quick
hitch mount sleeve 380000492, the quick hitch mount
380000543, and the hose 380200147to do this.
4. Set the engine rpm to 1500 rev/min
BAIS06CCM079AVA 2
5. Pull the command lever of the relevant command unit.

Hold the lever in the lift position.
You must exert a pressure of 26±1 bar (
377±15 lbf.in2). That is the low-pressure standby.
NOTICE: Do not operate the tractor brake when the com-
mand unit lever is in the Work position because that will
increase the system pressure to the maximum pressure of
120 - 140 bar ( 1740 - 2031 lbf.in2) and will damage the
pressure gauge.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 24
6. If the display value deviates slightly from the desired

value, adjust the flow control valve.
BAIS06CCM101AVA 4
7. If the value displayed is too high, check that the control

pin of the flow command valve has been pressed.
NOTE: One full turn changes the pressure by around
16 bar ( 232 lbf.in2).
8. Remove the connection (2) 380000574.
9. Connect the Load Sensing line (1) again.
BAIS06CCM078AVA 5
High-pressure standby
10. Connect a 255.0 bar (3697.5 psi) pressure gauge to
the remote connection of the command unit. Use the
oil coupling 380000554, the connection 380000576,
the quick hitch mount sleeve 380000492, the quick
hitch plug 380000543, and the hose 380200147.
BAIS06CCM079AVA 6
11. Set the engine rpm to 1500 rev/min.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 25
12. Pull the command lever on the relevant command unit

and hold it in the Lift position.
The pressure value displayed should be up to
210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf.in2). That is the high-pres-
sure standby.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 7
13. If the display value does not match the desired value,
adjust the flow control valve.
NOTE: One full turn changes the pressure by around
50 bar ( 725 lbf.in2).
BAIS06CCM101AVC 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 26
Pump compensator - Overhaul

1. Disconnect load sense line connection and remove

pressure and flow compensating valve assembly.
Remove the tamper proof caps, carefully unscrew each
adjuster and remove the component parts.
Refer to Pump compensator - Exploded view
(35.106)
To ensure correct reassembly keep the component
parts for each valve separate.
NOTICE: Due to extreme spring pressure within valves DO
NOT remove rear plugs until the adjusters have been re-
moved.
BSD2023A 1
2. Reassembly of the valves follows the removal proce-

dure in reverse. On reassembly observe the following
:-
Wash all components in a suitable solvent.
Examine all components for wear or damage. If the
spools are damaged it is necessary to replace the com-
plete valve assembly.
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
To aid reassembly of pressure and flow compensating
valves, the spools should be inserted into the rear of
the housing.
Tighten all plugs and locknuts to the correct torque as
detailed in Specifications.
TIA35166 2
3. When installing valve on pump ensure all 'O' ring seals

are correctly installed.
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure and
flow compensating valves to the correct specification
as detailed Variable displacement pump - Pressure
test (35.106).
TIA35007 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 27
NOTE: If the damper screw (1) is removed for any reason it

should be reinstalled in alignment with the three ports and
should be fixed into position using a suitable threadlock and
seal.product. Failure to adjust this screw correctly could
reduce the efficiency of the system.
BSF4760A 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 28
Index

Pump - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump compensator - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Pump compensator - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Pump compensator - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Variable displacement pump - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Variable displacement pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Variable displacement pump - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Variable displacement pump - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Variable displacement pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Variable displacement pump - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 29
47770506 16/12/2015
35.2 [35.106] / 30
Pump control valves - 102

47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump control valve

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Pump control valve

Pressure test – Bypass valve and lubrication valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Signal valve
Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Pump control valves
Pump control valve - Special tools

380200006 Pressure test adapter for oil cooler

380000577 7/16 in UNF (internal) x M12 x 1.5p (external) adapter
380000572 Adaptor, banjo M10 x 7/16 in UNF (female)
380000573 T adapter
380000493 M10 (external) x 7/16 in UNF (internal) adapter
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 3
Pump control valve - Pressure test – Bypass valve and lubrication

valve
The following tests check the operation of the cooler

through the bypass valve and the lubrication valve. You
must perform these tests if you suspect that the lubri-
cation pressure is too low.
warms up to operating temperature 65.0 °C (149.0 °F).
2. Install special tool 380200006 on the oil cooler lubrica-
tion tube.
BAIS06CCM568AVA 1
3. Use the hose 380200147 to install the 27 bar (

300 lbf.in2) pressure gauge.
BAIS06CCM598AVA 2
4. You should observe the following pressures at the var-

ious engine rpms:
1. 3.0 bar @ 1000 rev/min
2. 3.5 bar @ 1500 rev/min
3. 7.5 bar @ 2000 rev/min
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 4
Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test

Low pressure system test

2. To check the low pressure circuit, remove the low pres-
sure warning switch, located on the top cover of the
transmission. Insert the fitting 380000577 with a quick
hitch fitting 380000492.
3. Use the quick hitch mount 380000543 and the hose
380200147 to connect a 40.0 bar (580.0 psi) pressure
gauge.
4. Start the engine and let it run at 1500 rev/min. The
pressure gauge should show 22.0 - 25.0 bar (319.0 -
362.5 psi).
NOTE: A pressure reading of approximately 28.0 bar
(406.0 psi) indicates that the priority valve may be sticking. BAIS06CCM109AVA 1
Low pressure components tests

5. The components of the low pressure system that are
supplied from a common manifold can be tested at
ports located on the body of the manifold.
1. PTO BRAKE
2. Four-Wheel Drive
3. PTO clutch (quick hitch mount adaptor installed)
4. Differential Lock
5. PTO lubrication
6. Remove the cap from the test port. Install the adapter
380000493 and quick hitch fitting 380000492.
NOTE: If necessary, use the adapter 380000572. BAIS06CCM165AVA 2
7. Use a quick hitch mount (3) 380000543 and the hose

380200147 (2) to attach a 40 bar ( 600 lbf.in2) (1) pres-
sure gauge.
.
8. Start the engine and let it run at 1500 rev/min. Operate
the component to be tested. The pressure gauge must
show 22.0 - 25.0 bar (319.0 - 362.5 psi).
NOTE: The PTO lubrication test port will give a pressure
different from that mentioned. This is covered in another
test. For additional information refer to Power Take-Off
(PTO) clutch - Pressure test (31.114).
BAIS06CCM166AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 5
9. If there is no change in the pressure when the compo-

nent is operated, but the oil from the low pressure sys-
tem is already established, the solenoid or the wiring
may be at fault. Check the voltage at the respective
connector. If a voltage of +12 v is available, suspect
the solenoid. If there is no voltage, suspect the wiring.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 6
Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul

1. Inspect spool and components for wear or damage. If

spool is damaged it is necessary to replace both spool
and housing.
2. Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to re-
assembly.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 7
Signal valve - Pressure test

This test shows how to check whether the control lines

for regulating the displacement volume of the hydraulic
pump are working. With the test device installed as in
the figure, this tests the load detection oil circuit for the
remote hydraulic valves. To test other load detection
oil circuits, you must install the test device on the load
detection oil circuit line to be tested.
2. Install T piece (1) 380000573 and quick-hitch sleeve
380000492 (2) on the load detection line.
BAIS06CCM103AVA 1
3. Connect the pressure gauge with a display range of 0

- 250 bar (0 - 3625 psi) (3) to the hose (2) 380200147
and the quick coupling (1) 380000543.
BAIS06CCM104AVA 2
4. Set the engine rpm to 1500 rev/min.

Run all the control units, one after the other. When
each one of the control units is operated, the pressure
should increase from 0 bar (0 psi) to a maximum value
of 205 - 215 bar (2972.5 - 3117.5 psi). The pressure
changes will indicate that the load detection line for that
control unit works.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 8
Index

Pump control valve - Pressure test – Bypass valve and lubrication valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pump control valve - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Signal valve - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
35.3 [35.102] / 10
Charge pump - 105

47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 1
Contents
Charge pump - 105
TECHNICAL DATA
Charge pump
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Charge pump
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General information Charge pressure valves (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Charge pump
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Charge pump
Charge pump - General specification

Charge pump ( 106 Ltr/Min)

Type Gear pump
Charge pressure filter discharge valve Partial opening at 6.9 bar ( 100 lbf/in2)
Full opening at 12.4 bar ( 180 lbf/in2)
Charge pressure Minimum 1.6 - 3.4 bar ( 23 - 50 lbf/in2)
at 2100 rev/min and "charged" piston pump variable flow
Charge pressure switch Closed at 0.55 - 0.82 bar ( 8 - 12 lbf/in2)
Make the charge pressure warning light flash
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 3
Charge pump - Exploded view

BSE3587A_457 1
Charge Pump Components
1 End Plate 2 Seal

3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve ( 245 bar (3552.5 psi)) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Check Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 4
BAIL07APH346FSA 2
Charge Pump Components
1 End Plate 2 Seal

3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve ( 245 bar (3552.5 psi)) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Check Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 5
Charge pump - General information Charge pressure valves

Charge pressure filter discharge valve

The discharge valve for the charge pressure filter is a
safety relief valve to relieve excess pressure in the charge
pump if the filter is clogged. This valve starts to operate if
the charge pressure exceeds 6 bar ( 87 lbf/in2).
Charge pressure valve

The charge pressure valve diverts excess oil provided by
the charge pump and not required by the variable flow
piston pump to the steering intake opening and to the lu-
brication circuit pump. This valve starts to operate at a
pressure of 1.0 bar (14.5 psi). When completely open,
this valve limits the oil in the charge pressure circuit to
3.0 bar (43.5 psi).
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 6
Charge pump - Overhaul

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Variable displacement pump - Remove (35.106)
1. Remove the fastening elements from the pump hous-

ing. Carefully separate the charge pump housing from
the body of the piston pump. Use locking ring pliers to
remove the seal ring from the shaft (1).
70-421-484 1
2. Remove the pump rotor, the case, and the rotor shaft.
Inspect for damage or wear.
NOTE: When you re-assemble the pump, the perforated
marks on the rotor and the rotor case must face the outside
edge of the case, as illustrated.
BSD2049A 2
3. Examine the seal on the outer cover and replace it, if

necessary.
4. Torque the fastening elements of the housing to 50 -
62 Nm (36.9 - 45.7 lbft).
BSD2051A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 7
Next operation:
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (35.106)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 8
Index
Charge pump - 105

Charge pump - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Charge pump - General information Charge pressure valves (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Charge pump - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Charge pump - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
35.4 [35.105] / 10
Remote control valves - 204

47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electro-hydraulic control valve

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Remote control valve

Dynamic description – Oil flow in neutral (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Dynamic description – Oil flow during lifting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Dynamic description – Oil flow in lowering (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Dynamic description – Oil flow in float (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dynamic description Pressure regulator valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Dynamic description Simultaneous operation of two or more valves (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Electro-hydraulic control valve
Static description Activity (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Static description Framework (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SERVICE
Remote control valves

Pressure setting in automatic disarm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Remote control valve
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Stack valve
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Closed center mechanical remote valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Remote control valves
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Torque

BAIL07APH384BMA 1
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Special tools

380002720 Check valve removing and refitting tool

Procure Locally Flowmeter 0 - 200 l/min (0.0 - 52.8 US gpm)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 3
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in neutral

When the remote valves are in neutral, the centering spring holds the valve spool in the central position. The lobes
of the main control spool block the oil flow from gallery (A) to the lift and lower ports. Gallery (C) and load sensing
gallery (D) are unloaded into the reservoir through channel (G). The lobes of the main control spool block the galleries
to the lift and lower ports. The pin of the lockout valve is positioned in notched section of the spool, which allows the
valve to be spring-loaded in the closed position. This prevents the retraction of an extended loaded cylinder if there
is a slight leak in the main spool. See Figure 1.
(1) Lower port (cylinder retraction) (2) Spool centering and retention mechanism
(3) Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction (4) Flow Control Adjuster
(5) Control lobe (6) Flow Control Spool
(7) Load maintenance safety valve (8) Main Control Spool
(9) Pin (10) Lockout valve
(11) Lift port (cylinder extension) (A) Pumping pressure
(B) Return to the reservoir (C) Trapped oil
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 5
Single remote control valve operation – Neutral
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 6
CUIL15TR00455HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 7
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow during lifting

When you move the remote valve lever to the lift position, the control spool moves to the left. The spring-loaded check
balls fit into the left-hand groove of the retention mechanism (2). If you move the spool to the lift position, this makes
the pin (9) on the lockout valve go up the ramp of the spool and hold the valve in the open position. Gallery (B) is now
open to gallery (C). Gallery (E) is open to gallery (F). The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load maintenance
safety valve (7) until the pressure in the gallery is enough to lift the ball from its base in the direction opposite to the
back pressure in lift port gallery (E). See Figure 1
The oil can flow:

1. From gallery (C) past the load maintenance safety valve to gallery (E).
2. Through the flat surface of the main control spool to gallery (F).
3. Through the lockout valve (10).
4. Out through the lift port of the remote valve (11).
5. The discharge oil from the extended cylinder passes through the reduction port and gallery (H), around the lobe
of the main control spool and back to the reservoir via common gallery (G).
If the load maintenance safety valve (4) is not installed, the pumping pressure could be insufficient to support the load
of the lift port when the remote valve is moved from neutral to lift condition. In this situation, the load would reduce for
a few moments until the pump pressure is sufficient to support the load.
The manual flow control push button (4) adjusts the rate of flow through the remote control valve. The manual flow
control push button manually changes the size of the restriction (11). To maintain the constant flow through the re-
motes under all conditions with the variation in pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A), the flow control spool senses
the differential pressure across the flow control restriction with manual adjustment (3) between galleries (A) and (B).
The differential pressure sensed at each end of the spool makes the spool move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow in the spool control lobes (5) to maintain the constant flow through the manual flow con-
trol restriction (3) regardless of the pressure in other hydraulic circuits. The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted
along the load-sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensation valve of the variable flow piston pump, where the pump
output is regulated in accordance with the circuit demand.
(9) Pin (10) Lock-up valve
(B) Remote valve operating pressure (C) Return to the reservoir
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 9
Single remote control valve operation – Lift (cylinder extension)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 10
CUIL15TR00457HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 11
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in lowering

When you move the remote valve lever to the lowering position, the control spool moves to the right. The spring-
loaded check balls fit into the central groove of the retention mechanism. See Figure 1. Similar to the remote valve
lift cycle, the position of the spool makes the pin on the lockout valve hold the valve in the open position. Gallery (B)
is now open to gallery (C). Gallery (E) is open to gallery (H). The oil from the parallel gallery (A) passes through the
control valve spool and restrictor (5) to gallery (C) and to load-sensing gallery (D).
The load maintenance safety valve (7) remains closed until the pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the
back pressure in gallery (E). When the load maintenance safety valve lifts from the base, the oil flows into gallery
(H), around the control valve spool to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port of the remote valve hitch mount.
The discharge of oil from the retracted cylinder returns to reservoir gallery (G) through the lift port and lockout valve
(10). The pump output and the system pressure will continue to respond to the maximum demand of the tractor high
pressure hydraulic circuits in accordance with what is detected in the signal lines.
The flow in the remote devices is controlled in exactly the same way as described in the section "Oil flow in lifting"
through detection of the differential pressure in the manual flow control restriction (3).
(9) Pin (10) Lock-up valve
(B) Remote valve operating pressure (C) Return to the reservoir
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 12
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 13
Single remote control valve operation – Lowering (cylinder retraction)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 14
CUIL15TR00456HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 15
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in float

The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the lift and lower ports of the remote valve so that the cylinder
can extend or retract freely. This feature is quite useful so that equipment such as scraper blades to "float" or follow
the contour of the ground. When you push the remote valve lever all the way forward to the float position, the spool
moves all the way to the right-hand side. The spring-loaded check balls (2) fit into the right-hand groove of the retention
mechanism.
The lobes of the spool block the oil flow from gallery (B) to the lift and lower ports. The position of the spool makes
the pin (9) on the lockout valve hold the valve in the open position. The lift and lower ports of the remote valve are
open to reservoir gallery (G). This allows the free flow of oil from one cylinder port to the other. If there is a vacuum
in the circuit, suction from one side of the cylinder to the other will drain the oil.
(9) Pin (10) Lockout valve
(B) Return to the reservoir
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 16
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 17
Single remote control valve operation – Float
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 18
CUIL15TR00458HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 19
Remote control valve - Dynamic description Pressure regulator

valve
Under normal operating conditions, the pressure regulator valve protects the circuit. The pressure regulator valve
returns the control valve spool to neutral when the operating pressure of the cylinder exceeds the specified value. If
the remote valve control lever is physically held by the operator so that the spool cannot return to neutral, the maximum
operating pressure will be restricted to a maximum of 160 bar through the variable displacement pistons valve.
When the control valve spool is moved to the lift or lower positions, the check balls of the spool centering and retaining
mechanism (5) are held on the stops through the conical face of the spring-loaded plunger. In lift or lower conditions,
the operating pressure of the remote valve circuit is also sensed in the central drilled area of the spool through the
small radial drillings (6). As pressure increases, a force is applied to the small ball (4) at the end of the spool (7).
The ball at the end of the spool pushes the stop regulating valve piston (3) and the spring-loaded plunger (2) to the
left-hand side. The check balls in the centring mechanism are no longer held by the stop by the conical face of the
spring-loaded plunger. The centralizer spring moves the spool to neutral.
(1) Ball check (2) Spring-loaded plunger

(3) Detent piston (4) Ball
(5) Spool centering and retention mechanism (6) Radial Drillings
(7) Main Control Spool (A) Pressure of the remote valve at 160 bar
(B) Operating pressure (C) Return to the reservoir
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 20
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 21
Retention pressure regulating valve operation
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 22
CUIL15TR00459HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 23
Remote control valve - Dynamic description Simultaneous

operation of two or more valves
Since the stacked type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves, it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency. The control spools perform this
operation. The control spools regulate the flow through each remote valve regardless of the pump system pressure.
If these valves were not installed and two remotes operated simultaneously at different pressures, all of the oil would
try to drain out to the light load circuit. The following content describes the details of the process to operate a single
remote valve and then operate an additional remote valve at the same time.
Operation of a remote valve

When only one service is operated, the pressure in the parallel gallery is the pump pressure. The pressure in the
signal line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the remote valve in operation. You turn the
manual flow control push button to set the required flow through the remote valve. This action adjusts the size of the
restriction (3). The pressure difference in the restriction (3) is sensed at each end of the flow control valve spool. This
causes the spool to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow into the control lobes of the spool (4).
The adjustment of the flow into the control lobe (4) produces a constant flow in the manually adjusted flow control
restriction (3) and through the remote valve.
(1) Parallel gallery (interconnected remote valve (2) Signal line (interconnected remote valve sections)
sections)
(3) Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction (4) Spool control lobes
(5) Flow Control Spool (6) Signal line safety valve
Pumping pressure Remote valve operating pressure
Return to the reservoir Trapped oil
(A) Remote Valve in Operation (B) Remote valve in neutral
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 24
CUIL15TR00460JA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 25
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 26
Two Remote Valves Operating

The individual control the flow of oil through two or more remote valves that operate simultaneously at different pres-
sures is fundamental so that the oil does not always drain into the circuit that operates at the lower pressure. When
you operate two or more hydraulic services, the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure value of the hydraulic system in accordance with the value that the signal line senses. The safety valves of
the signal line make sure that only the highest pressure is directed the pump flow pressure compensating valve. In
the same manner as for single remote valve operation, the flow compensating spool senses the differential pressure
across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (3).
Because each remote valve operates at a different pressure, the flow control valve spools move to different positions
to achieve the state of equilibrium. The flow through the control lobe (4) of the lowest operating pressure remote
valve will differ from the flow of the control lobe through the highest operating pressure remote valve. The control
lobe on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the manually adjusted flow control
restriction in each remote valve regardless of the highest pressure necessary for the pump system to operate other
hydraulic circuits.
(1) Parallel gallery (interconnected remote valve (2) Signal line (interconnected remote valve sections)
sections)
(3) Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction (4) Spool control lobes
(5) Flow Control Spool (6) Signal line safety valve
Pumping pressure Remote valve operating pressure
Lowest remote valve operating pressure Return to the reservoir
(A) Remote Valve in Operation (B) Remote valve in simultaneous operation
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 27
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 28
CUIL15TR00461JA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 29
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 30
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Static description Activity

Each remote valve has its own built in microprocessor which controls the oil flow through a solenoid activated valve,
based on inputs received from the operator controlled switches.
Each remote valve is connected into the electrical CAN BUS system to the RK control module, located behind the
drivers seat. Each remote valve can also detect system faults and send a message to the RK module which in turn
sends a signal to allow a fault code to be displayed on the instrument cluster.
Refer to the fault code list for relevant information.
BSE3604B_486 1
Control Levers
The electro-hydraulic remote valves are operated by control levers in the right-hand console. Each control lever has
a color or number that corresponds to a remote valve. A maximum of four electro-hydraulic remote valves may be
fitted.
CUIL13TR00441AA 2
1 Control lever I Green 2 Control lever II Blue

3 Control lever III Brown 4 Control lever IV Black
The control levers of the remote valve have four positions: neutral (N), extension (R), retraction (L), and floating (F).
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 31
Move the lever backward from the neutral position to the "extension" (lifting) position. From neutral, push forward to
the “retract" (lower) position. Push the lever fully forward to the float position. Float will permit the cylinder to extend
or retract allowing equipment such as scraper blades to “float" or follow the ground contour.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 3
The “float" position is also used for retracting a single-acting cylinder and for the OFF position for hydraulic motors.
The extend, (1), neutral, (2), retract, (3), and float, (4), positions are identified by symbols on the decal adjacent to
each control lever.
BRI4137B 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 32
Manual and Programmable Lever Operation

The Enhanced keypad is used to select and programme the timed functions for each of the electro-hydraulic remote
valves. As each remote valve is selected using the remote valve key (1), a visual display of the valve functions will
appear in the Dot Matrix screen.
Depress the key once to activate the remote valve display in the DMD. Repeated operation of the key will cycle through
each valve display individually.
BRE1566B 5
Manual Operation
When used in manual mode, without the timer function, the electronic remote valves will operate in a similar way to
the mechanical valves previously described.
NOTICE: Care must be taken when operating in the manual mode that the remote valve lever is not left in the detented
extend or retract positions when using remote cylinders. When the cylinder has reached the end of its stroke the
control lever must be returned to the neutral position manually. Failure to observe this procedure will overheat the oil
and may lead to failure of hydraulic or driveline components.
NOTICE: Never use the neutral position from the extend or retract position to stop a hydraulic motor. Sudden hydraulic
lock up of the system may cause extensive damage to the motor.
In manual mode, oil flow through each valve is adjusted using the flow rate setting as previously described.
NOTE: Turning the keystart switch OFF will erase the programme.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 33
Relieving System Pressure

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system. Before
disconnecting cylinders or equipment, make sure the equipment or implement is supported securely.
W0424A
To ease removal and installation of the couplers, relieve the pressure in the system. Securely support the implement.
Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system. Move the control lever
to the float position with the engine running. This will relieve the pressure. Turn the engine off with the control lever
still in float. After the engine is shut down return the control lever to the neutral position. The couplers can now be
connected or disconnected with minimal pressure and effort.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 34
QUICK COUPLERS
Each remote control valve has a pair of 1/2 in.
quick-disconnect, female couplers (1) and (2). The couplers are of a self-sealing/locking design but will allow remote
cylinder hoses to pull free if the implement should become disconnected from the tractor. The raise (lift) coupler (1),
is on the left-hand side, the lower (drop) coupler (2), on the right-hand side. The couplers shown in this illustration
are for remote control valve no. 1.
The flip-up covers are colour coded black, brown, blue and green to corresponding to the control levers in the cab.
BRE1565B 6
Hinged, spring-loaded dust caps are provided on each coupler. To connect a remote cylinder, lift the dust cap (1) and
insert the feed and/or return hose into the coupler, ensuring that it is correctly seated. Ensure that there is sufficient
slack in the hose(s) to allow the tractor/implement to turn in either direction.
Actuate the remote valve to supply hydraulic pressure which will complete the hydraulic coupling of the tractor and
implement.
To disconnect, grip the hose a short distance from the coupler, push the hose forward, into the coupler, then quickly
pull on the hose to `pop' the coupler free
The couplers will accept standard 1/2 in SAE or ISO connectors. The couplers can be connected or disconnected
under pressure. Disconnect pressure is proportional to system pressure. Increased system pressure will require
increased force to disconnect the couplers.
BRE1574B 7
NOTE: The oil flow through remote valve number one will always take priority over the other valves. For equipment
using more than one valve, the hydraulic service requiring the highest flow should be connected to valve number one.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 35
CONNECTING SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

Connect the hose from a single-acting cylinder to the left lower coupler on the remote control valve, as previously
described.
To extend a single-acting cylinder, pull the control lever back to the “extend" position (2).
Manually return the lever to the neutral position to stop the cylinder before it is fully extended or allow the valve to
return to neutral automatically when the cylinder reaches the end of its stroke and timed operation.
To retract a single-acting cylinder, move the lever fully forward to the “float" position (F).
NOTE: In single acting timer mode the remote lever will lock in the extend position and will not automatically return
to the neutral position.
NOTICE: Always use the “float" position to lower a single-acting cylinder. The “retract" position is for double-acting
cylinders only.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 36
CONNECTING DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

Connect the feed hose from a double-acting cylinder to the left hand coupler (1) on the remote control valve and the
return hose to the right hand coupler (2), as previously described. To extend a double-acting cylinder, pull the control
lever backward to the "extend" position.
.
To retract a double-acting cylinder, push the control lever forward past neutral to the “retract" position . Further forward
movement of the lever will select “float" which will allow the cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is very
helpful when carrying out work with equipment such as scraper blades and loaders.
NOTE: To prevent cylinders creeping under load, always connect the hose from the load supporting side of the cylinder
to the left hand coupler.
BRE1538B 9
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 37
OPERATING CONTINUOUS FLOW HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT

Continuous flow hydraulic equipment (e.g., hydraulic motors) should be connected to the 1st remote control valve
couplers with the pressure hose connected to the right retract coupler and the return hose connected to the low pres-
sure return circuit.
BRAG12TRLUE0145 10
The flow control should be adjusted to regulate the motor speed. If the flow control is open too far, the 3-point hitch
and other remote valves will slow down or stop. Using the flow control this way will ensure that the hydraulic system
will only supply the oil required by the motor.
With the remote control valve lever fully forward in the “float" (4) position, the motor will be stationary. The hydraulic
motor will operate if the lever is pulled back to the “retract" (3) position. To stop the motor, move the lever from the
retract position to the float position. In the float position the motor will be able to stop slowly, which will not damage
the motor.
NOTICE: When operating continuous flow equipment, the remote control valve lever must not be moved rearward to
the neutral or raise positions as damage to the equipment may result.
Observe the following to further protect the tractor and equipment.
- Do not open any bypass valve in the equipment or motor. Use the flow control to regulate the rate of flow or speed
of the motor.
- Do not hold the remote control valve lever to operate the equipment.
- To ensure optimum hydraulic oil cooling, operate continuous flow equipment at the highest flow setting (by use of
the flow control) and lowest engine speed that will give the required machine performance and speed.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 38
BLEEDING REMOTE CYLINDERS

When connecting a cylinder with trapped air, i.e., a new cylinder, one that has been out of service or one that has had
the hoses disconnected, it will be necessary to bleed the cylinder to remove the air.
With the hoses connected to the remote control valve couplers at the rear of the tractor, position the cylinder with the
hose end uppermost and extend and retract the cylinder seven or eight times using the remote control valve operating
lever.
Check the rear axle oil level before and after operating a remote cylinder.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 39
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Static description Framework

BSF4119A 1
Remote Control Valve and EDC Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
Pump Pressure Return To reservoir
Load Sensing Control Valve Pilot Oil
1. Control valve pilot line return oil 2. Control valve pilot line oil
3. Return to Reservoir Gallery 4. Load sensing Gallery
5. Pump Pressure Gallery 6. End Plate with Pressure Regulating Valve
7. Remote Valve IV 8. Remote Valve III
9. Remote Valve II 10. Remote Valve I
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 40
11. Electronic draft control valve 12. Feed From Hydraulic Oil Pump
13. Return To reservoir 14. Load sense line
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 41
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery. The electro-hydraulic remote valve
sections also have common galleries for the control valve pilot pressure and return oil.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
'O' ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control output of the hydraulic pump.
BSB0388A_492 2
The principal hydraulic components within each Electro-Hydraulic remote control valve section are:-
Solenoid control unit – PCC valve

A signal to operate a solenoid activated valve is received from the operator control switches into the microprocessor
of the control unit. The spool within the solenoid valve moves according to the forces of the solenoid which allows pilot
oil pressure, regulated to 20 - 22 bar, to act on the control valve spool. The control unit is also able to accurately sense
the position of the spool and can detect errors in the system, which, via the CAN BUS electrics, can be displayed as
fault codes which have a '4***' number.
(1) Flow Control Spool

Ensures that if more than one remote valve is operated that the available oil flow is proportionally distributed amongst
the valves being operated depending on demand. The flow control valve spool senses the differential pressure within
the valve and regulates the flow accordingly. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure in the
remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve (2)

The check valve prevents a back flow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the control spool is operated
and pump system pressure is less than the back pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the control valve spool is moved from the neutral to raise position, the
pump system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote valve circuit.
When this occurs the back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop
before pump system pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents
this situation from occurring.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 42
Lock Valve (5)

The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote valve and is closed whenever the remote valve is in neutral.
The lock valve prevents leak down of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the spool when
in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the control spool is moved from the neutral
position.
(4) Control valve spool

The control valve spool is spring centred to a neutral position and when moved by the regulated pilot pressure, via
the solenoid control unit, directs oil flow to the raise or lower ports of the control valve.
Spool Centering Spring (3)

The spool centering mechanism spring loads the control valve spool to the neutral position.
BAIL07APH318ASA 3
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Components
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Check-valve

3. Spring 4. Control Valve Spool
5. Load Holding Check Valve
High pressure oil is supplied direct from the pump to the electro-hydraulic control via the end plate on top of the valve
stack (1). This oil is directed to the pilot oil supply in the control valve and is regulated to 20 - 22 bar by a pressure
reducing valve located in the end plate.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 43
BSE3678A_493 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 44
Remote control valves - Pressure setting in automatic disarm

1. The hydraulic drive pressure of the automatic disarm

must be adjusted when the valve assembly is serviced
or when the control levers and rod prematurely return
to neutral. Perform the test according to the following
procedure.
2. Connect the inlet hose of a flowmeter (4) to the upper
hitch of the valve assembly to be tested.
3. Set the flow control lever (5) to maximum flow.
4. Install the flowmeter return hose (2) on the top hitch of
the other group of remote control valves.
5. Completely open the flow meter load valve (3). CUIL14TR00499AA 1
6. Run the engine at 1700 RPM.

7. Put the lever of the valve to which the flowmeter return
is connected in the float position.
8. Put the lever of the valve assembly to which the
flowmeter inlet is connected in the lift position.
9. Adjust the flowmeter load valve (3) to a pressure of
140.0 bar (2030.0 psi) and keep the engine running
until it reaches a temperature of 75 °C.
10. Gradually close the load valve (3) and record the dis-
arm pressure of the remote control lever.
11. The disarm pressure should be between 148.0 -
162.0 bar (2146.0 - 2349.0 psi).
To adjust the pressure:

12. Turn off the engine of the machine.
13. Turn the screw (1) clockwise to increase the pressure
or counter-clockwise to decrease the disarm pressure.
A half a turn of the screw changes the pressure ap-
proximately 32.0 bar (464.0 psi).
NOTE: Never adjust the retainer screw with the machine
running.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 45
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve

- Disassemble
1. Remove the remote control valve quick release cou-

pling manifold(s).
The couplers are serviced as an assembly and should
not be disassembled.
BVE0474A 1
2. Remove the remote control valve control cable retain-

ing bracket.
BVE0483A 2
3. Remove the remote control valve end cover retaining

nuts.
Remove the remote control valve end cover.
BVE0484A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 46
4. Remove the remote control valve slices from the re-

mote control valve base manifold.
BVE0485A 4
BVE0480A_414 5
Mechanical Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Load Holding Check Valve 4 Main Control Spool
5 Lock Valve 6 Spool Centring and Detent Mechanism
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 47
5. Disassemble the remote control valve slice using the

following instructions and illustrations.
Remove the O-ring (1) and the check valve (2)
Remove the flow control adjuster knob (1) and unscrew
the flow control adjuster from the remote control valve
body.
BSB0388A_415 6
6. Prior to removing the control valve spool ensure the

flats (1) on the end of the spool are in the vertical posi-
tion as shown.
Remove the remote control valve main control spool.
CAUTION
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0394A 7
7. Remove the lock valve from the raise port as follows:-

Using a small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on the
keeper (2) and turn the keeper through 90 degrees.
Remove the spring seat (3) from the remote control
valve housing. Remove the lock valve.
BSB0385A 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 48
BSB0386A 9
Lock Valve
1 Plunger 2 Lock Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
8.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take ex-
treme care when removing plugs.
B041
BSB0393A 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 49
BSB0396B 11
Flow Control Spool and Load Hold Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Spring

3 Spring Guide 4 Plug and Ò' Ring
5 Plastic Cap 6 Retainer
7 Plug 8 Backup Ring
9 Ò' Ring 10 Spring
11 Load Hold Check Valve Ball
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 50
BSB0498A 12
Main Control Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Main Control Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
9. Remove the main control spool (5) by removing the
spool centring mechanism (4).
NOTE: It is not recommended that the spool centring
mechanism (4) is disassembled.
10. Housed within the centre of the remote control valve
main control spool (5) is the detent release orifice
(10). This is factory preset and servicing should be re-
stricted to washing in an approved degreasing agent
without removing the orifice from within the spool.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 51
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve -

Assemble
BSB0498A 1
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 Ò' Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 Ò' Ring
7 Ò' Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
1. Prior to inserting control valve spool in housing en-
sure flats (1) on end of spool are in vertical position
as shown, then install the load holding check valve, as
described below.. Do Not rotate spool after installing
load holding valve otherwise damage to spool and load
holding valve plunger will occur.
BSB0508A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 52
2. Install Control Valve spool. Retain by screwing on the

spool centreing mechanism.
BSB0386A 3
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
3. Load check valve installation
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter ( 4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position
there must be a gap (X) 0.2 - 0.3 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 53
Calculating Gap (X)

4. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in)) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 5
5. Measure dimension `Z` from the top of the plunger to

the top face of the remote valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm
(1.43 in) ).
6. Remove the plunger.
7. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated
8. Measure dimension `Y` from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in))
BAIL06CCM196ASA 6
Load Check Valve Installation

9. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
10. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pliers.
11. Install the lock valve , pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 2)
12. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (figure
5) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 54
13. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the lugs
and turn the assembly anti clockwise 90 ° to secure in
the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 7
Flow Control Valve Installation

14. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring (2) , guide (3) and retaining plug (4) .
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm
(49.42 lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 8
Flow Control Regulator Installation

15. Assemble the flow control regulator (1) with Ò` rings
(7), (8), and (9).
BAIL06CCM199ASA 9
16. Screw the flow control regulator into the valve body.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 55
17. Using a screwdriver, turn the restrictor clockwise as

far as it will go, and then turn back 60 °(minimum flow
position).
BAIL06CCM200ASA 10
18. Install the clamp, rotary knob (2) , washer and the nut
to the restrictor stem. Ensure that the rotary knob lug
is located to the left of the stop pin (1) .
19. Tighten the nut to a torque of 3 Nm (2.213 lbft) without
rotating the restrictor.
20. Install the cap with the groove facing the knob lug.
21. Check the minimum and maximum flow available from
the remote valve using a flow meter.
If the rotary knob has been installed as described
above the minimum flow should be approximately 10 l/
min (2.64 US gpm) and the maximum flow should be
approximately 80 l/min (21.13 US gpm).
Lift Check Valve Installation

22. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary
23. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 11
24. Fit the back up ring (6) and the 'O' ring (7) in the groove
in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2) onto the
inner spigot of the retainer.
25. Locate the snap ring (4) , retainer and spring assem-
bly onto the installation tool 380002720 (5) .Install the
assembly into the remote valve bore and push until
the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
26. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring .
Install a new plastic cap.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 56
Load Sense Check Valve Installation

27. Install new 'O' Ring seal and back up ring
NOTE: Clearance 'X' should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 12
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 57
Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove

NOTE: Individual remote control valve assemblies can be removed from the tractor without the need to remove the
complete valve stack
1. Lower the hydraulic link arms and thoroughly clean the
remote control valve stack.
Remove the remote control valve cable retaining
clamp.
NOTE: Ensure the remote control valve lever is in the neu-
tral position to aid the removal.
BVE0461A 1
2. Remove the remote control valve cable lock nuts.
BVE0460A 2
3. Release the remote control valve cable from the adjust-

ing nut.
BVE0532A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 58
4. Remove the trailer brake valve retaining bolt.
BVE0457A 4
5. Remove the remaining trailer brake valve. retaining

bolts.
BVE0458A 5
6. Disconnect the remote control valve block oil supply

pipes (1) and (2).
Remove the remote control valve block retaining bolt
(3).
BVE0533A 6
7. Disconnect the auxiliary electrical socket electrical con-

nector.
Remove the auxiliary electrical connector socket.
BVE0463A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 59
8. Remove the auxiliary electrical socket bracket lower

retaining bolt (1).
BVE0464A 8
9. Install the lifting bracket 380000495 (1) and attach a

suitable hoist.
BVE0466A 9
10. Remove the two remaining remote control valve block

retaining bolts and remove the auxiliary electrical
socket bracket.
BVE0465A 10
11. Remove the remote control valves.
BVE0471A 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 60
Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Install

1. Install the remote control valves.
BVE0471A_412 1
2. Install the auxiliary electrical socket bracket and the two

remote control valve block retaining bolts.
BVE0465A 2
3. Detach the hoist and the lifting bracket 380000495 (1).
BVE0466A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 61
4. Install the auxiliary electrical socket bracket lower re-

taining bolt (1).
BVE0464A 4
5. Install the auxiliary electrical socket.

Connect the auxiliary electrical socket electrical con-
nector.
BVE0463A 5
6. Install the remote control valve block retaining bolt (3).

Connect the remote control valve block oil supply pipes
(1) and (2).
BVE0533A 6
7. Install the trailer brake valve retaining bolts.
BVE0458A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 62
8. Install the remaining trailer brake valve retaining bolt.
BVE0457A 8
9. Install the remote control valve cable into the adjust-

ment nut. Repeat this step for the remaining remote
control valve cable(s).
BVE0532A 9
10. Install the remote control valve cable retaining clamp.
BVE0461A 10
11. Install the remote control valve cable lock nuts.
BVE0460A 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 63
Index

Electro-hydraulic control valve - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Static description Activity (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Static description Framework (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Electro-hydraulic control valve - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Remote control valve - Dynamic description Pressure regulator valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Remote control valve - Dynamic description Simultaneous operation of two or more valves (*) . . . 24
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow during lifting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in float (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in lowering (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remote control valve - Dynamic description – Oil flow in neutral (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remote control valves - Pressure setting in automatic disarm (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
47770506 16/12/2015
35.5 [35.204] / 64
Three-point hitch control valve - 114

47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electronically-controlled hitch valve

SERVICE
Electronically-controlled hitch valve

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Calibrate EDC valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch control valve
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Dynamic description

Neutral
In the "Neutral" position, the control valve solenoids are not powered.
The oil flow from channel "A" passes the compensator spool to channel "B", where the flow is blocked by the lobes
of the lift spool.
The load check valve (4) prevents entry of the pressurized oil in the hydraulic lift circuit into channel "E".
The oil trapped in the lift circuit is applied to the right-hand end of the control valve through the small drilling "X". The
pressure applied keeps the control valve in the closed position, which prevents the flow of oil from channel "E" to the
reservoir channel return (F).
Channel "C" and load-sensing channel "D" are open to the reservoir, through the center of the lift spool and channel
"F".
Channel "G" is a common return to the reservoir channel. Channel "G" passes through the center of the valve stack.
BAIL06CCM098FSA 1
Electronic draft control – Neutral
Pumping pressure Return to the reservoir
Trapped oil
(1) Raise Solenoid (2) Lift Spool

(3) Flow compensator spool (4) Charge Check Valve
(5) Lift cylinder safety valve ( 230 Bar) (6) Reduction control valve
(7) Reduction solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 3
Lifting
When the hydraulic lift is raised with the operator controls, or the electronic draft control system makes adjustments
to reduce implement depth, the pulse width modulation solenoid is powered by the EDC module.
The controlled power-up of the solenoid by the EDC module enables the solenoid to move the spool to the right in
proportion to the lift rate required by the system.
When the system pressure is sufficient to lift the check valve (4) from the base, oil from channel "C" flows to channel
"E" and activates the lift cylinder.
The pressurized oil in the lift circuit is applied through the small drilling "X" on the right-hand end of the control valve
"H" and holds the valve in a closed position. As a result, the oil in channel "E" cannot return to the reservoir through
the channel (F).
The operating pressure of the hydraulic lift cylinder is detected in channel "C" and in the load-sensing channel "D"
which controls the hydraulic pump output. The pressure in channel "C" is applied to the right-hand end by the spring
of the flow control spool, while at the same time the system pressure from channel "B" is applied to the left-hand end
of the flow control spool. The differential pressures applied to each end of the flow control spool cause the spool to
move to a state of equilibrium and automatically adjust the flow from channel "A" through the control lobes "Y" and
through channels "B" and "E" to the lift cylinder.
The flow control spool is essential to ensure that flow from the channel "A" is accurately controlled, regardless of the
operating pressure of any control valve circuit operated at the same time as the hydraulic lift.
When the lift arms reach the required height, the EDC module shuts down the solenoid signal. The spring moves the
lift spool to the left-hand side in order to re-establish the neutral condition.
If the lift arms are subject to shock load and the pressure in the hydraulic lift circuit exceeds 230 bar, the pressure is
discharged to the reservoir through the lift cylinder safety valve.
Figure 2 illustrates the flow through the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift is the highest pressure operating
circuit in the system.
Figure 3 illustrates the operation of the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift operates at a lower pressure, but
with a remote control valve that operates at a higher pressure. In this situation, the system pressure in channel "A" is
higher than the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 4
BAIL06CCM099FSA 2
Electronic Draft Control – Raising (High pressure lift)
Pump Pressure Oil Return to the reservoir

(5) Lift cylinder safety valve ( 230 Bar) (6) Reduction control valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 5
CUIL15TR00431FA 3
Electronic draft control – Raising
Lifting at low pressure with the remote control valves operating at high pressure
Hydraulic lift pressure

(lower than the pump pressure)

(5) Lift cylinder safety valve ( 230 Bar) (6) Control Valve
Lower
Lowering of the hydraulic lift arms is achieved by controlled discharge of the oil trapped in the return-to-reservoir
cylinder through the reduction control valve.
Reduction control valve
1. Sleeve
2. Control spool
3. Pilot spool
4. Plug
5. Locking ring
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 6
BSB0424A_467 4
The pulse width modulation solenoid is powered and the plunger (1) moves the pilot spool (6) to the right. The oil
trapped at the right-hand end of reduction valve "H" is now discharged in a controlled manner over the lobes of the
pilot spool (2) to the reservoir through channel "F".
The oil pressure trapped in channel "E" of the lift cylinder is applied to the chamfered face (4) of the control spool (3).
This causes the spool to move to the right.
CUIL15TR00429AA 5
The oil from the lift cylinder flows through the control lobes of the valve (5) and returns to the reservoir, which enables
the lift arms to lower under the weight of the implement.
The lowering speed is electronically controlled by the processor and the pulse width modulation reduction solenoid
which adjusts the clearance over the control lobes (5).
CUIL15TR00430AA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 7
BAIL06CCM101FSA 7
Electronic Draft Control – Lowering (1)
Trapped oil

(5) Lift Cylinder Safety Valve (6) Reduction control valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 8
BRI06CCM102FSA 8
Electronic Draft Control – Lowering (2)

(5) Lift Cylinder Safety Valve (6) Reduction control valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 9
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Static description

BAIL06CCM107GSA 1
EDC control valve components – Exploded view
(1) Washers (2) Spring

(3) Lift cylinder safety valve (4) Reduction solenoid
(5) Lifting solenoid (6) Load sensor valve
(7) O-ring (8) Support ring
(9) Valve cover (10) Load check valve
Flow control spool

The flow control spool regulates the flow from the parallel channel. This flow passes through the center sections of
the electronic draft control and the remote valve to the hydraulic lift. The valve compares the pressure in the parallel
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 10
channel with the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift. The valve regulates flow to the hydraulic lift circuit based on
the demand of the hydraulic lift circuit.
Lift spool
The lift spool directs flow to the lift circuit. The lift spool is directly controlled by the pulse width-modulated lifting
solenoid.
Lifting solenoid
The lifting solenoid is a pulse width-modulated solenoid controlled by the electronic draft control processor. Activa-
tion of the solenoid is controlled by the electronic draft control processor. Activation is proportional to the lift speed
required.
Load check valve

The load check valve prevents oil trapped in the lift cylinder from escaping to the reservoir. The valve only opens
when the pressure that passes the lift spool is greater than the pressure of the trapped oil in the lift cylinder.
Lift cylinder relief valve

The lift cylinder relief valve protects the lift cylinder from excessive shock loads. The valve operates at 230 bar.
Reduction solenoid
The reduction solenoid has a design identical to the pulse width-modulated lifting solenoid. The solenoid is activated
by the processor. The solenoid controls the operation of the reduction control valve in order to maintain the desired
speed for the implement drop.
Reduction control valve

The reduction control valve controls the flow from the lift cylinder to the reservoir when you lower the hydraulic lift.
The valve is operated by the pulse width-modulated lifting solenoid.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 11
BAIL06CCM103FSA 2
Components of the electronic draft control valve – View of the area
(1) Load check valve (2) Lift cylinder relief valve ( 230 bar)
(3) Reduction control valve (4) Reduction solenoid
(5) Lifting solenoid (6) Lift spool
(7) Flow compensation valve
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 12
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors (2) from the

solenoids. Disconnect the lift cylinder supply pipe (3)
and remove valve (1) from tie rods.
BAIL06CCM215ASA 1
Next operation:
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Disassemble (35.114)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 13
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Remove (35.114)
1. Remove the O-ring (1), the load check valve (2), and
the support ring.
BAIL06CCM105ASA 1
2. Remove the load check valve

1. Valve
2. Washer
3. Guide
4. Lock ring
5. Plug
6. Washer
7. Spring
8. Rubber Seal
BAIL06CCM108ASA 2
3. Unscrew the knob (1). Remove the O-ring (2) and the
coil (3) from each solenoid (4).
BAIL06CCM109ASA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 14
4. Remove the retainer (1), the solenoid core (2), and the
O-ring (3).
5. Repeat the procedure for the opposite solenoid.
BAIL06CCM110ASA 4
6. Remove the lift cylinder safety valve.

1. Base
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper washer
5. Shims
6. Terminal cover
BAIL06CCM111ASA 5
7. Use a steel tube with an internal diameter of 18 mm

to make a box wrench (1). Remove the base of the
cylinder safety valve (2).
BAIL06CCM112ASA 6
8. Remove the flow compensation spool (1).
BSB0417A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 15
9. Remove the solenoid assembly (4), the O-ring (3), the

lift spool (2) and the spring (1).
BSB0418A 8
10. To remove the reduction control valve, you need to

disassemble the valve in stages.
11. Remove the mounting bolts.
BAIL06CCM113ASA 9
12. Use a 14 mm piece of hexagonal bar with a 11 mm

hole drilled through center to screw the nozzle (1) fur-
ther onto the valve cover. This will reduce the pres-
sure of the control valve spring on the lock ring (2).
13. Remove the lock ring (2), the base (3), and the spring
(4).
14. Remove the nozzle.
BAIL06CCM114ASA 10
15. Remove the lock ring (1). Use a 17 mm piece of

hexagonal bar (1) with a 11 mm hole in the center.
BAIL06CCM115ASA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 16
16. Pull the control element (1) from the housing.
BAIL06CCM116ASA 12
17. Disassemble the control element components.

1. Base
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper washer
5. Shims
6. Terminal cover
BSB0424A 13
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 17
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Assemble

BSB0426A 1
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve

3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
1. Re-assembly follows disassembly Electronically-con-
trolled hitch valve - Disassemble (35.114)procedure
in reverse.
2. When installing nozzle (9) and locking ring (5) ensure
serrated edge of orifice and nozzle align with locking
screws (1) and (4).
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 18
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Calibrate EDC valve

This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the 'H8' procedure.
1. Disconnect all implements from the rear hitch.
2. Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
connect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the lift
arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 -
3400 lbs) are recommended.
3. Key OFF.
4. Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BSE3148A 1
5. There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

1. Quick entry - Depress and hold the EDC fast lower
switch on the hand controller whilst starting the engine.
2. HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu
Quick entry
6. Depress and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the
Multi function handle (MFH) whilst starting the engine.
CUIL13TR00925AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 19
7. The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL09CCM063AVA 3
HH Menu entry
BAIL06CCM213AVA 4
10. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the
EDC symbol on the RT controller.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 20
BAIL09CCM001FVB 5
11. Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM, with no

noticeable hunting or surging.
12. Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL" to
"0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration the
linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small amount
3 times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from '0' to '2'.
BAIL09CCM079AVA 6
13. When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-
bration is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 7
14. Lower the linkage using the position control lever.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 21

47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 22
Index

Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Calibrate EDC valve (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 23
47770506 16/12/2015
35.6 [35.114] / 24
Three-point hitch cylinder - 116

47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Three-point hitch cylinder

Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE

Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 2
Hydraulic systems - Three-point hitch cylinder
Three-point hitch cylinder - General specification

Type One-way action

Quantity 2
Pin Diameter 34.7 mm (1.4 in)
Stroke 200.0 mm (7.9 in)
Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools

380000517 T adapter
380200003 Hydraulic Pressure Test Hose
380000543 Hydraulic test quick release coupler (female) 1/4 in NPTF
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 3
Three-point hitch cylinder - Sectional view

BSD2206A 1
Cross section of the lift cylinder
(1) Bushing (2) Steering wheels

(3) Rod group (4) Ring
(5) Retaining pin (6) O-ring
(7) Rod fitting (8) Bushing
(9) Rod wiper (10) Thrust washer
(11) Rod seal (12) Head
(13) Cylinder body (14) Piston seal
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 4
Three-point hitch cylinder - Component localization

Two external lift cylinders are on the mounting points on

the rear axle housing. There is one external lift cylinder
for each lift arm
BSD2169A 1
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 5
Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test

1. The following tests check the operation of the EDC
valve/control valve of the lift cover and lift arms.
2. Completely lower the lift arms.
3. Disconnect the flexible hose from the lift cylinder elbow.
BAIS06CCM310AVA 1
4. Disconnect the tube from the lift cylinder on the T-con-

nector on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM311AVA 2
5. Disconnect the cradle. Remove the lift cylinder hose/

tube group.
BAIS06CCM312AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 6
6. Install the T-connector.
BAIS06CCM313AVA 4
7. Install the special tool 380200003 (or prepare a suitable

hose 1 m in length with one 1-inch female connector
on each end) between the elbow of the lift arm and the
T-connector on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM314AVA 5
8. Install the quick hitch fitting 380000492 on the T-con-

nector. Install a 0 - 250 bar pressure gauge with the
quick coupler 380000543 and the hose 380200147.
BAIS06CCM314AVB 6
9. With the key on, disconnect the potentiometer from the

lift arm. Error code 1027 - Lift Arm Position Sensing
Control Voltage Too Lowwill be shown or stored in the
memory.
Press shut down. Reconnect the potentiometer.
Start the engine. Error code 1024 - Perform The Hy-
draulic Lift Calibrationwill be shown or stored in the
memory. Set the engine rpm to 1500 rev/min.
BAIS06CCM312AVC 7
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 7
10. Move the position control fully down and then fully up.
A maximum pump pressure will be applied for approx-
imately 2 seconds as the pressure relief valve oper-
ates.
The gauge should reach 210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf/
in2).
If the pressure is low, this could indicate that the EDC
valve/control valve with lift cover has a fault or that
there is a fault in one of the lift arms.
BAIS06CCM386AVA 8
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 8
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
Prior operation:
1. Completely lower the lift arms and support them with

blocks.
2. Disconnect the oil supply lines. Drain the oil into a
suitable container.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 1
3. Remove the bolt and the washer from the top pin.
CUIL15TR00434AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 9
4. Repeat the procedure for the bottom pin.
CUIL15TR00435AA 3
5. Remove the pin (1).
CUIL15TR00433AA 4
6. Position and support the cylinder. Remove the pin (1).

7. Remove cylinder.
8. Repeat the procedure for the other cylinder.
CUIL15TR00432AA 5
Next operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install (35.116)
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 10
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove (35.116)
1. Position and secure the cylinder with the bottom pin (1).
NOTE: The piston must be fully retracted.
CUIL15TR00432AA 1
2. Position and secure the cylinder with the top pin (1).
CUIL15TR00433AA 2
3. Tighten the cylinder with the washer and the bolt.

Torque to 51.0 - 57.0 N·m (37.6 - 42.0 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00434AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 11
4. Repeat the operation for the bottom pin.
CUIL15TR00435AA 4
5. Connect the oil supply tubes.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 5
6. Repeat the procedure for the other cylinder.
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 12
Index

Three-point hitch cylinder - Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Three-point hitch cylinder - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Three-point hitch cylinder - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Three-point hitch cylinder - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Three-point hitch cylinder - Sectional view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
35.7 [35.116] / 13
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Pneumatic system

47770506 16/12/2015
36
Contents
Pneumatic system - 36
[36.100] Pneumatic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.1
47770506 16/12/2015
36

47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Pneumatic compressor
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pneumatic system dryer
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pneumatic system relief valve
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 2
Pneumatic system - Pneumatic system
Pneumatic compressor - Remove

WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Remove the left-hand drive belt shield.
BAIL07APH022AVA 2
3. Loosen the tensioners of the air compressor drive belt

(1). Release the tension. Remove the air compressor
drive belt (2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 3
4. Disconnect the air filter from the supply tube and the
outlet tube of the compressor.
BAIL07APH033AVA 4
5. Install the oil supply tube and the oil outlet tube.
BAIL07APH034AVA 5
6. Remove the air compressor.
BAIL07APH378AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 4
Pneumatic compressor - Install

1. Install the air compressor. Torque to 20 - 25 N·m (15 -

18 lb ft).
BAIL07APH378AVA 1
2. Connect the oil fill tube. Torque to 13 - 17 N·m (10 -

13 lb ft).
3. Connect the oil outlet tube. Torque to 42 - 62 N·m (31
- 46 lb ft).
BAIL07APH034AVA 2
4. Connect the air filter to the supply tube and outlet tube
of the compressor. Torque to 42 - 62 N·m (31 - 46 lb
ft).
BAIL07APH033AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 5
5. Install and tension the air compressor drive belt (1).

Tighten the tensioner of the air compressor drive belt
(2).
BAIL07APH240AVA 4
6. Install the left-hand drive belt shield.
BAIL07APH022AVA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 6
Pneumatic system dryer - Replace

WARNING
Pressurized system!
W0136A
The protection (1) installed on the dryer filter (2) will

have to be removed before removing the dryer filter.
The protection is secured by a clamp around the axle
secured with two bolts.
1. Loosen the bolts (3) and position the guard clear of the
dryer reservoir.
BAIL08CCM008AVA 1
2. Before starting to change the dryer filter (2), completely

clean the area around the filter to avoid waste getting
into the pneumatic system.
3. Relieve all of the air pressure in the system. Use an
appropriate tool to apply pressure to the center of the
valves located on the pneumatic brake air reservoirs.
Never use your fingers or any other part of your body.
4. Using a special tool, remove the filter from the dryer
and discard it in compliance with local standards.
BAIL08CCM009AVA 2
5. Clean the seal on the dryer body and the threaded pin.
Check the pin and the contact surface of the seal for
damage.
6. Apply a thin film of oil to the dryer body seal and the
threaded pin.
7. Fit the dryer filter until it touches the seal on body, then
turn it a further half turn but no more.
8. Start the engine, wait for the system to pressurize and
check for leaks. If the dryer needs to be tightened a
little more, the system will have to be depressurized.
9. Start the engine. Wait for the system to pressurize
BAIL08CCMAVA010 3
again. Check for leaks.
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 7
Pneumatic system relief valve - Remove

WARNING
Pressurized system!
W0136A

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the compressor pressure supply line and

the outlet hose to the air reservoir.
BAIS06CCM565AVA 2
3. Remove the fixing bolts from the relief valve support.
BAIS06CCM566AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 8
4. Remove the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 9
Pneumatic system relief valve - Install

1. Install relief valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 1
2. Install the fixing bolts for the relief valve support .

Torque to 300 N·m (221 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM566AVA 2
3. Connect the compressor supply line and the air outlet

hose on the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM565AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 10
Index

Pneumatic compressor - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Pneumatic compressor - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pneumatic system dryer - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pneumatic system relief valve - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pneumatic system relief valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
36.1 [36.100] / 11
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings

47770506 16/12/2015
37
Contents
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - 37
[37.100] Drawbars and towing hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.1
[37.110] Rear three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.2
47770506 16/12/2015
37
Drawbars and towing hitches - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Drawbar
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Drawbar
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Drawbar
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drawbar support
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 2
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - Drawbars and towing hitches
Drawbar - Torque
CUIS15TR00559FA 1
Reference Description Toque

(1) Screw M18x1.5x45 360.0 - 440.0 N·m (265.5 - 324.5 lb ft)
(2) Bolt M18x1.5x50 360.0 - 440.0 N·m (265.5 - 324.5 lb ft)
Drawbar - Torque
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 3
CUIS15TR00558FA 1
Reference Description Toque

(1) Screw M18x1.5x45 360.0 - 440.0 N·m (265.5 - 324.5 lb ft)
(2) Bolt M18x1.5x50 360.0 - 440.0 N·m (265.5 - 324.5 lb ft)
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 4
Drawbar - Exploded view

CUIS15TR00561FA 1
Reference Description Reference Description

(1) Drawbar support (10) Quadrant hex.
(2) Drawbar (11) Washer
(3) Reinforcement (12) Bolt
(4) Pivot (13) Cradle
(5) Quadrant hex. (14) Pin
(6) Plate (15) Pin
(7) Pin (16) Bolt
(8) Latch (17) Plate
(9) Bolt (18) Bolt
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 5
Drawbar - Exploded view

CUIS15TR00560FA 1
Reference Description Reference Description

(1) Drawbar support (9) Bolt
(2) Bolt (10) Drawbar
(3) Latch (11) Latch
(4) Pin (12) Pin
(5) Chain (13) Cradle
(6) Latch (14) Bolt
(7) Pin (15) Bolt
(8) Reinforcement (16) Plate
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 6
Drawbar - Install
WARNING
Avoid injury!
footwear.
W0208A
1. Insert the drawbar (1) in the cradle (2).

2. Position the plate (3) between the drawbar and the cra-
dle (2).
CUIS15TR00565AA 1
3. Position the pins (1). Install the latches (2).
CUIS15TR00563AA 2
4. Position the pin (1). Install the latch (2).
CUIS15TR00564AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 7
Drawbar support - Install

WARNING
Maintenance hazard!
Before performing any maintenance or inspection:
-position machine on a firm, level surface
-turn off the engine
-remove the ignition key
-secure the machine (wheels chocked)
-disconnect the wiring
(unless instructed otherwise)
W1071A
DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
1. Use a service jack to position the drawbar cradle (1)

next to the transmission housing.
2. Install the bolts (2) with a torque of 360.0 - 440.0 N·m
(265.5 - 324.5 lb ft).
CUIS15TR00567AA 1
3. Position the cradle (1) on the bottom of the transmission

housing. Secure the cradle with the bolts (2). Torque
to 360.0 - 440.0 N·m (265.5 - 324.5 lb ft).
CUIS15TR00566AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 8
Index

Drawbar - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Drawbar - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Drawbar - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Drawbar - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drawbar - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Drawbar support - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
37.1 [37.100] / 10
Rear three-point hitch - 110

47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Rockshaft
Grease (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 2
Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings - Rear three-point hitch
Rockshaft - Grease
When fitting the rockshaft and lift arms, ensure the

splined surfaces are coated with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA GR-9 MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE.
BAIL12CCM217AMB 1
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 3
Rockshaft - Install
1. WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the
component.
ous injury.
W0086A
Apply LOCTITE® 641™ to the outside surface of the

bushings (1) and insert into the central housing.
BAIL14TR00236AB 1
2. Using a suitable tool install the bushings (1) at the dis-

tances indicated in figure 2
BAIL14TR00234FB 2
A = 91.5 mm
B = 24.5 mm
3. Install the rockshaft into the central housing
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 4
4. Using a suitable tool install the rockshaft seal (1) .
BAIL14TR00235AB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 5
Index

Rockshaft - Grease (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rockshaft - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 6
47770506 16/12/2015
37.2 [37.110] / 7
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Frames and ballasting

47770506 16/12/2015
39
Contents
Frames and ballasting - 39
[39.100] Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.1
[39.140] Ballasts and supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.2
47770506 16/12/2015
39
Frame - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 1
Contents
Frame - 100
TECHNICAL DATA
Front frame
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front frame
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 2
Frames and ballasting - Frame
Front frame - General specification

Description
4,5 mm
4,8 mm
5,1 mm
5,4 mm
5,7 mm
6,0 mm
Thickness of the available shims
6,3 mm
6,6 mm
6,9 mm
7,2 mm
7,5 mm
7,8 mm
Front frame - Torque

47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 3
BSD1915B 1
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 4
Front frame - Remove

WARNING
Fire hazard!
Oil on the cotton increases the chance of fire. Always use water in the moistener system. Never use
oil.
W0128A
Prior operation:
Radiator - Remove (10.400)
1. Remove the front fenders.

2. Remove the drive shaft.
3. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and the return pipes
(2).
4. Remove the steering pipe cradle console (3) .
BAIS06CCM036AVB 1
5. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and re-

move the mounting bracket for the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 2
6. Remove the additional right-hand drive chain guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 5
7. Remove the additional left-hand drive chain guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 4
8. Disconnect the electric wiring connector from the steer-

ing sensor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 5
9. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle and

the front support. The chocks prevent axle articulation.
BVE0410A 6
10. Position the tractor separation kit (1) under the ma-
chine.
11. Use the support (2) in the separation kit to support the
engine on the separation platform.
BVE0314A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 6
12. Use a suitable chain or strap to attach the front and

rear of the cradle assembly to a mobile hoist from
above.
BAIS06CCM154AVA 8
13. Remove the front support for the upper fixing bolts of
the engine.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 9
14. Remove the front support on the lower fixing nuts of

the engine.
BAIS06CCM040AVA 10
15. Separate the front support for the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVA 11
16. Support the assembly with axle trestles at the front

and the rear of the support.
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 7
17. For installation, identify the two shims positioned be-

tween the engine reservoir and the front support.
BSD2230A 12
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 8
Front frame - Install

Prior operation:
Front frame - Remove (39.100)
1. Install the 4,5 mm (1) shims.
BSD2230A 1

the front support. The chocks prevent axle articulation.
BVE0410A 2
3. Use suitable chains or straps to attach the front and

rear of the cradle assembly to a mobile hoist from
above.
BAIS06CCM156AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 9
4. Line up the front support with the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVB 4
Gap measurement
5. Measure the clearance between each shim and the
front support with a clearance gauge.
BAIS06CCM157AVA 5
6. Add the measurement of clearance gauge to the thick-

ness of the shim already installed. Select the appro-
priate shim(s). The shims available range from 4,5 -
7,8 mm in intervals of 0,3 mm.
7. Install the shims with the appropriate thickness.
8. Install the front support on the lower fixing nuts of the
engine.
9. Apply torque of 475 Nm (350.3 lb ft)
BAIS06CCM040AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 10
10. Install the front support for the upper fixing bolts of the
engine.
11. Apply torque of 650.0 - 700.0 N·m (479.4 - 516.3 lb ft)
BAIS06CCM152AVA 7
12. Remove the straps or chains from the front cradle.
BAIS06CCM154AVA 8
13. Remove the support (2) and the separation kit (1).
BVE0314A_358 9
14. Remove the wooden chocks (1) between the front axle
and the front support.
BVE0410A_25 10
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 11
15. Connect the electrical connector for the steering sen-

sor.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 11
16. Install the additional left-hand drive chain guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 12
17. Install the additional right-hand drive chain guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 13
18. Install the support for the differential lock supply hose
(1) and connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 14
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 12
19. Install the steering pipe cradle (1).

20. Connect the steering return (2) and the supply pipes
(3).
BAIS06CCM036AVC 15
21. Install the drive shaft.

22. Install the front fenders.
Next operation:
Radiator - Install (10.400)
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 13
Index
Frame - 100
Front frame - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front frame - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Front frame - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front frame - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
39.1 [39.100] / 14
Ballasts and supports - 140

47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front ballast
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remove – Belly weights (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install – Belly weights (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear wheel ballasts
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 2
Frames and ballasting - Ballasts and supports
Front ballast - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Use a strap with the aid of a winch to suspend the

weights.
BRAG12TRLUE0226 1
2. Remove the support bolts (2) so you can remove the

weight assembly.
CUIL14TR00636AA 2
3. Remove the weight assembly with the aid of the strap

and the winch.
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 3
Front ballast - Install

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Use a winch with the aid of a strap to install the front

weights.
BRAG12TRLUE0226 1
2. Tighten the fixing bolts (2).
CUIL14TR00636AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 4
Front ballast - Remove – Belly weights

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
1. Use a suitable device to support the weight.

2. Remove the fastening bolts and the washers (1).
CUIL15TR00496AA 1
3. Remove the belly weight assembly.
BRI3925A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 5
Front ballast - Install – Belly weights

DANGER
Heavy objects!
D0076A
1. With the aid of a block and tackle, assemble the ad-

ditional weight on (1). Use the washers and bolts to
secure the additional weight.
BRI3925A 1

3. Torque to 375.0 - 488.0 N·m (276.6 - 359.9 lb ft).
CUIL15TR00496AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 6
Rear wheel ballasts - Remove

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including protective goggles, gloves, and safety footwear.
W1036A
Removal of the outer weights

1. Remove the nuts and the washers. Use a block and
tackle to remove the weights.
RAIL14TR02305AA 1
3. The procedure for removal of additional weights is the

same.
NOTE: The number of weights and their size vary accord-
ing to the use of the tractor.
4. Repeat the procedure for the other wheel.
Removal of the inner weights

5. Remove the rear wheel.
6. Position the wheel assembly and tire on a support tres-
tle.
7. Remove the nuts and washers.
8. Use a block and tackle to remove the inner weight.
Remove the bolts.
RAIL12TR03197AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 7
Rear wheel ballasts - Install

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including protective goggles, gloves, and safety footwear.
W1036A
Installation of the inner weights

1. Remove the rear wheel of the tractor for installation of
the inner weight.
2. Position the wheel assembly and tire on a support tres-
tle.
3. Install the bolts from the outside of the wheel.
4. Install the inner weight. Secure the bolts with the wash-
ers and the nuts.
5. Tighten to a torque of 220.0 - 245.0 N·m (162.3 -
180.7 lb ft).
Installation of outer weights

8. Assemble the weight (1). Secure the bolts (2) with the
washers and the nuts. .
9. Apply a torque of 220.0 - 245.0 N·m (162.3 - 180.7 lb
ft)
SS15C114 1
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 8
10. The procedure to install additional weights is the

same.
NOTE: The number of weights and their size vary accord-
ing to the use of the tractor.
RAIL14TR02305AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 9
Index

Front ballast - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front ballast - Install – Belly weights (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front ballast - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front ballast - Remove – Belly weights (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear wheel ballasts - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rear wheel ballasts - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 10
47770506 16/12/2015
39.2 [39.140] / 11
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Steering

47770506 16/12/2015
41
Contents
Steering - 41
[41.101] Steering control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.1
[41.106] Tie rods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2
[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3
[41.206] Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.4
[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.5
47770506 16/12/2015
41
Steering - 41
Steering control - 101

47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
SERVICE
Steering column
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 2
Steering - Steering control
Steering column - Remove

1. Remove the steering wheel, if necessary.

2. Remove the instrument panel. Loosen the two mount-
ing bolts. Remove the lower steering column cover.
NOTE: The steering column component parts listed are
repaired separately.
BSE3550A 1
3. Disconnect the wiring connectors from the multi-func-

tion switch and the reverse lever.
4. Remove the hardware that secures the column to the
frame.
BSE3554A 2
5. Lift the column away from the steering shaft and the
instrument console.
BSE3553A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 3
6. Release the coupling from the shaft of the steering mo-

tor. Remove the steering shaft.
BSE3551A 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 4
Steering column - Install

1. Position the spacer and the steering shaft on the steer-

ing motor. Install the pin.
BSE3552A 1
2. Carefully position the steering column through the in-

strument console and over the steering shaft. Ensure
the flat sides are aligned.
BSE3553A 2
3. Replace the fastening bolts on top of the column.

4. Torque to 43.0 - 56.0 N·m (31.7 - 41.3 lb ft).
BSE3554A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 5
5. Reinstall the fastening bolts of the column.

6. Torque to 43.0 - 56.0 N·m (31.7 - 41.3 lb ft).
7. Install the instrument cluster and steering column
cover.
8. Install the steering wheel, if necessary.
BSE3550A 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 6
Index
Steering - 41

Steering column - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering column - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 7
47770506 16/12/2015
41.1 [41.101] / 8
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106

47770506 16/12/2015
41.2 [41.106] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106
SERVICE
Tie rods
Toe in adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.2 [41.106] / 2
Steering - Tie rods
Tie rods - Toe in adjust

After adjusting the track width, it may be necessary to re-align the front wheels. For correct operation the front wheels
should be parallel.
Measure the distance between the wheel rims at hub height at the front of the wheels (1). Drive the tractor until the
front wheels complete 180 ° and check the measurements again, this time at the rear of the wheels (2). This will
eliminate wheel rim run- out errors. The correct configuration is +/- 3 mm 0 in +/- 0.12 in.
Should it be necessary to adjust the front wheel alignment, proceed as follows:
1. Remove and discard the self-locking nut (2) on the left-

hand end of the steering rod and remove the terminal
(1).
SS10D203 1
2. Loosen the adjusting nut (3) and rotate the drag link in-
wards or outwards to shorten or lengthen the assembly,
as necessary.
TA43 2
3. Reinstall the terminal (1) and at the point that the cor-
rect adjustment is achieved, fit a new self-locking (2)
nut. Torque the self-locking nut (2) to 104 - 126 N·m
(76.7 - 92.9 lb ft) and torque the adjustment nut (3) to
80 - 100 N·m (59.0 - 73.8 lb ft). .
NOTE: You must replace the self-locking nut (2) each time you remove it or partially unscrew it.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.2 [41.106] / 3
Index
Steering - 41
Tie rods - 106

Tie rods - Toe in adjust (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.2 [41.106] / 4
Steering - 41
Hydraulic control components - 200

47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic control components

Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power steering control valve
Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Steering valve
Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Main priority valve
SERVICE

Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Power steering control valve
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Visual inspection (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Steering circuit relief valve
Pressure setting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
DIAGNOSTIC

47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 2
Steering - Hydraulic control components
Hydraulic control components - General specification

Steering pump
Maximum pump flow at nominal engine rpm 66.5 l/min
Maximum pump pressure at nominal engine rpm 190 bar
Steering type Closed center reactive double generator
Hydraulic steering cylinders Balanced
Maximum steering angle (standard) 55 °
Hydraulic control components - Torque

Description Torque
Steering cylinder tube connections 34.0 N·m (25.1 lb ft)
Steering motor to cab frame bolts 73.0 N·m (53.8 lb ft)
Steering motor hose connections 73.0 N·m (53.8 lb ft)
Steering pump tube connections 50.0 N·m (36.9 lb ft)
Steering wheel fastening nut 23.0 N·m (17.0 lb ft)
Front wheel nut 210.0 N·m (154.9 lb ft)
Engine cover 23.0 N·m (17.0 lb ft)
Cylinder, rod end nut (2WD) 280.0 N·m (206.5 lb ft)
Cylinder, tube end pin fastening bolts (4WD) 24.0 N·m (17.7 lb ft)
Column to frame bolt 23.0 N·m (17.0 lb ft)
Hydraulic control components - Special tools

380000281 Roto-Glyd seal applicator in steering

380200147 Pressure Gauge Hose
380000543 Quick-coupler
380000570 Hydraulic hose T adapter
380000492 Quick hitch mount (7/16 UNF male connector)
380000305 Hydraulic steering seal installer
380000573 T adapter
380000599 11/16 in ORFS closing cover
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 3
Hydraulic control components - Static description

All models have fitted as standard, hydrostatic steering systems that are powered when the engine is running, by a
hydraulic pump mounted on the rear axle.
The hydraulic system incorporates a steering pump as part of the hydraulic pump assembly and shares the main
intake filter of the system.
The pump, driven by a gear straight from the P.T.O. shaft, pressurise the steering column operated steering motor.
The pressurised oil from the steering motor drives the axle mounted double acting steering cylinder (2WD), or twin
cylinders (4WD).
The steering motor is a reactive type and is similar across the vehicle range. It is bolted to a bracket within the steering
console and connected to the steering column by a splined shaft.
The steering column is adjustable for varying angles of tilt on all models.
On two wheel drive units the steering cylinder is fixed at one end to the front axle beam and at the other to an eye on
the spindle steering arm.
On four wheel drive units two steering cylinders are used, one for each wheel. The cylinders are fixed at one end to
the axle casing and the piston end to steering arms from the swivel housings.
The pressure relief valve for the system is contained within the steering motor itself.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 5
Hydraulic control components - Hydraulic schema

(1) Steering Motor (2) Lubrication relief valve

(3) Oil Cooler (4) Oil Cooler Bypass Valve
(5) Transmission lubrication return to tank (6) Transmission housing (oil tank)
(7) A steering pump with flow divider (8) Charge pressure bypass valve
(9) Supplementary lubrication valve (10) Variable Displacement Pump Assembly
(11) Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch (12) Blocked filter warning switch
(13) Oil temperature switch (14) Pump high pressure output
(15) Steering Cylinders
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 6
CUIL15TR00386HA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 7
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 8
Power steering control valve - Exploded view

60-41-001 1
(1) Pin (2) Centering springs

(3) Retaining bolts (4) Dowel pin bolt
(5) O-ring seal (kit) (6) End plate
(7) Rotor and stator assembly (8) Manifold plate
(9) Drive shaft (10) Retainer
(11) Ball (12) Relief valve seat
(13) Relief valve (kit items) (14) Spring
(15) Complete assembly (16) Ball
(17) Pin (18) Thrust bearing and washers
(20) Spacer
NOTE: Parts are common between the two steering pumps, with the exception of items 7, 10, 12, and 13, Figure 1.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 9
Steering valve - Component localization

The steering valve (1) is beside the brake cylinders.
BSD2178A 1
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 10
Main priority valve - Dynamic description

The priority valve (1) channels high pressure oil for the
control block to the towing brake valve (when installed). It
also supplies the low pressure control valve with oil at low
pressure.
The priority valve fits on top of the main oil pump.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 11
Hydraulic control components - Pressure test

Steering circuit pressure test

1. Install the T adapter (1) 380000573 and the quick
unhitch fitting (2) 380000492 on the hose toward the
steering cylinder.
Connect the 0 - 250 bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge (3) to hose 380200147 using quick unhitch cou-
pler 380000543.
Set the engine rpm to 1500 rev/min.
Turn the steering wheel to the maximum wheel angle
and hold the position.
You should get a pressure reading of 185 - 195 bar (
2683 - 2828 lbf/in2).
NOTE: If you perform this test with cold hydraulic oil, the
pressure reading could be up to 197 - 207 bar ( 2857 -
BAIS06CCM178AVA 1
3002 lbf/in2) because of the back pressure.
NOTICE: There is no relief valve in the low pressure/steer-
ing pump. You must only perform the following pressure
test in accordance with the instructions. If you fail to ob-
serve this precaution, you could seriously damage the hy-
draulic pump.
Steering relief valve pressure test

2. Turn the steering all the way to the left.
Disconnect the left-hand turn supply hose.
Install the T adapter (4) 380000570 and the quick un-
hitch fitting (2) 380000492 on the solid tube. Cap the
bottom of the T piece with blind cap 380000599 or stan-
dard cap no. 6 ( 11/16 in ORFS threaded female cap
bought locally (3)).
Connect the 0 - 250 bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge (1) to the hose 380200147. Use the quick-re-
lease coupler 380000543.
Turn the engine on and set the speed to 1450 rev/min.
Pull the steering wheel to the left with a force of approx-
imately 22 N ( 2.25 kgf, 5 lbf) and take the pressure
reading.
The pressure reading should be:– BSC1226A 2
185 - 195 bar ( 2683 - 2828 lbf/in2).
If the system is not at the specified pressure, adjust the
relief valve located in the steering motor.
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve, you must
remove the steering motor from the steering bracket to ac-
cess the adjusting screw. See Power steering control
valve - Remove (41.200). Half a turn of the adjuster cor-
responds to approximately 13.8 bar (200.1 psi).
NOTE: Applying greater force to the steering wheel ring
results in a higher reading.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 12
Power steering control valve - Remove

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply

the parking brake.To gain access to the steering motor
:-
Raise the engine hood
Remove left hand engine side cover
Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and Ò' ring
seals from the steering motor and cap the ends of the
tubes.
Remove the roll pin from the drive collar to separate the
steering shaft, Figure 1.
Remove the four bolts at the base of the steering col-
umn and slide the steering motor from the upper sec-
tion of the steering column, Figure 1.
Remove the steering motor from the front of the cab
through the engine compartment. 60-41-018 1
Next operation:
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (41.200)
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 13
Power steering control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Power steering control valve - Remove (41.200)
NOTE: This disassembly procedure is a general procedure for this type of motor, there may be slight differences with
the actual motor fitted to your vehicle.
1. With the steering motor connectors removed note po-
sition of the non return valve.
Hold the steering motor securely in a vice using a tube
connector as shown in, Figure 1.
Remove the end plate bolts, end plate and Ò' ring,
Figure 1.
NOTE: The position of the pin bolt must remain the same
on re-assembly.
60-41-002 1
2. Remove metering unit, valve plate and Ò' ring seals,

note mating surfaces for correct re-assembly, Figure 2.
60-41-003 2
3. Lift out rotor drive-shaft, Figure 3.
60-41-004 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 14
4. Unscrew the check valve retainer, Figure 4 and shake

out the check and suction valves.
60-41-005 4
5. Remove the relief valve assembly, Figure 5.

NOTICE: The relief valve must be set to the correct pres-
sure setting on re–assembly. Follow the correct procedure
as detailed under the heading ‘Pressure relief valve set-
ting’, of this Chapter.
60-41-006 5
6. Remove the inner and outer valve sleeves, bearings

and thrust washer, Figure 6.
NOTE: When removing spool and sleeve ensure drive pin
is in a horizontal position so that it cannot fall into an internal
gallery and make removal difficult.
60-41-007 6
7. Once spool is disassembled from the body ensure oil

seal is removed, Figure 7.
60-41-008 7
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 15
8. Remove the control valve spool and sleeve, Figure 8.

NOTICE: Upon re–assembly ensure washer, item (1), Fig-
ure 8 is installed with chamfer towards the valve sleeve.
60-41-009 8
9. Remove centering springs, Figure 9.

Remove drive pin, Figure 9.
Push inner sleeve from outer sleeve.
Remove Ò' ring and back-up ring.
NOTE: Arrangement of the leaves must remain the same
upon re-assembly.
60-41-010 9
Next operation:
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection (41.200)
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 16
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection

1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any for-

eign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or com-
pressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Minor burrs
or scratches can be removed with a fine abrasive. En-
sure all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to re-assem-
bly.
3. Check leaf springs for damage. Replace if necessary.
4. Discard all Ò' ring seals and replace with new seals on
re-assembly.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 17
Power steering control valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection (41.200)
NOTE: This assembly procedure is a general procedure for this engine type. There could be slight differences with
the engine actually installed in your vehicle.
1. Put the inner and outer sleeves together in such a way
that the slits in the bundle of springs line up with each
other.
Install the drive pin, Figure 1.
60-41-010_666 1
2. Install the bundles of springs and push them fully into

position, Figure 2.
60-41-012 2
3. Install the retainer for the bundle of springs and the

bearing, Figure 3.
NOTE: The inner bearing race must be positioned with the
beveled side facing the spool 3.
60-41-009_667 3
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 18
4. Apply a small amount of hydraulic oil to the sleeve, item

(2), and insert it into the body of the steering motor, item
(3), Figure 4.
Cover the O-ring and the thrust washer, item (4), Figure
4, with hydraulic fluid and position them on the seal
installation guide.
Use tool No. 380000305 to install the oil seal-type kin-
ring.
Use tool No. 380000281 to install the Roto-Glyd-type
oil seal.
60-41-013 4
5. Position the seal guide tool on the sleeve and push

while twisting, Figure 5.
Remove the tools when the seal is in place.
60-41-014 5
6. With the seal installed on the engine body, re-install the

control valve, Figure 6.
NOTE: Check that the driver is in the horizontal position to
help with re-assembly.
60-41-015 6
7. Once the control valve has been correctly installed,

re-install the safety valve and the suction valve, Figure
7.
Screw the safety valve to just below the surface of the
case.
60-41-005_668 7
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 19
8. Re-install the O-ring and position the end plate.
60-41-016 8
9. Re-assembly of the metering unit

To help with re-assembly, install the control valve on
the case so that the drive pin is perpendicular with the
front face of the case.
Install the drive chain on the steering motor body, Fig-
ure 9. Ensure that the chain engages correctly with the
drive pin.
60-41-004_669 9
10. Mount the rotor and the stator for the metering unit.
Install slightly lubricated new O-rings on both sides of
the stator, Figure 10.
Mount the rotor and the stator on the drive chain.
60-41-003_670 10
11. Install the end plate and the bolts. Check that the pin
(1) is installed in position 7. Tighten the bolts in two
stages, first to 8 lbf.ft ( 10.8 Nm) and then to 21 lbf.ft
( 28.4 Nm), in the order shown, Figure 11.
1B0O2004109426 11
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 20
12. Install the relief valve assembly, items (1), (2), and (3),
Figure 12. Leave off the plug, item (4), until you have
adjusted the relief valve.
Make sure that the motor turns freely without pushing.
After you have correctly installed the relief valve, re-in-
stall the steering motor on the support and torque the
fixing bolts to 10 - 15 lbf.ft ( 12 - 20 Nm).
Reconnect the steering hoses and torque to 10 -
15 lbf.ft ( 12 - 20 Nm).
Purge air from the system by moving the steering sys-
tem from stop to stop until the system works properly.
NOTICE: You need to adjust the relief valve to the correct
pressure after re-assembling the engine. Follow the cor-
rect procedure, as detailed in the “Adjustment of the pres-
60-41-006_671 12
sure relief valve” section in this chapter.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 21
Steering circuit relief valve - Pressure setting

1B0O2004061082 1
Steering Motor Relief Valve Adjustment
1 Plug 2 Steering Shaft

3 Relief Valve 4 Fabricated Steering Motor Output Hose
5 Tractor Tubes to Steering Cylinder 6 Fabricated Hose for Pump Supply to Steering Motor
7 Pressure Gauge 0 - 5000 lbf.in2. 8 Size 8 ORS Swivel Running Tee
9 Size 10 ORS Swivel Running Tee 10 Pressure Gauge 0 - 500 lbf.in2
11 Size 6 ORS Blanking Cap 12 Spring
13 Adjuster
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 22
1. Relief Valve Adjustment - All Models

With reference to Figure 1.
Disconnect the steering motor from the steering
bracket, as detailed previously in Power steering
control valve - Remove (41.200) and remove from
the tractor.
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is
necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering
bracket, to gain access to the hexagon headed adjusting
screw.
2. Fabricate suitable test hoses to connect from the tractor
pressure and return tubes. Connect the hoses into lo-
cally procured tee pieces and install pressure gauges.
Start the engine and idle between 1450 - 1500 rev/
min. Run the tractor until the transmission oil reaches
normal working temperature of approximately 68 °C (
155 °F).
3. With the engine running, turn the steering motor shaft
to obtain full lock. The pressure gauge reading at point
À' should read 186 bar ( 2700 lbf.in2). The gauge
pressure at point `B' should be in the region of 16 bar
( 235 lbf.in2).
4. To establish actual (differential) pressure subtract
gauge `B' reading from the gauge À' reading. The
differential pressure should be to the specification of:
Gauge À' 186 bar ( 2700 lbf.in2) minus Gauge `B
235 lbf.in2 ( 16 bar) = 2465 lbf.in2 ( 170 bar) on all
models
5. If the pressure readings are not correct, reset the
adjuster (item 13), 1, using an 8 mm hexagon key.
Half a turn on the adjuster equates to approximately
200 lbf.in2 ( 13.8 bar).
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 23
Hydraulic control components - Troubleshooting

NOTICE: When effecting a repair the cause must be corrected to avoid a repeat failure.
Power steering works Steering pressure warning light is on Test the pressure in the steering system
incorrectly or does not Incorrect pressure in the steering system as described in Hydraulic control compo-
work nents - Pressure test (41.200).
Steering pressure warning light is on Remove the steering pump. Examine the
Faulty steering pump pump drive. If the pump drive is in good
condition, repair or replace the steering
pump assembly (see Power steering
pump - Remove (41.206)).
The pressure is correct to the steering cylin- If the pump output is good, but the pressure
ders to the cylinders is low or zero, there may be
Mechanical fault in the steering compo- a defect in the steering motor. See Power
nents steering control valve - Remove (41.200)
for instructions on how to remove the steer-
ing motor.
Low steering pressure Faulty pump Pressure test system, repair/replace pump
warning light illuminates as required.
Fault in return to tank (back pressure) side Check low pressure system (fixed displace-
ment main hydraulic pump) or check lubri-
cation system (variable displacement main
hydraulic pump systems).
Leak in system Inspect feed and return lines to the pump.
Replace damaged hoses as required.
No steering or excessive Air in system Check for loose connections or damaged
effort to steer tubing. Purge system of air.
Steering system relief valve sticking/faulty Check system pressure.
Worn pump Inspect and repair.
Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
Broken or damaged steering column cou- Inspect and replace as required.
pling
Damaged or worn metering unit Inspect and replace as required.
Drift to Left, Two Wheel Bias valve faulty Replace or repair.
Drive only
Steering wanders Excessive play in steering linkage joints Inspect and replace as required.
Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
Front wheels surge when Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
steering
Power steering works Steering pressure warning light is on Test the pressure in the steering system
incorrectly or does not Incorrect pressure in the steering system as described in Hydraulic control compo-
work nents - Pressure test (41.200).
Steering pressure warning light is on Remove the steering pump. Examine the
Faulty steering pump pump drive. If the pump drive is in good
condition, repair or replace the steering
pump assembly (see Power steering
pump - Remove (41.206)).
The pressure is correct to the steering cylin- If the pump output is good, but the pressure
ders to the cylinders is low or zero, there may be
Mechanical fault in the steering compo- a defect in the steering motor. See Power
nents steering control valve - Remove (41.200)
for instructions on how to remove the steer-
ing motor.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 24
Index
Steering - 41

Hydraulic control components - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Hydraulic schema (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic control components - Pressure test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic control components - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic control components - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic control components - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Main priority valve - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Power steering control valve - Assemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Power steering control valve - Disassemble (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Power steering control valve - Exploded view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Power steering control valve - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Power steering control valve - Visual inspection (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Steering circuit relief valve - Pressure setting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Steering valve - Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 25
47770506 16/12/2015
41.3 [41.200] / 26
Steering - 41
Pump - 206

47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Pump - 206
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Power steering pump

SERVICE
Power steering pump

Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 2
Steering - Pump
Power steering pump - Component localization

The figure shows the oil pump of the steering hydraulic

system. The oil pump of the steering hydraulic system is
configured as a separate unit, but it is also driven by the
same gear as the main oil pump.
1. Oil pump of the steering hydraulic system

2. Connection to the control pump
3. Line to the oil cooler
BAIL06CCM084ASA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 3
Steering - Pump
Power steering pump - Remove

1. Disconnect the steering pump return tube (1) and re-

move the steering pump supply tube housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 1
2. Disconnect the steering motor supply tube (1) and the

electrical connectors (2). Remove the steering pump
(3).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 4
Steering - Pump
Power steering pump - Install

1. Install the steering pump. Secure the pump with the

bolts (3).
2. Torque to 45.0 - 55.0 N·m (33.2 - 40.6 lb ft).
3. Connect the steering motor supply tube (1) and the
electrical connectors (2).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 1
4. Connect the steering pump return tube (1) and the

steering pump supply tube housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 5
Index
Steering - 41
Pump - 206
Power steering pump - Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Power steering pump - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Power steering pump - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.4 [41.206] / 6
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216

47770506 16/12/2015
41.5 [41.216] / 1
Contents
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Steering cylinder
SERVICE
Steering cylinder
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.5 [41.216] / 2
Steering - Cylinders
Steering cylinder - Component localization

The steering cylinders (1) are supplied with oil at high

pressure directly from the control pump.
BSD2172A 1
47770506 16/12/2015
41.5 [41.216] / 3
Steering - Cylinders
Steering cylinder - Remove

40-25-38 SHG 1
Steering Cylinder Installation – Four Wheel Drive
1 Pivot Pin 2 Pivot Pin

3 D Shaped Washer 4 Spacer
5 Spacer 6 Circlip
7 Spacer
1. Stand the unit on a hard level surface and position the
front wheel in the straight ahead position.
Disconnect flexible pipes, cap the open pipe ends and
remove hose clamps.
Remove the snap ring retaining the steering arm to the
cylinder piston pivot pin, item (6), Figure 1 and remove
the pivot pin.
Remove the steering cylinder fixed end pivot pin retain-
ing bolt and withdraw the pivot pin, item (1), Figure 1 .
Remove the cylinder from the vehicle.
Installation is the reversal of the removal procedure.
Refer to Torque settings Hydraulic control compo-
nents - Torque (41.200)
NOTE: Position of flexible pipes and orientation of connec-
40-25-37 SHG 2
tors must be the same upon re-assembly.
2. Steering Stop Adjustment
Turn the wheels to full lock and adjust steering stop to
ensure tyres or mudguards do not touch the side of the
tractor and that the steering cylinders have not reached
the end of their travel.
47770506 16/12/2015
41.5 [41.216] / 4
Index
Steering - 41
Cylinders - 216
Steering cylinder - Component localization (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Steering cylinder - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
41.5 [41.216] / 5
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Wheels

47770506 16/12/2015
44
Contents
Wheels - 44
[44.511] Front wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.1
[44.520] Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.2
47770506 16/12/2015
44
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511

47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheels
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Wheels - General specification - Compatibility table (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front wheels
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 2
Wheels - Front wheels
Front wheels - Torque

Wheel unit with manual adjustment Bolt/nut torque

Front 4WD Disc to hub nuts 210 N·m (155 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts 250 N·m (184 lb ft)
Wheels - General specification - Compatibility table

The compatibility table shows the combinations that you can use when you choose new tractor tires. Cells with “X”
indicate released combinations of front and rear tires. Empty cells indicate combinations that have not been tested
or released.
NOTE: Never use tires from unapproved combinations.
NOTICE: If the tire measurement is not listed in the table, see your NEW HOLLAND dealer.
Table of Acronyms
Acronym Meaning Acronym Meaning
G Goodyear SAT 23 Super All Traction 23 °°
T Titan PWT Power Torque
R Trelleborg DYT II Dyna Torque II
F Firestone DYT III Dyna Torque III
P Pirelli TFR Traction Field&Road
STR ST Radial STR ST Radial
CSG Champion Space Grid T 414 Twin 414
SAT FWD Super All Traction FWD - -
MANUF Manufacturer CAP Load capacity
R.T. Rear Tires F.T. Front Tires
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 3
Compatibility table for front and rear tires, Semi Powershift transmission with 1.320 ratio
600/ 16.9 R28
16.9X28 14.9x28 18.4x26 18.4x26
Measure 55x30.5 R1
R1 R2 R1 R2
Check the acronyms in R1 136A8
Table 01 CAP 8 PR 8 PR 12 PR 10 PR 153A8 136A8
SAT
F.T. TM 95 TFR PWT PD22 PWT MB 39 CSG T 414 STR
FWD
Mea-
CAP R.T. MANUF P F F G P G P F R G
sure
SAT
F X X X X X
20.8x38 23
10 PR
R1 DYT II G X X X X
TM95 P X X X X X X X X
20.8x38
10 PR CSG F X
R2
23.1x34
12 PR TITAN T X X X X X X X X
R2

SAT
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 4
F X X X X X
23
24.5x32 TM 95 P X X X
12 PR
R1 DYT
G X X X X X X X X
III
DYT II G X X X X X X X
710/
65R38 161 A8 T 414 R X
R1
20.8R3
8 153A8 STR G X
R1
Front wheels - Remove

WARNING
Heavy parts!
and cause injury.
W0403A
1. Chock the rear wheels.
RCPH07CCH541ABC 1
2. Install stands that are suitable for the machine's weight

on the front axle.
LAIL11TL0491A0A 2
3. Remove the mounting bolts.
LAIL11TL0043A0A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 5
4. Use a suitable tool to remove the wheel.

5. Repeat the procedure for the other side of the tractor.
BAIL07APH064AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 6
Front wheels - Install

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
W0149A
Prior operation:
Front wheels - Remove (44.511)
1. Install the wheel with the aid of a suitable tool.
BAIL07APH064AVA 1
2. Install the attaching bolts. Apply the torque as specified

in Front wheels - Torque (44.511) .
LAIL11TL0043A0A 2
4. Remove the jack stands.
LAIL11TL0491A0A 3
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 7
5. Remove the shims.
RCPH07CCH541ABC 4
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 8
Index
Wheels - 44
Front wheels - 511

Front wheels - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Front wheels - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front wheels - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Wheels - General specification - Compatibility table (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 9
47770506 16/12/2015
44.1 [44.511] / 10
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520

47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 1
Contents
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear wheel
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Rear wheels
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 2
Wheels - Rear wheels
Rear wheel - Torque

Rear Wheel Flange Type Axle

Description Bolt/Nut Torque - Nm (lb ft)
Rear disc to hub nuts 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Rear disc to rim nuts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Bar Axle - Wheels with Steel Centre Disc (welded and bolted to rim types)
Disc to hub fixings (10 x M22 Bolts) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts (M16) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Split wedge bolts (6 x M22) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Bar Axle - Wheels with Cast Centre Disc

Disc to rim nuts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Split Wedge bolts (6 x M20) 300 Nm (221.3 lb ft)
Dual Rear Wheels

Disc to hub fixings (10 x M22 bolt) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Split wedge bolts (4 x M22 bolt) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Disc to rim bolts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 3
Rear wheels - Remove

WARNING
Heavy parts!
and cause injury.
W0403A
1. Install stands (1) that are suitable for the tractor's

weight on the rear axle.
BTB0281A 1
2. Use chocks to lock the front wheels.
RAIL13SP01856AA 2
3. Remove the outer wheel weights.

4. Remove the fastening bolts. Use a suitable tool to re-
move the wheel.
BAIL10CVT507AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 4
Rear wheels - Install

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
W0149A
1. Install the wheel with the aid of a suitable tool. Install

the fixing bolts. Apply the torque as specified in Rear
wheel - Torque (44.520) .
BAIL10CVT507AVA 1
3. Remove the jack stands (1).
BTB0281A 2
4. Remove the shims.
RAIL13SP01856AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 5
Index
Wheels - 44
Rear wheels - 520

Rear wheel - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear wheels - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rear wheels - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 6
47770506 16/12/2015
44.2 [44.520] / 7
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Cab climate control

47770506 16/12/2015
50
Contents
Cab climate control - 50
[50.100] Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.1
[50.104] Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.2
[50.200] Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.3
47770506 16/12/2015
50
Heating - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 1
Contents
Heating - 100
SERVICE
Heater control valve

Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 2
Cab climate control - Heating
Heater control valve - Replace

NOTE: The refrigerant must not be siphoned from the unit to replace the heater valve.
Remove
1. Retain the cab heater hoses (1).
SS08D110 1
2. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Move the evaporator temperature sensor (2) to the

right.
4. Remove the Bowden cable (3) to activate the heater
valve.
5. Remove the hose clamps (4) and remove the heater
valve.
SS08D018 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 3
Cab climate control - Heating
Assembly
6. Install the heating valve.
7. Adjust the hose clamps (4).
8. Adjust the Bowden cable (3) used to activate it.
9. Move the evaporator temperature sensor (2) into the
correct position.
SS08D018 4
10. Install the cover plate on the heating and air condition-
ing unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
11. Adjust the cab heater hoses (1).
SS08D110 6
47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 4
Index
Heating - 100
Heater control valve - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 5
47770506 16/12/2015
50.1 [50.100] / 6
Ventilation - 104

47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 1
Contents
Ventilation - 104
SERVICE
Air filter
Cab - Cleaning – Cleaning (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Recirculation filter - Cleaning (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 2
Cab climate control - Ventilation
Cab - Cleaning – Cleaning

The air taken in for cab ventilation passes through three

filters, two installed externally and a recirculation filter
installed inside the cab.
Outer air filters

There are two types of filter. Refer to the correct main-
tenance recommendations for each case:
Paper filter.
Activated charcoal filter (Optional):
• Cleaning: NOT PERMITTED. Cleaning the activated
charcoal filters may damage them, and may expose
the operator to contact with toxic products.
Before servicing the filters, shut down the cab ventila-
tion and close the windows. Close the door by applying
moderate force so that the resulting return pressure dis-
lodges most of the loosened dirt from the outer filters.
NOTE: In humid conditions, do not connect the internal
ventilation before performing filter maintenance. Damp
particles drawn into the filter may be difficult to remove.
Perform the following procedures to clean the cab's
outer air filter element:
1. Disconnect the handle (1).
BRJ4929B 1
47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 3
2. Loosen the guard grate and remove the screen filter

(2).
3. Clean the screen filter and air filter housing.
4. Apply a jet of compressed air onto the inner (clean) face
of the filter. The compressed air jet nozzle must remain
at a distance of 30 cm (11.811 in) and the pressure
must not exceed 2 bar (29.0 psi).
5. Place the screen filter on the guard grate and then
mount the air filter.
NOTE: The filter should be installed with the arrow pointing
inward.
BRJ4828B 2
NOTICE: Make sure that the seals are not damaged. If in
doubt, replace the seals.
6. Fix the assembly with the handle.
7. Perform steps 1 to 6 on the other side of the cab.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 4
Air filter Recirculation filter - Cleaning

Recirculation filter
The recirculation filter is located inside the cab on the
panel behind the operator seat. Perform the following
procedures to clean the recirculation filter:
1. Loosen the screws (1) and take off the filter cover.
BSE2765A 1
2. Remove the filter (2) by easing it out and extracting it

from the housing with care.
NOTE: The filter (2) is made of specially treated media with
a rubber sealing strip bonded to the upper surface. Take
care not to damage the element during removal.
3. Apply a jet of compressed air onto the inner (clean) face
of the filter. The compressed air jet nozzle must remain
at a distance of 30 cm (11.811 in) and the pressure
must not exceed 2 bar (29.0 psi).
4. Place the screen filter on the guard grate and then
mount the air filter.
BSE2866A 2
5. Fix the assembly with the handle.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 5
Index
Ventilation - 104
Air filter Recirculation filter - Cleaning (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cab - Cleaning – Cleaning (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.2 [50.104] / 6
Air conditioning - 200

47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Air conditioning
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Air conditioning
Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air-conditioning compressor
Magnetic clutch - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
SERVICE
Air conditioning
Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Decontaminating (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Discharging (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Evacuate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Charging (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Leakage test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Remove (heating and air-conditioning device) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Air-conditioning compressor
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Filling (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Receiver/Dryer
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 2
Replace – Dryer element (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Expansion valve
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Air-conditioning evaporator
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cooler
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
DIAGNOSTIC
Air conditioning
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 3
Cab climate control - Air conditioning
Air conditioning - General specification

Refrigerant specifications New Holland specification 82000810 (R134A)

Refrigerant filling 1100 g (38.80 oz)
Refrigerant oil specifications New Holland specification 82008750 (ISO 46 viscosity) Sanden SP10
Refrigerant oil filling quantity (air 186 - 228 cm³ (11.4 - 13.9 in³)
conditioning compressor and system)
Air conditioning compressor Sanden SD7H15
Manufacturer and type
At an ambient temperature of 22 - 49 °C (72 - 120 °F) the cooling power is approximately 4.5 kW.
NOTE: The actual cooling power depends on the setting made by the driver.
Air conditioning - Special tools

Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system 380000558

Recovery/recharge Portable system 380000315
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 380000312
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 380000314
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 380000333
Air conditioning - Torque

Cylinder head screws of the air conditioning compressor 24.5-26.5 Nm ( 18-19.5 lbf.ft)
Retaining screw of the compressor clutch front plate 11.0-14.0 Nm ( 8-10 lbf.ft)
Retaining screws of the air conditioning compressor 20.5-25.5 Nm ( 15-19 lbf.ft)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 4
Air conditioning - Overview

SS08E033 1
1. Condenser 2. Compressor
3. Drier 4. High pressure- low pressure switch
5. Heating valve 6. Evaporator temperature sensor
7. Low pressure switch 8. Voltage divider
9. Blower motor 10. Blower speed switch
11. Heating regulator 12. Air conditioner "ON / OFF" switch
13. Air conditioner connecting lines
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 5
Air conditioning - Static description

The air-conditioning system cools the air inside the cab and reduces the humidity level to improve the operator's
comfort.
A refrigerant absorbs heat inside the cab. This process controls the temperature. The refrigerant then exchanges
heat with the outside air to transfer the absorbed heat. This process controls the cab temperature.
To achieve this heat transfer, the following heat generation and transfer principles are applied within the air-condition-
ing system.
1. When two bodies at different temperatures come together, there is a transfer of heat from one to the other. In air
conditioning systems, an evaporator is used to keep the refrigerant temperature low to absorb the heat from the
air inside the cab.
60-50-001 1
2. When a gas is pressurized, its temperature rises. In air conditioning systems, the pressure is increased by using
a compressor.
60-50-002 2
3. When a gas is cooled, it condenses into a liquid. In air conditioning systems, a condenser is used to cool the gas
and the resulting liquid is stored in a dehydration filter.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 6
60-50-003 3
4. When a liquid undergoes atomization through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapor decreases. The low
temperature of the atomized liquid will absorb heat from its surrounding environment. In air conditioning systems,
the refrigerant is atomized via an expansion valve.
60-50-004 4
We can now see that the main components of an air conditioning system are:
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Filter/drier
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5 uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 7
BTB0448 5
Main components of air conditioning operation
(1) Expansion valve – Atomizes the refrigerant and then (2) Evaporator – Absorbs the heat from the air in the cab
passes it to the evaporator
(3) Compressor – Compresses the refrigerant gas and (4) Condenser, Evaporator and Dehydrator - Convert the
raises its temperature Refrigerant from Gas to Liquid
Air conditioner refrigerant circulation

Low pressure High pressure
High temperature and high pressure of refrigerant as
vapor
Expansion Valve ↑
↓ Condenser: Heat is transferred from the refrigerant to
the outside air
Low temperature and pressure: fluid atomized ↑
↓ Refrigerant with low temperature and high pressure
Evaporator: Heat from the cab air is transferred to the ↑
refrigerant
↓ Filter-drier
Refrigerant as vapor and low pressure slightly heated ↑
Low temperature. High temperature of filtered coolant
↓ and humidity removed
↑
Compressor
The refrigerant is collected from the compressor as cold, low-pressure vapor. This vapor undergoes compression.
The vapor is then pumped as a hot, high-pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the core of the condenser it releases heat to the colder outside air,
pushed out by the blades of the engine cooling fan.
When releasing heat to the outside air, the vapor condenses into a liquid that moves under pressure to a dehydration
filter where it is stored until it is released to the evaporator through the expansion valve with a temperature sensor.
As the refrigerant liquid passes through the dosage hole in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to an atomized low pressure liquid with a lower temperature.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 8
This low temperature, low pressure atomized liquid enters the evaporator spools and absorbs the heat from the hot
air in the cab that passes through the spools and blades through the cab fan motor. The refrigerant now changes
from an atomized low-pressure liquid to a warm, low-pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the
suction (low-pressure) side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As heat is lost, the humidity in the cab air condenses on the outside of the evaporator. This condensation drains out
as water via the drain hoses connected to the evaporator collector tray. This process reduces the humidity level in
the cab.
Refrigerant
The basic function of the air-conditioning system is to absorb and release the heat. To ensure that the air-conditioning
system can do this, you must use a suitable refrigerant. This refrigerant must be a liquid with a relatively low boil-
ing point and with other appropriate safety and stability characteristics. The refrigerant in use in the air-conditioning
system is R-134a refrigerant.
NOTE: To help protect the environment, most countries have introduced legislation that prohibits the release of refrig-
erant into the atmosphere, including R-134a refrigerant. All maintenance procedures in this manual can be carried
out without needing to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
NOTE: R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant. Do not attempt to replace refrigerant R-134a with
R-12 refrigerant. Do not attempt to test the system with gauges or equipment previously in use with R-12 refrigerant.
This may result in damage to the system.
To prevent the wrong type of refrigerant being loaded into the system, the service valves installed in the tractor and
needed for the connection to recover the refrigerant and drain and recycle/recharge the equipment will be of two
different sizes, depending on the air conditioning sector specifications.
R-134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures. R-134a refrigerant is able to absorb large amounts of heat.
The boiling point of R-134a refrigerant is - 22 ° C (- 15 ° F) at atmospheric pressure.
When the pressure increases, R-134a refrigerant vaporizes easily to absorb the heat at temperatures from - 11.7 ° C
( 11 ° F) to 1.9 bar ( 27.5 lbf/in2) and 0 °C ( 32 ° F) to 42 lbf/in2 ( 2.9 bar) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R-134a refrigerant condenses and releases heat at temperatures from 48 ° C ( 118 ° F) to 12.4 bar
( 180 lbf/in2) and 58 ° C ( 136 ° F) to 15.85 bar ( 230 lbf/in2) in the condenser.
Compressor
TA6050007 6
Air-conditioning refrigerant compressor
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 9
(1) Electro-magnetic clutch (2) Clutch bearing

(3) Cam rotor (4) Swash plate
(5) Piston (6) Suction chamber
(7) Discharge chamber (8) Head
(9) Static gear
The air-conditioning compressor unit is mounted on the right-hand side of the engine and is belt-driven by the crank-
shaft pulley.
The compressor separates the high and low pressure sides in the system and is basically a pump with two functions:
(1) Increasing refrigerant temperature by compression to above the ambient (outside air) temperature.
(2) Circulating the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a wobble board unit installed in a cast aluminum housing.
The pulley moves the wobble board by means of an electromagnetic clutch for the main motor shaft. The cam rotor
that oscillates the wobble board is attached to the motor shaft. The wobble board is prevented from turning by a static
clutch with teeth engaging on the face of the board. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble board by rods
located on the spherical sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the piston down stroke through the reed valves located at the ends of the cylinder assembly.
Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder assembly.
The piston up stroke compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an internal chamber in
the cylinder assembly and out to the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with polyalkylene glycol (PAG) based oil. This oil is completely blended with the refrig-
erant and circulates via the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electromagnetic clutch that engages and disengages the compressor in line with
the air conditioning system operating requirements.
In principle, the clutch is activated by the following features:
• Temperature regulation control switch

• Double low/high pressure switch
• Low pressure switch
Low pressure switch

The low pressure switch (1), figure 7, is on the evaporator outlet line, located below the evaporator housing cover,
under the rear floor.
The purpose of the low pressure switch is to disconnect the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the
refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure can happen due to a damaged expansion valve, frozen expansion valve hole or loss of
refrigerant. This can damage the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is configured at the factory and cannot be adjusted.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 10
BTB0437A_509 7
Double low/high pressure switch

The double low/high pressure switch is located on the condenser input line from the compressor. The pressure switch
disconnects the compressor pump if there is a restriction in the high pressure line or extremely low pressure due to a
low level of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient lubrication and cooling, and continuous operation will damage
the compressor pump.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 8
System pressure relief valve

A relief valve is located at the discharge port of the compressor, (1) Figure 9. This allows the refrigerant from the
system to discharge into the engine compartment (atmosphere) rather than into the cab if the system pressure is
such that one of the hoses could fail and injure the operator. This safety feature will only work in extreme conditions,
for example, if the high pressure switch fails or if there is an engine fire.
BAIS06CCM132AVD 9
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 11
Condenser and dehydration filter

The condenser consists of a number of coils mounted on a series of cooling fins to provide maximum heat transfer in
minimum space.
The condenser receives the hot, high-pressure refrigerant vapor from the compressor. The hot vapor passes through
the condenser coils and the outside air is pushed through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
The heat is transferred from the hot refrigerant vapor to the colder outside air, flowing through the condenser coils
and fins.
When the refrigerant vapor reaches the temperature and pressure that will induce a change of state, a large amount
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant turns into a warm, high-pressure liquid.
The warm refrigerant liquid flows on to the dehydration filter, where it is filtered and dehydrated to remove humidity,
before going through the thermostatic expansion valve outlet line.
The dehydration filter stores the refrigerant liquid to ensure that a constant flow through the thermostatic expansion
valve can be maintained in the most varied operating conditions.
The dryer section contains a desiccant (molecular sieve) to absorb any humidity in the system and a filter to keep out
foreign particles.
NOTE: Humidity in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Any humidity that the desiccant does not absorb
will circulate with the refrigerant. Drops can accumulate and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. Frozen
drops block the flow of refrigerant and interrupt cooling. Humidity will also react with the R-134a refrigerant and the
lubricant and will form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of humidity before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
repairs or exchanges of system components that require entry to the system, the dehydration filter must be changed.
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1), figure 10, is close to the evaporator, on the pressure line starting from the dehydration filter,
and has the following functions:
BTB0438A 10
(1) Measuring Action – A doser orifice changes the liquid refrigerant from a low temperature, high pressure liquid into
a lower temperature, low pressure atomized liquid.
(2) Modulating Action – A thermostatically controlled valve inside the expansion valve body controls the volume of
refrigerant liquid that passes through the orifice. This guarantees that the refrigerant undergoes total vaporization
inside the evaporator. The refrigerant liquid would damage the reed valves or freeze the pistons.
(3) Controlling Action – The valve responds to changes in cooling requirements. When more cooling is needed, the
valve opens to increase the flow of refrigerant, and when less cooling is needed, the valve closes and reduces the
flow of refrigerant.
Expansion valve - Operation

All temperature and pressure detection functions needed are combined in this basic unit, and no external tubing is
used for these purposes.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 12
The refrigerant leaves the condenser and the dehydration filter and enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a
warm, high pressure liquid. When the refrigerant passes through the spring and sphere controlled doser orifice, its
pressure and temperature are reduced, and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low-pressure,
lower temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid then passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning through the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm, low pressure vapor.
There are two passages for the refrigerant in the valve. One of the passages is in the refrigerant line from the con-
denser to the evaporator and contains the spring and sphere type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant
line from the evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve temperature sensor element.
The flow of refrigerant liquid from the condenser and the dehydrating filter is controlled by a compression rod that
forces the orifice valve sphere off the seat and the spring that exerts pressure on the sphere to keep it on the seat.
Under stable conditions (vehicle off), the pressure at the base of the expansion valve diaphragm is higher than the
pressure on top of the diaphragm, allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
When the system is started up, the pressure at the base of the diaphragm falls quickly, allowing the orifice to open
and the atomized liquid refrigerant to flow to the evaporator where it starts to vaporize.
The compressor's suction draws the atomized refrigerant away from the evaporator and sends it back through a
chamber on top of the valve where it passes through the temperature sensor.
60-50-014 11
The temperature sensor reacts to the pressure variations in the refrigerant gas returning from the evaporator. When
the heat of the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant, the gas pressure rises, causing a pressure dif-
ferential above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential and
a control rod forces the sphere in the expansion valve orifice away from the seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant passing through the valve to the evaporator, so more heat is absorbed by the air conditioning
system.
Similarly, when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator falls, the gas pressure falls. This causes the
diaphragm to react accordingly, allowing the sphere in the orifice to move closer to the seat, thus reducing the flow
of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 12
Evaporator
The evaporator is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of continuous coils fitted on a series of
cooling fins to provide maximum heat transfer in minimum space. The low refrigerant temperature in the evaporator
absorbs the warmer air heat from the operator compartment, thus cooling the air.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 13
Fan
The fan blows the air out of the cab via the input filters. This forces the air through the evaporator before the air enters
the cab. The fan motor is controlled by a four-speed switch (1). See figure 13. The switch uses a variable resistor to
change the fan speed.
CUIL14TR00007AA 13
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 14
Air conditioning - Dynamic description

The examples below show the typical readings for the high-pressure and low-pressure gauges during the air-condi-
tioning system performance test at an ambient temperature of 35 ° C ( 95 ° F).
The recommended corrective action is based on a similar fault identified in the diagnostic tables for the performance
tests.
Performance Test Example 1
60-50-019 1
(1) High side low (2) High side manual valve closed
(3) High side hose connected to the high side service (4) Not used
connector
(5) Low side hose connected to the low side service (6) Low side manual valve closed
connector
(7) Low side low
Issue:
Insufficient or no cooling.
Cause:
Refrigerant slightly low.
Conditions*
Low side pressure too low. The pressure gauge reading must be 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 15
High side pressure too low. The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 194 - 215 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cool.
Corrective procedures
1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and retrieve the refrigerant from the system. Re-position the lines or the components).
3. Check the compressor oil to make sure there are no losses.
4. Drain the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
Diagnosis: The system refrigerant is low. The cause may be a small leak.
NOTE: Test procedure based on an ambient temperature of 35 °C ( 95 ° F). For correct reading of the high side
pressure gauge in other ambient temperatures, see the temperature and pressure table Air conditioning - Service
instruction (50.200).
60-50-020 2
connector
connector
(7) Low side low
Issue:
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 16
Insufficient cooling.
Cause:
Extremely low refrigerant.
Conditions*
Low side pressure too low.

The pressure gauge reading must be 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2)
High side pressure too low.

The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Warm air in the evaporator.
Low pressure switch off
Corrective Procedures
1. Leak test the system.

2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
Diagnosis: The system refrigerant is extremely low. There may be a serious leak.
NOTE: Test procedure based on an ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For correct reading of the high side pressure
gauge in other ambient temperatures, see the temperature and pressure table Air conditioning - Service instruction
(50.200).
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 17
60-50-021 3
(1) High side normal (2) High side manual valve closed
connector
connector
(7) Low side low
Issue:
Cause:
Air in the system.
Conditions*
The pressure reading on the low side does not change when the compressor "switches on" and "switches off".
High side pressure is slightly high or slightly low. The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
1. Leak test the system. Pay special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Change the accumulator/filter-drier.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 18

Diagnosis: Air or moisture in the system. Incomplete system charge.

60-50-022 4
connector
connector
(7) Low side high
Issue:
Cause:
Compressor malfunctioning.
Conditions*
Low side pressure too high. The pressure gauge reading must be 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 19
Corrective Procedure
1. Change the compressor.
Diagnosis: Internal leak in the compressor as a result of wear or cracks in the pistons, segment rings, or cylinders.
60-50-023 5
(1) High side high (2) High side manual valve closed
connector
connector
(7) Low side high
Issue:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
Cause:
Inadequate condenser operation.
Conditions*
High side pressure too high. The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Liquid line hot.
High pressure switch off.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 20
1. Check the belt. Loose or worn drive chains may cause excessive pressures in the compressor poppet.
2. Look for clogged passages between the serpentine and the condenser fins or other obstructions that could reduce
air flow.
3. If the engine is overheated, replace the engine thermostat and the radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system. Check the performance. If the performance is still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:

2. Remove the condenser. Thoroughly clean the condenser to ensure an unimpeded flow of the refrigerant. Or
replace the condenser if the condenser is very dirty or clogged.
4. Drain the system. Recharge the system with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
Diagnosis: Cooling fault as a result of excessively high pressure on the high side due to improper function of the
condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive.)
60-50-024 6
connector
connector
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 21
(7) Low side normal
Issue:
Cause:
Large amount of air in system.
Conditions*

Diagnosis: Air in system. Air in the system and the humidity in the air contaminate the refrigerant and cause the
system to malfunction.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 22
60-50-025 7
(1) High side high (2) High side manual valve closed
connector
connector
(7) Low side high
Issue:
Cause:
Improper operation of the thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
Conditions*
The surfaces of the evaporator and the suction hose (to the compressor) show some moisture.
1. Check whether the expansion valve sticks as follows:-

Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side pressure gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates a defect in the expansion valve, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 23
Install the expansion valve.

Drain the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
Diagnosis: The thermostatic expansion valve allows excess coolant to flow through the evaporator coils. The valve
may be stuck open.
60-50-026 8
connector
connector
(7) Low side low
Issue: Insufficient cooling.
Cause: Poor operation of the thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
Conditions*
Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). The pressure gauge reading must be 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure low. The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air cool but not sufficiently cold.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 24
The surface of the evaporator intake tube shows a considerable amount of moisture or frost.
Low pressure switch shuts down.
1. Put your finger on the expansion valve to the evaporator tube. If the evaporator tube is very cold to touch, proceed
as follows:
Run the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side pressure gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure described in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is faulty, proceed as follows:
Discharge the system
Install the expansion valve
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
Diagnosis: The expansion valve does not allow a sufficient flow of refrigerant. This may be the result of a valve that
is stuck in a restricted or closed position.
60-50-027 9
connector
connector
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 25
(7) Low side low
Issue:
Cause:
Restriction in high side of system.
Conditions*
Low side pressure too low. The pressure gauge reading must be 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
NOTE: Under these conditions, a normal or high pressure gauge reading on the high side indicates that either the
system is overcharged or the condenser or the accumulator/filter-drier is too small.
The evaporator is only slightly cold.
The coolant line and the accumulator/filter-drier are cool to touch and show no signs of moisture or ice accumulation.

2. Replace the liquid lines, the accumulator/filter-drier, or other blocked components.
Diagnosis: Restriction in the liquid line and/or the accumulator/filter-drier that results in a "starved" evaporator (the
compressor moves the evaporated refrigerant more quickly than the refrigerant flows in).
NOTE: Test procedure based on an ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For correct reading of the high side pressure
gauge in other ambient temperatures, see the temperature and pressure table Air conditioning - Service instruction
(50.200).
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 26
60-50-028 10
connector
connector
(7) Low side pressure gauge Compressor "on" at
34 lbf/in2 ( 2.3 bar) Compressor "off" at 28 lbf/in2 (
1.9 bar)
Issue:
Compressor "cycling" (on and off) too quickly.
Cause:
Faulty thermostatic switch.
Conditions*
The pressure readings on the low side are too high during the compressor "on" and "off" cycles and between cycles.
The reading should be:
0.8 - 1.0 bar ( 12 - 15 lbf/in2) – "off"
2.5 - 2.7 bar ( 36 - 39 lbf/in2) – "on"
1.7 - 1.9 bar ( 24 - 27 lbf/in2) – between cycles
High side pressure normal. The pressure gauge reading must be 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 27
1. Shut down the engine and the air-conditioning system.

2. Replace the thermostatic switch with another of the same type.
3. The switch temperature sensor should be installed in the same position and depth (in the evaporator's core) as
before.
Diagnosis: Faulty thermostatic switch.

47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 28
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview

SS08E045 1 SS08E007 2
Nominal voltage 12 V
Intake voltage min. 7,5 V
Power consumption 3,6 - 4,2 A
Power 43 W
Resistance 2,9 - 3,6 Ω
Coupling gap 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.016 - 0.031 in)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 29
Air conditioning - Service instruction

WARNING
Before overhauling an air conditioning system read and observe the following Safety PrecautionsIf a repair
or replacement becomes necessary, ensure that only certified Air Conditioning technicians are employed,
using approved equipment to effect repairs. Do not attempt to disassemble the air conditioning system, It is
possible to be severely frostbitten or injured by escaping refrigerant.
B042
NOTICE: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.

1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can produce
freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning sys-
tem away from flame or heat sources, the resulting
pressure increase can cause the container or system
to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and produce
products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications and
simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified refrig-
erant recovery unit operated by a certified technician
must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well-ventilated premises with
good air circulation and far away from open flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to protect
the face in general and the eyes in particular, from
accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air condition-
ing system is pressurized. Consequently, never loosen
fittings or tamper with lines unless the system has been
properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:-
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them im-
mediately with copious amounts of sterilised water or
mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital for
immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 30
Air conditioning - Service instruction

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid breathing air-conditioning refrigerant, lubricant vapor or mist. If accidental system discharge
occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service.
W1000B
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
All maintenance operations on the air conditioning unit must only be performed by appropriately trained refrigerating
plant specialists using appropriate maintenance equipment in accordance with local regulations. The equipment must
include a R134A refrigerant leak detector.
Contaminants are prevented from entering the system as follows:
Ensure that all meters, hoses and spare parts are stored in a completely clean and dry location, and that the refrigerant
used is permitted for use in the system.
Clean all hoses and connections before removal. Seal all openings with plugs or screw caps after removal.
To fill the system with refrigerant oil, open the oil reservoir only immediately before use and close it again immediately
afterwards. It is extremely important that the oil is not exposed to any moisture.
General troubleshooting
1. Always perform a general troubleshooting operation
before conducting a functional test of the system.
Run the engine at 1000 - 1200 rev/min for 10 minutes
with the air conditioning unit set to maximum cooling
and the blower set to maximum speed.
2. Ensure that the heater temperature switch is switched
off.
3. Check whether the blower is working at all speed levels.
4. Determine whether the compressor clutch engages
when the air conditioning switch is pressed. If the
clutch is not working, the pressure switches on the
suction and pressure side may be faulty or the elec-
tromagnetic clutch for the air-conditioning compressor
may not be working.
5. Determine whether the engine cooling fan is sucking in
cold air through the condenser.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 31
6. Check the belt tension of the air-conditioning compres-

sor drive belt.
7. Check whether the condenser is clean inside and on
the outside, and whether it allows an unobstructed air
flow.
8. Determine whether the cab air filter is clean and un-
blocked.
9. Check whether the evaporator fins are clogged or heav-
ily soiled.
SS08F102 1
Connecting the manometer battery to the vehicle
1. Suction-side manometer 2. Pressure-side manometer

3. Shut-off valve 4. Hose to the pressure-side connection valve
5. Centre hose (not used) 6. Hose to the suction-side connection valve
7. Shut-off valve 8. Pressure-side connection valve (high-pressure
part)
9. Suction-side connection valve (low-pressure part)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 32
Air conditioning unit functional test

10. The manometer battery is the most important tool for
checking and maintaining the air conditioning unit.
If the workshop has a modern automatic suction,
evacuation, recycling and filling device, the manome-
ters are already built into the device.
The following instructions for performing a functional
test of the air conditioning unit apply to the manome-
ter battery shown in diagram 1. In principle, a unit test
using a suction and filling device with built-in manome-
ters is performed according to the same procedure.
It is essential that the manufacturer's operating in-
structions are read before using such devices.
11. Accident prevention information
In the closed valves, the refrigerant flows around
the valve stems for the manometers. Therefore, the
pressure is displayed by both manometers once the
manometer battery has been connected.
NEVER open the PRESSURE-SIDE manual shut-off
valve while the unit is in operation.
ALWAYS open the SUCTION-SIDE manual shut-off
valve when the refrigerant is being topped up.
NOTICE: Always ensure that the manual shut-off valves
are closed during all test steps (turn them as far as they
will go in a clockwise direction).
12. Connecting the manometer battery to the vehicle
Ensure that the manual shut-off valves for the
manometer battery are closed (turn them as far as
they will go in a clockwise direction).
13. Connect the high-pressure manometer hose (usually
red) to the pressure-side connection valve and the
low-pressure manometer hose (usually blue) to the
suction-side connection valve on the vehicle; see dia-
gram 1. Check whether all the hose connections are
tightened.
NOTICE: Before connecting the manometer battery,
determine the assignment of the connections for the
high-pressure manometer (pressure side) and low-pres-
sure manometer (suction side). The pressure-side
connection valve is always located in the line from the
air-conditioning compressor to the condenser.
14. The high-pressure-side and low-pressure-side con-
nection valves on the vehicle are spring-loaded valves
and open automatically when the pressure test hose
is connected.
The connection valves are closed with a protec-
tive cap. Remove this cap before connecting the
manometers and attach again once the servicing
work is complete.
NOTE: An appropriate pressure pin must be installed in the
pressure test hose to activate this valve type.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 33
Test procedure
15. After connecting the manometer battery—and before
the functional test can be performed—transfer the unit
to a stable operating state as follows:
Check again whether the manual connection valves
on the suction and pressure side of the manometer
battery are fully closed.
16. Apply the parking brake, check whether all gear shift
levers are in neutral and close all windows and doors
on the operator's cab.
17. Run the engine at 1000 - 1200 rev/min.
18. Switch the heater temperature switch to OFF.
19. To stabilize the temperature of all components, switch
the air conditioning unit to maximum cooling capacity
and switch on the blower at the highest speed level for
10 minutes.
20. Check whether the low-pressure manometer shows
approx. 0.28 - 2.48 bar (4.1 - 36 psi).
21. Read the high-pressure manometer and compare the
displayed value with the values in the pressure/tem-
perature table specified above.
22. Compare the temperature of the conditioned air that
flows from the air nozzles into the cab with the tem-
perature of the intake air at the cab air filters outside
of the cab.
If the system is functioning properly, the conditioned
air flowing into the cab 6 - 9 °C (43 - 48 °F) must be
colder than the air taken in from outside.
23. If it is established during the test that the unit is
not functioning in accordance with specifications,
continue troubleshooting using the troubleshooting
tables and the examples in Air conditioning - Trou-
bleshooting (50.200), and implement the relevant
corrective action.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 34
Air conditioning - Overhaul

NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200). Do Not discharge
the gas into the atmosphere
1. If an air conditioning component is to be replaced dur-
ing a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any re-
frigerant oil that has collected in the component being
replaced into a clean calibrated container.
A volume of clean refrigerant oil equivalent to that
removed from the replaced component must then be
added to the new item before being installed onto the
tractor.
Upon completion of the repair evacuate, recharge, leak
test and performance test the system to ensure correct
operation.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 35
Air conditioning - Decontaminating

Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a spe-

cial flushing solvent to remove the unwanted material.
Prior to flushing, the system must be discharged as de-
scribed in Air conditioning - Discharging (50.200).
Each individual component must be flushed after dis-
connecting every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disas-
sembled and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
2. Re- assemble and evacuate the system to remove air
and moisture as described in Air conditioning - Evac-
uate (50.200).
NOTICE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air con-
ditioning system other than a special flush solvent made
specifically for air conditioning systems. Always follow the
manufacturer's recommendations and directions for using
the flushing equipment and solvent.
60-50-033 1
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 36
Air conditioning - Discharging

WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
If you need to overhaul the air-conditioning system or

perform other work requiring you to disassemble the
system, you must remove the refrigerant first.
Before disassembling the air-conditioning system, you
need to remove all of the refrigerant using a removal
device that has been Type-Test Approved (TTA), as per
the manufacturer's instructions. You also need to recy-
cle the refrigerant.
Illustration 1 shows a combination removal, evacuation,
recycling, and filling device. This device removes the
refrigerant R134A from the air-conditioning system, re-
cycling and re-filling the system in a single cycle. The
device was designed for operations with the pressure
gauge battery inserted into the control panel.
60-50-030 1
In other removal devices, the pressure gauge is not in-

tegrated. To use these devices, you need to connect a
separate pressure gauge battery.
NOTICE: Read the manufacturer's instructions in full be-
fore using removal devices.
Below is an overview of the steps involved in draining
the system with a suction or recycling device.
1. Leave the vehicle air conditioning running for a few min-
utes.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 37
2. Connect the removal device, as per the manufacturer's

instructions. The device's red hose (high-pressure
side) should be connected to the valve fitting on the
high-pressure side (1). The blue hose (low-pressure
side) should be connected to the valve fitting on the
low-pressure side (2).
NOTE: If the device requires a separate battery, connect
the pressure gauge's corresponding high-pressure hose
and low-pressure hose to the air-conditioning system's
high-pressure side and low-pressure side. Next, connect
the removal device hose to the fitting in the middle of
the pressure gauge battery – see Air conditioning -
Decontaminating (50.200). SS08F061 2
3. To remove the refrigerant, unscrew the valves on the

high-pressure side and the low-pressure side of the op-
erational area (or the associated valves on the pressure
gauge battery). See Air conditioning - Decontami-
nating (50.200).
4. Unscrew the valves marked "gas" and "liquid" on the
removal device refrigerant tank. See Air conditioning
- Decontaminating (50.200).
5. Connect the device's power cable.
6. Operate the removal device, as per the manufacturer's
instructions.
The compressor shuts down automatically when the
removal procedure ends.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 38
Air conditioning - Evacuate

NOTICE: The system, from which the refrigerant was removed to facilitate repairs, must be drained before putting in
new refrigerant.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed using a vacuum pump when draining the system.
The automatic stations for recycling, recharging, and draining, or the draining and loading stations available on the air-
conditioning market incorporate an in-built vacuum pump. If this type of equipment is not available, a doser assembly
with separate vacuum pump should be used.
As the system is drained, the boiling point of the moisture present in the system lowers. As the vacuum increases,
the boiling point decreases to lower than the ambient temperature, so the moisture evaporates.
The ratio between the system vacuum and the boiling point, at which steam is removed from the system, is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet ( 305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 inch
( 2.54 cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
NOTICE: The system must be completely discharged because the refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60-50-030 1
System vacuum Temperature

In cm of °F °C
Mercury Mercury
28,0 71,0 100 37
28,9 73,4 80 27
29,4 74,6 60 16
29,7 75,4 40 5
29,8 75,7 20 -7
29,9 75,9 0 -18
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 39
1. If the doser assembly is being used to connect the high

and low sides of the collector to the high and low sides
of the tractor air conditioning system, as in the descrip-
tion for discharging the system in Air conditioning -
Discharging (50.200),
connect the manifold's center hose to the vacuum
pump suction port, as per the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
Fully open the high and the low sides of the shut-off
valves.
2. If using a combined recovery and drainage unit, con-
nect it to the air-conditioning system as per the manu-
facturer's instructions. Before turning on the unit, read
the installation and operation instructions in full.
3. Before starting the drain cycle, check the low side me-
ter to make sure the system is falling to a vacuum.
4. Time the drain for at least 20 minutes from the point at
which the lowest vacuum is obtained.
5. When the gauge on the lowest side reaches a stable
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump reaches the maximum vacuum
with the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge's shut-off
valves, turning off the vacuum pump, and observing
the meter reading on the low side. A loss of more than
2 in ( 5 cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates a leak
or the presence of moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains static and the vacuum re-
mains for 3 - 5 minutes, close the tabs of the manual
valves of the high and low side manifold, turn it off, and
unplug the center hose of the pump. The system is now
ready to fill.
8. If there is a leak, fill the system with approximately
14 oz ( 400 g) of refrigerant – see Loading the System
in Air conditioning - Charging (50.200) – and identify
the leak using a leak detector.
9. Having located the leak, discharge the refrigerant from
the system and keep it. Repair the leak. Repeat the
removal procedure.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 40
Air conditioning - Charging

NOTICE: Ensure that the system has no leaks and that there were no problems during draining. When dealing with
refrigerant R134A, follow all of the safety regulations relating to the equipment. See Air conditioning - Service
1. The filling device must be connected to the vehicle's
air-conditioning system, as per the manufacturer's in-
structions.
2. If a filling device is used together with the pressure
gauge battery, unscrew the manual shut-off valves of
the suction and pressure gauges.
3. Fill the system with refrigerant, as per the manufac-
turer's instructions – 0.9 kg ( 1.98 lbs).
4. If there is a significant drop in the refrigerant flow vol-
ume, close the shut-off valves on the high-pressure
end, start the engine, and run the engine at low speed.
Turn on the air-conditioning system so that the air-con-
ditioning compressor can suck the remaining refriger-
ant into the system.
5. If the refrigerant from the fill cylinder is not pulled fully
toward the air-conditioning system, drain the system
again and repeat the filling process.
6. Close the shut-off valves at the high-pressure and low-
pressure ends on the device's control panel (or the
pressure gauge battery). Check that the air-condition-
ing system is working. See Air conditioning - Service
NOTE: With the system filled, check the following points to
ensure optimum distribution of refrigerant oil in the system:
7. Check that the air-conditioning system is shut down.
8. Start the engine. Run the engine at low speed.
9. Turn on the air-conditioning system and run the engine
at low speed for at least one minute before increasing
the engine speed.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 41
SS08F103 1
Connect the removal, draining, recycling, and filling device to the vehicle.
1. High-pressure side fitting valve 2. Low-pressure side fitting valve

(red hose) (blue hose)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 42
Air conditioning - Leakage test

To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 following manufac-
turer’s instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.
1. Discharge the system using a certified freon recovery

system.
Repair the leak.
Partially charge system with 400 grammes ( 14 ozs )
of refrigerant.
Check system for leaks.
Fully charge the system.
Always check the system for leaks as a final test after
evacuating and before recharging. Refer to Air condi-
tioning - Evacuate (50.200)
60-50-029 1
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 43
Air conditioning - Remove (heating and air-conditioning device)

DANGER
Avoid injury!
Observe ALL precautions listed below when servicing the air-conditioning system and handling re-
frigerant.
D0043A
1. Disconnect the connector for the operator seat and the

armrest.
CUIL14TR01107AA 1
2. Remove the operator seat.

3. Remove the cab floor mats to access the front and rear
floor plates.
BTB0434 2
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 44
5. Remove the front floor plate.
BTB0445 4
6. Remove the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 5
7. Remove the air ducts from the lower side.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 6
8. Remove the exhaust duct from the heating and air-con-

ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 45
9. Remove the air circulation grill.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 8
10. Remove the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 9
11. Remove the cover.
BTB0427 10
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 46
13. Remove the electrical connector from the fan motor

and remove the fan casing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 12
NOTE: The vehicle must be parked on level ground.

14. Fit chocks on the front wheels.
15. Place wooden wedges between the front axle and the
front axle bearing housing. The chocks prevent the
front axle from moving.
BAIL07APH285AVA 13
16. Remove the left-hand side rear wheel.

17. Block the heat cooler supply and return lines.
BAIL07APH421AVA 14
18. Remove the cab heater system hoses (1) and the air
conditioning lines (2).
SS08D111 15
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 47
19. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 16
20. Remove the plugs from the electrical connections (1).

21. Loosen the cable (2).
BTB0438A 17
22. Remove the heating and air-conditioning unit.

23. Remove the rear air ducts.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 18
Next operation:
Air conditioning - Install (50.200)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 48
Air conditioning - Install

Prior operation:
Air conditioning - Remove (heating and air-conditioning device) (50.200)
1. Install the rear air duct on the heating and air condition-
ing unit.
2. Install the heating and air-conditioning unit with the
bolts indicated. Tighten and torque to 8.9 - 11.6 N·m
(6.6 - 0.0 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM375AVA 1
3. Connect the hoses of the cab heater system (1) and

the air conditioning lines (2).
SS08D111 2
4. Unlock the heater hoses.
BAIL07APH421AVA 3
5. Install the left-hand rear wheel.

axle and the front axle bearing housing.
7. Remove the chocks from the front wheels.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 49
8. Connect the exhaust duct on the front of the heating

and air-conditioning unit.
Attach the exhaust duct with the bolts indicated. Torque
to 8.9 - 11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM374AVA 4
9. Connect the air ducts from the lower side.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 5
10. Connect the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVB 6
11. Install the front floor plate.
BTB0445 7
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 50
12. Connect the electrical connection plug (1).

13. Connect the cable (2).
BTB0438A 8
14. Install the heating and air-conditioning unit top cover.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 9
15. Insert the blower box. Install the bolts.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 10
16. Install the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 51
17. Install the air circulation grill.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 12
18. Connect the electrical connector of the fan motor.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 13
19. Install the cap.
BTB0427 14
20. Install the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 52
21. Install the front and rear cab floor mats.
BTB0434 16
22. Install the operator’s seat.
Next operation:
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (50.200)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 53
Air-conditioning compressor - Remove

1. Disconnect the electrical connector of the compressor.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 1
2. Release the tensioner and remove the drive belt from

the compressor pulley.
NOTE: To facilitate visualization, the figure shows the ma-
chine without radiator.
CUIL14TR01024AA 2
3. Disconnect the lines.

4. Install guards on the lines and on the compressor fit-
tings.
BAIS06CCM132AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 54
5. Loosen the retaining bolts.

6. Remove the air-conditioning compressor.
BAIS06CCM132AVC 4
7. Drain the compressor lubricant oil into a clean and cal-

ibrated container.
NOTE: Turn the air-conditioning compressor shaft several
times to release the buildup of lubricant oil.
8. Record the volume of lubricant oil drained as (Y).
NOTE: This information is needed during installation.
9. Drain the refrigerant from the old compressor into a
clean calibrated container. Measure and record the
amount of oil as (Y). This information is needed during
installation.
SM60-50-090 5
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 55
Air-conditioning compressor - Install

Prior operation:
1. Install the compressor.

2. Tighten to a torque of 40.0 - 51.0 N·m (29.5 - 37.6 lb
ft).
BAIS06CCM132AVC 1
3. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIS06CCM132AVB 2
4. Fit the accessory drive belt on the compressor pulley.

NOTE: The radiator pictured has been removed for greater
clarity.
CUIL14TR01024AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 56
5. Connect the electrical connector of the compressor.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 4
6. Evacuate and recharge the system.

7. After filling the system, use the following procedure to
ensure that the lubricating oil is correctly dispersed by
the system:
1. Ensure the air conditioning is off.
2. Start the engine and run it at idle.
3. Turn the air conditioning on and allow the system
to run for at least five minutes before increasing the
engine speed.
NOTE: Installation of a new receiver/dryer unit is recom-
mended after replacing any system component or after any
repair that requires opening up the system.
Next operation:
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 57
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling

The oil level in the air-conditioning compressor must be checked after removing an air conditioning component or if a
point of leakage is suspected.
Use the following process to check if the correct amount of oil has been added.
1. Start the engine and run at idle. Switch on the air condi-
tioning and let the air-conditioning compressor run for
10 minutes. Remove the refrigerant from the equip-
ment with a siphon.
2. Remove the oil filler plug. Turn the grease plug to allow
the oil dipstick (1) to be completely inserted.
Pull out the dipstick and count how many marks have
been covered by the oil. There is enough oil if 5 to 7
marks have been covered.
Top up the oil via the filler point or remove the oil until
the specified level is reached.
Check that the filler opening and the filler point seal
ring are completely clean and free from damage. Then
screw the plug in again and tighten to 15 - 25 Nm ( 11
- 18 lbf.ft).
1B0O2004061087 1
3. The air conditioning components contain oil.

After replacing the air conditioning system compo-
nents, oil must be added to the system to compensate
for the amount of oil that was removed with the com-
ponents.
Some typical oil levels for individual parts are given in
the table below. However, as a rule, it is recommended
that the oil level is measured as described above to es-
tablish the exact level when installing new components.
BAIL07APH419AVA 2
Item Typical oil level

Evaporator 2.0 fl.oz. 60 cm³
Condenser 1.0 fl.oz. 30 cm³
Filter drier 0.5 fl.oz. 15 cm³
Hoses 0.3 fl.oz. 10 cm³
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 58
Receiver/Dryer - Replace – Dryer element

1. Remove the snap ring (1).

2. Remove the cover (2).
3. Put the dryer element out of the condenser and replace
it with a new dryer element.
4. Install the cover (2) with a new seal ring.
5. Install the snap ring (1).
SS14D011 1
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 59
Expansion valve - Replace

Prior operation:
Remove
1. Remove the four fixing clamps from the housing and
remove the evaporator to access the expansion valve.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Loosen the support socket fixing bolt on the expansion

valve inlet/outlet and remove the support.
BTB0452 2
3. Remove the expansion valve and remove the seal rings

(1).
BTB0453 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 60
Assembly
4. Install the seal rings (1), grease with refrigerant oil and
install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 4
5. Fix the socket bolt, using it to fix the expansion valve

inlet/outlet support.
BTB0452 5
6. Install the evaporator in the housing and the four fixing

clamps.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 61
Air-conditioning evaporator - Replace

Prior operation:
Remove
1. Remove the mounting bolts for the rear air duct. Re-
move the air duct. Remove the four clamps on the
housing and remove the upper part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Standard air conditioning plan:

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (1). Re-
move the evaporator (2).
SS08D026 2
Automatic air conditioning plan (ATC):

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (3). Re-
move the evaporator (2).
SS08D027 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 62
Assembly
Insert the evaporator (2). Install the evaporator tem-
perature sensor (1).
SS08D026 4

Insert the evaporator (2). Install the evaporator temper-
ature sensor (3).
SS08D027 5
4. Install the upper part of the housing.

Install the housing mounting clamps. Install the rear air
duct and attach the mounting bolts.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
Air conditioning - Install (50.200)
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 63
Cooler - Replace
Prior operation:
Remove
1. Remove the retaining bolts for the rear air duct. Re-
move the air duct.
Remove the four retaining clamps on the housing and
remove the upper part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Disassemble the heater valve (1). Remove the heating
cooler (2).
SS08D017 2

Disassemble the temperature sensor for the air outlet
(3) and the electrical heating valve (4). Remove the
heating cooler (5).
SS08D016 3
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 64
Assembly
Install the heating cooler (2). Install the heater valve
(1).
SS08D017 4

Install the heating cooler (5). Install the temperature
sensor for the air outlet (3) and the electrical heating
valve (4).
SS08D016 5
4. Re-install the upper part of the housing. Attach the four

retaining clamps on the housing. Attach the rear air
duct and attach the retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 65
Air conditioning - Troubleshooting


Evaporator air not cool. Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Gauge reading: Evacuate the system.
Low Pressure - Low Charge the system.
High Pressure - Low. Re- test the system.
Evaporator air not cool. Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading: erant to flow through the evaporator. Set for maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - High Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
High Pressure - High. If expansion valve is defective:
Discharge the System.
Replace the expansion valve.
Charge the system.
Re- test the system.
Evaporator air not cool. Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Discharge the System.
Gauge reading: gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor.
Low Pressure - High der) Evacuate the system.
High Pressure - Low. Charge the system.
Evaporator air warm Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair.
Gauge reading : Evacuate the system.
Low Pressure - Low Charge the system.
High Pressure - Low. Re- test the system.
Evaporator air warm Improper operation of condenser. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Gauge reading : flow and cooling.
Low Pressure - High Check operation of condenser cooling fan.
High Pressure - High. Repair replace as required.
Check for overloading as follows:
Switch off the engine.
Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
rect recovery equipment.
Recharge the system with the correct quan-
tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
cant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Evaporator air cool but Expansion valve not permitting sufficient 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
not sufficiently cold. flow. Set at maximum cooling.
Gauge reading: Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low 2. If expansion valve is defective:
High Pressure - Low. Discharge the System.
Replace expansion valve.
Charge the system.
Insufficient cooling. Restriction in liquid line. Discharge the System.
Gauge reading: Replace the receiver/drier.
Low Pressure - Low Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
High Pressure - High. sor outlet to expansion valve.
Replace if needed.
Charge the system.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 66

Insufficient cooling. Low System low on charge. Air or moisture Perform a leak test.
pressure reading does not present in system. Discharge the System.
fluctuate with changes Repair the leaks.
in temperature control Replace the receiver/drier.
switch (pressure should Check the oil level. Drain the system.
drop until compressor Charge the system.
cycles). Evaporator air Re- test the system.
not cool.
Gauge reading:
Low Pressure - Normal
High Pressure - Normal.
Low pressure switch Stuck valve 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
cutting out. Set at maximum cooling.
Gauge reading: Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low 2. If expansion valve is defective:
High Pressure - Low. Discharge the System.
Charge the system.
Expansion valve 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
to evaporator tube Set at maximum cooling.
shows considerable Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
condensation or frost. 2. If expansion valve is defective:
Gauge reading: Discharge the System.
Low Pressure - Low Replace the expansion valve.
High Pressure - Low. Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Too cold to touch. 1. Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading: Set at maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - Low Low pressure gauge should drop slowly.
High Pressure - Low. 2. If expansion valve is defective:
Discharge the System.
Charge the system.
Liquid line hot (condenser Overcharged with refrigerant. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
outlet to expansion valve flow and cooling.
tube). Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Gauge reading: Repair replace as required.
Low Pressure - High Check for overloading as follows:
High Pressure - High. Switch off the engine.
cant.
system.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 67

High pressure switch Air in the system. Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
cutting out. flow and cooling.
Gauge reading: Check operation of condenser cooling fan.
Low Pressure - High Repair replace as required.
High Pressure - High. Check for overloading as follows:
Switch off the engine.
cant.
system.
Compressor cycles “on" Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C.
and “off" too frequently. static) switch. Replace temperature control switch.
Gauge reading: Re- test system and check compressor cy-
Low Pressure - High. cling.
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 68
Index

Air conditioning - Charging (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Air conditioning - Decontaminating (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Air conditioning - Discharging (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Air conditioning - Dynamic description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Air conditioning - Evacuate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Air conditioning - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Air conditioning - Leakage test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Air conditioning - Overhaul (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Air conditioning - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air conditioning - Remove (heating and air-conditioning device) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Air conditioning - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Air conditioning - Service instruction (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Air conditioning - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Air conditioning - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air conditioning - Troubleshooting (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Air-conditioning compressor - Filling (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Air-conditioning compressor - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Air-conditioning compressor - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Air-conditioning compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Air-conditioning evaporator - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cooler - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Expansion valve - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Receiver/Dryer - Replace – Dryer element (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47770506 16/12/2015
50.3 [50.200] / 69
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical systems

47770506 16/12/2015
55
Contents
Electrical systems - 55
[55.100] Harnesses and connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1
[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2
[55.640] Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3
[55.045] Front axle control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4
[55.130] Rear three-point hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5
[55.DTC] FAULT CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6
47770506 16/12/2015
55
Harnesses and connectors - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Wiring harnesses
Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission 18x6, with cab (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical schematic sheet 59 SH59 - INDEX - NOTES & SCHEMATIC LEGEND (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI FUSES 1-6 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES 1-14 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Electrical schematic sheet 10 SH10 - WITHOUT ISOLATOR (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Electrical schematic sheet 12 SH12 - ENGINE ECU (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER - EDC (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 22 SH22 - STEERING CONTROL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . . . 52
Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Electrical schematic sheet 27 SH27 - AUTO-GUIDANCE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 2
Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Electrical schematic sheet 32 SH32 - HEATED SCREEN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE LAMPS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
- Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS HOOD (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Electrical schematic sheet 41 SH41 - INTERIOR LIGHTS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND REVERSE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electrical schematic sheet 56 SH56 - HVAC CONTROL (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Wire connectors
Wire connectors - Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission 18x6, with cab (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 4
SERVICE
Fuse and relay box

Replace - Models with cab and Semi-Powershift transmission (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 5
Electrical systems - Harnesses and connectors
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission

18x6, with cab
NOTE: Tractors equipped with Semi-Powershift transmissions.
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI FUSES 1-6 (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES 1-14 (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 10 SH10 - WITHOUT ISOLATOR (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 12 SH12 - ENGINE ECU (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER - EDC (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 22 SH22 - STEERING CONTROL UNIT (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 27 SH27 - AUTO-GUIDANCE (55.100)
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL) (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 32 SH32 - HEATED SCREEN (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE LAMPS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100).
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 6
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS HOOD (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 41 SH41 - INTERIOR LIGHTS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND REVERSE (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 56 SH56 - HVAC CONTROL (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS (55.100).
• Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 59 SH59 - INDEX - NOTES & SCHEMATIC LEGEND (55.100) .
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 7
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 8
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 59 SH59 - INDEX -

NOTES & SCHEMATIC LEGEND
Type Component Connector / Link Description
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 9
Wire Break
Component Connector / Link Description
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 10
SHT_59 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 11
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER Wire Break

DISTRIBUTION-MAXI FUSES 1-6 Component Connector / Link Description
WB-073 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08 - FUSES 55-60 (55.100)
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1364 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
1-14 (55.100)
WB-1431 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (55.100)
WB-1461 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100)
Voltage source G-001 Battery
Ground GND-001
Relay K-013 Engine Shutdown WB-1541 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
1-14 (55.100)
Connector X-013 X-013 STOP LAMP SWITCH LEFT
X-021 X-021 WB-1593 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100)
Connector CONNECTOR. RED
Connector X-023 X-023 CONNECTOR. BLUE WB-1605 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (55.100)
Connector X-025 X-025 CONNECTOR. BLACK WB-1611 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-025A X-025A WB-1626 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (55.100)
Connector X-032 X-032 GROUND WB-224 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
Connector X-037 X-037 R13 & R14 (55.100)
Connector X-060 X-060 FUSE BOX FEED WB-236 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-070 X-070 MAXI-FUSE MODULE WB-254 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector X-073 X-073 F1 TO F20 MINI FUSE WB-393 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
Connector X-145 X-145 BATTERY POSITIVE A (55.100)
Connector X-146 X-146 BATTERY POSITIVE B WB-402 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 10 SH10 - WITHOUT ISOLATOR (55.100)
Connector X-147 X-147 MEMORY + WB-411 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-462 X-462 P FUSE 2 WB-502 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Connector X-463 X-463 P FUSE 1 1-14 (55.100)
Connector X-465 X-465 P FUSE 1 WB-609 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Connector X-606 X-606 IMPLEMENT ECU FUSE WB-693 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector X-607 X-607 IMPLEMENT POWER FUSE WB-738 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Connector X-608 X-608 BATTERY POSITIVE 1-14 (55.100)
Connector X-664 X-664 P FUSE 3 WB-750 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (55.100)
Connector X-665 X-665 BATTERY +VE WB-884
Connector X-810 X-810 M3 BATTERY -VE WB-917 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Connector X-813 X-813 WB-962 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector X-814 X-814
Connector X-890 X-890 BATTERY POSITIVE
Connector X-921 X-921 CAB ELECTRONIC
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 12
SHT_2 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 13

DISTRIBUTION-FUSES 1-14 Component Connector / Link Description
WB-098 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (55.100)
WB-1024 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (55.100)
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1079 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1364 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Fuse F-001 FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Internal/Puddle Lamp
Fuse F-002 WB-1369 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Cigar Lighter
Fuse F-003 WB-1479 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100)
A/C Clutch
Fuse F-004 Power Studs WB-1512 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Fuse F-005 Blower Motor WB-1541 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Fuse F-006 Radio KA FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Fuse F-007 Main/Hazard Switch WB-1553 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (55.100)
Fuse F-008 Starter Switch WB-484 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
Fuse F-009 Front Loader WB-502 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Fuse F-010 Rear Imput socket FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Fuse F-011 Front W/Screen Wiper WB-551 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Fuse F-012 Wiper Switch WB-583 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Fuse F-013 Stop Lamps WB-687 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 41 SH41 - INTERIOR LIGHTS (55.100)
Fuse F-014 Ind Light Switch WB-708 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100)
Relay K-003 Ignition Relay WB-738 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Connector X-034 X-034 R3 & R4 FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Connector X-073 X-073 F1 TO F20 MINI FUSE WB-816 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
Connector X-074 X-074 F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19, A=R20 (55.100)
WB-944 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND REVERSE (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 14
SHT_3 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 15
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 Wire Break
T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ] LA Component Connector / Link Description
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1082 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1222 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA (55.100)
WB-1273 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-144 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
Fuse F-015 Stop Lamps (55.100)
Fuse F-016 Brakes WB-1582 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Fuse F-017 Ignition imput socket (55.100)
Fuse F-018 Seat heater and Armrest ajust WB-1608 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100)
Fuse F-019 Heated Mirror WB-1632 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 12 SH12 - ENGINE ECU (55.100)
Fuse F-020 Radar Socket WB-390 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
Fuse F-021 Water In Fuel Brake Sensor (55.100)
Connector X-024 X-024 ENGINE 2 WB-699 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (55.100)
Connector X-072 X-072 F21 TO F40 MINI FUSE WB-819 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100)
Connector X-073 X-073 F1 TO F20 MINI FUSE
WB-938 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
Connector X-115 X-115 30A POWER SOCKET
WB-941 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 16
SHT_4 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 17
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-032 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-046 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
WB-1039 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
WB-1160 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
WB-1243 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
Fuse F-022 Side Lamps RH
WB-1252 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Fuse F-023 Side Lamps LH
Fuse F-024 CAN, Display of Gears (DOG) and Illumination
WB-1395 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (55.100)
Fuse F-025 Dip Beam Headlamps
WB-1500 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS
Fuse F-026 Main Beam Headlamps
HOOD (55.100)
Fuse F-027 Centre MountedHeadlamps
Fuse F-028 Work Lamp Rear ECU
Fuse F-029 Work Lamp Front ECU (55.100)
Fuse F-030 Rear/Lower Work Lamp WB-254 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Connector X-072 X-072 F21 TO F40 MINI FUSE FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Connector X-074 X-074 F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19, A=R20 WB-371 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
Connector X-555 X-555 ROOF ADD ON HEADLAMPS (55.100)
WB-566 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (55.100)
WB-639 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
- EDC (55.100)
WB-669 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE
LAMPS (55.100)
WB-693 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
HOOD (55.100)
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 18
SHT_5 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 19
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1231 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
WB-1320 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1332 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Fuse F-031 Work Lamp ECU (55.100)
Fuse F-032 Flasher Unit WB-1343 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Fuse F-033 Diagnostic Socket 1-14 (55.100)
Fuse F-034 Instrument Cluster WB-1358 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Fuse F-035 EDC Memory power (55.100)
Fuse F-036 Roof Headlamps WB-1443
Fuse F-037 Roof Headlamps WB-1458 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Fuse F-038 Roof Headlamps (55.100)
Fuse F-040 Radio WB-1467 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Fuse F-043 Starter Switch WB-1488 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Fuse F-044 Front B+ WB-1523 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Fuse F-045 Front Ignition +ve WB-1529 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
Switch S-007 Starter Switch WB-1532 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (55.100)
Switch SW-036 Starter Switch WB-1662 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
Connector X-003 X-003 STARTER SWITCH WB-1668 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (55.100)
Connector X-024 X-024 ENGINE 2 WB-233 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
WB-441 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 22 SH22 - STEERING CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-555 X-555 ROOF ADD ON HEADLAMPS
WB-450 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (55.100)
WB-583 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
1-14 (55.100)
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
WB-729
1-14 (55.100)
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
(55.100)
WB-977 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 20
SHT_6 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 21
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-067 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-076 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
WB-1019 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Fuse F-046 ENGINE ECU
WB-1506 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Fuse F-050 Reversible Fan WB-1512 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Fuse F-051 EPL 1-14 (55.100)
Fuse F-052 Instrument Cluster WB-1523 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Fuse F-053 Transmission Control WB-1611 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Fuse F-054 PTO Rear FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Relay K-017 Ignition Imput Socket WB-1614 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (55.100)
Connector X-026 X-026 ENGINE 1 WB-1641 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Connector X-037 X-037 R13 & R14 WB-203 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-071 X-071 F41 TO F60 MINI FUSE WB-215 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Connector X-074 X-074 F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19, A=R20 WB-233 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 22
SHT_7 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 23
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-043 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA - EDC (55.100)
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-055 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Fuse F-042 BATTERY ISOLATOR WB-084 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Fuse F-048 Front Hitch +12v Ign - EDC (55.100)
Fuse F-055 HPL/EHR SWITCHES WB-1007 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Fuse F-056 Front PTO WB-1027 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Connector X-071 X-071 F41 TO F60 MINI FUSE WB-1106 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Connector X-101 X-101 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-CN3B FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Connector X-110 X-110 FENDER 2 WB-1127 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (55.100)
Connector X-127 X-127 WB-1178 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-620 X-620 FRONT BREAK AWAY - EDC (55.100)
WB-1434 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 53 SH53 - EHR CAN (55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
WB-624 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 24
SHT_8 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 25
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & Wire Break
CHARGING W/ISOLATOR Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
WB-1558
Voltage source G-002 Alternator
Relay K-005 Starter Motor
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Relay K-018 Battery Isolator Interlock
Motor M-003 Starter Motor HOOD (55.100)
Switch SW-014 Switch
Connector X-024 X-024 ENGINE 2
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Connector X-035 X-035 R5 & R6
Connector X-074 X-074 F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19, A=R20
Connector X-100 X-100 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-CN1B
Connector X-231 X-231 STARTER SOLENOID 2
Connector X-232 X-232 WB-875 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-236 X-236 ALTERNATOR 2 WB-965 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Connector X-237 X-237 ALTERNATOR 1 WB-992 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Connector X-238 X-238 ISOLATOR CONTROL
Connector X-238A X-238A
Connector X-665A X-665A POWER RELAY
Connector X-923 X-923 ISOLATER KAM
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 26
SHT_9 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 27
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 10 SH10 - WITHOUT Wire Break

ISOLATOR Component Connector / Link Description
T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ] LA FUSES 1-6 (55.100)

Voltage source G-002 Alternator
Motor M-003 Starter Motor
Connector X-236 X-236 ALTERNATOR 2
Connector X-237 X-237 ALTERNATOR 1
Connector X-890 X-890 BATTERY POSITIVE
Connector X-891 X-891 STARTER SOLENOID
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 28
SHT_10 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 29
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU Wire Break
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1246 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1503 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
ECU A-003 ENGINE ECU - EDC 16 WB-1614 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Sensor B-013 Boost Pressure WB-359 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Sensor B-014 Oil Pressure WB-450 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Sensor B-015 Rail Pressure
Sensor B-016 Coolant Temperature
Relay K-023 Grid Heater
Relay K-024 Fuel Heater
Resistor R-001 Fuel Heater
Resistor R-002 Grid Heater
Resistor RES-006 Resistor
Connector X-215 X-215 GRID HEATER RELAY
Connector X-218 X-218 ENGINE MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 30
SHT_11 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 31
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 12 SH12 - ENGINE ECU Wire Break
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-101 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1401 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
ECU A-003 ENGINE ECU - EDC 16
ECU A-026 Cylinders 1 & 2
Sensor B-012 Water In Fuel Sensor
Sensor B-017 Fuel Temperature
Sensor B-018 Camshaft Speed
Sensor B-019 Crankshaft Speed
Connector X-221-2 X-221-2
Connector X-833B12 X-833B12
Solenoid Y-011 High Pressure Pump
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 32
SHT_12 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 33

EARTHING Component
WB-002
Connector / Link
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS (55.100)
Description
T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ] LA WB-029 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (55.100)
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1100 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1130 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (55.100)
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1133 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL) (55.100)
WB-1139 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100)
WB-1142 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (55.100)
Connector X-030A X-030A WB-1166 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR (55.100)
Connector X-030B X-030B GROUND WB-1193 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Connector X-030C X-030C WB-1302 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-086C X-086C GROUND WB-1372 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-214 X-214 GROUND WB-1380 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS HOOD (55.100)
Connector X-745 X-745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE WB-1383 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
WB-1386 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL) (55.100)
WB-156 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100)
WB-1579 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS HOOD (55.100)
WB-1656 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS (55.100)
WB-174 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (55.100)
WB-177 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER - EDC (55.100)
WB-180 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (55.100)
WB-499 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (55.100)
WB-551 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES 1-14 (55.100)
WB-965 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 34
SHT_13 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 35
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION Wire Break

CONTROLLER Component Connector / Link Description
WB-1013 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
(55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description (55.100)
ECU A-001 TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER XCM FPS/SPS (RD/RB) WB-1219 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Sensor B-002 Axle Speed Sensor (55.100)
Switch S-038 LOW RANGE PRESSURE WB-1288 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-040 MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE (55.100)
Connector X-020 X-020 (T2) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-1294 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (55.100)
Connector X-022 X-022 (T1) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-1332 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Connector X-091 X-091 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN2 WB-1358 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Connector X-092 X-092 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1A WB-1446 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-093 X-093 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1B (55.100)
Connector X-095 X-095 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN3B WB-147 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Connector X-097 X-097 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN4 WB-1473 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-099 X-099 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-CN1A (55.100)
Connector X-257 X-257 AXLE SPEED SENSOR WB-1520 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-299 X-299 PTO GROUND SPEED (55.100)
Connector X-635 X-635 CLUTCH SOLENOID A WB-1526 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (55.100)
Connector X-636 X-636 CLUTCH SOLENOID B WB-1564 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-637 X-637 CLUTCH SOLENOID C (55.100)
Connector X-638 X-638 CLUTCH SOLENOID D WB-186 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-639 X-639 CLUTCH SOLENOID E (55.100)
Connector X-641 X-641 LOW RANGE SOLENOID WB-227 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-646 X-646 LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (55.100)
Connector X-647 X-647 MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH WB-347 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN (55.100)
Solenoid Y-024 PWM Clutch A
Solenoid Y-025 PWM Clutch B
Solenoid Y-035 FPS-Low Range PWM / SPS - Low Range Solenoid
(55.100)
Solenoid Y-041 PWM Clutch E
Solenoid Y-042 PWM Clutch D (55.100)
Solenoid Y-043 PWM Clutch C WB-666 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
- EDC (55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
WB-971 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 36
SHT_14 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 37

(55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description (55.100)
ECU A-001 TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER XCM FPS/SPS (RD/RB) WB-1199 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
ECU A-034 Foot Throttle WB-1202 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Sensor B-001 Mid-Speed Sensor (55.100)
Sensor B-036 Flywheel Speed WB-1208 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Resistor RES-030 Resistor (55.100)
Switch S-032 FPS - HIGH RANGE PRESSURE WB-121 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-033 FPS - REVERSE RANGE PRESSURE (55.100)
Switch SW-051 Switch WB-1219 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-015 X-015 FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONICS (55.100)
Connector X-020 X-020 (T2) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-1267 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-022 X-022 (T1) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR (55.100)
Connector X-092 X-092 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1A (55.100)
Connector X-093 X-093 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1B WB-1446 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-094 X-094 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN3A (55.100)
Connector X-095 X-095 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN3B WB-1473 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-097 X-097 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN4 (55.100)
Connector X-263 X-263 19TH DUMP SOLENOID WB-150 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-264 X-264 19TH GEAR SOL WB-1520 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-276 X-276 PTO SOLENOID (55.100)
Connector X-279 X-279 4WD SOLENOID WB-1564 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-289 X-289 P.U.P TORQUE SENSOR (FLYWHEELL SPEED) (55.100)
Connector X-303 X-303 P.A.S PRESS SWITCH WB-159 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-321 X-321 DIVERTER VALVE WB-1620 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-326-1 X-326-1 GROUND WB-1650 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Connector X-642 X-642 MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID WB-227 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-643 X-643 HIGH RANGE SOLENOID (55.100)
Connector X-644 X-644 REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID WB-286 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-648 X-648 HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (55.100)
Connector X-649 X-649 REVERSE RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH WB-315 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (55.100)
Connector X-653 X-653 MEDIUM SPEED SENS OUTPUT SPEED P.U WB-350
Solenoid Y-026 FPS- Reverse Range PWM / SPS - Reverse Range Solenoid WB-493 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Solenoid Y-029 FPS- High Range PWM / SPS - High Range Solenoid (55.100)
Solenoid Y-030 19th Gear Solenoid WB-534 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Solenoid Y-031 19th Dump Solenoid (55.100)
Solenoid Y-032 DIVERTER VALVE WB-548 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Solenoid Y-034 FPS- Medium Range PWM / SPS - Medium Range Solenoid WB-563 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Solenoid Y-038 Differential Lock Solenoid (55.100)
Solenoid Y-040 4WD Solenoid WB-575 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 38
SHT_15 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 39

(55.100)
ECU A-001 TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER XCM FPS/SPS (RD/RB)
Sensor B-029 Transmission Oil Temperature
Ground GND-010
(55.100)
Resistor R-005 Clutch Potentiometer
Resistor R-008 POTENTIOMETER Connector X- (55.100)
Switch S-003 Clutch Switch
Switch S-036 OIL PRESSURE
Switch S-090 Park
HOOD (55.100)
Switch S-091 Button-Neutral
Switch S-092 S
Switch S-093 Not Park N/C
(55.100)
Switch S-094 Forward
Switch S-095 Reverse
Connector X-001 X-001 CLUTCH SWITCH WB-289 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
Connector X-002 X-002 CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER WB-300 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-012 X-012 SHUTTLE SWITCH WB-396
Connector X-020 X-020 (T2) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-399 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-022 X-022 (T1) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-490 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-086B X-086B GROUND WB-493 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-091 X-091 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN2 (55.100)
Connector X-092 X-092 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1A WB-595 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-093 X-093 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1B (55.100)
Connector X-094 X-094 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN3A WB-615
Connector X-095 X-095 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN3B WB-645 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Connector X-272 X-272 PRESSURE SWITCH 1 (55.100)
Connector X-273 X-273 PRESSURE SWITCH 2 WB-720 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Connector X-290 X-290 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR WB-723 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-500 X-500 CREEPER (55.100)
Connector X-501 X-501 WB-813 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-745 X-745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE (55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 40
SHT_16 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 41

CONTROLLER - EDC Component Connector / Link Description
WB-011 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
Sensor B-005 Draft Pin LH
Sensor B-006 Draft Pin RH
Sensor B-042 Radar
Diode D-002 Diode WB-1264 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Diode D-009 Diode WB-1588 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (55.100)
Diode D-010 Diode WB-1629 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Resistor R-020 Rockshaft Potentiometer WB-177 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Resistor RES-031 Resistor WB-461 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-010 Hydraulic Master WB-467 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-024 LH HPL Switch (55.100)
Switch S-050 RH HPL Switch WB-508 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08 - FUSES 55-60 (55.100)
Switch SW-054 Switch WB-639 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector X-022 X-022 (T1) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR (55.100)
Connector X-024 X-024 ENGINE 2 WB-672 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-091 X-091 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN2 WB-702 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-092 X-092 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT-CN1A WB-714 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (55.100)
Connector X-093 X-093 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN1B WB-744 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-094 X-094 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN3A (55.100)
Connector X-097 X-097 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN4
Connector X-110 X-110 FENDER 2
Connector X-256 X-256 RH DRAFT PIN
Connector X-266 X-266 LH DRAFT PIN
Connector X-267 X-267 ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER
Connector X-268 X-268 EDC VALVE RAISE
Connector X-269 X-269 EDC VALVE LOWER
Connector X-407 X-407 HPL SWITCH
Connector X-681 X-681 ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE LOCK
SWITCH
Connector X-684 X-684 FRONT HITCH DETECT
Solenoid Y-012 EDC Valve Raise
Solenoid Y-013 EDC Valve Lower
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 42
SHT_17 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 43

- EDC (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1085 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
ECU A-001 TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER XCM FPS/SPS (RD/RB) WB-1154 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (55.100)
Sensor B-030 MEDIUM AND REVERSE POTENTIOMETER WB-1169 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Sensor B-031 SLOW AND FAST POTENTIOMETER (55.100)
Sensor B-037 CDE IN SPEED SENSOR WB-1175 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Sensor B-038 DE-GAS BOTTLE
Sensor B-055 TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (55.100)
Ground GND-SENS
Motor M-009 Motor (55.100)
Resistor R-017 Resistor
Switch S-096 Switch
Connector X-020 X-020 (T2) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR
(55.100)
WB-1279 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (55.100)
Connector X-081 X-081 SEAT CONNECTOR (55.100)
Connector X-092 X-092 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN1A
Connector X-093 X-093 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN1B
Connector X-095 X-095 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN3B (55.100)
Connector X-097 X-097 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN4 WB-141 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-222 X-222 DE-GAS BOTTLE (55.100)
Connector X-267 X-267 ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER WB-1491 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Connector X-273B X-273B TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SENSOR WB-1582 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Connector X-651 X-651 CDE IN SPEED SENSOR WB-1617 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-666 X-666 SLOW AND FAST POTENTIOMETER (55.100)
Connector X-667 X-667 MEDIUM AND REVERSE POTENTIOMETER WB-186 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
(55.100)
WB-242
(55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
WB-878 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 44
SHT_18 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 45
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE Wire Break
OFF Component Connector / Link Description
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1112 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100)
ECU A-001 TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER XCM FPS/SPS (RD/RB) WB-1115 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Sensor B-025 PTO twist Sensor WB-1199 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Sensor B-026 PTO Speed (55.100)
Switch S-011 Rear PTO Brake Switch WB-1225 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-047 RH PTO Switch - EDC (55.100)
Switch S-049 Lever Mounted PTO Brake WB-1237 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
- EDC (55.100)
Switch S-083 LH PTO Switch
(55.100)
Connector X-059A X-059A LEVER MOUNTED PTO BRAKE SW
Connector X-059B X-059B LM PTO MATING HALF
Connector X-067 X-067 REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH WB-1404 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-091 X-091 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN2 WB-147 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
(55.100)
(55.100)
Connector X-110 X-110 FENDER 2
(55.100)
Connector X-251 X-251 PTO SPEED SENSOR
Connector X-262 X-262 PTO TWIST SENSOR
Connector X-276 X-276 PTO SOLENOID
Connector X-277 X-277 PTO BRAKE WB-675 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
(55.100)
Connector X-278 X-278 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
Connector X-406 X-406 PTO SWITCH WB-732 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Solenoid Y-018 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid WB-929 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Solenoid Y-019 Rear PTO Solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 46
SHT_19 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 47
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY Wire Break

CONTOL UNIT Component Connector / Link Description
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-245 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
ECU A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-(Front suspension/front hitch) WB-356 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
B-011 (55.100)
Sensor Axle Position Sensor
Sensor B-023 Suspension Accelerometer WB-387 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Switch S-043 Front Suspension Pressure Switch WB-624 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08 - FUSES 55-60 (55.100)
Connector X-020 X-020 (T2) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-663 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS (55.100)
Connector X-022 X-022 (T1) EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR WB-935 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100)
Connector X-066 X-066 SWITCH PANEL
Connector X-098 X-098 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN2
Connector X-099 X-099 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN1A
Connector X-100 X-100 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN1B
Connector X-101 X-101 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN3B
Connector X-102 X-102 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN3A
Connector X-227 X-227 FRONT HITCH & FRONT PTO
Connector X-259 X-259 SFA VALVES
Connector X-299 X-299 PTO GROUND SPEED
Connector X-659 X-659 LINK LEVELLING
Solenoid Y-002 Suspension Raise Solenoid
Solenoid Y-003 Suspension Lower Solenoid
Solenoid Y-004 Suspension Upper Lockout Solenoid
Solenoid Y-005 Suspension Lower Lockout Solenoid
Solenoid Y-006 Link Levelling Valve 2
Solenoid Y-020 PTO GROUND SPEED
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 48
SHT_20 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 49
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY Wire Break

CONTROL UNIT Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
(55.100)
ECU A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) - (Front suspension/front hitch)
Sensor B-027 Front Hitch Position
Sensor B-043 FRONT HPL MECHANICAL REMOTES
Switch S-001 Front Hitch Raise
Switch S-009 Front Hitch Lower WB-1425 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Switch SW-055 Front Hitch Lower WB-300 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-024 X-024 ENGINE 2 (55.100)
Connector X-026 X-026 ENGINE 1 WB-487 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-098 X-098 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN2 WB-490 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-099 X-099 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN1A (55.100)
Connector X-100 X-100 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN1B WB-537 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (55.100)
Connector X-101 X-101 AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU)-CN3B WB-681 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Connector X-227 X-227 FRONT HITCH & FRONT PTO WB-735 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 08 SH08 - FUSES 55-60 (55.100)
Connector X-394 X-394 WB-887 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-395 X-395 FRONT HPL MECHANICAL REMOTES WB-959 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-817 X-817 (55.100)
Solenoid Y-016 PTO Solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 50
SHT_21 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 51
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 22 SH22 - STEERING Wire Break

CONTROL UNIT Component Connector / Link Description

ECU A-030 Fast Steer
Sensor B-020 Proximity Sensor
Sensor B-021 Position Transducer
Diode D-006 Diode
Switch S-004 Fast Steer
Solenoid Y-015 Solenoid Valve
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 52
SHT_22 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 53
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT Wire Break

CLUSTER Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
(55.100)
WB-1337 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (55.100)
ECU A-014 Keypad
ECU A-032 Advanced Display Instrument Cluster (ADIC) /ICU3
Sensor B-004 Steering Angle
Sensor B-024 Fuel Tank Sensor
Speaker H-007 BUZZER
Switch S-029 Brake Fluid Level
(55.100)
Switch S-086 Power Steering
(55.100)
Connector X-008 X-008 KEYPAD
Connector X-009 X-009 Advanced Display Instrument Cluster (ADIC) /ICU2 CN3
(55.100)
Connector X-095 X-095 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN3B
Connector X-096 X-096 CASE GROUND
(55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
Connector X-235 X-235 STEERING SENSOR
Connector X-265 X-265 FUEL TANK SENDER
Connector X-302 X-302 P.A.P PRESS SWITCH WB-808 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (55.100)
Connector X-303 X-303 P.A.S PRESS SWITCH WB-822 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
Connector X-500 X-500 CREEPER WB-905 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Connector X-502 X-502 WB-914 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-687 X-687 BUZZER
Solenoid Y-039 Creeper Solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 54
SHT_23 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 55
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT Wire Break

CLUSTER Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
ECU A-032 Advanced Display Instrument Cluster (ADIC )/ICU3
(55.100)
Switch S-022 Engine Air Filter
Switch S-026 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER
Switch S-028 Transmission Hydro Filter
Switch S-037 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch
(55.100)
Connector X-009 X-009 Advanced Display Instrument Cluster (ADIC) /ICU2 CN3
(55.100)
Connector X-223-1 X-223-1 AIR CLEANER 2
Connector X-223-2 X-223-2 AIR CLEANER 1
(55.100)
Connector X-260 X-260 LOW HYDRAULIC CHARGE SWITCH
Connector X-472 X-472 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER
Connector X-473 X-473 LOW HYDRAULIC CHARGE SWITCH
Connector X-474 X-474 HPL HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED (VACUM SWITCH)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 56
SHT_24 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 57
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 Wire Break

- EDC (55.100)
ECU A-002 Armrest T7 (55.100)
Ground GND-007 WB-168 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Motor M-010 Armrest Adjust Motor WB-621 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS
Resistor RES-010 Resistor HOOD (55.100)
Switch S-063 Armrest Adjust Switch WB-720 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch SW-007 Switch (55.100)
Connector X-080 X-080 ARMREST 1 WB-878 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-093 X-093 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN1B (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 58
SHT_25 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 59
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST Wire Break

(55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-248 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
ECU A-002 Armrest T7 WB-321 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Lamp E-005 Diode (55.100)
Lamp E-028 Diode WB-714 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Lamp E-037 Diode - EDC (55.100)
Lamp E-038 Diode WB-768 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Lamp E-039 Diode WB-956 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Lamp E-040 Diode (55.100)
Lamp E-043 Diode
Lamp E-056 Diode
Lamp E-058 Diode
Lamp E-059 Diode
Lamp E-060 Diode
Lamp E-061 Diode
Lamp E-062 Diode
Lamp E-063 Diode
Lamp E-064 Custom Component
Lamp E-065 Custom Component
Resistor R-031 Custom Component
Switch S-002 Custom Component
Switch S-127 Switch
Switch S-128 Switch
Switch S-129 Switch
Switch S-130 Switch
Switch S-131 Switch
Switch S-132 Switch
Connector X-080 X-080 ARMREST 1
Connector X-093 X-093 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN1B
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 60
SHT_26 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 61
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 27 SH27 - Wire Break

AUTO-GUIDANCE Component Connector / Link Description


ECU A-004 NAV CONTROLLER (CERES)
ECU A-005 Roof GPS Connector
ECU A-009 Data Logger
Sensor B-003 Steering Pressure
Sensor B-028 Steering Angle
Relay K-032 Solenoid Valve B Isolate
Relay K-033 Solenoid Valve A Isolate
Relay K-034 Relay Base Crank Isolate
Switch S-005 Control Switch
Connector X-097 X-097 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN4
Connector X-235 X-235 STEERING SENSOR
Connector X-705 X-705 TURN RIGHT (TOP)
Connector X-706 X-706 TURN LEFT (BOTTOM)
Connector X-709 X-709 STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
Connector X-712 X-712 ISOLATION (MANIFOLD)
Solenoid Y-044 AUTOGUIDANCE Dump Solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 62
SHT_27 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 63
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM Wire Break
ECU A-002 ArmRest T7
ECU A-013 Mechanical Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 1
ECU A-021 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 1
ECU A-027 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 10, Mechanical
Electro-Hydraulic Remote 4
ECU A-042 Mechanical Electro-Hydraulic Remote Valve 3,
Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 9
Ground GND-008
Relay K-020 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve Lock
Connector X-304_1 X-304_1
Connector X-326-3 X-326-3 GROUND Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valves
Connector X-681 X-681 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valves lock switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 64
SHT_28 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 65
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE Wire Break

CONTROL AUTO Component Connector / Link Description
T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ] LA 1-14 (55.100)
(55.100)
ECU A-006 Custom Component
ECU A-015 Automatic Temperature Controll (ATC) ECU
Sensor B-050 Load
Sensor B-051 Load
Sensor B-053 Load
Sensor B-054 Load
Relay K-006 Blower Motor
Relay K-025 A/C Clutch Relay
Motor M-011 Motor
Resistor R-030 Sensor
Switch S-015 Blower Speed Switch
Switch S-016 Mode Switch
Switch S-017 A/C Pressure Switch
Switch S-061 Switch
Connector X-086D X-086D AIR CONNECTOR GROUND
Connector X-087 X-087 LOADER VALVE NO 3
Connector X-225 X-225 A/C PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-694 X-694 AIR CONNECTOR POWER
Connector X-695 X-695 AIR CONNECTOR CONTROL
Solenoid Y-027 LOADER VALVE NO 3
Solenoid Y-028 A/C Clutch
Solenoid Y-047 Resistor
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 66
SHT_29 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 67
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE Wire Break

CONTROL (MANUAL) Component Connector / Link Description
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1561 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS
HOOD (55.100)
Relay K-019 A/C Clutch Relay
Motor M-001 Blower Motor
Switch S-013 Blower Speed Switch
Switch S-014 Mode Switch
Switch S-017 A/C Pressure Switch
Switch S-018 A/C Switch
Connector X-036 X-036 F=R7, E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11, A=R20
Connector X-225 X-225 A/C PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-694 X-694 AIR CONNECTOR POWER
Solenoid Y-048 A/C Clutch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 68
SHT_30 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 69
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED Wire Break

MIRRORS Component Connector / Link Description
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1407 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
ECU A-018 Mirror Control WB-1410 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Motor M-013 Motor WB-1629 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Motor M-014 Motor - EDC (55.100)
Motor M-015 Motor WB-257 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Motor M-016 Motor WB-522 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Resistor RES-001 Resistor WB-636 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Resistor RES-005 Resistor WB-645 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Switch S-019 Heated Mirror Switch WB-711 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Switch SW-052 Switch WB-771 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Connector X-086C X-086C GROUND WB-834 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Connector X-611 X-611 HEATED MIRROR SWITCH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 70
SHT_31 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 71
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 32 SH32 - HEATED Wire Break

SCREEN Component Connector / Link Description


Diode D-005 Diode
Diode D-011 Diode
Relay K-037 REAR SCREEN HEATER R2
Relay K-038 FRONT SCREEN HEATER R1
Resistor R-049 Front Screen Heater A
Resistor R-050 Front Screen Heater B
Resistor R-051 Rear Screen Heater
Switch S-071 Screen Heater Control
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 72
SHT_32 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 73
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT Wire Break

SOCKETS Component Connector / Link Description
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description 1-14 (55.100)
Power outlet J-001 Rear Implement Socket WB-1497 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (55.100)
Power outlet J-002 30A Socket WB-1593 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Power outlet J-006 8A Socket FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Power outlet J-007 Cigar Lighter WB-708 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Power outlet J-008 Power Studs 1-14 (55.100)
Power outlet J-009 DIA WB-774 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector X-032 X-032 GROUND
Connector X-032B X-032B GROUND
Connector X-086A X-086A GROUND
Connector X-115A X-115A 30A POSITIVE POWER SOCKET
Connector X-115B X-115B REAR IMPLEMENT SOCKET
Connector X-116 X-116 REAR IMPLEMENT SOCKET
Connector X-116B X-116B NEGATIVE IMPLEMENT SOCKET
Connector X-117 X-117 POWER STUDS
Connector X-130 X-130 CIGAR LIGHTER
Connector X-131 X-131 CIGAR LIGHTER
Connector X-132 X-132 8A SOCKET
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 74
SHT_33 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 75
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT Wire Break
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1079 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-118 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
ECU A-031 Flasher ECU (55.100)
Lamp E-011 Extremity Lamp RH WB-1369 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Lamp E-012 Extremity Lamp LH 1-14 (55.100)
Relay K-004 Lights WB-1404 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Switch S-021 Main Light Switch WB-1416 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Switch S-046 Hazard switch WB-1467 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 06 SH06 - FUSES 31-45 (55.100)
Switch SW-039 Main Beam Flash WB-1573 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Switch SW-040 Indicators WB-1635 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS
Connector X-004 X-004 MAIN LIGHT SWITCH HOOD (55.100)
Connector X-007 X-007 HAZARD SWITCH CAB MAIN WB-251 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (55.100)
Connector X-034 X-034 R3 & R4 WB-303 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (55.100)
Connector X-053 X-053 FLASHER ECU
Connector X-434 X-434 HAZARD SWITCH
Connector X-688 X-688 EXTREMITY LAMP LH WB-586 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (55.100)
Connector X-689 X-689 EXTREMITY LAMP RH WB-660 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE
LAMPS (55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 76
SHT_34 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 77
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - Wire Break

WORKLAMPS/BEACONS Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
ECU A-035 Working Lamp ECU
WB-1422 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL)
Lamp E-029 Work lamps LH Front Upper
(55.100)
Lamp E-030 Grabrail Work lamps LH
Lamp E-031 Work lamps LH Rear
Lamp E-032 Work lamps RH Rear
Lamp E-033 Work lamps RH Front Upper
Lamp E-034 Work lamps RH Front
1-14 (55.100)
Lamp E-035 Rotating Beacon LH
Lamp E-036 Rotating Beacon RH HOOD (55.100)
Relay K-014 WORK LAMPS ECU (Dip Beam) WB-560 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-037 X-037 R13 & R14 WB-586 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
WB-627 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (55.100)
Connector X-555 X-555 ROOF ADD ON HEAD LAMPS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 78
SHT_35 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 79
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE Wire Break

& LICENSE PLATE LAMPS Component Connector / Link Description
WB-1440 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (55.100)

Lamp E-009 Console Lamp RH
Lamp E-010 Grabrail Side Lamp RH
Lamp E-014 Grabrail Side Lamp LH
Lamp E-015 License Plate RH
Lamp E-016 License Plate RH
Lamp E-017 License Plate LH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 80
SHT_36 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 81
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK Wire Break
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-017 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-049 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
ECU A-043 SWITCH PANEL
ECU A-048 JOYSTICK
(55.100)
Connector X-083 X-083 JOYSTICK
WB-130 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS (55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 82
SHT_37 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 83
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH Wire Break
& LAMP Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
Lamp E-066 FRONT PTO LAMP
Lamp E-067 REAR PTO LAMP WB-1252 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Relay K-043 HEATED MIRRORS RELAY WB-127 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS
(55.100)
Relay K-044 SEE-U HOME RELAY
Switch S-097 FRONT PTO SWITCH
Switch S-139 DOG CONNECTOR
Switch S-140 DIODE CONNECTOR WB-1410 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Switch S-141 HAND THROTTLE WB-1452 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Switch S-142 GEAR SHIFT LEVER WB-150 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-039 X-039 DIODE CONNECTOR (55.100)
Connector X-040 X-040 DIODE CONNECTOR WB-1602 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-043 X-043 DISPLAY OF GEARS (DOG) CONNECTOR (55.100)
Connector X-052 X-052 HAND THROTTLE WB-1653 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-054 X-054 GEAR SHIFT LEVER (55.100)
Connector X-061-1 X-061-1 FRONT PTO LAMP WB-168 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Connector X-061-2 X-061-2 FRONT PTO LAMP WB-209 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Connector X-062 X-062 FRONT PTO SWITCH WB-212 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-069-1 X-069-1 REAR PTO LAMP WB-218 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-069-2 X-069-2 REAR PTO LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-100 X-100 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-CN1B WB-248 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (55.100)
Connector X-612 X-612 HEATED MIRRIRS RELAY WB-257 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Connector X-686 X-686 SEE-U HOME RELAY WB-309 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (55.100)
Connector X-730 X-730 MULTI CONTROL OPTION WB-341 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND REVERSE (55.100)
Connector X-731 X-731 WB-344 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS
HOOD (55.100)
HOOD (55.100)
(55.100)
(55.100)
- EDC (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 84
SHT_38 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 85
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / Wire Break

WORKLAMPS HOOD Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
WB-1561 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL)
(55.100)
Lamp E-002 LH Headlamp
Lamp E-008 RH Headlamp
(55.100)
Lamp E-026 Corner Lamp RH
Lamp E-027 Corner Lamp LH
Lamp E-041 Work lamp RH
Lamp E-042 Work lamp LH
Ground GND-005
WB-621 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (55.100)
Speaker H-002 Horn
Relay K-007 Dip Beam Headlamps
Relay K-009 Main Beam Headlamps
Relay K-015 Front Work lamp
Switch S-100 AUXILIARY HEADLAMP
Connector X-107 X-107 AUXILIARY HEADLAMP SWITCH
Connector X-108 X-108 AUXILIARY HEADLAMP SWITCH
Connector X-555A X-555A LINK PLUG
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 86
SHT_39 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 87
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER Wire Break

T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-251 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-566 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Lamp E-022 MARKER LIGHTS WB-986 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Lamp E-023 Trailer
Ground GND-006
Connector X-053 X-053 FLASHER ECU
Connector X-253_1 X-253_1 TRAILER SOCKET
Connector X-326-2 X-326-2 GROUND (TRAILER SOCKET)
Connector X-870 X-870 MARKER LIGHTS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 88
SHT_40 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 89
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 41 SH41 - INTERIOR Wire Break

LIGHTS Component Connector / Link Description

Lamp E-001 Puddle Lamp LH
Lamp E-004 Puddle Lamp LH
Lamp E-006 Interior Lamp
Switch S-041 Door Switch RH
Switch S-042 Door Switch LH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 90
SHT_41 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 91
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL Wire Break
LAMPS & WORKLAMPS Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
Lamp E-018 RH Stop & Tail Lamp
Lamp E-019 WB-127 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
LH Stop & Tail Lamp
Lamp E-024 Work Lamp Fender LH WB-1299 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Lamp E-025 Work Lamp Fender RH WB-144 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Lamp E-055 License Lamp WB-1585 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Lamp E-057 License Lamp WB-1656 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Relay K-008 Stop Lamps WB-277 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Relay K-016 Rear Work lamps WB-371 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Switch S-044 Stop Lamp Switch RH WB-390 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Switch S-045 Stop Lamp Switch LH WB-475 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-013 X-013 STOP LAMP SWITCH LH WB-496 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
Connector X-014 X-014 STOP LAMP SWITCH RH WB-816 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES
Connector X-036 X-036 F=R7, E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11, A=R20 1-14 (55.100)
Connector X-039 X-039 DIODE CONNECTOR WB-854 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-074 X-074 F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19, A=R20 (55.100)
Connector X-111 X-111 RH FENDER CONNECTOR 1 OF THE TAIL LAMP WB-911 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Connector X-403 X-403 WORK LAMP
Connector X-404 X-404 LICENCE LAMP 1
Connector X-409 X-409 STOP AND TAIL LIGHT
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 92
SHT_42 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 93
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO Wire Break

T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1440 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA LAMPS (55.100)
ECU A-033 Radio
Ground GND-004
Speaker H-003 Speaker RH Rear
Speaker H-004 Speaker RH Front
Speaker H-005 Speaker LHF
Speaker H-006 Speaker LHR
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 94
SHT_43 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 95
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & Wire Break
WIPERS Component Connector / Link Description
1-14 (55.100)
Diode D-003 Diode
Relay K-001 & K-002 FRONT/REAR WIPER TIMER
Motor M-004 Front Wiper Motor (Cab)
Motor M-005 Rear Wiper Motor
Motor M-006 Front Washer Motor
Motor M-007 Rear Washer Motor
Switch S-065 Front & Rear Wiper Switch
Switch S-077 Switch
Connector X-011 X-011 FRONT & REAR WIPER SWITCH
Connector X-123 X-123 WASHER MOTOR REAR
Connector X-125 X-125 WASHER MOTOR FRONT
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 96
SHT_44 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 97
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR Wire Break

DISPLAY Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
ECU A-007 Color Display
Lamp E-003 Lamp Feed
Connector X-028 X-028 DIAGNOSTIC 2
Connector X-619 X-619 VIRTUAL CONNECTOR 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 98
SHT_45 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 99
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER Wire Break

BRAKES Component Connector / Link Description
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1608 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Sensor B-040 Air Brake Pressure Sensor WB-1638 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (55.100)
Relay K-010 Hydraulic Trailer Brakes WB-183 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Relay K-012 Pneumatic Trailer Brake WB-326 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Switch S-027 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch WB-365 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
Switch S-053 Low Pump O/P Switch WB-808 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
Connector X-009 X-009 ADIC/ICU2 CN3 WB-819 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Solenoid Y-021 Brake De-Icer
Solenoid Y-022 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid
Solenoid Y-023 Park Brake Solenoid
Solenoid Y-037 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 100
SHT_46 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 101
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC Wire Break

PARK LOCK Component Connector / Link Description
(55.100)
ECU A-012 Electronic Park Lock (EPL)
Relay K-011 Electronic Park Lock (EPL)
Relay K-035 Electronic Park Lock (EPL)
(55.100)
Switch S-030 Handbrake
Connector X-009 X-009 ADIC/ICU2 CN3
(55.100)
Connector X-121 X-121 HAND BRAKE
Connector X-745 X-745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE WB-822 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 102
SHT_47 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 103
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND Wire Break
REVERSE Component Connector / Link Description
1-14 (55.100)
ECU A-036 LOADER POWER
Diode D-001 Diode
Diode D-004 Diode
Lamp E-020 REVERSE ALARM LIGHT
Ground GND-002
Ground GND-003
Speaker H-001 REVERSE ALARM BUZZER
Relay K-026 Reverse relay
Relay K-027 Front Loader Relay A
Connector X-082 X-082 TO CAB LOADER POWER
Connector X-082A X-082A LOADER POWER
Connector X-458 X-458 REVERSE ALARM/LIGHT RELAY
Connector X-476 X-476 REVERSE ALARM BUZZER
Connector X-477 X-477 REVERSE ALARM LIGHT
Connector X-493 X-493 LOADER CONTROLLER
Connector X-703 X-703 CCC INTERFACE JUMPER
Connector X-703A X-703A CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-INTERFACE
Solenoid Y-010 Loader 2
Solenoid Y-036 Loader 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 104
SHT_48 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 105
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER Wire Break
T7.205 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7205CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1431 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1485 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
ECU A-020 TECU (ISOBUS) FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Power outlet J-003 Break Away (Rear) WB-1526 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Power outlet J-004 Break Away (55.100)
Relay K-039 ISO Relay 2 WB-1626 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Relay K-040 ISO Relay 1 (Rear) FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Relay K-041 ISO Relay 2 (Rear) WB-481 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 18 SH18 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Relay K-042 ISO Relay 1 (55.100)
Connector X-601 X-601 BREAK AWAY WB-750 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI
Connector X-602 X-602 ISOBUS RELAY 1 IMPLEMENT ECU FUSES 1-6 (55.100)
Connector X-603 X-603 ISOBUS RELAY 2 IMPLEMENT POWER WB-890 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 16 SH16 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
Connector X-605 X-605 BATTERY NEGATIVE (55.100)
Connector X-613 X-613 NON TECU POWER 1
Connector X-616 X-616 ECU-CN1
Connector X-620 X-620 FRONT BREAK AWAY
Connector X-658 X-658 ISOBUS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 106
SHT_49 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 107
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS Wire Break
Connector X-031 X-031 ADVANCED DISPLAY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (ADIC) WB-353 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (55.100)
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR WB-828 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (55.100)
Connector X-072 X-072 F21 TO F40 MINI FUSE WB-974 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 108
SHT_50 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 109
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 Wire Break
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1187 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-1314 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (55.100)
ECU A-002 Armrest T7
- EDC (55.100)
ECU A-003 ENGINE ECU - EDC 16
ECU A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) (Front suspension/front hitch)
ECU A-012 Electronic Park Lock
ECU A-014 Keypad
ECU A-015 Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) ECU
ECU A-020 TECU (ISOBUS)
ECU A-030 Fast Steer
Connector X-008 X-008 KEYPAD
Connector X-092 X-092 CCU-CN1A
Connector X-093 X-093 CCU-CN1B
Connector X-099 X-099 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU)-CN1A
Connector X-745 X-745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 110
SHT_51 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 111
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN Wire Break
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-124 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 53 SH53 - EHR CAN (55.100)
ECU A-004 NAV CONTROLLER (CERES)
ECU A-007 DISPLAY (AUTOGUIDANCE)
ECU A-010 Auxiliary Control Unit (ACU) (Front suspension/front hitch)
Connector X-092 X-092 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN1A
Connector X-619 X-619 Virtual connector 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 112
SHT_52 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 113
T7.190 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7190CECW21177 - ] LA WB-124 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (55.100)
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-197 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (55.100)
ECU A-002 Armrest T7 WB-297 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (55.100)
Resistor R-016 Terminating Resistor
Connector X-304_2 X-304_2 BUS TERMINATOR RESISTOR
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 114
SHT_53 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 115

ECU A-027 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 10, Mechanical
ECU A-042 Mechanical Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve 3,
Resistor R-016 Terminating Resistor
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 116
SHT_54 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 117
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN Wire Break
(55.100)
ECU A-002 Armrest T7 (55.100)
ECU A-007 Display (Autoguidance) WB-971 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
ECU A-020 TECU (ISOBUS) (55.100)
ECU A-037 Bare End
ECU A-038 Bare End
ECU A-039 TECU CAN Spare
ECU A-040 TECU CAN Spare
Power outlet J-003 Break Away (Rear)
Power outlet J-004 Break Away
Connector X-094 X-094 CCU-CN3A
Connector X-616A X-616A TECU CAN SPARE
Connector X-616B X-616B TECU CAN SPARE
Connector X-619 X-619 VIRTUAL CONNECTOR 1
Connector X-657 X-657 BREAK AWAY 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 118
SHT_55 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 119
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 56 SH56 - HVAC CONTROL Wire Break

ECU A-016 VEHICLE CONNECTOR
Sensor B-007 WATER VALVE ACTUATOR
Sensor B-008 TEMPERATURE POTENTIOMETER
Sensor B-010 THERMOSTAT
Ground GND-011 GROUND LEAD
Switch S-020 PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-202 X-202 VEHICLE CONNECTOR
Connector X-203 X-203 TEMPERATURE POTENTIOMETER
Connector X-204 X-204 THERMOSTAT
Connector X-205 X-205 WATER VALVE ACTUATOR
Connector X-206 X-206 PRESSURE SWITCH
Connector X-208 X-208 GROUND
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 120
SHT_56 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 121
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT Wire Break
SW Component Connector / Link Description
Type Component Connector / Link Description WB-1065 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100)
ECU A-044 DIVERTOR SWITCH WB-1109 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 15 SH15 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
ECU A-045 TOP LINK SWITCH (55.100)
ECU A-046 ELECTRO-HIDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE SELECT WB-1136 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100)
SWITCH WB-1258 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
ECU A-047 SIDE LINK SWITCH WB-1270 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Sensor B-056 WB-1273 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (55.100)
Power outlet J-010 WB-1355 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (55.100)
Switch S-064 LIFT-O-MATIC WB-1361 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Switch S-066 BATTERY ISOLATOR WB-1407 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
Switch S-098 FRONT HPL LIMIT POTENCIOMETER WB-1425 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (55.100)
Switch S-103 REAR PTO SWITCH WB-1497 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (55.100)
Connector X-046 X-046 LIFT-O-MATIC WB-215 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 07 SH07 - FUSES 46-54 (55.100)
Connector X-063 X-063 FRONT HPL LIMIT POTENCIOMETER WB-245 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100)
Connector X-068 X-068 REAR PTO SWITCH
Connector X-078 X-078 DIVERTER SWITCH
Connector X-089 X-089 RADAR 11786
Connector X-115 X-115 30A POWER SOCKET WB-528 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
(55.100)
Connector X-142 X-142 BATTERY ISOLATOR
X-678 X-678 WB-572 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 05 SH05 - FUSES 22-30 (55.100)
Connector TOP LINK SWITCH
Connector X-679 X-679 SIDE LINK SWITCH WB-580 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR
Connector X-682 X-682 ELECTRO-HIDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE SELECT (55.100)
SWITCH WB-711 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (55.100)
(55.100)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 122
SHT_57 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 123
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS Wire Break
T7.195 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7195CECW21177 - ] LA WB-663 Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (55.100)

Switch S-099 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve Levers
Switch S-101
Switch S-102
Connector X-064 X-064 Electro-Hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valve Levers
Connector X-091 X-091 Central Control Unit (CCU)-CN2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 124
SHT_58 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 125
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 126
Wire connectors - Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission

18x6, with cab
NOTE: Tractors equipped with Semi-Powershift transmissions.
• Wire connectors - Component diagram 00 (55.100).

47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 127

47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 128
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00

4X-03 - (Male)
Pin From Wire Description Color-Size Frame
4 X-126 (Female) pin 6 LH 1616 1616 BK - 0.75 SHEET 42
FENDER CONNECTOR 1
TAIL LAMP
GROUND - 001 - (82013012) (Male)
82013012 1
82013012
1 X-013 (Male) pin 1 STOP BT-001 BT-001 BK - 70.0 SHEET 02
LAMP SW LEFT
X-001 - CLUTCH SWITCH (82918052) (Male)
82918052 2
82918052
1 X-012 (Male) pin 4 SHUTTLE CB-535 CB-535 WH - 0.75 SHEET 16
SWITCH
2 SP-003-P-X CB-536 CB-536 YE - 0.75
3 X-092 (Male) pin 8 CCU-CN1A CB-552 CB-552 RD - 0.75
4 X-003 (Male) pin 6 STARTER CB-177 CB-177 WH - 1.0
SWITCH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 129
X-002 - CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER (84062580) (Male)
84062580 3
84062580
1 SP-013-P-X CB-543 CB-543 GN - 0.75 SHEET 16
2 X-097 (Male) pin 20 CCU-CN4 CB-538 CB-538 YE - 0.75
3 SP-046-P-X CB-93 CB-93 BK - 1.0
X-003 - STARTER SWITCH (82866277) (Male)
82866277 4
82866277
1 X-073 (Male) pin 8A F1 TO CB-113 CB-113 BR - 2.5 SHEET 03
F20 MINI FUSE
2 X-072 (Male) pin 20B F21 TO CB-111 CB-111 WH - 1.5 SHEET 06
F40 MINI FUSE
3 X-071 (Male) pin 3A F41 TO CB-106 CB-106 WH - 1.5
F60 MINI FUSE
6 X-001 pin 4 CLUTCH SWITCH CB-177 CB-177 WH - 1.0 SHEET 06
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 130
X-004 - MAIN LIGHT SWITCH (87702231) (Male)
87702231 5
87702231
1 SP-006-P-X CB-114 CB-114 BR - 1.0 SHEET 34
2 X-034 (Male) pin B86 R3 CB-53 CB-53 RD - 0.75
& R4
3 SP-001-P-X CB-231 CB-231 BL - 0.75 SHEET 09
5 SP-037-P-X CB-346 CB-346 GN - 0.75
6 X-026 (Female) pin 30 CB-149 CB-149 VT - 0.75
ENGINE 1
7 X-053 (Male) pin B3 FLASHER CB-349 CB-349 GN - 0.75
ECU
ECU
X-005 - (82016219) (Male)
82016219 6
82016219
1 X-745 pin A7 ELECTRONIC CB-775 CB-775 GN - 0.75 SHEET 23
PARK BRAKE
3 X-026 (Female) pin 50 CB-734 CB-734 PK - 0.75 SHEET 24
ENGINE 1
4 X-026 (Female) pin 24 CB-362 CB-362 GY - 0.75 SHEET 23
ENGINE 1
5 SP-012-P-X CB-354 CB-354 GN - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 131

7 X-066 (Male) pin C8 SWITCH CB-580 CB-580 WH - 0.5
PANEL
8 X-031 pin 2 ADIC CB-607 CB-607 TN - 0.75
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
9 X-031 pin 1 ADIC CB-610 CB-610 WH - 0.75
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
10 X-026 (Female) pin 18 CB-497 CB-497 GN - 0.75
ENGINE 1
11 X-026 (Female) pin 44 CB-188 CB-188 GY - 0.75
ENGINE 1
12 X-020 (Female) pin 48 CB-517 CB-517 BR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
13 X-026 (Female) pin 22 CB-729 CB-729 LG - 0.75
ENGINE 1
14 X-686 pin 4 SEE-U HOME CB-24 CB-24 YE - 0.75
RELAY
15 SP-049-P-X CB-204 CB-204 RD - 0.75 SHEET 05
16 SP-002-P-X CB-181 CB-181 WH - 1.0 SHEET 24
17 X-026 (Female) pin 19 CB-151 CB-151 LB - 0.75
ENGINE 1
19 X-026 (Female) pin 40 CB-269 CB-269 GN - 0.75 SHEET 23
ENGINE 1
21 X-037 pin B86 R13 & R14 CB-483 CB-483 YE - 0.75 SHEET 24
23 SP-102-P-X CB-59 CB-59 BK - 1.0 SHEET 13
24 X-072 pin 16A F21 TO F40 CB-136 CB-136 YE - 1.0 SHEET 06
MINI FUSE
25 X-026 (Female) pin 41 CB-189 CB-189 BR - 0.75 SHEET 24
ENGINE 1
26 SP-014-P-X CB-375 CB-375 VT - 1.0 SHEET 23
X-006 - (82028492) (Male)
82028492 7
82028492
11 X-089 pin 5 RADAR 11786 CB-401 CB-401 VT - 0.5 SHEET 23
14 X-089 pin 3 RADAR 11786 CB-602 CB-602 VT - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 132
X-007 - HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS (87715977) (Female)
87715977 8
87715977
ECU
3 SP-102-P-X CB-60 CB-60 BK - 0.75
4 X-053 (Male) pin A6 FLASHER CB-220 CB-220 GN - 0.75
ECU
X-007 - HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS (47738313) (Male)
47738313 9
47738313
1 X-434 (Male) pin 2 HAZARD HA-150BD HA-150BD VT - 1.0 SHEET 34
SWITCH
2 X-434 (Male) pin 3 HAZARD HA-1020A HA-1020A GN - 1.0
SWITCH
3 X-434 (Male) pin 7 HAZARD HA-57BF HA-57BF BK - 0.75
SWITCH
4 X-434 (Male) pin 8 HAZARD HA-1020 HA-1020 GN - 0.75
SWITCH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 133
X-008 - KEYPAD (87687242) (Male)
87687242 10
87687242
2 SP-008B-P-X CB-470 CB-470 GN - 0.75 SHEET 51
3 SP-008A-P-X CB-459 CB-459 YE - 0.75
X-009 - ADVANCED DISPLAY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (ADIC)/ICU2 CN3 (82028493) (Male)
82028493 11
82028493
1 X-046 pin 2 LIFT-O-MATIC CB-689 CB-689 RD - 0.75 SHEET 24
2 X-020 (Female) pin 9 CB-518 CB-518 RD - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
5 X-026 (Female) pin 42 CB-732 CB-732 WH - 0.75 SHEET 23
ENGINE 1
6 X-020 pin 26 TRANSMISSION CB-569 CB-569 TN - 1.0
2
7 SP-066-P-X CB-360 CB-360 RD - 0.75
8 X-687 (Male) pin 2 BUZZER CB-14 CB-14 OR - 1.0
10 X-687 (Male) pin 1 BUZZER CB-15 CB-15 BL - 1.0
11 X-106 (Female) pin C6 ROOF CB-739 CB-739 VT - 0.75
HARNESS
12 X-020 (Female) pin 28 CB-268 CB-268 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
13 X-053 pin A7 FLASHER ECU CB-238 CB-238 LG - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
2
16 X-053 pin B5 FLASHER ECU CB-237 CB-237 LG - 0.75
19 X-030 (Male) pin G CB-322 CB-322 GN - 0.75 SHEET 24
DIAGNOSTIC 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 134

ENGINE 1
22 X-024 (Female) pin 13 CB-377 CB-377 PK - 0.75
ENGINE 2
23 X-026 pin 39 ENGINE 1 CB-731 CB-731 YE - 0.75 SHEET 07
26 SP-008A-P-X CB-458 CB-458 YE - 0.75 SHEET 23
X-030-1 - (87480232) (Male)

1 SP-304C-P-X CB-675 CB-675 RD - 0.75 SHEET 55
X-030-2 - (87480232) (Male)

1 SP-304D-P-X CB-676 CB-676 BK - 0.75 SHEET 55
X-061-1 - FRONT PTO LAMP (87691062) (Male)
87691062 12
87691062
1 SP-061-P-X CB-330 CB-330 PK - 0.75 SHEET 38
X-061-2 - FRONT PTO LAMP (87581782) (Male)
87581782 13
87581782
1 X-098 (Male) pin 19 ACU-CN2 CB-332 CB-332 OR - 0.75 SHEET 38
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 135
X-069-1 - REAR PTO LAMP (87691062) (Male)
87691062 14
87691062
X-069-2 - REAR PTO LAMP (87581782) (Male)
87581782 15
87581782
1 X-095 pin 27 CCU-CN3B CB-312 CB-312 BR - 0.75 SHEET 19
X-221-1 - (87581782) (Male)
87581782 16
87581782
1 X-026 (Male) pin 24 ENGINE 1 EN-32 EN-32 SL - 0.75 SHEET 23
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 136
X-221-2 - (87581782) (Male)
87581782 17
87581782
1 SP-133-P-X EN-96 EN-96 GN - 0.75 SHEET 12
X-223-1 - AIR CLEANER 2 (87581782) (Male)
87581782 18
87581782
1 X-026 (Male) pin 44 ENGINE 1 EN-28 EN-28 SL - 0.75 SHEET 24
X-223-2 - AIR CLEANER 1 (87581782) (Male)
87581782 19
87581782
1 SP-136-P-X EN-29 EN-29 BK - 0.75 SHEET 24
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 137
X-253_1 - TRAILER SOCKET (82009748) (Male)
82009748 20
82009748
1 SP-428-P-X TR-73 TR-73 BR - 1.5 SHEET 40
1 X-020 (Male) pin 2 TR-15 TR-15 BR - 1.5
TRANSMISSION 2
82009748 21
82009748
1 X-020 (Male) pin 4 TR-14 TR-14 RD - 1.5 SHEET 40
TRANSMISSION 2
82009748 22
82009748
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 138

1 X-020 (Male) pin 3 TR-79 TR-79 BK - 1.5 SHEET 40
TRANSMISSION 2
1 SP-429-P-X TR-79 TR-79 BK - 1.5
1 X-020 (Male) pin 3 TR-16 TR-16 BK - 1.5
TRANSMISSION 2
82009748 23
82009748
1 X-020 (Male) pin 5 TR-2 TR-2 GN - 1.0 SHEET 40
TRANSMISSION 2
1 SP-430-P-X TR-81 TR-81 GN - 1.5
1 X-020 (Male) pin 5 TR-81 TR-81 GN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
82009748 24
82009748
1 X-326-2 (Male) pin 1 TR-4 TR-4 WH - 2.0 SHEET 40
EARTH(TRAILER SOCKET)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 139
82009748 25
82009748
1 X-020 (Male) pin 6 TR-3 TR-3 YE - 1.0 SHEET 40
TRANSMISSION 2
1 SP-427-P-X TR-80 TR-80 YE - 1.5
1 X-020 (Male) pin 6 TR-80 TR-80 YE - 1.5
TRANSMISSION 2
X-304_1 - BUS TERMINATION (87687242) (Female)
87687242 26
87687242
1 X-020 (Male) pin 30 TR-88 TR-88 GY - 1.0 SHEET 28
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 pin 32 TRANSMISSION TR-129 TR-129 BL - 1.0 SHEET 53
2
2 SP-166B-P-X 129 129 PRP - 0.75
3 X-304_1 pin 3 BUS TR-114 TR-114 RD - 1.0
TERMINATION
3 X-304_1 pin 3 BUS TR-114 TR-114 RD - 1.0
TERMINATION
3 SP-166A-P-X 114 114 RD - 0.75
3 X-020 pin 31 TRANSMISSION TR-114 TR-114 RD - 0.75
2
4 X-326-3 (Male) pin 1 TR-82 TR-82 BK - 1.0 SHEET 28
EARTH(EHRS)
X-304_1 - BUS TERMINATION (Male)

1 SP-344-P-X 511 511 SL - 1.0 SHEET 28
2 SP-347B-P-X 1119 1119 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 53
3 SP-347A-P-X 1118 1118 RD - 1.0
4 SP-345-P-X 497 497 BK - 1.0 SHEET 28
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 140
X-304_2 - BUS TERMINATOR RESISTOR () (Female)
X-304_2 - BUS TERMINATOR RESISTOR (Male)
87680652 27
87680652
2 SP-246-P-X TR-163 TR-163 BL - 1.0 SHEET 53
3 SP-245-P-X TR-164 TR-164 RD - 1.0
X-326-1 -GROUND (82012917) (Male)
82012917 28
82012917
1 SP-152-P-X TR-5 TR-5 BK - 5.0 SHEET 15
X-326-2 -GROUND (TRAILER SOCKET) (84123827) (Male)
84123827 29
84123827
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 141

1 X-253_5 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-4 TR-4 WH - 2.0 SHEET 40
SOCKET
X-326-3 - GROUND (ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVES) (84123827) (Male)
84123827 30
84123827
1 X-304_1 (Female) pin 4 BUS TR-82 TR-82 BK - 1.0 SHEET 28
TERMINATION
X-485-1 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-331A-P-X 40 40 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
X-485-10 - (87702406) (Male)

1 X-619 (Male) pin 5 11 11 YE - 0.75 SHEET 45
X-485-13 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-353-P-X 13 13 BL - 0.75 SHEET 45
X-485-14 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-328-P-X 21 21 BK - 0.75 SHEET 45
X-485-15 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-354-P-X 14 14 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 45
X-485-2 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-331B-P-X 41 41 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 52
X-485-21 - (87702406) (Male)

1 X-736 (Female) pin 1 2 2 RD - 0.5 SHEET 45
X-485-22 - (87702406) (Male)

1 X-736 (Female) pin 3 1 1 GN - 0.5 SHEET 45
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 142
X-485-23 - (87702406) (Male)

1 X-736 (Female) pin 2 3 3 WH - 0.5 SHEET 45
X-485-24 - (87702406) (Male)

1 X-736 (Female) pin 4 4 4 BK - 0.5 SHEET 45
X-485-5 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-330B-P-X 33 33 YE - 0.5 SHEET 55
X-485-6 - (87702406) (Male)

1 SP-330A-P-X 32 32 GN - 0.5 SHEET 55
X-485-9 - (87702406) (Male)

X-833B12 - (Male)
2 X-213 (Male) pin 49 434 434 OR - 0.5 SHEET 12
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 143

V-010 - DIODE CONNECTOR (84121648) (Male)
84121648 1
84121648
1 X-555 (Female) pin 7 ROOF CB-800 CB-800 BL - 0.75 SHEET 35
ADD ON H LAMPS
2 SP-107-P-X CB-803 CB-803 BL - 0.75
X-011 - FRONT & REAR WIPER SWITCH (87711803) (Male)
87711803 2
87711803
1 SP-055-P-X CB-241 CB-241 TN - 1.0 SHEET 44
2 SP-102-P-X CB-25 CB-25 BK - 1.0
3 X-033 (Male) pin 7 R1 & CB-150 CB-150 LG - 1.0
R2
5 X-106 (Female) pin A4 ROOF CB-87 CB-87 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
6 X-106 (Female) pin A3 ROOF CB-20 CB-20 WH - 0.75
HARNESS
7 SP-074-P-X CB-259 CB-259 GN - 1.0
8 X-033 (Male) pin 5 R1 & CB-257 CB-257 GN - 1.0
R2
9 X-125 (Male) pin 1 WASHER CB-110 CB-110 VT - 1.0
MOTOR FRONT
10 X-033 (Male) pin 10 R1 & CB-105 CB-105 BL - 1.0
R2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 144
X-012 - SHUTTLE SWITCH (82862752) (Male)
82862752 3
82862752
2 X-093 (Male) pin 12 CB-526 CB-526 GY - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
3 X-093 (Male) pin 13 CB-527 CB-527 GY - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
4 X-001 (Male) pin 1 CLUTCH CB-535 CB-535 WH - 0.75
SWITCH
7 SP-003-P-X CB-534 CB-534 YE - 0.75 SHEET 16
8 SP-102-P-X CB-613 CB-613 BK - 1.0
9 X-745 (Male) pin A4 CB-774 CB-774 OR - 0.75
ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE
10 X-745 (Male) pin C7 CB-782 CB-782 BL - 0.75
X-013 - STOP LAMP SWITCH RIGHT (82918052) (Male)
82918052 4
82918052
1 GND-001 (Male) pin 1 BT-001 BT-001 BK - 70.0 SHEET 02
1 SP-007-P-X CB-4 CB-4 GN - 1.0
3 SP-004-P-X CB-164 CB-164 GN - 1.0
4 SP-032-P-X CB-364 CB-364 RD - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 145
X-014 - STOP LAMP SWITCH RIGHT (82918052) (Male)
82918052 5
82918052
2 SP-007-P-X CB-6 CB-6 GN - 1.0
3 SP-004-P-X CB-163 CB-163 GN - 1.0
4 SP-033-P-X CB-367 CB-367 RD - 1.0
X-015 - FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONICS (87702265) (Male)
87702265 6
87702265
2 X-093 (Male) pin 1 CCU-CN1B CB-478 CB-478 GN - 0.75 SHEET 15
3 SP-057-P-X CB-490 CB-490 BL - 0.75
4 SP-027-P-X CB-246 CB-246 RD - 1.0
6 X-095 (Male) pin 32 CB-539 CB-539 GN - 0.75
CCU-CN3B
7 SP-046-P-X CB-99 CB-99 BK - 0.75
8 SP-046-P-X CB-480 CB-480 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 146

X-020 - TRANSMISSION 2 (87696656) (Female)
87696656 1
87696656
1 X-009 (Male) pin 14 CB-13 CB-13 GN - 0.75 SHEET 23
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
3 SP-073-P-X CB-215 CB-215 RD - 1.5
4 SP-028-P-X CB-154 CB-154 GN - 1.5
5 X-053 (Male) pin A3 FLASHER CB-147 CB-147 TN - 1.0
ECU
6 X-053 (Male) pin A5 FLASHER CB-148 CB-148 TN - 1.0
ECU
7 X-091 (Male) pin 6 CB-572 CB-572 VT - 1.0 SHEET 14
8 X-098 (Male) pin 3 ACU-CN2 CB-508 CB-508 TN - 1.0 SHEET 20
9 X-009 (Male) pin 2 ADIC/ICU2 CB-518 CB-518 RD - 0.75 SHEET 24
CN3
10 X-098 (Male) pin 6 ACU-CN2 CB-397 CB-397 TN - 1.0 SHEET 20
11 X-095 (Male) pin 33 CB-299 CB-299 WH - 0.75
CCU-CN3B
14 X-098 (Male) pin 1 ACU-CN2 CB-383 CB-383 OR - 1.0
15 X-092 (Male) pin 13 CB-570 CB-570 PK - 1.0 SHEET 15
CCU-CN1A
16 X-099 (Male) pin 11 CB-382 CB-382 OR - 1.0 SHEET 20
ACU-CN1A
17 X-097 pin 8 CCU-CN4 CB-370 CB-370 YE - 1.0 SHEET 15
ACU-CN1A
19 X-091 (Male) pin 7 CB-571 CB-571 WH - 1.0 SHEET 15
20 X-036 (Male) pin C1 F=R7, CB-568 CB-568 TN - 0.75 SHEET 46
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
21 SP-022-P-X CB-563 CB-563 BR - 1.0
22 X-036 (Male) pin A5 F=R7, CB-566 CB-566 BR - 1.5
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
23 X-099 (Male) pin 6 ACU-CN1A CB-396 CB-396 OR - 1.0 SHEET 20
24 X-009 (Male) pin 15 CB-567 CB-567 TN - 1.0 SHEET 46
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
26 X-009 (Male) pin 6 ADIC/ICU2 CB-569 CB-569 TN - 1.0 SHEET 46
CN3
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
29 X-099 (Male) pin 7 ACU-CN1A CB-398 CB-398 TN - 1.0 SHEET 20
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 147

30 X-074 (Male) pin A5 F=R15, CB-659 CB-659 GY - 1.0 SHEET 28
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
31 X-619 pin 6 CB-660 CB-660 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
31 SP-165A-P-X 137 137 RD - 0.75
32 X-619 pin 7 CB-665 CB-665 BL - 0.75
32 SP-165B-P-X 132 132 PRP - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
34 X-101 (Male) pin 6 ACU-CN3B CB-283 CB-283 WH - 0.75
35 X-101 (Male) pin 15 CB-284 CB-284 WH - 1.0
ACU-CN3B
36 X-101 (Male) pin 7 ACU-CN3B CB-285 CB-285 WH - 1.0
37 X-078 pin 2 DIVERTER CB-693 CB-693 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
SWITCH
38 X-101 (Male) pin 5 ACU-CN3B CB-286 CB-286 WH - 1.0 SHEET 20
39 X-097 (Male) pin 21 CCU-CN4 CB-403 CB-403 RD - 1.0 SHEET 17
41 X-619 (Female) pin 2 CB-664 CB-664 YE - 0.75
42 X-619 pin 4 CB-673 CB-673 BK - 0.75 SHEET 18
44 SP-319-P-X CB-493 CB-493 OR - 1.0
45 SP-317-P-X CB-708 CB-708 BL - 1.0
46 X-095 (Male) pin 19 CB-331 CB-331 YE - 1.0 SHEET 14
CCU-CN3B
47 X-094 (Male) pin 2 CCU-CN3A CB-267 CB-267 VT - 1.0 SHEET 16
48 X-005 (Male) pin 12 CB-517 CB-517 BR - 0.75 SHEET 24
49 X-036 (Male) pin B5 F=R7, CB-707 CB-707 VT - 1.0 SHEET 46
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
51 X-093 (Male) pin 24 CB-700 CB-700 YE - 1.0
CCU-CN1B
X-020 - TRANSMISSION 2 (87696657) (Male)
87696657 2
87696657
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 148

1 X-265 (Male) pin 1 FUEL TR-1 TR-1 GN - 0.75 SHEET 23
TANK SENDER
2 X-253_1 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-15 TR-15 BR - 1.5 SHEET 40
SOCKET
2 SP-428-P-X TR-15 TR-15 BR - 1.5
3 SP-429-P-X TR-16 TR-16 BK - 1.5
3 X-253_3 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-16 TR-16 BK - 1.5
SOCKET
3 X-253_3 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-79 TR-79 BK - 1.5
SOCKET
4 X-253_2 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-14 TR-14 RD - 1.5
SOCKET
5 X-253_4 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-81 TR-81 GN - 1.0
SOCKET
5 SP-430-P-X TR-2 TR-2 GN - 1.5
5 X-253_4 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-2 TR-2 GN - 1.0
SOCKET
6 X-253_6 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-80 TR-80 YE - 1.5
SOCKET
6 SP-427-P-X TR-3 TR-3 YE - 1.5
6 X-253_6 (Male) pin 1 TRAILER TR-3 TR-3 YE - 1.0
SOCKET
7 X-637 (Male) pin 2 CLUTCH TR-110 TR-110 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 14
SOL C
7 X-637 (Male) pin 2 CLUTCH TR-110 TR-110 VT - 1.0
SOL C
8 X-259 (Female) pin 8 SFA TR-127 TR-127 TN - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
8 X-259 (Female) pin 8 SFA TR-127 TR-127 TN - 0.75
VALVES
9 X-473 (Male) pin 1 LOW HYD TR-58 TR-58 RD - 0.75 SHEET 24
CHARGE SW
9 X-260 (Male) pin 1 LOW HYD TR-58 TR-58 RD - 0.75
CHARGE SW
VALVES
VALVES
11 X-299 (Male) pin 2 PTO TR-54 TR-54 WH - 0.75
GROUND SPEED
12 SP-159-P-X TR-28 TR-28 GN - 1.0 SHEET 46
13 X-259 (Female) pin 4 SFA TR-123 TR-123 OR - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
13 X-259 (Female) pin 4 SFA TR-123 TR-123 OR - 0.75
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
15 X-642 (Male) pin 1 MED TR-86 TR-86 PK - 1.0 SHEET 15
RANGE SOL
VALVES
VALVES
17 X-500 pin 3 CREEPER TR-72 TR-72 YE - 0.75 SHEET 15
17 X-500 pin 3 CREEPER TR-72 TR-72 YE - 0.75
17 X-472 pin 1 TRANS OIL TEMP TR-57 TR-57 YE - 0.75
SENDER
VALVES
VALVES
19 X-642 (Male) pin 2 MED TR-103 TR-103 WH - 1.0 SHEET 15
RANGE SOL
20 X-255 (Female) pin 2 HYD TR-90 TR-90 TN - 0.75 SHEET 46
TRAILER BRAKES
21 X-255 (Female) pin 1 HYD TR-89 TR-89 BR - 1.0
TRAILER BRAKES
21 X-255 (Female) pin 1 HYD TR-89 TR-89 BR - 0.75
TRAILER BRAKES
22 X-254 (Female) pin 2 AIR TR-50 TR-50 BR - 1.0
BRAKES
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 149

VALVES
VALVES
24 X-254 (Female) pin 3 AIR TR-34 TR-34 TN - 1.0 SHEET 46
BRAKES
26 SP-151-P-X TR-35 TR-35 TN - 1.0 SHEET 46
28 X-303 (Male) pin 1 P.A.S TR-20 TR-20 YE - 0.75 SHEET 23
PRESS SWITCH
28 X-302 (Male) pin 1 P.A.P TR-20 TR-20 WH - 0.75
PRESS SWITCH
VALVES
VALVES
30 X-304_1 (Female) pin 1 BUS TR-88 TR-88 GY - 1.0 SHEET 28
TERMINATION
31 X-304_1 pin 3 BUS TR-114 TR-114 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
TERMINATION
32 X-020 pin 32 TRANSMISSION TR-129 TR-129 BL - 0.75
2
32 X-020 pin 32 TRANSMISSION TR-129 TR-129 BL - 0.75
2
32 X-304_1 pin 2 BUS TR-129 TR-129 BL - 1.0
TERMINATION
33 X-659 (Female) pin 2 LINK TR-21 TR-21 WH - 1.0 SHEET 20
LEVELLING
34 X-659 (Female) pin 3 LINK TR-22 TR-22 WH - 1.0
LEVELLING
LEVELLING
LEVELLING
37 X-321 (Male) pin 1 DIVERTER TR-66 TR-66 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
VALVE
38 X-659 (Female) pin 6 LINK TR-156 TR-156 WH - 1.0 SHEET 20
LEVELLING
39 X-661 (Female) pin 1 HIGH TR-26 TR-26 BL - 0.75 SHEET 17
FLOW PUMP
46 X-651 (Male) pin 1 CDE IN TR-151 TR-151 YE - 1.0 SHEET 14
SPEED SENSOR
47 X-667 (Male) pin 2 MED / REV TR-191 TR-191 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 16
POT.
48 X-474 (Male) pin A HPL HYD TR-9 TR-9 BR - 0.75 SHEET 24
FILTER BLOCKED (VACUM
SW
48 X-472 (Male) pin 1 TRANS TR-57 TR-57 BR - 0.75
OIL TEMP SENDER
49 X-254 (Female) pin 6 AIR TR-30 TR-30 VT - 1.0 SHEET 46
BRAKES
49 X-254 (Female) pin 6 AIR TR-30 TR-30 PRP - 1.0
BRAKES
PRESSURE SWITCH 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 150
X-021 - CONNECTOR RED (84806654) (Female)
84806654 3
84806654
1 X-463 (Male) pin 1 PF1 BS-1 BS-1 RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
1 X-920 (Male) pin 1 BS-6 BS-6 RD - 25.0
X-021 - CONNECTOR RED (87696636) (Male)
87696636 4
87696636
1 X-060 (Male) pin 1 FUSE BOX CB-1 CB-1 RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
FEED
X-022 - TRANSMISSION 1 (87696699) (Female)
87696699 5
87696699
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 151

CCU-CN3B
2 X-095 pin 5 CCU-CN3B CB-510 CB-510 BL - 1.0 SHEET 16
3 X-095 (Male) pin 9 CCU-CN3B CB-513 CB-513 LG - 1.0 SHEET 15
4 X-095 (Male) pin 8 CCU-CN3B CB-318 CB-318 BR - 1.0 SHEET 19
CCU-CN3B
CCU-CN3B
7 X-091 (Male) pin 20 CB-319 CB-319 OR - 0.75
8 X-091 (Male) pin 14 CB-310 CB-310 WH - 1.0
9 X-092 (Male) pin 11 CB-557 CB-557 LB - 1.0 SHEET 14
CCU-CN1A
10 X-091 (Male) pin 3 CB-530 CB-530 VT - 1.0
11 X-093 (Male) pin 34 CB-203 CB-203 VT - 1.0
CCU-CN1B
CCU-CN3B
13 X-097 pin 17 CCU-CN4 CB-270 CB-270 RD - 1.0
14 X-092 (Male) pin 7 CCU-CN1A CB-561 CB-561 LB - 1.0 SHEET 14
15 X-095 (Male) pin 13 CB-533 CB-533 LB - 1.0
CCU-CN3B
16 X-097 (Male) pin 14 CCU-CN4 CB-695 CB-695 WH - 0.75 SHEET 16
18 X-091 (Male) pin 1 CB-560 CB-560 VT - 1.0
19 SP-057-P-X CB-625 CB-625 BL - 1.0
20 X-095 (Male) pin 1 CCU-CN3B CB-532 CB-532 VT - 1.0
CCU-CN3B
22 X-091 (Male) pin 2 CB-559 CB-559 WH - 1.0
23 X-095 (Male) pin 4 CCU-CN3B CB-239 CB-239 VT - 1.0
24 X-095 (Male) pin 7 CCU-CN3B CB-363 CB-363 GN - 1.0
ACU-CN1B
26 X-095 (Male) pin 3 CCU-CN3B CB-589 CB-589 YE - 0.75 SHEET 14
27 X-094 (Male) pin 9 CCU-CN3A CB-546 CB-546 OR - 0.75 SHEET 16
CCU-CN3B
29 X-095 (Male) pin 6 CCU-CN3B CB-590 CB-590 TN - 1.0
30 X-095 (Male) pin 12 CB-743 CB-743 BL - 0.75
CCU-CN3B
CCU-CN1B
33 X-092 (Male) pin 12 CB-422 CB-422 PK - 0.75
CCU-CN1A
34 X-091 (Male) pin 4 CB-421 CB-421 PK - 0.75
35 X-092 (Male) pin 5 CCU-CN1A CB-420 CB-420 PK - 0.75
36 X-093 (Male) pin 10 CB-417 CB-417 TN - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
37 X-093 (Male) pin 25 CB-418 CB-418 PK - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
38 X-093 (Male) pin 9 CCU-CN1B CB-416 CB-416 TN - 0.75
39 X-092 pin 10 CCU-CN1A CB-556 CB-556 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
40 X-091 (Male) pin 13 CB-531 CB-531 TN - 1.0
41 X-095 (Male) pin 2 CCU-CN3B CB-524 CB-524 BL - 1.0 SHEET 23
42 X-092 (Male) pin 9 CCU-CN1A CB-554 CB-554 GY - 1.0 SHEET 15
43 X-095 (Male) pin 15 CB-588 CB-588 GY - 1.0 SHEET 14
CCU-CN3B
44 X-091 (Male) pin 8 CB-555 CB-555 LB - 1.0
45 X-097 pin 11 CCU-CN4 CB-89 CB-89 BL - 1.0
46 X-093 (Male) pin 2 CCU-CN1B CB-419 CB-419 PK - 0.75 SHEET 17
50 X-094 pin 19 CCU-CN3A CB-359 CB-359 LG - 1.0 SHEET 17
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 152
X-022 - TRANSMISSION 1 (87696702) (Male)
87696702 6
87696702
1 X-279 (Male) pin 1 4WD TR-33 TR-33 YE - 1.0 SHEET 15
SOLENOID
2 X-500 (Female) pin 1 TR-38 TR-38 BL - 1.0 SHEET 16
CREEPER
3 X-278 (Male) pin 1 DIFF LOCK TR-56 TR-56 LG - 1.0 SHEET 15
SOLENOID
3 X-276 (Male) pin 1 P.T.O. TR-56 TR-56 LG - 1.0
SOLENOID
4 X-277 (Male) pin 1 P.T.O TR-31 TR-31 BR - 1.0 SHEET 19
BRAKE
5 X-276 pin 2 P.T.O. SOLENOID TR-19 TR-19 OR - 0.75 SHEET 15
5 X-278 (Male) pin 2 DIFF LOCK TR-19 TR-19 OR - 0.75
SOLENOID
6 X-278 (Male) pin 1 DIFF LOCK TR-11 TR-11 OR - 0.75 SHEET 19
SOLENOID
6 X-278 (Male) pin 1 DIFF LOCK TR-11 TR-11 OR - 0.75
SOLENOID
7 X-251 (Male) pin 2 PTO TR-32 TR-32 OR - 0.75
SPEED SENSOR
8 X-262 (Male) pin 2 PTO TR-115 TR-115 WH - 1.0
TWIST SENSOR
9 X-636 (Male) pin 1 CLUTCH TR-75 TR-75 LB - 1.0 SHEET 14
SOL B
10 X-638 (Male) pin 2 CLUTCH TR-111 TR-111 PRP - 1.0
SOL D
SOL D
11 X-257 (Male) pin 2 AXLE TR-181 TR-181 VT - 1.0
SPEED SENSOR
11 X-257 (Male) pin 2 AXLE TR-181 TR-181 PRP - 1.0
SPEED SENSOR
12 X-653 (Male) pin 2 MID TR-61 TR-61 YE - 1.0 SHEET 15
SPEED SENS OUTPUT
SPEED P.U
13 X-649 pin 1 REV RANGE TR-162 TR-162 RD - 1.0
PRESS SW
SOL D
14 X-638 (Male) pin 1 CLUTCH TR-77 TR-77 LB - 1.0
SOL D
SOL E
16 X-666 (Male) pin 2 SLOW / TR-195 TR-195 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 16
FAST POT.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 153

SOL A
SOL B
SOL B
19 SP-156-P-X TR-150 TR-150 BL - 1.5
19 X-666 pin 3 SLOW / FAST TR-196 TR-196 BL - 1.5
POT.
SOL E
SOL E
21 X-263 pin 2 19TH DUIMP SOL TR-186 TR-186 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
22 X-643 (Male) pin 2 HIGH TR-104 TR-104 WH - 1.0
RANGE SOL
23 X-644 (Male) pin 2 REV TR-106 TR-106 PRP - 1.0
RANGE SOL
23 X-644 (Male) pin 2 REV TR-106 TR-106 VT - 1.0
RANGE SOL
24 X-644 (Male) pin 1 REV TR-87 TR-87 GN - 1.0
RANGE SOL
VALVES
VALVES
26 X-641 (Male) pin 2 LOW TR-105 TR-105 YE - 1.0 SHEET 14
RANGE SOL
27 X-500 (Female) pin 4 TR-91 TR-91 OR - 0.75 SHEET 16
CREEPER
28 X-289 (Male) pin 2 P.U.P TR-55 TR-55 WH - 1.0 SHEET 15
TORQUE SENSOR (FLY
WHEEL S
29 X-263 pin 1 19TH DUIMP SOL TR-185 TR-185 TN - 1.0
31 X-290 (Male) pin 1 TRANS TR-64 TR-64 GN - 0.75 SHEET 16
OIL TEMP SENS
32 X-269 (Male) pin 2 EDC TR-48 TR-48 PK - 0.75 SHEET 17
VALVE LOWER
33 X-269 (Male) pin 1 EDC TR-47 TR-47 PK - 0.75
VALVE LOWER
VALVE RAISE
VALVE RAISE
36 X-266 (Male) pin 2 LH DRAFT TR-41 TR-41 TN - 0.75
PIN
37 SP-158-P-X TR-42 TR-42 PK - 0.75
38 X-256 (Male) pin 2 RH DRAFT TR-40 TR-40 TN - 0.75
PIN
39 X-264 (Male) pin 1 19TH TR-183 TR-183 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
GEAR SOL
40 X-264 (Male) pin 2 19TH TR-184 TR-184 TN - 1.0
GEAR SOL
41 X-500 (Female) pin 2 TR-70 TR-70 BL - 1.0 SHEET 23
CREEPER
42 X-643 (Male) pin 1 HIGH TR-59 TR-59 GY - 1.0 SHEET 15
RANGE SOL
43 X-641 (Male) pin 1 LOW TR-60 TR-60 GY - 1.0 SHEET 14
RANGE SOL
SOL A
45 SP-169-P-X TR-155 TR-155 BL - 1.0
46 X-267 (Male) pin 2 TR-53 TR-53 PK - 0.75 SHEET 17
ROCKSHAFT POT
47 SP-167-P-X TR-85 TR-85 TN - 1.0
SOL C
SOL C
49 X-251 (Male) pin 1 PTO TR-8 TR-8 GN - 0.75 SHEET 19
SPEED SENSOR
49 X-251 (Male) pin 1 PTO TR-159 TR-159 GN - 0.75
SPEED SENSOR
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 154

X-023 - 2 POWER E (87696651) (Female)
87696651 7
87696651
1 X-074 (Male) pin D3 F=R15, CB-131 CB-131 BL - 6.0 SHEET 02
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
2 SP-098-P-X CB-696 CB-696 RD - 6.0
X-023 - 2 POWER E (84814773) (Male)
84814773 8
84814773
1 X-921 (Male) pin 1 CAB BS-9 BS-9 BL - 6.0 SHEET 02
ELECTRONIC
1 X-462 (Male) pin 2 PF2 BS-3 BS-3 PRP - 6.0
2 SP-146-P-X BS-10 BS-10 RD - 6.0
2 X-664 (Male) pin 2 PF3 BS-1C BS-1C RD - 6.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 155
X-024 - ENGINE 2 (87696703) (Female)
87696703 9
87696703
1 X-085 (Male) pin 1 LOADER CB-388 CB-388 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
VALVE NO1
2 X-085 (Male) pin 2 LOADER CB-389 CB-389 OR - 1.0
VALVE NO1
3 X-100 (Male) pin 5 ACU-CN1B CB-278 CB-278 OR - 0.75 SHEET 20
ACU-CN1B
5 X-100 (Male) pin 19 CB-737 CB-737 TN - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
6 X-088 (Male) pin C5 374 374 RD - 0.75 SHEET 55
ARMREST 2
7 X-088 (Male) pin C4 369 369 YE - 0.75
ARMREST 2
8 X-088 (Male) pin C2 352 352 BK - 0.75
ARMREST 2
9 X-088 (Male) pin C3 365 365 GN - 0.75
ARMREST 2
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
19 X-099 (Male) pin 12 CB-345 CB-345 RD - 0.75
ACU-CN1A
21 X-100 (Male) pin 2 ACU-CN1B CB-333 CB-333 BR - 0.75 SHEET 21
22 SP-065-P-X CB-742 CB-742 BR - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
24 X-093 (Male) pin 33 CB-281 CB-281 GN - 0.75
CCU-CN1B
25 X-100 (Male) pin 6 ACU-CN1B CB-381 CB-381 BL - 0.75 SHEET 20
26 SP-103-P-X CB-724 CB-724 LG - 0.75
27 X-087 (Male) pin 1 LOADER CB-806 CB-806 BL - 1.0 SHEET 29
VALVE NO 3
28 X-087 (Male) pin 2 LOADER CB-807 CB-807 BL - 1.0
VALVE NO 3
ACU-CN1A
32 X-101 (Male) pin 22 CB-42 CB-42 OR - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
35 X-084 (Male) pin 1 LOADER CB-390 CB-390 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
VALVE NO2
36 X-084 (Male) pin 2 LOADER CB-391 CB-391 RD - 1.0
VALVE NO2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 156

38 X-074 (Male) pin B5 F=R15, CB-216 CB-216 LG - 1.0 SHEET 29
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
38 X-074 (Male) pin B5 F=R15, CB-216 CB-216 LG - 1.0
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
39 X-695 (Female) pin 5 AIR CB-266 CB-266 BL - 1.0
CON CONTROL
39 X-695 (Female) pin 5 AIR CB-266 CB-266 PRP - 1.0
CON CONTROL
40 X-695 (Female) pin 4 AIR CB-265 CB-265 PRP - 1.0
CON CONTROL
40 X-695 (Female) pin 4 AIR CB-265 CB-265 BL - 1.0
CON CONTROL
42 SP-058-P-X CB-722 CB-722 BR - 0.75
44 X-094 pin 14 CCU-CN3A CB-726 CB-726 YE - 0.75 SHEET 15
44 X-094 (Male) pin 14 CB-726 CB-726 YE - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
47 X-071 (Male) pin 4A F41 TO CB-727 CB-727 VT - 1.5 SHEET 06
F60 MINI FUSE
49 X-074 (Male) pin C4 F=R15, CB-477 CB-477 WH - 0.75 SHEET 09
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
50 SP-097-P-X CB-703 CB-703 WH - 1.0
X-024 - ENGINE 2 (87696705) (Male)
87696705 10
87696705
1 X-211 (Female) pin 1 LOADER EN-61 EN-61 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
VALVE 1
2 X-211 (Female) pin 2 LOADER EN-62 EN-62 OR - 1.0
VALVE 1
3 X-247 (Female) pin 1 EN-90 EN-90 TN - 0.75 SHEET 20
4 X-227 (Female) pin 11 FRONT EN-77 EN-77 TN - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
5 X-227 (Female) pin 12 FRONT EN-83 EN-83 TN - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
6 X-660 (Female) pin 1 ISO 70 70 RD - 0.75 SHEET 55
BUS
6 X-660 (Female) pin 1 ISO 172 172 RD - 0.75
BUS
7 X-660 (Female) pin 2 ISO 72 72 GN - 0.75
BUS
7 X-660 (Female) pin 2 ISO 189 189 YE - 0.75
BUS
8 X-660 (Female) pin 3 ISO 188 188 BK - 0.75
BUS
8 X-660 (Female) pin 3 ISO 73 73 BK - 0.75
BUS
9 X-660 (Female) pin 4 ISO 74 74 YE - 0.75
BUS
9 X-660 (Female) pin 4 ISO 182 182 GN - 0.75
BUS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 157

12 X-233 (Male) pin 3 EN-57 EN-57 RD - 1.0 SHEET 17
13 X-235 (Male) pin 1 STEERING EN-15 EN-15 PK - 0.75 SHEET 23
ANGLE SENSOR
14 X-227 (Female) pin 1 FRONT EN-20 EN-20 OR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
19 X-395 (Male) pin 1 FHPL EN-24 EN-24 RD - 0.75
MECH REMOTES
21 X-227 (Female) pin 7 FRONT EN-26 EN-26 BR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
22 X-227 (Female) pin 6 FRONT EN-14 EN-14 BR - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
23 X-233 (Male) pin 4 EN-58 EN-58 YE - 0.75 SHEET 17
24 X-233 (Male) pin 1 EN-56 EN-56 GN - 0.75
25 X-234 (Female) pin 2 EN-18 EN-18 BL - 0.75 SHEET 20
26 SP-141-P-X EN-17 EN-17 LG - 0.75
31 X-227 (Female) pin 2 FRONT EN-21 EN-21 OR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
32 X-227 (Female) pin 3 FRONT EN-22 EN-22 OR - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
34 X-230 (Male) pin 2 EN-52 EN-52 GN - 0.75 SHEET 03
35 X-212 (Female) pin 1 EN-63 EN-63 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
36 X-212 (Female) pin 2 EN-64 EN-64 RD - 1.0
38 X-226 (Male) pin 1 EN-10 EN-10 LG - 1.0 SHEET 29
38 X-226 (Male) pin 1 EN-10 EN-10 LG - 1.0
39 X-225 (Male) pin 2 A/C 13 13 PRP - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
39 X-225 (Male) pin 2 A/C EN-13 EN-13 BL - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
40 X-225 (Male) pin 5 A/C 838 838 PU - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
40 X-225 (Male) pin 1 A/C EN-12 EN-12 BL - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
42 X-225 (Male) pin 4 A/C 91 91 BR - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
42 X-225 (Male) pin 4 A/C EN-91 EN-91 BR - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
44 X-225 (Male) pin 3 A/C EN-92 EN-92 YE - 0.75 SHEET 15
PRESSURE SWITCH
44 X-225 (Male) pin 3 A/C 92 92 YE - 0.75
PRESSURE SWITCH
46 X-227 (Female) pin 9 FRONT EN-87 EN-87 PK - 0.75 SHEET 08
HITCH & FRONT PTO
49 X-238A (Male) pin 3 BATTERY EN-67 EN-67 WH - 0.75 SHEET 09
ISOLATOR
50 X-238A (Male) pin 1 BATTERY EN-60 EN-60 WH - 1.0
ISOLATOR
X-025 - CONNECTOR BLACK (84144194) (Female)
84144194 11
84144194
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 158

1 X-025A (Male) pin 1 BS-1D BS-1D BK - 25.0 SHEET 02
1 X-810 (Male) pin 1 M3 BS-57 BS-57 BK - 25.0
BATTERY -VE
X-025 - CONNECTOR BLACK (Male)

1 X-032 (Male) pin 1 EARTH CB-21 CB-21 BK - 25.0 SHEET 02
X-025A - (84207858) (Male)
84207858 12
84207858
1 X-025 (Female) pin 1 CONN. BS-1D BS-1D BK - 25.0 SHEET 02
BLACK
X-026 - ENGINE 1 (87696709) (Female)
87696709 13
87696709
1 X-088 (Male) pin A2 912 912 YE - 0.75
ARMREST 2
2 X-088 (Male) pin A3 913 913 GN - 0.75
ARMREST 2
2 SP-320B-P-X CB-466 CB-466 GN - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
13 X-037 pin A85 R13 & R14 CB-688 CB-688 OR - 0.75 SHEET 02
14 X-071 pin 9B F41 TO F60 CB-677 CB-677 OR - 1.5 SHEET 07
MINI FUSE
15 X-071 (Male) pin 7B F41 TO CB-682 CB-682 GN - 1.5 SHEET 11
F60 MINI FUSE
16 SP-038-P-X CB-684 CB-684 GN - 1.5
17 SP-038-P-X CB-685 CB-685 GN - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 159

19 X-005 (Male) pin 17 CB-151 CB-151 LB - 0.75 SHEET 18
20 X-030 (Male) pin E CB-487 CB-487 PK - 0.75 SHEET 12
DIAGNOSTIC 1
21 X-037 (Male) pin B87A R13 CB-586 CB-586 GN - 1.5 SHEET 07
& R14
22 X-005 (Male) pin 13 CB-729 CB-729 LG - 0.75 SHEET 24
CCU-CN3B
25 X-072 (Male) pin 1A F21 TO CB-9 CB-9 GN - 0.75 SHEET 04
F40 MINI FUSE
26 X-555 (Female) pin 12 ROOF CB-234 CB-234 BL - 1.5 SHEET 39
ADD ON H LAMPS
27 X-107 (Female) pin 1 AUX CB-233 CB-233 BL - 1.5
HEAD LAMP SW
29 X-074 (Male) pin F5 F=R15, CB-254 CB-254 VT - 1.5
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
30 X-004 pin 6 MAIN LIGHT SW CB-149 CB-149 VT - 0.75 SHEET 34
32 SP-101-P-X CB-721 CB-721 BK - 1.5
33 SP-101-P-X CB-43 CB-43 BK - 1.5
34 X-009 pin 20 ADIC/ICU2 CN3 CB-730 CB-730 GN - 0.75 SHEET 07
36 X-555 (Female) pin 11 ROOF CB-229 CB-229 BL - 1.5
ADD ON H LAMPS
37 X-108 (Female) pin 1 AUX CB-228 CB-228 BL - 1.5
HEAD LAMP SWITCH
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
42 X-009 pin 5 ADIC/ICU2 CN3 CB-732 CB-732 WH - 0.75
45 SP-020-P-X 592 592 WH - 1.5 SHEET 09
45 SP-020-P-X CB-592 CB-592 WH - 1.5
46 X-026 (Female) pin 46 183 183 WH - 1.5
ENGINE 1
46 SP-020-P-X CB-183 CB-183 WH - 1.5
46 X-026 (Female) pin 46 183 183 WH - 1.5
ENGINE 1
CCU-CN3B
49 SP-048-P-X CB-733 CB-733 TN - 0.75
50 X-005 pin 3 CB-734 CB-734 PK - 0.75 SHEET 11
X-026 - ENGINE 1 (87696711) (Male)
87696711 14
87696711
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 160

1 X-218 (Male) pin 62 ENGINE EN-73 EN-73 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
2 X-218 (Male) pin 61 ENGINE EN-74 EN-74 GN - 0.75
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
10 X-227 (Female) pin 10 FRONT EN-75 EN-75 BR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
13 X-218 (Male) pin 72 ENGINE EN-78 EN-78 OR - 0.75 SHEET 02
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
16 SP-218-P-X EN-71 EN-71 GN - 1.5
17 SP-218-P-X EN-66 EN-66 GN - 1.5
19 X-222 (Male) pin 1 DE-GAS EN-30 EN-30 LB - 0.75 SHEET 18
BOTTLE
20 X-218 pin 25 ENGINE EN-76 EN-76 PK - 0.75 SHEET 12
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
24 X-221-1 (Male) pin 1 EN-32 EN-32 SL - 0.75 SHEET 23
26 X-220 (Female) pin 3 EN-36 EN-36 BL - 1.5 SHEET 39
27 X-220 (Female) pin 7 EN-40 EN-40 BL - 1.5
29 X-220 (Female) pin 5 EN-38 EN-38 PK - 0.75
30 X-220 (Female) pin 2 EN-35 EN-35 PK - 0.75 SHEET 34
32 SP-136-P-X EN-95 EN-95 BK - 1.5
33 SP-136-P-X EN-84 EN-84 BK - 1.5
38 X-235 (Male) pin 4 STEERING EN-16 EN-16 GN - 0.75 SHEET 23
ANGLE SENSOR
40 X-235 (Male) pin 2 STEERING EN-72 EN-72 GN - 0.75
ANGLE SENSOR
41 X-237 pin 1 ALTERNATOR 1 EN-49 EN-49 BR - 0.75 SHEET 09
43 X-218 (Male) pin 28 ENGINE EN-79 EN-79 WH - 0.75 SHEET 11
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
44 X-223-1 (Male) pin 1 AIR EN-28 EN-28 SL - 0.75 SHEET 24
CLEANER 2
45 SP-137-P-X EN-68 EN-68 WH - 1.5 SHEET 09
45 SP-137-P-X 68 68 WH - 1.5
46 X-026 (Male) pin 46 ENGINE 1 65 65 WH - 1.5
46 SP-137-P-X EN-65 EN-65 WH - 1.5
46 X-026 (Male) pin 46 ENGINE 1 65 65 WH - 1.5
X-028 - DIAGNOSTIC 2 (87736919) (Male)
87736919 15
87736919
A SP-102-P-X CB-956 CB-956 BK - 0.75 SHEET 45
B SP-023-P-X CB-787 CB-787 GN - 0.75
C SP-165A-P-X CB-643 CB-643 RD - 0.75
D SP-165B-P-X CB-642 CB-642 BL - 0.75
F X-619 pin 9 CB-753 CB-753 WH - 0.75
G X-619 pin 5 CB-686 CB-686 GN - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 161

X-030 - DIAGNOSTIC 1 (87736919) (Male)
87736919 1
87736919
A SP-102-P-X CB-44 CB-44 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
B SP-023-P-X CB-786 CB-786 GN - 0.75 SHEET 50
C SP-321A-P-X CB-713 CB-713 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
D SP-321B-P-X CB-714 CB-714 GN - 0.75
E X-026 (Female) pin 20 CB-487 CB-487 PK - 0.75 SHEET 50
ENGINE 1
G X-009 pin 19 ADIC/ICU2 CN3 CB-322 CB-322 GN - 0.75 SHEET 24
H SP-304A-P-X CB-657 CB-657 YE - 0.75 SHEET 55
J SP-304B-P-X CB-662 CB-662 GN - 0.75
X-030A - (84122130) (Male)
84122130 2
84122130
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 162
X-030B - GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 3
84122130
X-030C - (84122130) (Male)
84122130 4
84122130
X-031 - ADVANCED DISPLAY INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (ADIC) DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR (82002273) (Male)
82002273 5
82002273
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 163

2 X-005 (Male) pin 8 CB-607 CB-607 TN - 0.75
3 SP-102-P-X CB-76 CB-76 BK - 0.75
X-032 - GROUND (84207853) (Male)
84207853 6
84207853
1 X-025 (Male) pin 1 CONN. CB-21 CB-21 BK - 25.0 SHEET 02
BLACK
1 X-116A pin 4 IMPLEMENT CB-79 CB-79 BK - 3.0
SOCKET
X-032B - GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 7
84122130
1 X-116B (Female) pin 1 962 962 BK - 3.0 SHEET 33
IMPLEMENT SOCKET NEG
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 164
X-033 - R1 & R2 (87733594) (Male)
87733594 8
87733594
1 X-106 (Female) pin A7 ROOF CB-258 CB-258 GN - 0.75 SHEET 44
HARNESS
2 SP-074-P-X CB-261 CB-261 GN - 1.0
4 SP-102-P-X CB-30 CB-30 BK - 1.0
5 X-011 (Male) pin 8 FRONT CB-257 CB-257 GN - 1.0
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
6 X-106 (Female) pin A2 ROOF CB-12 CB-12 YE - 0.75
HARNESS
7 X-011 (Male) pin 3 FRONT CB-150 CB-150 LG - 1.0
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
8 SP-092-P-X CB-219 CB-219 GN - 1.0
9 SP-102-P-X CB-29 CB-29 BK - 1.0
10 X-011 (Male) pin 10 FRONT CB-105 CB-105 BL - 1.0
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
X-034 - R3 & R4 (87733587) (Male)
87733587 9
87733587
A30 X-070 (Male) pin A1 CB-123 CB-123 BR - 10.0 SHEET 03
MAXI-FUSE MODULE
A85 SP-102-P-X CB-40 CB-40 BK - 1.0
A86 SP-026-P-X CB-193 CB-193 GN - 1.0
A87 SP-052-P-X CB-195 CB-195 YE - 10.0
B30 X-072 (Male) pin 5B F21 TO CB-223 CB-223 BR - 4.0 SHEET 34
F40 MINI FUSE
B85 SP-021-P-X CB-57 CB-57 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
B86 X-004 (Male) pin 2 MAIN CB-53 CB-53 RD - 0.75 SHEET 34
LIGHT SW
B87 X-072 (Male) pin 3B F21 TO CB-224 CB-224 BR - 2.5
F40 MINI FUSE
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 165
X-035 - R5 & R6 (87733587) (Male)
87733587 10
87733587
A30 SP-041-P-X CB-129 CB-129 BR - 4.0 SHEET 09
A85 SP-102-P-X CB-37 CB-37 BK - 1.0
A86 SP-002-P-X CB-178 CB-178 WH - 1.0
A87 SP-020-P-X CB-187 CB-187 WH - 4.0
B30 X-073 pin 5A F1 TO F20 MINI CB-139 CB-139 GN - 3.0 SHEET 29
FUSE
B86 SP-036-P-X CB-142 CB-142 GN - 0.75 SHEET 29
B87 SP-095-P-X CB-166 CB-166 GN - 5.0
X-036 - F=R7, E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11, (87733586) (Male)
87733586 11
87733586
A1 SP-031-P-X CB-162 CB-162 YE - 0.75 SHEET 30
A2 SP-021-P-X CB-83 CB-83 BK - 0.75
A3 SP-007-P-X CB-7 CB-7 GN - 1.5
A5 X-020 (Female) pin 22 CB-566 CB-566 BR - 1.5
TRANSMISSION 2
B1 SP-102-P-X CB-793 CB-793 BK - 0.75
B2 X-745 (Male) pin A2 CB-378 CB-378 WH - 0.75
B3 SP-030-P-X CB-792 CB-792 BL - 1.0 SHEET 04
B4 SP-022-P-X CB-564 CB-564 BR - 1.0 SHEET 30
B5 X-020 pin 49 TRANSMISSION CB-707 CB-707 VT - 1.0
2
C1 X-020 (Female) pin 20 CB-568 CB-568 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
C2 SP-021-P-X CB-66 CB-66 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
C3 SP-030-P-X CB-791 CB-791 BL - 1.0 SHEET 30
C5 SP-022-P-X CB-565 CB-565 BR - 1.0
D1 SP-001-P-X CB-230 CB-230 BL - 0.75 SHEET 09
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 166

D2 SP-021-P-X CB-55 CB-55 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
D3 X-072 pin 6A F21 TO F40 CB-227 CB-227 BL - 2.0 SHEET 30
MINI FUSE
D5 X-555 (Female) pin 9 ROOF CB-801 CB-801 BL - 2.0
ADD ON H LAMPS
E1 SP-004-P-X CB-165 CB-165 GN - 1.0
E2 SP-021-P-X CB-63 CB-63 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
E3 X-073 pin 13A F1 TO F20 CB-153 CB-153 GN - 1.5 SHEET 30
MINI FUSE
E5 SP-028-P-X CB-157 CB-157 GN - 1.5
F1 SP-107-P-X CB-616 CB-616 BL - 0.75
F2 SP-021-P-X CB-54 CB-54 BK - 0.75 SHEET 13
F3 SP-100-P-X CB-232 CB-232 BL - 2.0 SHEET 30
F5 X-555 (Female) pin 10 ROOF CB-802 CB-802 BL - 2.0
ADD ON H LAMPS
X-037 - R13 & R14 (87733587) (Male)
87733587 12
87733587
A30 SP-039-P-X CB-678 CB-678 OR - 4.0 SHEET 02
A85 X-026 (Female) pin 13 CB-688 CB-688 OR - 0.75
ENGINE 1
A86 SP-041-P-X CB-699 CB-699 BR - 0.75
A87 SP-041-P-X CB-694 CB-694 BR - 4.0
B30 SP-034-P-X CB-605 CB-605 WH - 0.75 SHEET 07
B85 SP-021-P-X CB-484 CB-484 BK - 0.75
B86 X-005 (Male) pin 21 CB-483 CB-483 YE - 0.75
B87A X-026 pin 21 ENGINE 1 CB-586 CB-586 GN - 1.5 SHEET 02
X-039 - DIODE CONNECTOR (84121648) (Male)
84121648 13
84121648
2 SP-031-P-X CB-161 CB-161 YE - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 167

X-040 - DIODE CONNECTOR (84121648) (Male)
84121648 1
84121648
2 SP-031-P-X CB-159 CB-159 YE - 0.75
X-043 - DISPLAY OF GEARS (DOG) CONNECTOR (87697140) (Male)
87697140 2
87697140
A1 SP-054-P-X CB-297 CB-297 GN - 0.75 SHEET 38
A2 SP-060-P-X CB-236 CB-236 RD - 0.75
C1 SP-102-P-X CB-36 CB-36 BK - 0.75
C3 SP-043A-P-X CB-457 CB-457 YE - 0.75
C4 SP-043B-P-X CB-468 CB-468 GN - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 168
X-046 - LIFT-O-MATIC (87747169) (Male)
87747169 3
87747169
2 X-009 (Male) pin 1 ADIC/ICU2 CB-689 CB-689 RD - 0.75
CN3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 169

X-052 - HAND THROTTLE (82028841) (Male)
82028841 1
82028841
2 SP-115-P-X CB-454 CB-454 GY - 0.75
4 X-094 (Male) pin 17 CB-491 CB-491 GY - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
5 SP-048-P-X CB-410 CB-410 TN - 0.75
6 SP-046-P-X CB-95 CB-95 BK - 0.75
X-053 - FLASHER ECU (87680366) (Male)
87680366 2
87680366
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 170

A1 SP-044-P-X CB-603 CB-603 GN - 1.5 SHEET 34
A2 X-106 (Female) pin B2 ROOF CB-145 CB-145 LG - 0.75
HARNESS
A3 X-020 pin 5 TRANSMISSION CB-147 CB-147 TN - 1.0
2
A4 X-106 pin C2 ROOF CB-146 CB-146 LG - 0.75
HARNESS
A5 X-020 pin 6 TRANSMISSION CB-148 CB-148 TN - 1.0
2
A6 X-007 (Female) pin 4 HAZARD CB-220 CB-220 GN - 0.75
SW HARNESS
A7 X-009 (Male) pin 13 CB-238 CB-238 LG - 0.75
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
A8 SP-037-P-X CB-348 CB-348 GN - 1.0
B1 SP-044-P-X CB-358 CB-358 GN - 1.5
B2 X-004 (Male) pin 8 MAIN CB-350 CB-350 GN - 0.75
LIGHT SW
B3 X-004 (Male) pin 7 MAIN CB-349 CB-349 GN - 0.75
LIGHT SW
B4 X-007 (Female) pin 2 HAZARD CB-221 CB-221 GN - 1.0
SW HARNESS
B5 X-009 (Male) pin 16 CB-237 CB-237 LG - 0.75
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
B6 SP-012-P-X CB-19 CB-19 GN - 1.0
B7 SP-011-P-X CB-18 CB-18 GN - 1.0
B8 SP-102-P-X CB-61 CB-61 BK - 1.0
C1 X-689 (Male) pin 1 CB-336 CB-336 GN - 1.0
EXTREMITY LAMP RH
C2 X-688 (Male) pin 1 CB-337 CB-337 GN - 1.0
EXTREMITY LAMP LH
C3 X-094 (Male) pin 15 CB-355 CB-355 LG - 1.0
CCU-CN3A
X-054 - GEAR SHIFT LEVER (87688719) (Male)
87688719 3
87688719
2 SP-108-P-X CB-637 CB-637 GY - 0.5
3 SP-045-P-X CB-635 CB-635 GY - 0.5
4 SP-013-P-X CB-263 CB-263 GN - 0.75
5 SP-110-P-X CB-445 CB-445 LB - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 171
X-059A - LEVER MOUNTED PTO BRAKE SWITCH (87311796) (Male)
87311796 4
87311796
CCU-CN3B
4 X-067 (Male) pin 1 REAR PTO CB-771 CB-771 TN - 0.75
BRAKE SWITCH
X-059B - LM PTO MATING HALF (87311797) (Female)
87311797 5
87311797
2 X-059B (Female) pin 4 LM CB-772 CB-772 TN - 0.75 SHEET 19
PTO MATING HALF
4 X-059B (Female) pin 2 LM CB-772 CB-772 TN - 0.75
PTO MATING HALF
X-059B - LM PTO MATING HALF (Male)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 172

X-060 - FUSE BOX FEED (84266414) (Male)
84266414 1
84266414
1 X-021 (Male) pin 1 CONN. CB-1 CB-1 RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
RED
X-062 - FRONT PTO SWITCH (84062580) (Male)
84062580 2
84062580
2 X-100 (Male) pin 11 CB-179 CB-179 PK - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
3 X-100 (Male) pin 12 CB-277 CB-277 PK - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 173
X-063 - FRONT HPL LIMIT POTENTIOMETER (87691887) (Male)
87691887 3
87691887
2 X-100 (Male) pin 3 ACU-CN1B CB-334 CB-334 BR - 0.75
3 SP-065-P-X CB-741 CB-741 BR - 0.75
4 SP-070-P-X CB-339 CB-339 BR - 0.75
5 X-100 (Male) pin 18 CB-344 CB-344 BR - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
X-064 -ELETRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE LEVERS (87713939) (Male)
87713939 4
87713939
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 174

A1 SP-103-P-X CB-723 CB-723 LG - 0.75 SHEET 58
ACU-CN3A
ACU-CN3A
ACU-CN3A
ACU-CN3A
A6 X-101 (Male) pin 26 CB-652 CB-652 VT - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
A7 X-102 (Male) pin 1 ACU-CN3A CB-525 CB-525 OR - 0.75
A8 X-102 (Male) pin 3 ACU-CN3A CB-579 CB-579 BL - 0.75
B1 X-102 (Male) pin 5 ACU-CN3A CB-581 CB-581 WH - 0.75
B2 X-102 (Male) pin 7 ACU-CN3A CB-582 CB-582 BL - 0.75
B3 X-102 (Male) pin 20 CB-648 CB-648 VT - 0.75
ACU-CN3A
ACU-CN3A
ACU-CN3B
ACU-CN3B
ACU-CN3B
B8 SP-058-P-X CB-611 CB-611 BR - 1.0
C1 X-100 pin 30 ACU-CN1B CB-668 CB-668 OR - 0.75
C2 X-101 (Male) pin 30 CB-669 CB-669 OR - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
C3 X-101 (Male) pin 32 CB-670 CB-670 OR - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
C4 X-102 (Male) pin 15 CB-671 CB-671 VT - 0.75
ACU-CN3A
C5 X-091 (Male) pin 22 CB-650 CB-650 GY - 0.75
C6 SP-064-P-X CB-649 CB-649 BK - 0.75
X-066 - SWITCH PANEL (87680366) (Male)
87680366 5
87680366
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 175

A1 SP-057-P-X CB-500 CB-500 BL - 1.0 SHEET 20
A2 X-097 (Male) pin 5 CCU-CN4 CB-23 CB-23 RD - 0.75
A3 X-097 (Male) pin 23 CCU-CN4 CB-540 CB-540 RD - 0.75
A4 X-094 (Male) pin 25 CB-366 CB-366 YE - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
CCU-CN3A
CCU-CN3B
CCU-CN3B
A8 X-095 (Male) pin 31 CB-519 CB-519 WH - 0.75
CCU-CN3B
B1 X-095 pin 30 CCU-CN3B CB-520 CB-520 YE - 0.75
B2 X-094 (Male) pin 22 CB-492 CB-492 RD - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
B3 X-097 (Male) pin 12 CCU-CN4 CB-287 CB-287 BR - 0.75
B4 X-094 (Male) pin 4 CCU-CN3A CB-494 CB-494 BR - 0.75
B7 X-102 (Male) pin 8 ACU-CN3A CB-279 CB-279 RD - 0.75
B8 SP-087-P-X CB-38 CB-38 BK - 0.75
C1 SP-054-P-X CB-294 CB-294 GN - 1.0
C2 X-100 (Male) pin 29 CB-379 CB-379 BL - 0.75
ACU-CN1B
C3 X-098 (Male) pin 18 ACU-CN2 CB-400 CB-400 OR - 0.75
C5 X-094 (Male) pin 21 CB-474 CB-474 RD - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
C7 X-095 (Male) pin 11 CB-295 CB-295 BR - 0.75
CCU-CN3B
C8 X-005 pin 7 CB-580 CB-580 WH - 0.5
X-067 - REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 6
84819781
1 X-059A (Male) pin 4 LEVER CB-771 CB-771 TN - 0.75 SHEET 19
MOUNTED PTO BRAKE SW
2 SP-054-P-X CB-302 CB-302 GN - 0.75
6 X-095 pin 23 CCU-CN3B CB-296 CB-296 BR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 176
X-068 - REAR PTO SWITCH (84062580) (Male)
84062580 7
84062580
2 X-094 (Male) pin 12 CB-291 CB-291 OR - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
3 X-094 (Male) pin 13 CB-292 CB-292 OR - 0.75
CCU-CN3A
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 177

X-070 - MAXI-FUSE MODULE (47728326) (Male)
47728326 1
47728326
A1 X-034 pin A30 R3 & R4 CB-123 CB-123 BR - 10.0 SHEET 02
A2 SP-259-P-X CB-128 CB-128 BR - 6.0
B1 SP-041-P-X CB-118 CB-118 BR - 10.0
B2 SP-059-P-X CB-130 CB-130 BR - 6.0
C1 SP-050-P-X CB-125 CB-125 BR - 10.0
C2 SP-051-P-X CB-124 CB-124 BR - 6.0
X-071 - F41 TO F60 MINI FUSE (87733581) (Male)
87733581 2
87733581
1A SP-061-P-X CB-325 CB-325 PK - 2.0 SHEET 08
2A SP-070-P-X CB-338 CB-338 BR - 2.0 SHEET 06
3A X-003 (Male) pin 3 STARTER CB-106 CB-106 WH - 1.5
SWITCH
4A X-024 (Female) pin 47 CB-727 CB-727 VT - 1.5
ENGINE 2
5A X-132 pin 2 8 AMP SOCKET CB-587 CB-587 YE - 1.5
6A SP-039-P-X CB-680 CB-680 OR - 2.5 SHEET 07
7A SP-039-P-X CB-681 CB-681 OR - 1.5
9A SP-039-P-X CB-679 CB-679 OR - 1.5
11A X-745 pin A1 ELECTRONIC CB-271 CB-271 BR - 2.5
PARK BRAKE
12A X-555 (Female) pin 4 ROOF CB-795 CB-795 VT - 2.5
ADD ON H LAMPS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 178

13A X-555 pin 5 ROOF ADD ON H CB-796 CB-796 VT - 2.5 SHEET 06
LAMPS
14A X-555 pin 6 ROOF ADD ON H CB-797 CB-797 RD - 2.5
LAMPS
20A X-142 pin 1 BATTERY CB-698 CB-698 RD - 1.0 SHEET 08
ISOLATOR
1B SP-053-P-X CB-135 CB-135 BL - 3.0 SHEET 06
3B SP-034-P-X CB-627 CB-627 WH - 0.75
4B SP-051-P-X CB-120 CB-120 BR - 2.0
5B SP-052-P-X CB-200 CB-200 YE - 2.0
6B SP-038-P-X CB-683 CB-683 GN - 2.5 SHEET 07
7B X-026 pin 15 ENGINE 1 CB-682 CB-682 GN - 1.5
9B X-026 (Female) pin 14 CB-677 CB-677 OR - 1.5
ENGINE 1
11B SP-050-P-X CB-785 CB-785 BR - 2.5
13B SP-259-P-X CB-799 CB-799 BR - 4.0
20B SP-098-P-X CB-697 CB-697 RD - 1.5 SHEET 08
87733581 3
87733581
1A X-026 pin 25 ENGINE 1 CB-9 CB-9 GN - 0.75 SHEET 04
2A SP-060-P-X CB-206 CB-206 RD - 2.0 SHEET 05
3A SP-073-P-X CB-211 CB-211 RD - 2.0
4A SP-049-P-X CB-201 CB-201 RD - 1.5
5A SP-100-P-X CB-28 CB-28 BL - 2.5
6A X-036 pin D3 F=R7, E=R8, CB-227 CB-227 BL - 2.0
D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
7A X-074 pin F3 F=R15, E=R16, CB-253 CB-253 VT - 1.5
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
8A X-106 pin A1 ROOF CB-175 CB-175 GN - 1.5
HARNESS
9A SP-093-P-X CB-250 CB-250 VT - 3.0
10A X-074 pin E3 F=R15, E=R16, CB-174 CB-174 GN - 1.5
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
11A X-106 pin A8 ROOF CB-402 CB-402 VT - 1.5 SHEET 06
HARNESS
12A SP-044-P-X CB-357 CB-357 GN - 2.0
13A SP-023-P-X CB-482 CB-482 GN - 1.5
14A SP-014-P-X CB-583 CB-583 VT - 1.0
15A SP-068-P-X CB-404 CB-404 VT - 1.0
16A X-005 (Male) pin 24 CB-136 CB-136 YE - 1.0
17A SP-057-P-X CB-499 CB-499 BL - 2.0
18A SP-054-P-X CB-293 CB-293 GN - 2.0
19A SP-058-P-X CB-439 CB-439 BR - 2.0
20A X-106 pin C4 ROOF CB-376 CB-376 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
1B SP-052-P-X CB-199 CB-199 YE - 1.5 SHEET 03
3B X-034 pin B87 R3 & R4 CB-224 CB-224 BR - 2.5 SHEET 05
5B X-034 pin B30 R3 & R4 CB-223 CB-223 BR - 4.0
6B SP-050-P-X CB-127 CB-127 BR - 4.0
7B SP-059-P-X CB-126 CB-126 BR - 2.5
10B SP-041-P-X CB-115 CB-115 BR - 2.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 179

11B SP-050-P-X CB-122 CB-122 BR - 3.0 SHEET 06
14B X-147 pin 1 MEMORY + CB-119 CB-119 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
17B SP-053-P-X CB-133 CB-133 BL - 3.0 SHEET 06
18B SP-053-P-X CB-134 CB-134 BL - 3.0
20B X-003 (Male) pin 2 STARTER CB-111 CB-111 WH - 1.5
SWITCH
87733581 4
87733581
1A SP-120-P-X CB-152 CB-152 VT - 1.0 SHEET 02
2A SP-084-P-X CB-371 CB-371 VT - 4.0
3A X-074 pin B3 F=R15, E=R16, CB-167 CB-167 GN - 1.0
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
4A X-117 pin 2 POWER STUDS CB-372 CB-372 VT - 1.5
5A X-035 pin B30 R5 & R6 CB-139 CB-139 GN - 3.0
6A X-106 pin C3 ROOF CB-112 CB-112 VT - 0.75
HARNESS
7A SP-006-P-X CB-121 CB-121 BR - 2.5
8A X-003 pin 1 STARTER CB-113 CB-113 BR - 2.5
SWITCH
9A X-082 pin 1 LOADER POWER CB-386 CB-386 OR - 1.0
10A X-116A pin 1 IMPLEMENT CB-352 CB-352 YE - 3.0
SOCKET
11A SP-092-P-X CB-217 CB-217 GN - 1.0
12A SP-055-P-X CB-240 CB-240 TN - 1.0
13A X-036 pin E3 F=R7, E=R8, CB-153 CB-153 GN - 1.5
D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
14A SP-037-P-X CB-347 CB-347 GN - 1.0
15A SP-007-P-X CB-2 CB-2 GN - 2.0
16A SP-030-P-X CB-790 CB-790 BL - 2.0
17A SP-077-P-X CB-584 CB-584 YE - 2.5
18A SP-036-P-X CB-140 CB-140 GN - 1.5
19A SP-117-P-X CB-550 CB-550 RD - 2.0
20A SP-024-P-X CB-243 CB-243 GN - 1.5
1B SP-051-P-X CB-116 CB-116 BR - 3.0
5B SP-051-P-X CB-117 CB-117 BR - 3.0
7B SP-259-P-X CB-798 CB-798 BR - 4.0
9B SP-052-P-X CB-196 CB-196 YE - 3.0
13B SP-052-P-X CB-197 CB-197 YE - 4.0
18B SP-052-P-X CB-198 CB-198 YE - 4.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 180
X-074 - F=R15, E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19 (87733586) (Male)
87733586 5
87733586
A1 X-681 (Male) pin 1 EHR LOCK CB-380 CB-380 GY - 1.0 SHEET 03
SW
A2 SP-021-P-X CB-658 CB-658 BK - 0.75
A3 SP-061-P-X CB-666 CB-666 PK - 0.75
A5 X-020 (Female) pin 30 CB-659 CB-659 GY - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
B1 X-695 (Female) pin 6 AIR CB-169 CB-169 OR - 1.0
CON CONTROL
B1 X-695 (Female) pin 6 AIR CB-169 CB-169 OR - 1.0
CON CONTROL
B2 X-074 (Male) pin B2 F=R15, 837 837 BK - 0.75
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B2 X-074 (Male) pin B2 F=R15, 837 837 BK - 0.75
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B2 SP-021-P-X CB-75 CB-75 BK - 0.75
B3 X-074 (Male) pin B3 F=R15, 836 836 GN - 1.0
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B3 X-074 (Male) pin B3 F=R15, 836 836 GN - 1.0
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B3 X-073 pin 3A F1 TO F20 MINI CB-167 CB-167 GN - 1.0
FUSE
B5 X-024 (Female) pin 38 CB-216 CB-216 LG - 1.0
ENGINE 2
B5 X-024 (Female) pin 38 CB-216 CB-216 LG - 1.0
ENGINE 2
C1 X-142 pin 4 BATTERY CB-489 CB-489 GN - 0.75
ISOLATOR
C2 SP-021-P-X CB-706 CB-706 BK - 0.75
C3 X-142 pin 5 BATTERY CB-321 CB-321 WH - 0.75
ISOLATOR
C4 X-024 (Female) pin 49 CB-477 CB-477 WH - 0.75
ENGINE 2
D1 SP-026-P-X CB-194 CB-194 GN - 1.0
D2 SP-087-P-X CB-39 CB-39 BK - 1.0
D3 X-023 pin 1 2 POWER E CB-131 CB-131 BL - 6.0 SHEET 02
D5 SP-053-P-X CB-132 CB-132 BL - 6.0 SHEET 03
E1 X-106 (Female) pin B4 ROOF CB-255 CB-255 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
E2 SP-087-P-X CB-49 CB-49 BK - 0.75
E3 X-072 (Male) pin 10A F21 TO CB-174 CB-174 GN - 1.5
F40 MINI FUSE
E5 SP-076-P-X CB-171 CB-171 GN - 1.5
F1 X-106 (Female) pin B5 ROOF CB-256 CB-256 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
F2 SP-087-P-X CB-48 CB-48 BK - 0.75
F3 X-072 (Male) pin 7A F21 TO CB-253 CB-253 VT - 1.5
F40 MINI FUSE
F5 X-026 (Female) pin 29 CB-254 CB-254 VT - 1.5
ENGINE 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 181
X-078 - DIVERTER SWITCH (84121648) (Male)
84121648 6
84121648
2 X-020 (Female) pin 37 CB-693 CB-693 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 182

X-080 - ARMREST 1 (87714265) (Female)
87714265 1
87714265
A1 X-776 (Male) pin 1 11 11 BR - 1.0 SHEET 25
A2 SP-A-P-X 31 31 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
A3 SP-B-P-X 33 33 GN - 0.75
A4 X-776 (Male) pin 23 16 16 RD - 0.75 SHEET 53
A5 X-776 (Male) pin 24 18 18 PRP - 0.75
A6 X-093 (Male) pin 3 CCU-CN1B CB-413 CB-413 TN - 1.0 SHEET 25
A7 X-093 (Male) pin 8 CCU-CN1B CB-435 CB-435 BL - 1.0
A8 SP-045-P-X CB-450 CB-450 GY - 1.0 SHEET 26
B1 X-776 (Male) pin 2 27 27 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 25
B2 X-093 (Male) pin 5 CCU-CN1B CB-431 CB-431 PK - 1.0 SHEET 26
B3 X-093 (Male) pin 7 CCU-CN1B CB-434 CB-434 LB - 1.0
B4 X-093 (Male) pin 4 CCU-CN1B CB-412 CB-412 TN - 1.0
B5 X-093 (Male) pin 6 CCU-CN1B CB-411 CB-411 TN - 1.0
B7 SP-110-P-X CB-451 CB-451 LB - 0.75 SHEET 26
B8 X-776 (Male) pin 32 1 1 BK - 1.0 SHEET 25
C2 SP-379C-P-X 28 28 BK - 0.5 SHEET 55
C3 X-776 (Male) pin 12 22 22 GN - 0.5
C4 X-776 (Male) pin 11 24 24 YE - 0.5 SHEET 14
C5 SP-379D-P-X 29 29 RD - 0.5 SHEET 55
C8 X-776 (Male) pin 33 2 2 BK - 1.0 SHEET 18
X-080 - ARMREST 1 (Male)

A1 SP-115-P-X CB-452 CB-452 GY - 1.0 SHEET 25
A2 X-093 (Male) pin 20 CB-432 CB-432 LB - 1.0 SHEET 51
CCU-CN1B
A3 X-093 (Male) pin 18 CB-433 CB-433 LB - 1.0
CCU-CN1B
A4 SP-058-P-X CB-443 CB-443 BR - 1.0 SHEET 53
A5 SP-048-P-X CB-409 CB-409 TN - 1.0
A6 X-776 (Male) pin 30 20 20 GN - 0.75 SHEET 25
A7 X-776 (Male) pin 31 26 26 WH - 0.5
A8 X-776 (Male) pin 4 8 8 PK - 1.0 SHEET 26
B1 SP-108-P-X CB-449 CB-449 GY - 1.0 SHEET 25
B2 X-776 (Male) pin 5 3 3 OR - 0.75 SHEET 26
B3 X-776 (Male) pin 6 4 4 OR - 0.75
B4 X-776 (Male) pin 7 7 7 PK - 0.75
B5 X-776 (Male) pin 8 6 6 PK - 0.75
B6 X-776 (Male) pin 9 5 5 BR - 0.75 SHEET 18
B7 X-776 (Male) pin 10 9 9 OR - 0.75 SHEET 26
B8 SP-013-P-X CB-395 CB-395 GN - 0.75 SHEET 25
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 183

C1 X-094 (Male) pin 7 CCU-CN3A CB-22 CB-22 OR - 0.75 SHEET 55
C2 X-091 (Male) pin 11 CB-447 CB-447 YE - 1.0
C3 X-091 (Male) pin 25 CB-448 CB-448 YE - 1.0
C4 X-091 pin 24 CB-430 CB-430 PK - 1.0 SHEET 14
C5 X-091 (Male) pin 19 CB-438 CB-438 LB - 1.0 SHEET 55
C6 X-094 (Male) pin 23 CB-511 CB-511 RD - 0.5 SHEET 25
CCU-CN3A
C7 X-094 (Male) pin 6 CCU-CN3A CB-624 CB-624 LB - 0.75 SHEET 55
C8 X-094 pin 26 CCU-CN3A CB-547 CB-547 OR - 0.75 SHEET 18
X-081 - SEAT CONNECTOR (87687242) (Male)
87687242 2
87687242
2 X-097 (Male) pin 9 CCU-CN4 CB-71 CB-71 OR - 1.0 SHEET 18
X-082 - LOADER POWER (87747169) (Female)
87747169 3
87747169
1 X-073 pin 9A F1 TO F20 MINI CB-386 CB-386 OR - 1.0 SHEET 03
FUSE
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 184
X-082 - LOADER POWER (82863269) (Male)
82863269 4
82863269
1 SP-420-P-X RE-14 RE-14 OR - 1.5 SHEET 03
2 SP-424-P-X RE-12 RE-12 BK - 1.5 SHEET 48
X-082A - LOADER POWER (87747169) (Male)
87747169 5
87747169
2 SP-424-P-X RE-13 RE-13 BK - 1.5
X-083 - JOYSTICK (87710588) (Male)
87710588 6
87710588
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 185

2 SP-322A-P-X CB-636 CB-636 RD - 0.75
3 SP-322B-P-X CB-638 CB-638 BL - 0.75
4 SP-087-P-X CB-437 CB-437 BK - 1.0
5 X-097 (Male) pin 2 CCU-CN4 CB-427 CB-427 BL - 0.75
6 X-097 (Male) pin 3 CCU-CN4 CB-436 CB-436 YE - 0.75
X-084 - LOADER VALVE NO2 (87687244) (Female)
87687244 7
87687244
1 SP-423-P-X 30 30 YE - 1.0 SHEET 48
X-084 - LOADER VALVE NO2 (87687244) (Male)
87687244 8
87687244
1 X-024 (Female) pin 35 CB-390 CB-390 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 186
X-085 - LOADER VALVE NO1 (87687244) (Female)
87687244 9
87687244
1 SP-421-P-X 16 16 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 SP-422-P-X 20 20 OR - 1.0
X-085 - LOADER VALVE NO1 (87687244) (Male)
87687244 10
87687244
1 X-024 (Female) pin 1 ENGINE CB-388 CB-388 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
2
2 X-024 (Female) pin 2 ENGINE CB-389 CB-389 OR - 1.0
2
X-086A - GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 11
84122130
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 187
X-086B -GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 12
84122130
X-086C - GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 13
84122130
1 SP-089-P-X CB-754 CB-754 BK - 1.5
X-086D - AIR CONNECTOR GROUND (87486318) (Male)
87486318 14
87486318
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 188
X-087 - LOADER VALVE NO 3 (87687244) (Male)
87687244 15
87687244
1 X-024 (Female) pin 27 CB-806 CB-806 BL - 1.0 SHEET 29
ENGINE 2
2 X-024 (Female) pin 28 CB-807 CB-807 BL - 1.0
ENGINE 2
X-088 - ARMREST 2 (84165866) (Female)
84165866 16
84165866
A2 SP-C-P-X 35 35 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
A3 SP-D-P-X 36 36 GN - 0.75
C2 SP-379C-P-X 25 25 BK - 0.5 SHEET 55
C3 X-776 (Male) pin 14 21 21 GN - 0.5
C4 X-776 (Male) pin 13 23 23 YE - 0.5
C5 SP-379D-P-X 30 30 RD - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 189
X-088 - ARMREST 2 (87714273) (Male)
87714273 17
87714273
A2 X-026 (Female) pin 1 ENGINE 912 912 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
1
A3 X-026 (Female) pin 2 ENGINE 913 913 GN - 0.75
1
C2 X-024 (Female) pin 8 ENGINE 352 352 BK - 0.75 SHEET 55
2
C3 X-024 (Female) pin 9 ENGINE 365 365 GN - 0.75
2
C4 X-024 (Female) pin 7 ENGINE 369 369 YE - 0.75
2
C5 X-024 (Female) pin 6 ENGINE 374 374 RD - 0.75
2
X-089 - RADAR 11786 (87357892) (Male)
87357892 18
87357892
1 X-006 (Male) pin 15 CB-601 CB-601 VT - 0.5 SHEET 57
2 X-006 (Male) pin 16 CB-599 CB-599 VT - 0.5
3 X-006 (Male) pin 14 CB-602 CB-602 VT - 0.5
4 X-006 (Male) pin 17 CB-600 CB-600 VT - 0.5
5 X-006 (Male) pin 11 CB-401 CB-401 VT - 0.5
6 SP-024-P-X CB-244 CB-244 GN - 0.5
7 SP-067-P-X CB-98 CB-98 BK - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 190

X-090 - (84121648) (Male)
84121648 1
84121648
2 SP-097-P-X CB-702 CB-702 WH - 0.75
X-091 - (Male)
18 X-703A (Female) pin 1 CCU RE-11 RE-11 RD - 0.75 SHEET 48
INTERFACE
X-092 -CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN1A (82028493) (Male)
82028493 2
82028493
2 SP-057-P-X CB-503 CB-503 BL - 1.0
3 SP-057-P-X CB-504 CB-504 BL - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
6 X-022 (Female) pin 48 CB-573 CB-573 LB - 1.0 SHEET 14
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
8 X-001 (Male) pin 3 CLUTCH CB-552 CB-552 RD - 0.75 SHEET 16
SWITCH
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 191

TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 2
16 SP-072B-P-X CB-630 CB-630 GN - 0.75
19 X-096 (Male) pin 1 CASE CB-96 CB-96 OR - 1.0 SHEET 16
EARTH
21 SP-323A-P-X CB-655 CB-655 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
22 SP-323B-P-X CB-656 CB-656 BL - 0.75
26 SP-075-P-X CB-34 CB-34 BK - 1.0
X-093 -CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU) -CN1B(82028495) (Male)
82028495 3
82028495
1 X-015 (Male) pin 2 FOOT CB-478 CB-478 GN - 0.75 SHEET 15
THROTTLE ELECTRONICS
TRANSMISSION 1
3 X-080 pin A6 ARMREST 1 CB-413 CB-413 TN - 1.0 SHEET 18
4 X-080 pin B4 ARMREST 1 CB-412 CB-412 TN - 1.0
5 X-080 pin B2 ARMREST 1 CB-431 CB-431 PK - 1.0
6 X-080 pin B5 ARMREST 1 CB-411 CB-411 TN - 1.0
7 X-080 pin B3 ARMREST 1 CB-434 CB-434 LB - 1.0 SHEET 17
8 X-080 pin A7 ARMREST 1 CB-435 CB-435 BL - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
12 X-012 (Male) pin 2 SHUTTLE CB-526 CB-526 GY - 0.75 SHEET 16
SWITCH
13 X-012 (Male) pin 3 SHUTTLE CB-527 CB-527 GY - 0.75
SWITCH
TRANSMISSION 1
18 X-080 pin A3 ARMREST 1 CB-433 CB-433 LB - 1.0 SHEET 17
ENGINE 2
20 X-080 pin A2 ARMREST 1 CB-432 CB-432 LB - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 192

23 SP-033-P-X CB-202 CB-202 RD - 1.0
24 X-020 (Female) pin 51 CB-700 CB-700 YE - 1.0 SHEET 16
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 1
30 SP-085-P-X CB-423 CB-423 PK - 0.75
ENGINE 2
34 X-022 (Female) pin 11 CB-203 CB-203 VT - 1.0 SHEET 14
TRANSMISSION 1
X-094 - CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU) -CN3A (82016219) (Male)
82016219 4
82016219
1 SP-115-P-X CB-488 CB-488 GY - 0.75 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 2
3 X-127 (Female) pin 4 LH CB-307 CB-307 WH - 0.75 SHEET 17
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
4 X-066 pin B4 SWITCH PANEL CB-494 CB-494 BR - 0.75 SHEET 19
5 X-066 pin B5 SWITCH PANEL CB-495 CB-495 BR - 0.75
6 X-080 pin C7 ARMREST 1 CB-624 CB-624 LB - 0.75 SHEET 18
7 X-080 pin C1 ARMREST 1 CB-22 CB-22 OR - 0.75 SHEET 30
9 X-022 (Female) pin 27 CB-546 CB-546 OR - 0.75 SHEET 16
TRANSMISSION 1
10 SP-108-P-X CB-365 CB-365 GY - 1.0
11 SP-045-P-X CB-368 CB-368 GY - 1.0 SHEET 18
12 X-068 pin 2 REAR PTO CB-291 CB-291 OR - 0.75 SHEET 19
SWITCH
13 X-068 pin 3 REAR PTO CB-292 CB-292 OR - 0.75
SWITCH
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 2
15 X-053 pin C3 FLASHER ECU CB-355 CB-355 LG - 1.0 SHEET 19
16 X-681 (Male) pin 5 EHR LOCK CB-17 CB-17 GY - 1.0 SHEET 17
SW
17 X-052 pin 4 HAND THROTTLE CB-491 CB-491 GY - 0.75
19 X-022 (Female) pin 50 CB-359 CB-359 LG - 1.0 SHEET 17
TRANSMISSION 1
21 X-066 pin C5 SWITCH PANEL CB-474 CB-474 RD - 0.75 SHEET 18
22 X-066 pin B2 SWITCH PANEL CB-492 CB-492 RD - 0.75 SHEET 19
23 X-080 pin C6 ARMREST 1 CB-511 CB-511 RD - 0.5 SHEET 18
24 X-066 pin A5 SWITCH PANEL CB-369 CB-369 YE - 0.75 SHEET 19
25 X-066 pin A4 SWITCH PANEL CB-366 CB-366 YE - 0.75
26 X-080 pin C8 ARMREST 1 CB-547 CB-547 OR - 0.75 SHEET 18
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 193
X-095 - CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU)-CN3B (87410946) (Male)
87410946 5
87410946
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 pin 41 TRANSMISSION CB-524 CB-524 BL - 1.0 SHEET 16
1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
6 X-022 pin 29 TRANSMISSION CB-590 CB-590 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
9 X-022 (Female) pin 3 CB-513 CB-513 LG - 1.0 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 1
1
11 X-066 pin C7 SWITCH PANEL CB-295 CB-295 BR - 0.75 SHEET 16
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
16 X-026 pin 23 ENGINE 1 CB-185 CB-185 BR - 0.75 SHEET 07
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 1
ENGINE 1
TRANSMISSION 1
23 X-067 (Male) pin 6 REAR PTO CB-296 CB-296 BR - 0.75 SHEET 20
BRAKE SWITCH
24 X-059A (Male) pin 2 LEVER CB-317 CB-317 TN - 0.75 SHEET 19
MOUNTED PTO BRAKE SW
27 X-069-2 (Male) pin 1 REAR CB-312 CB-312 BR - 0.75 SHEET 19
PTO LAMP
28 X-066 pin A6 SWITCH PANEL CB-514 CB-514 YE - 0.75 SHEET 20
29 X-066 pin A7 SWITCH PANEL CB-515 CB-515 LG - 0.75 SHEET 19
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 194

30 X-066 pin B1 SWITCH PANEL CB-520 CB-520 YE - 0.75 SHEET 20
31 X-066 pin A8 SWITCH PANEL CB-519 CB-519 WH - 0.75
32 X-015 (Male) pin 6 FOOT CB-539 CB-539 GN - 0.75 SHEET 15
THROTTLE ELECTRONICS
TRANSMISSION 2
X-096 - CASE GROUND (84122130) (Male)
84122130 6
84122130
1 X-099 pin 19 ACU-CN1A CB-102 CB-102 BK - 1.0 SHEET 16
1 X-092 pin 19 CCU-CN1A CB-96 CB-96 OR - 1.0
1 SP-067-P-X CB-97 CB-97 BK - 1.0
X-097 -CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU) -CN4 (82028492) (Male)
82028492 7
82028492
1 SP-110-P-X CB-273 CB-273 LB - 1.0 SHEET 27
2 X-083 pin 5 JOY STICK CB-427 CB-427 BL - 0.75
3 X-083 pin 6 JOY STICK CB-436 CB-436 YE - 0.75
5 X-066 pin A2 SWITCH PANEL CB-23 CB-23 RD - 0.75 SHEET 19
6 X-623 pin 12 FAST STEER CB-247 CB-247 OR - 0.75 SHEET 16
TRANSMISSION 2
9 X-081 (Male) pin 2 SEAT CB-71 CB-71 OR - 1.0 SHEET 18
CONNECTOR
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 195

TRANSMISSION 1
20 X-002 (Male) pin 2 CLUTCH CB-538 CB-538 YE - 0.75 SHEET 16
POTENTIOMETER
TRANSMISSION 2
23 X-066 pin A3 SWITCH PANEL CB-540 CB-540 RD - 0.75 SHEET 19
24 X-681 (Male) pin 9 EHR LOCK CB-82 CB-82 GY - 1.0 SHEET 17
SW
25 X-684 (Male) pin 2 FRONT CB-272 CB-272 WH - 1.0
HITCH DETECT
X-098 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU) -CN2 (87694552) (Male)
87694552 8
87694552
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
ENGINE 2
TRANSMISSION 2
18 X-066 pin C3 SWITCH PANEL CB-400 CB-400 OR - 0.75 SHEET 21
19 X-061-2 pin 1 FRONT PTO CB-332 CB-332 OR - 0.75
LAMP
26 SP-075-P-X CB-68 CB-68 BK - 1.0
X-099 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU) -CN1A (82028493) (Male)
82028493 9
82028493
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 196

2 SP-070-P-X CB-342 CB-342 BR - 1.0
3 SP-070-P-X CB-343 CB-343 BR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
11 X-020 (Female) pin 16 CB-382 CB-382 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 2
16 SP-069B-P-X CB-626 CB-626 GN - 0.75
19 X-096 (Male) pin 1 CASE CB-102 CB-102 BK - 1.0 SHEET 20
EARTH
20 SP-058-P-X CB-326 CB-326 BR - 1.0
22 SP-323B-P-X CB-646 CB-646 BL - 0.75
26 SP-075-P-X CB-70 CB-70 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 197

X-100 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU) -CN1B (82028495) (Male)
82028495 1
82028495
ENGINE 2
3 X-063 pin 2 FRONT HPL CB-334 CB-334 BR - 0.75
LIMIT POT
5 X-024 (Female) pin 3 ENGINE CB-278 CB-278 OR - 0.75
2
ENGINE 2
11 X-062 pin 2 FRONT PTO CB-179 CB-179 PK - 0.75
SWITCH
12 X-062 pin 3 FRONT PTO CB-277 CB-277 PK - 0.75
SWITCH
16 SP-065-P-X CB-335 CB-335 BR - 0.75
17 SP-103-P-X CB-725 CB-725 LG - 0.75
18 X-063 pin 5 FRONT HPL CB-344 CB-344 BR - 0.75
LIMIT POT
19 X-024 (Female) pin 5 ENGINE CB-737 CB-737 TN - 0.75
2
21 SP-002-P-X CB-481 CB-481 WH - 1.0
22 X-026 (Female) pin 10 CB-735 CB-735 BR - 0.75
ENGINE 1
TRANSMISSION 1
26 X-024 (Female) pin 4 ENGINE CB-736 CB-736 TN - 0.75
2
29 X-066 pin C2 SWITCH PANEL CB-379 CB-379 BL - 0.75
30 X-064 pin C1 EHR LEVERS CB-668 CB-668 OR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 198
X-101 -AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU) -CN3B (87410946) (Male)
87410946 2
87410946
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
11 X-682 pin 1 EHR SELECT SW CB-323 CB-323 WH - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
TRANSMISSION 2
ENGINE 2
25 SP-061-P-X CB-328 CB-328 PK - 1.0
26 X-064 (Male) pin A6 EHR CB-652 CB-652 VT - 0.75
LEVERS
27 X-064 (Male) pin B7 EHR CB-639 CB-639 VT - 0.75
LEVERS
LEVERS
LEVERS
30 X-064 (Male) pin C2 EHR CB-669 CB-669 OR - 0.75
LEVERS
31 X-682 pin 3 EHR SELECT SW CB-324 CB-324 WH - 0.75
32 X-064 (Male) pin C3 EHR CB-670 CB-670 OR - 0.75
LEVERS
33 X-678 pin 1 TOP LINK SW CB-309 CB-309 WH - 0.75
34 SP-061-P-X CB-327 ACU-CN3B PK - 1.0
X-102 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (ACU) -CN3A (82016219) (Male)
82016219 3
82016219
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 199

1 X-064 (Male) pin A7 EHR CB-525 CB-525 OR - 0.75 SHEET 58
LEVERS
3 X-064 (Male) pin A8 EHR CB-579 CB-579 BL - 0.75
LEVERS
5 X-064 (Male) pin B1 EHR CB-581 CB-581 WH - 0.75
LEVERS
7 X-064 (Male) pin B2 EHR CB-582 CB-582 BL - 0.75
LEVERS
8 X-066 pin B7 SWITCH PANEL CB-279 CB-279 RD - 0.75 SHEET 37
14 X-064 (Male) pin B4 EHR CB-647 CB-647 VT - 0.75 SHEET 58
LEVERS
15 X-064 (Male) pin C4 EHR CB-671 CB-671 VT - 0.75
LEVERS
16 X-064 (Male) pin A2 EHR CB-387 CB-387 LG - 0.75
LEVERS
LEVERS
LEVERS
LEVERS
LEVERS
22 X-678 pin 6 TOP LINK SW CB-308 CB-308 WH - 0.75 SHEET 20
24 X-679 pin 6 SIDE LINK SW CB-311 CB-311 WH - 0.75
25 X-679 pin 1 SIDE LINK SW CB-316 CB-316 WH - 0.75
X-106 - ROOF HARNESS (87714273) (Female)
87714273 4
87714273
A1 X-072 (Male) pin 8A F21 TO CB-175 CB-175 GN - 1.5 SHEET 05
F40 MINI FUSE
A2 X-033 (Male) pin 6 R1 & CB-12 CB-12 YE - 0.75 SHEET 44
R2
A3 X-011 (Male) pin 6 FRONT CB-20 CB-20 WH - 0.75
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
A4 X-011 (Male) pin 5 FRONT CB-87 CB-87 RD - 0.75
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
A5 SP-092-P-X CB-218 CB-218 GN - 0.75
A6 SP-055-P-X CB-242 CB-242 TN - 0.75
A7 X-033 (Male) pin 1 R1 & CB-258 CB-258 GN - 0.75
R2
A8 X-072 (Male) pin 11A F21 TO CB-402 CB-402 VT - 1.5 SHEET 35
F40 MINI FUSE
B1 SP-060-P-X CB-208 CB-208 RD - 1.0 SHEET 05
B2 X-053 pin A2 FLASHER ECU CB-145 CB-145 LG - 0.75 SHEET 34
B3 SP-120-P-X CB-622 CB-622 VT - 0.75 SHEET 41
B4 X-074 pin E1 F=R15, E=R16, CB-255 CB-255 RD - 0.75 SHEET 35
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B5 X-074 pin F1 F=R15, E=R16, CB-256 CB-256 RD - 0.75
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
B6 SP-117-P-X CB-575 CB-575 RD - 0.75 SHEET 31
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 200

C1 SP-073-P-X CB-214 CB-214 RD - 1.0 SHEET 36
C2 X-053 pin A4 FLASHER ECU CB-146 CB-146 LG - 0.75
C3 X-073 (Male) pin 6A F1 TO CB-112 CB-112 VT - 0.75 SHEET 03
F20 MINI FUSE
C4 X-072 (Male) pin 20A F21 TO CB-376 CB-376 RD - 0.75 SHEET 43
F40 MINI FUSE
C6 X-009 (Male) pin 11 CB-739 CB-739 VT - 0.75 SHEET 23
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
X-106 - ROOF HARNESS (Male)

A1 SP-006-P-X 50 50 GN - 0.75 SHEET 05
A2 X-201 (Male) pin 1 1 1 YE - 0.75 SHEET 44
A3 X-201 (Male) pin 6 2 2 WH - 0.75
A4 X-201 (Male) pin 3 34 34 RD - 0.75
A5 X-201 (Male) pin 4 67 67 GN - 0.75
A6 X-177 (Male) pin 3 70 70 BR - 1.0
A7 X-177 (Male) pin 1 81 81 GN - 0.75
A8 X-168 (Male) pin B1 104 104 P - 1.0 SHEET 35
B1 SP-114-P-X 61 61 RD - 0.75 SHEET 05
B2 X-163 (Male) pin 1 37 37 GN - 0.5 SHEET 34
B3 SP-125-P-X 622 622 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
B4 X-168 (Male) pin B6 73 73 RD - 0.75 SHEET 35
B5 X-168 (Male) pin C6 74 74 RD - 0.75
B6 X-167 (Male) pin 8 89 89 RD - 0.75 SHEET 31
B7 X-168 (Male) pin C8 72 72 P - 0.75 SHEET 35
B8 X-168 (Male) pin C7 71 71 P - 0.75 SHEET 05
C1 SP-025-P-X 66 66 RD - 0.75 SHEET 36
C2 X-195 (Male) pin 1 38 38 GN - 0.5
C3 SP-111-P-X 35 35 P - 0.75 SHEET 03
C4 SP-130-P-X 108 108 RD - 0.75 SHEET 43
C5 SP-004-P-X 90 90 RD - 0.75 SHEET 31
C7 X-168 (Male) pin C5 60 60 RD - 0.75 SHEET 35
X-107 - AUXILIARY HEADLAMP SWITCH (87581782) (Female)
87581782 5
87581782
ENGINE 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 201
X-108 -AUXILIARY HEADLAMP SWITCH (87581782) (Female)
87581782 6
87581782
ENGINE 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 202

X-110 - RH FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE/LOWER (82028841) (Female)
82028841 1
82028841
4 X-127 (Female) pin 5 LH CB-597 CB-597 WH - 0.75 SHEET 19
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
X-110 - RH FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE/LOWER (82028842) (Male)
82028842 2
82028842
1 X-407 (Male) pin 1 HPL FE-5100 FE-5100 PK - 1.0 SHEET 17
SWITCH
2 X-407 (Male) pin 2 HPL FE-5200 FE-5200 R-B - 1.0 SHEET 08
SWITCH
3 X-407 (Male) pin 3 HPL FE-5095 FE-5095 GN - 1.0 SHEET 17
SWITCH
4 X-406 (Male) pin 2 FE-2059 FE-2059 BL - 0.75 SHEET 19
5 X-406 (Male) pin 1 FE-2050 FE-2050 GN - 0.75 SHEET 07
6 X-406 (Male) pin 3 FE-2056 FE-2056 WH - 0.75 SHEET 19
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 203
X-111 - RH FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP (82028842) (Female)
82028842 3
82028842
2 SP-028-P-X CB-156 CB-156 GN - 0.75
3 SP-011-P-X CB-353 CB-353 GN - 0.75
4 SP-087-P-X CB-51 CB-51 BK - 1.0
5 SP-076-P-X CB-173 CB-173 GN - 0.5
6 SP-087-P-X CB-47 CB-47 BK - 1.0
X-111 - RH FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP (82028841) (Male)
82028841 4
82028841
1 SP-208-P-X FE-1013 FE-1013 RD - 0.75 SHEET 42
2 X-409 (Male) pin 4 STOP/TAIL FE-810 STOP GN - 0.75
LIGHT
3 X-409 (Male) pin 2 STOP/TAIL FE-3004 TAIL GN - 0.75
LIGHT
4 SP-207-P-X FE-57AV FE-57AV BK - 1.0
5 X-403 (Male) pin 2 WORK FE-998 FE-998 GN - 0.5
LAMP
6 X-403 (Male) pin 4 WORK FE-57AP FE-57AP BK - 0.5
LAMP
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 204
X-115 - 30A POWER SOCKET (82944116) (Male)
82944116 5
82944116
2 SP-084-P-X CB-374 CB-374 VT - 3.0
4 SP-082-P-X CB-100 CB-100 BK - 3.0
X-115A - 30A POWER SOCKET POSITIVE (84015523) (Female)
84015523 6
84015523
X-115A -30A POWER SOCKET POSITIVE (84038366) (Male)
84038366 7
84038366
1 X-116 (Male) pin 15/30 PS-356 PS-356 BR - 6.0 SHEET 33
IMPLEMENT SOCKET REAR
2 X-116 (Male) pin 82 PS-450 PS-450 YE - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 205
X-115B - POWER SOCKET NEGATIVE (87680382) (Female)
87680382 8
87680382
X-115B - POWER SOCKET NEGATIVE (82944113) (Male)
82944113 9
82944113
1 X-116 (Male) pin 31 PS-449 PS-449 BK - 6.0 SHEET 33
X-116 - REAR IMPLEMENT SOCKET (84415676) (Male)
84415676 10
84415676
31 X-115B (Male) pin 1 PWR PS-449 PS-449 BK - 6.0 SHEET 33
SCKT NEG
82 X-115A (Male) pin 2 30A PWR PS-450 PS-450 YE - 1.5
SCKT POS
15/30 X-115A (Male) pin 1 30A PWR PS-356 PS-356 BR - 6.0
SCKT POS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 206
X-116A - IMPLEMENT SOCKET (82944116) (Female)
82944116 11
82944116
1 X-073 pin 10A F1 TO F20 CB-352 CB-352 YE - 3.0 SHEET 33
MINI FUSE
4 X-032 (Male) pin 1 EARTH CB-79 CB-79 BK - 3.0 SHEET 33
X-116A - IMPLEMENT SOCKET (Male)

1 J-001-P-2 753 753 YE - 3.0 SHEET 33
X-116B - IMPLEMENT SOCKET NEGATIVE (87680382) (Female)
87680382 12
87680382
1 X-032B (Male) pin 1 EARTH 962 962 BK - 3.0 SHEET 33
X-116B - IMPLEMENT SOCKET NEGATIVE (Male)

1 J-001-P-3 962 962 BK - 3.0 SHEET 33
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 207
X-117 - POWER STUDS (82944110) (Female)
82944110 13
82944110
2 X-073 pin 4A F1 TO F20 MINI CB-372 CB-372 VT - 1.5
FUSE
X-117 - POWER STUDS (Male)

1 X-442 (Male) pin 1 101 101 BK - 1.0 SHEET 33
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 208

X-121 - HAND BRAKE (82867472) (Male)
82867472 1
82867472
2 SP-066-P-X CB-361 CB-361 RD - 1.0
4 X-745 (Male) pin B3 CB-777 CB-777 WH - 0.75 SHEET 47
X-123 - WASHER MOTOR REAR (87713986) (Male)
87713986 2
87713986
2 SP-087-P-X CB-27 CB-27 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 209
X-125 - WASHER MOTOR FRONT (87713986) (Male)
87713986 3
87713986
1 X-011 (Male) pin 9 FRONT CB-110 CB-110 VT - 1.0 SHEET 44
& REAR WIPER SWITCH
2 SP-087-P-X CB-26 CB-26 BK - 0.75
X-126 - LH FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP () (Female)

1 SP-208-P-X 1013 1013 RD - 0.75 SHEET 42
2 X-409 (Male) pin 4 STOP/TAIL 1662 1662 GN - 0.75
LIGHT
3 X-409 (Male) pin 2 STOP/TAIL 1680 1680 GN - 0.75 SHEET 34
LIGHT
4 SP-207-P-X 57AV 57AV BK - 1.0 SHEET 42
5 X-403 (Male) pin 2 WORK 1613 1613 GN - 0.75
LAMP
6 4X-03-P-4 1616 1616 BK - 0.75
X-126 - LH FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP (Male)
82028842 4
82028842
2 SP-028-P-X CB-155 CB-155 GN - 0.75
5 SP-076-P-X CB-172 CB-172 GN - 0.5
6 SP-087-P-X CB-46 CB-46 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 210
X-127 - LH FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE/ (82028841) (Female)
82028841 5
82028841
4 X-094 pin 3 CCU-CN3A CB-307 CB-307 WH - 0.75
5 X-110 (Female) pin 4 RH CB-597 CB-597 WH - 0.75 SHEET 19
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
6 SP-078-P-X CB-596 CB-596 WH - 0.75
X-127 - LH FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE/ (Male)

1 X-407 (Male) pin 1 HPL 1682 1682 KW - 1.0 SHEET 17
SWITCH
2 SP-210-P-X 1668 1668 NRB - 1.0 SHEET 08
3 X-407 (Male) pin 3 HPL 1681 1681 KG - 1.0 SHEET 17
SWITCH
4 X-406 (Male) pin 2 1666 1666 WU - 0.75
5 X-406 (Male) pin 1 1663 1663 WH - 0.75 SHEET 19
6 X-406 (Male) pin 3 1667 1667 WRY - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 211

X-130 - CIGAR LIGHTER (87581782) (Male)
87581782 1
87581782
X-131 - CIGAR LIGHTER (82944110) (Male)
82944110 2
82944110
2 SP-084-P-X CB-373 CB-373 VT - 2.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 212
X-132 - 8A SOCKET (82944110) (Male)
82944110 3
82944110
2 X-071 pin 5A F41 TO F60 CB-587 CB-587 YE - 1.5
MINI FUSE
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 213

X-142 - BATTERY ISOLATOR (87691887) (Male)
87691887 1
87691887
1 X-071 (Male) pin 20A F41 TO CB-698 CB-698 RD - 1.0 SHEET 57
F60 MINI FUSE
2 SP-007-P-X CB-704 CB-704 GN - 0.75
3 SP-097-P-X CB-701 CB-701 WH - 1.0
4 X-074 (Male) pin C1 F=R15, CB-489 CB-489 GN - 0.75
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
5 X-074 (Male) pin C3 F=R15, CB-321 CB-321 WH - 0.75
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
X-145 - BATTERY POSITIVE A (87675193) (Male)
87675193 2
87675193
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 214
X-146 - BATTERY POSITIVE B (87691062) (Male)
87691062 3
87691062
X-147 - MEMORY + (87680386) (Male)
87680386 4
87680386
1 X-072 (Male) pin 14B F21 TO CB-119 CB-119 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
F40 MINI FUSE
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 215

X-151 - (Male)
0 SP-12-P-X 12 12 BK - 2.0 SHEET 35
0 SP-005-P-X 4 4 BK - 2.0
0 SP-371-P-X 3 3 BK - 0.75
X-154 - (Male)
1 X-192 (Male) pin 1 93 93 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
X-156 - (Male)
1 SP-376-P-X 19 19 BK - 0.75 SHEET 36
2 SP-114-P-X 59 59 RD - 0.75
X-157 - (Male)
1 X-161 (Male) pin 1 1602 1602 SL - 0.75 SHEET 43
2 X-161 (Male) pin 2 1601 1601 SL - 0.75
3 X-175 (Male) pin 2 100 100 BL - 0.75
4 X-175 (Male) pin 1 101 101 BL - 0.75
5 X-181 (Male) pin 2 102 102 GN - 0.75
6 X-181 (Male) pin 1 103 103 GN - 0.75
7 X-194 (Male) pin 1 1598 1598 WH - 0.75
8 X-194 (Male) pin 2 1597 1597 WH - 0.75
X-158 - (Male)
4 SP-111-P-X 97 97 YE - 0.75 SHEET 43
6 SP-114-P-X 98 98 OR - 1.0 SHEET 36
7 SP-130-P-X 99 99 RD - 0.75 SHEET 43
8 SP-371-P-X 3 3 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 216

X-160 - (Male)
1 X-190 (Male) pin 1 461 461 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
2 SP-125-P-X 472 472 P - 0.75
X-161 - (Male)
1 X-157 (Male) pin 1 1602 1602 SL - 0.75 SHEET 43
2 X-157 (Male) pin 2 1601 1601 SL - 0.75
X-163 - (Male)
1 X-106 (Male) pin B2 ROOF 37 37 GN - 0.5 SHEET 36
HARNESS
2 SP-114-P-X 62 62 RD - 0.5
4 SP-421-P-X 13 13 BK - 0.5
X-164 - (Male)
2 X-168 (Male) pin B8 76 76 RD - 1.5 SHEET 35
4 SP-005-P-X 30 30 BK - 1.5
X-165 - (Male)
A X-168 (Male) pin B5 78 78 WH - 1.5 SHEET 35
B SP-005-P-X 5 5 BK - 1.5
X-166 - (Male)
1 SP-116-P-X 85 85 GN - 0.75 SHEET 31
2 X-167 (Male) pin 1 82 82 OR - 0.75
3 X-167 (Male) pin 6 83 83 YE - 0.75
4 SP-004-P-X 91 91 RD - 0.75
5 X-080 pin A7 ARMREST 1 26 26 BK - 0.75
X-167 - (Male)
2 X-169 (Male) pin 2 87 87 OR - 0.75
4 SP-291-P-X 23 23 BK - 0.75
5 X-169 (Male) pin 3 88 88 YE - 0.75
6 X-166 (Male) pin 3 83 83 YE - 0.75
7 SP-116-P-X 84 84 GN - 0.75
8 X-106 (Male) pin B6 ROOF 89 89 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 217
X-168 - (Male)
B1 X-106 (Male) pin A8 ROOF 104 104 P - 1.0 SHEET 35
HARNESS
B2 SP-111-P-X 36 36 P - 0.75
B3 SP-005-P-X 31 31 BK - 0.75
B4 X-197 (Male) pin A 1077 1077 WH - 0.75
B5 X-165 (Male) pin A 78 78 WH - 1.5
B6 X-106 (Male) pin B4 ROOF 73 73 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
B7 X-196 (Male) pin 2 75 75 RD - 1.5
B8 X-164 (Male) pin 2 76 76 RD - 1.5
C1 SP-009-P-X 46 46 GN - 1.5
C2 SP-008-P-X 105 105 P - 0.75
C3 SP-006-P-X 51 51 GN - 0.75
C4 SP-006-P-X 52 52 GN - 0.75
C5 X-106 (Male) pin C7 ROOF 60 60 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
C6 X-106 (Male) pin B5 ROOF 74 74 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
C7 X-106 (Male) pin B8 ROOF 71 71 P - 0.75
HARNESS
C8 X-106 (Male) pin B7 ROOF 72 72 P - 0.75
HARNESS
X-169 - (Male)
1 SP-116-P-X 86 86 GN - 0.75 SHEET 31
2 X-167 (Male) pin 2 87 87 OR - 0.75
3 X-167 (Male) pin 5 88 88 YE - 0.75
4 SP-004-P-X 92 92 RD - 0.75
5 SP-005-P-X 24 24 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 218

X-170 - (Male)
1 SP-008-P-X 107 107 P - 0.75 SHEET 35
2 SP-005-P-X 32 32 BK - 0.75
X-173 - (Male)
2 SP-009-P-X 48 48 GN - 1.5 SHEET 35
4 SP-005-P-X 17 17 BK - 1.5
X-175 - (Male)
1 X-157 (Male) pin 4 101 101 BL - 0.75 SHEET 43
2 X-157 (Male) pin 3 100 100 BL - 0.75
X-176 - (Male)
1 SP-025-P-X 63 63 RD - 0.75 SHEET 36
2 X-777 pin 2 7 7 BK - 0.75 SHEET 35
X-177 - (Male)
1 X-106 (Male) pin A7 ROOF 81 81 GN - 0.75 SHEET 44
HARNESS
2 SP-376-P-X 15 15 BK - 0.75 SHEET 35
3 X-106 (Male) pin A6 ROOF 70 70 BR - 1.0 SHEET 44
HARNESS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 219

X-180 - (Male)
1 SP-025-P-X 64 64 RD - 0.75 SHEET 36
2 X-801 pin 1 8 8 BK - 0.75
X-181 - (Male)
1 X-157 (Male) pin 6 103 103 GN - 0.75 SHEET 43
2 X-157 (Male) pin 5 102 102 GN - 0.75
X-182 - (Male)
2 SP-009-P-X 47 47 GN - 1.5 SHEET 35
4 SP-361-P-X 25 25 BK - 1.5
X-185 - (Male)
1 SP-008-P-X 106 106 P - 0.75 SHEET 35
2 SP-005-P-X 33 33 BK - 0.75
X-186 - (Male)
1 X-192 (Male) pin 1 94 94 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
X-187 - (Male)
1 SP-025-P-X 492 492 RD - 0.5 SHEET 36
2 SP-12-P-X 510 510 BK - 2.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 220

X-190 - (Male)
1 X-160 (Male) pin 1 461 461 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
1 X-193 (Male) pin 1 96 96 P - 0.75
X-191 - (Male)
1 SP-125-P-X 40 40 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
X-192 - (Male)
1 X-186 (Male) pin 1 94 94 P - 0.75 SHEET 36
1 X-154 (Male) pin 1 93 93 P - 0.75
2 X-395 pin 1 FHPL MECH 27 27 BK - 0.75
REMOTES
X-193 - (Male)
1 X-190 (Male) pin 1 96 96 P - 0.75 SHEET 41
2 SP-125-P-X 42 42 P - 0.75
X-194 - (Male)
2 X-157 (Male) pin 8 1597 1597 WH - 0.75
X-195 - (Male)
1 X-106 (Male) pin C2 ROOF 38 38 GN - 0.5 SHEET 36
HARNESS
2 SP-025-P-X 65 65 RD - 0.5
4 SP-12-P-X 16 16 BK - 0.5
X-196 - (Male)
2 X-168 (Male) pin B7 75 75 RD - 1.5 SHEET 35
4 X-080 pin A6 ARMREST 1 20 20 BK - 1.5
X-197 - (Male)
A X-168 (Male) pin B4 1077 1077 WH - 0.75 SHEET 35
B SP-12-P-X 1087 1087 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 221

X-201 - (Male)
1 X-106 (Male) pin A2 ROOF 1 1 YE - 0.75 SHEET 44
HARNESS
2 X-088 pin C3 ARMREST 2 21 21 BK - 0.75
3 X-106 (Male) pin A4 ROOF 34 34 RD - 0.75
HARNESS
4 X-106 (Male) pin A5 ROOF 67 67 GN - 0.75
HARNESS
6 X-106 (Male) pin A3 ROOF 2 2 WH - 0.75
HARNESS
X-202 - VEHICLE CONNECTOR (87687244) (Male)
87687244 1
87687244
1 X-204 (Male) pin 1 HV-103 HV-103 RD - 1.0 SHEET 56
THERMOSTAT
2 X-206 (Male) pin B HV-108 HV-108 BL - 1.0
PRESSURE SWITCH
X-203 - TEMPERATURE POTENTIOMETER (47421077) (Male)
47421077 2
47421077
A X-205 (Male) pin 10 WATER HV-100 HV-100 RD - 1.0 SHEET 56
VALVE ACTUATOR
B X-205 (Male) pin 8 WATER HV-101 HV-101 YE - 1.0
VALVE ACTUATOR
C SP-015-P-X HV-104 HV-104 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 222
X-204 - THERMOSTAT (87690957) (Male)
87690957 3
87690957
1 X-202 (Male) pin 1 VEHICLE HV-103 HV-103 RD - 1.0 SHEET 56
CONNECTOR
2 X-206 (Male) pin A HV-107 HV-107 BL - 1.0
PRESSURE SWITCH
3 SP-015-P-X HV-106 HV-106 BK - 1.0
X-205 - WATER VALVE ACTUATOR (87697787) (Male)
87697787 4
87697787
7 SP-015-P-X HV-102 HV-102 BK - 1.0 SHEET 56
8 X-203 (Male) pin B TEMP HV-101 HV-101 YE - 1.0
POTENTIOMETER
10 X-203 (Male) pin A TEMP HV-100 HV-100 RD - 1.0
POTENTIOMETER
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 223
X-206 - PRESSURE SWITCH (87693320) (Male)
87693320 5
87693320
A X-204 (Male) pin 2 HV-107 HV-107 BL - 1.0 SHEET 56
THERMOSTAT
B X-202 (Male) pin 2 VEHICLE HV-108 HV-108 BL - 1.0
CONNECTOR
X-207 - (Male)
1 SP-130-P-X 109 109 RD - 0.75 SHEET 43
X-208 - GROUND (84426120) (Male)
84426120 6
84426120
1 SP-015-P-X HV-105 HV-105 BK - 1.0 SHEET 56
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 224

217 - (Male)
30 X-216 (Male) pin 30 FUEL 608 608 RD - 16.0 SHEET 09
HEATER RELAY
30 X-823 pin 2 95 95 RD - 16.0
87 R-002-P-1 578 578 RD - 16.0 SHEET 11
X-211 - LOADER VALVE 1 (82012083) (Female)
82012083 1
82012083
1 X-024 (Male) pin 1 ENGINE 2 EN-61 EN-61 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 X-024 (Male) pin 2 ENGINE 2 EN-62 EN-62 OR - 1.0
X-211 - LOADER VALVE 1 (Male)

2 X-821 (Male) pin 2 724 724 OR - 1.0
X-212 - (87687241) (Female)
87687241 2
87687241
1 X-024 (Male) pin 35 ENGINE 2 EN-63 EN-63 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 X-024 (Male) pin 36 ENGINE 2 EN-64 EN-64 RD - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 225
X-212 - (Male)
1 X-822 (Male) pin 1 723 723 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 X-822 (Male) pin 2 62 62 RD - 1.0
X-213 - (Male)
1 X-827 (Male) pin 2 2002 2002 OW - 1.5 SHEET 12
2 X-827 (Male) pin 4 2000 2000 YB - 1.5
3 X-826 (Male) pin 4 2004 2004 BP - 0.5
8 X-830 (Male) pin 1 455 455 WB - 0.5 SHEET 11
9 X-829 (Male) pin 3 466 466 NB - 0.5
12 X-834 (Male) pin 1 438 438 WH - 0.5
13 X-828 (Male) pin 3 483 483 NB - 0.5 SHEET 11
17 X-826 (Male) pin 1 2007 2007 WG - 0.5
18 X-825 (Male) pin 4 2008 2008 NW - 0.5
19 X-833 (Male) pin 1 435 435 GN - 0.5
20 X-835 (Male) pin 1 443 443 BK - 0.5
21 X-834 (Male) pin 3 437 437 BK - 0.5
22 X-829 (Male) pin 1 482 482 YG - 0.5 SHEET 11
23 X-828 (Male) pin 1 489 489 YB - 0.5
28 X-830 (Male) pin 3 457 457 SB - 0.5 SHEET 11
31 X-827 (Male) pin 3 2001 2001 UR - 1.5 SHEET 12
32 X-826 (Male) pin 3 2005 2005 SB - 0.5
33 X-826 (Male) pin 2 2006 2006 UO - 0.5
36 X-829 (Male) pin 2 474 474 SN - 0.5 SHEET 11
40 X-828 (Male) pin 4 484 484 YR - 0.5
41 X-831 (Male) pin 2 448 448 WY - 0.5
43 X-830 (Male) pin 2 454 454 RG - 0.5
46 X-827 (Male) pin 1 2003 2003 UB - 1.5 SHEET 12
47 X-825 (Male) pin 2 2010 2010 SR - 0.5
48 X-825 (Male) pin 3 2009 2009 SY - 0.5
49 X-833B12 (Male) pin 2 434 434 OR - 0.5
50 X-835 (Male) pin 2 444 444 RD - 0.5
51 X-832 (Male) pin 2 446 446 OB - 0.5
52 X-832 (Male) pin 1 447 447 WU - 0.5
53 X-828 (Male) pin 2 488 488 KB - 0.5 SHEET 11
54 X-829 (Male) pin 4 468 468 GR - 0.5
58 X-831 (Male) pin 1 452 452 OG - 0.5
X-214 - EARTH (84140739) (Male)
84140739 3
84140739
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 226
X-215 - GRID HEATER RELAY (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 X-218 (Male) pin 93 ENGINE EN-43 EN-43 PK - 0.75 SHEET 11
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
2 SP-143-P-X EN-42 EN-42 GN - 0.75
X-216 - FUEL HEATER RELAY (84121648) (Male)
84121648 5
84121648
1 X-218 (Male) pin 68 ENGINE EN-45 EN-45 GN - 0.75 SHEET 11
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
2 SP-143-P-X EN-44 EN-44 GN - 0.75
X-218 - ENGINE MODULE BOSCH EDC 16 (87745798) (Male)
87745798 6
87745798
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 227

4 SP-131-P-X EN-8 EN-8 BK - 2.5
24 X-219 (Female) pin 5 EN-5 EN-5 BR - 0.75 SHEET 11
25 X-026 (Male) pin 20 ENGINE 1 EN-76 EN-76 PK - 0.75 SHEET 12
28 X-026 (Male) pin 43 ENGINE 1 EN-79 EN-79 WH - 0.75 SHEET 11
53 X-219 (Female) pin 2 EN-2 EN-2 OR - 0.75
61 X-026 (Male) pin 2 ENGINE 1 EN-74 EN-74 GN - 0.75 SHEET 51
62 X-026 (Male) pin 1 ENGINE 1 EN-73 EN-73 YE - 0.75
68 X-216 (Male) pin 1 FUEL EN-45 EN-45 GN - 0.75 SHEET 11
HEATER RELAY
75 X-219 (Female) pin 1 EN-1 EN-1 BR - 0.75
79 X-242 (Male) pin 1 EN-46 EN-46 LG - 0.75 SHEET 12
90 X-219 (Female) pin 4 EN-3 EN-3 BR - 0.75 SHEET 11
93 X-215 (Male) pin 1 GRID EN-43 EN-43 PK - 0.75
HEATER RELAY
X-219 - (82002274) (Female)
82002274 7
82002274
1 X-218 (Male) pin 75 ENGINE EN-1 EN-1 BR - 0.75 SHEET 11
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
2 X-218 (Male) pin 53 ENGINE EN-2 EN-2 OR - 0.75
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
3 SP-143-P-X EN-4 EN-4 GN - 1.0
4 X-218 (Male) pin 90 ENGINE EN-3 EN-3 BR - 0.75
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
5 X-218 (Male) pin 24 ENGINE EN-5 EN-5 BR - 0.75
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
X-219 - (Male)
1 X-811 (Male) pin 1 519 519 BR - 1.0 SHEET 11
2 X-811 (Male) pin 2 515 515 OR - 1.0
3 X-811 (Male) pin 3 520 520 GN - 1.0
4 X-811 (Male) pin 4 514 514 BR - 1.0
5 X-811 (Male) pin 5 512 512 BR - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 228

X-220 - (87702231) (Female)
87702231 1
87702231
2 X-026 (Male) pin 30 ENGINE 1 EN-35 EN-35 PK - 0.75
3 X-026 (Male) pin 26 ENGINE 1 EN-36 EN-36 BL - 1.5
6 SP-136-P-X EN-39 EN-39 BK - 2.0
X-220 - (Male)
1 SP-173-P-X 1 1 BK - 2.0 SHEET 39
2 X-335 (Male) pin 1 8 8 P - 1.0
3 SP-172-P-X 12 12 PRP - 1.5
4 SP-171-P-X 9 9 PRP - 1.5
5 SP-108-P-X 15 15 P - 1.5
6 SP-173-P-X 2 2 BK - 2.0
7 SP-178-P-X 689 689 PRP - 1.5
8 SP-179-P-X 692 692 PRP - 1.5
X-222 - DE-GAS BOTTLE (82012083) (Male)
82012083 2
82012083
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 229

1 X-026 (Male) pin 19 ENGINE 1 EN-30 EN-30 LB - 0.75 SHEET 18
2 SP-136-P-X EN-31 EN-31 BK - 0.75
X-225 - A/C PRESSURE SWITCH (87696713) (Male)
87696713 3
87696713
1 X-024 (Male) pin 40 ENGINE 2 EN-12 EN-12 BL - 0.75 SHEET 29
2 X-024 (Male) pin 39 ENGINE 2 13 13 PRP - 0.75
3 X-024 (Male) pin 44 ENGINE 2 92 92 YE - 0.75
4 X-024 (Male) pin 42 ENGINE 2 EN-91 EN-91 BR - 0.75
4 X-024 (Male) pin 42 ENGINE 2 91 91 BR - 0.75
X-226 - (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 X-024 (Male) pin 38 ENGINE 2 EN-10 EN-10 LG - 1.0 SHEET 29
1 X-024 (Male) pin 38 ENGINE 2 EN-10 EN-10 LG - 1.0
2 X-226 (Male) pin 2 1458 1458 BK - 1.0
2 X-226 (Male) pin 2 1458 1458 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 230
X-227 - FRONT HITCH & FRONT PTO (82862752) (Female)
82862752 5
82862752
1 X-024 (Male) pin 14 ENGINE 2 EN-20 EN-20 OR - 0.75 SHEET 21
6 X-024 (Male) pin 22 ENGINE 2 EN-14 EN-14 BR - 0.75 SHEET 21
9 X-024 (Male) pin 46 ENGINE 2 EN-87 EN-87 PK - 0.75 SHEET 21
11 X-024 (Male) pin 4 ENGINE 2 EN-77 EN-77 TN - 0.75
12 X-024 (Male) pin 5 ENGINE 2 EN-83 EN-83 TN - 0.75
X-227 - FRONT HITCH & FRONT PTO (82862752) (Male)
82862752 6
82862752
2 X-817 (Male) pin 2 642 642 OR - 0.75
3 X-817 (Male) pin 3 639 639 OR - 0.75
6 X-817 (Male) pin 6 641 641 BR - 16.0
7 X-817 (Female) pin 7 652 652 BR - 0.75
8 X-817 (Female) pin 8 663 663 BR - 0.75 SHEET 13
9 X-817 (Female) pin 9 661 661 PK - 0.75 SHEET 21
10 X-817 (Female) pin 10 654 654 BR - 0.75
11 X-817 (Female) pin 11 653 653 BR - 0.75
12 X-817 (Female) pin 12 657 657 TN - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 231

X-230 - (82012083) (Male)
82012083 1
82012083
2 X-024 (Male) pin 34 ENGINE 2 EN-52 EN-52 GN - 0.75
X-231 - STARTER SOLENOID 2 (84237741) (Male)
84237741 2
84237741
1 X-236 (Male) pin 1 EN-50 EN-50 BR - 16.0
ALTERNATOR 2
X-232 - (82944111) (Male)
82944111 3
82944111
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 232

1 SP-137-P-X EN-53 EN-53 WH - 2.5 SHEET 09
1 SP-137-P-X 53 53 WH - 2.5
X-233 - (87712738) (Male)
87712738 4
87712738
1 X-024 (Male) pin 24 ENGINE 2 EN-56 EN-56 GN - 0.75 SHEET 17
2 SP-139-P-X EN-55 EN-55 BK - 1.5
X-234 - (84062580) (Female)
84062580 5
84062580
1 SP-141-P-X EN-88 EN-88 LG - 0.75 SHEET 20
3 SP-142-P-X EN-19 EN-19 BK - 0.75
X-234 - (Male)
1 X-662 (Male) pin 1 88 88 PTG - 0.75 SHEET 20
2 X-662 (Male) pin 2 18 18 PRP - 0.75
3 X-662 (Male) pin 3 19 19 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 233
X-235 - STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (87712732) (Male)
87712732 6
87712732
1 X-711 (Male) pin 2 AG AG-3120 STEERING SENSOR YE - 1.0 SHEET 23
SENSORS SIGNAL
2 X-711 (Male) pin 1 AG AG-3100 STEERING SENSOR +5V PK - 1.0
SENSORS
4 X-711 (Male) pin 3 AG AG-3140 STEERING SENSOR BL - 1.0
SENSORS GROUND
X-236 - ALTERNATOR 2 (84159611) (Male)
84159611 7
84159611
1 X-231 (Male) pin 1 STARTER EN-50 EN-50 BR - 16.0 SHEET 09
SOLENOID 2
1 X-891 (Male) pin 1 STARTER EN-50 EN-50 BR - 16.0
SOLENOID
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 234
X-237 - ALTERNATOR 1 (87687239) (Male)
87687239 8
87687239
1 X-026 (Male) pin 41 ENGINE 1 EN-49 EN-49 BR - 0.75 SHEET 09
X-238 - ISOLATOR CONTROL (87745968) (Male)
87745968 9
87745968
1 X-238A (Female) pin 1 BS-7 BS-7 WH - 1.0 SHEET 09
BATTERY ISOLATOR
2 SP-145-P-X BS-4 BS-4 BK - 1.0
3 SP-145-P-X BS-5 BS-5 BK - 1.0
4 X-238A (Female) pin 3 BS-2A BS-2A WH - 1.0
BATTERY ISOLATOR
X-238A - BATTERY ISOLATOR (87680689) (Female)
87680689 10
87680689
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 235

1 X-238 (Male) pin 1 ISOLATOR BS-7 BS-7 WH - 1.0 SHEET 09
CONTROL
2 SP-145-P-X BS-3A BS-3A BK - 1.0
3 X-238 (Male) pin 4 ISOLATOR BS-2A BS-2A WH - 1.0
CONTROL
X-238A - BATTERY ISOLATOR (84062580) (Male)
84062580 11
84062580
1 X-024 (Male) pin 50 ENGINE 2 EN-60 EN-60 WH - 1.0 SHEET 09
2 SP-139-P-X EN-59 EN-59 BK - 1.0
3 X-024 (Male) pin 49 ENGINE 2 EN-67 EN-67 WH - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 236

X-242 - (87709663) (Male)
87709663 1
87709663
1 X-218 (Male) pin 79 ENGINE EN-46 EN-46 LG - 0.75 SHEET 12
MODULE BOSCH EDC 16
2 SP-136-P-X EN-48 EN-48 BK - 0.75
3 SP-133-P-X EN-86 EN-86 GN - 0.75
X-247 - (87680651) (Female)
87680651 2
87680651
1 X-024 (Male) pin 3 ENGINE 2 EN-90 EN-90 TN - 0.75 SHEET 20
2 SP-142-P-X EN-25 EN-25 BK - 0.75
3 SP-141-P-X EN-89 EN-89 LG - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 237

X-251 - PTO SPEED SENSOR (82865818) (Male)
82865818 1
82865818
TRANSMISSION 1
1 X-022 (Male) pin 49 TR-159 TR-159 GN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 7 TR-32 TR-32 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
X-254 - AIR BRAKES (87702231) (Female)
87702231 2
87702231
2 X-020 (Male) pin 22 TR-50 TR-50 BR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
3 X-020 (Male) pin 24 TR-34 TR-34 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
4 SP-151-P-X TR-29 TR-29 TN - 0.75
6 X-020 (Male) pin 49 TR-30 TR-30 VT - 1.0 SHEET 46
TRANSMISSION 2
6 X-020 (Male) pin 49 TR-30 TR-30 PRP - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
8 SP-150-P-X TR-51 TR-51 BL - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 238
X-254 - AIR BRAKES (Male)

2 X-431 (Male) pin 1 5 5 BR - 1.0
3 X-430 (Male) pin 1 6 6 TN - 0.75
4 X-430 (Male) pin 2 7 7 TN - 0.75
5 SP-219-P-X 1 1 BK - 1.0 SHEET 15
6 X-432 (Male) pin 1 8 8 P - 1.0 SHEET 46
8 X-429 (Male) pin 1 9 9 PRP - 1.0
X-255 - HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (82002274) (Female)
82002274 3
82002274
1 X-020 (Male) pin 21 TR-89 TR-89 BR - 1.0 SHEET 46
TRANSMISSION 2
1 X-020 (Male) pin 21 TR-89 TR-89 BR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 (Male) pin 20 TR-90 TR-90 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
3 SP-151-P-X TR-27 TR-27 TN - 0.75
5 SP-150-P-X TR-39 TR-39 BL - 1.0
X-255 - HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKES (Male)

1 SP-217-P-X 1704 1704 BR - 0.75 SHEET 46
2 X-426 (Male) pin 1 1733 1733 TN - 0.75
3 X-422 (Male) pin 1 1731 1731 TN - 0.75
5 X-427 (Male) pin 1 1734 1734 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 46
X-256 - RH DRAFT PIN (82865818) (Male)
82865818 4
82865818
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 239

2 X-022 (Male) pin 38 TR-40 TR-40 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
3 SP-158-P-X TR-43 TR-43 PK - 0.75
X-257 - AXLE SPEED SENSOR (82865818) (Male)
82865818 5
82865818
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 11 TR-181 TR-181 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
3 SP-153-P-X TR-117 TR-117 BK - 1.0
X-259 - SFA VALVES (82862752) (Female)
82862752 6
82862752
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 240

1 X-020 (Male) pin 16 TR-120 TR-120 OR - 0.75 SHEET 20
TRANSMISSION 2
1 X-020 (Male) pin 16 TR-120 TR-120 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 (Male) pin 14 TR-121 TR-121 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 (Male) pin 14 TR-121 TR-121 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
3 X-020 (Male) pin 18 TR-122 TR-122 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
3 X-020 (Male) pin 18 TR-122 TR-122 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
4 X-020 (Male) pin 13 TR-123 TR-123 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
4 X-020 (Male) pin 13 TR-123 TR-123 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
5 X-020 (Male) pin 23 TR-124 TR-124 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
5 X-020 (Male) pin 23 TR-124 TR-124 OR - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
6 X-020 (Male) pin 10 TR-125 TR-125 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
6 X-020 (Male) pin 10 TR-125 TR-125 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
7 X-020 (Male) pin 29 TR-126 TR-126 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
7 X-020 (Male) pin 29 TR-126 TR-126 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
8 X-020 (Male) pin 8 TR-127 TR-127 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
8 X-020 (Male) pin 8 TR-127 TR-127 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
12 X-022 (Male) pin 25 TR-92 TR-92 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
12 X-022 (Male) pin 25 TR-52 TR-52 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
13 X-870 pin 2 MARKER LIGHTS TR-68 TR-68 BK - 0.75
X-259 - SFA VALVES (Male)

1 X-505 (Male) pin 1 3240 3240 0BS - 1.0 SHEET 20
2 X-505 (Male) pin 2 3250 3250 OGS - 1.0
3 X-506 (Male) pin 1 3260 3260 ONS - 1.0
4 X-506 (Male) pin 2 3270 3270 OPS - 1.0
5 X-507 (Male) pin 1 3280 3280 OUS - 1.0
6 X-507 (Male) pin 2 3290 3290 OYS - 1.0
7 X-508 (Male) pin 1 3300 3300 OR - 1.0
8 X-508 (Male) pin 2 3310 3310 OR - 1.0
12 X-509 (Male) pin 1 638 638 OR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 241

X-260 - LOW HYDRAULIC CHARGE SWITCH (87687239) (Male)
87687239 1
87687239
TRANSMISSION 2
X-262 - PTO TWIST SENSOR (82865818) (Male)
82865818 2
82865818
2 X-022 (Male) pin 8 TR-115 TR-115 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 242
X-263 - 19TH DUMP SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 3
82012083
1 X-022 pin 29 TRANSMISSION TR-185 TR-185 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 21 TR-186 TR-186 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
X-264 - 19TH GEAR SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 X-022 (Male) pin 39 TR-183 TR-183 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 40 TR-184 TR-184 TN - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
X-265 - FUEL TANK SENDER (82012083) (Male)
82012083 5
82012083
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 243

TRANSMISSION 2
2 SP-159-P-X TR-23 TR-23 GN - 0.75
X-266 - LH DRAFT PIN (82865818) (Male)
82865818 6
82865818
2 X-022 (Male) pin 36 TR-41 TR-41 TN - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
3 SP-158-P-X TR-44 TR-44 PK - 0.75
X-267 - ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER(84062580) (Male)
84062580 7
84062580
2 X-022 (Male) pin 46 TR-53 TR-53 PK - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
3 SP-167-P-X TR-119 TR-119 TN - 0.75
3 SP-167-P-X TR-85 TR-85 TN - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 244
X-268 - EDC VALVE RAISE (82918473) (Male)
82918473 8
82918473
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 34 TR-46 TR-46 PK - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
X-269 - EDC VALVE LOWER (82918473) (Male)
82918473 9
82918473
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 32 TR-48 TR-48 PK - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 245

X-272 - PRESSURE SWITCH 1 (87475532) (Male)
87475532 1
87475532
X-273 - PRESSURE SWITCH 2 (87475532) (Male)
87475532 2
87475532
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 246
X-273B - TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (84078681) (Male)
84078681 3
84078681
A SP-153-P-X TR-67 TR-67 BK - 0.75 SHEET 18
A SP-153-P-X TR-66 TR-66 BK - 0.75
B SP-427-P-X TR-71 TR-71 TN - 0.75
B SP-167-P-X TR-65 TR-65 TN - 0.75
C X-472 (Male) pin 1 TRANS TR-57 TR-57 YE - 0.75
OIL TEMP SENDER
X-276 - PTO SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 X-022 (Male) pin 3 TR-56 TR-56 LG - 1.0 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 1
1 X-278 pin 1 DIFF LOCK TR-11 TR-11 OR - 0.75
SOLENOID
2 SP-152-P-X TR-10 TR-10 BK - 1.0
2 X-022 (Male) pin 5 TR-19 TR-19 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 247
X-277 - PTO BRAKE (82012083) (Male)
82012083 5
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
X-278 -DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID (87691973) (Male)
87691973 6
87691973
1 X-022 pin 3 TRANSMISSION TR-56 TR-56 LG - 1.0 SHEET 15
1
1 X-022 (Male) pin 6 TR-11 TR-11 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 5 TR-19 TR-19 OR - 0.75 SHEET 19
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-276 pin 2 P.T.O. SOLENOID TR-10 TR-10 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 248
X-279 - 4WD SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 7
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
2 SP-152-P-X TR-12 TR-12 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 249

X-289 - P.U.P TORQUE SENSOR (FLY WHEEL S (82865818) (Male)
82865818 1
82865818
2 X-022 (Male) pin 28 TR-55 TR-55 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
3 SP-153-P-X TR-175 TR-175 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 250

X-290 - TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR (87695582) (Male)
87695582 1
87695582
TRANSMISSION 1
2 SP-153-P-X TR-178 TR-178 BK - 0.75
X-299 - PTO GROUND SPEED (82012083) (Male)
82012083 2
82012083
2 X-020 (Male) pin 11 TR-54 TR-54 WH - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 251

X-302 - P.A.P PRESSURE SWITCH (87475532) (Male)
87475532 1
87475532
1 X-020 (Male) pin 28 TR-20 TR-20 WH - 0.75 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 2
1 SP-155-P-X TR-18 TR-18 BK - 0.75
1 SP-155-P-X TR-18 TR-18 BK - 0.75
X-303 - P.A.P PRESSURE SWITCH (87475532) (Male)
87475532 2
87475532
1 X-020 (Male) pin 28 TR-20 TR-20 YE - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 252
X-305 - (84136774) (Male)
84136774 3
84136774
2 SP-165B-P-X 134 134 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 53
3 SP-165A-P-X 136 136 RD - 0.75
X-306 - (84136774) (Male)
84136774 4
84136774
1 SP-160-P-X 83 83 SL - 1.0 SHEET 28
4 SP-161-P-X 79 79 BK - 1.0
X-307 - (84136774) (Male)
84136774 5
84136774
2 SP-163B-P-X 147 147 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 53
3 SP-163A-P-X 146 146 RD - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 253
X-308 - (84136774) (Male)
84136774 6
84136774
1 SP-160-P-X 100 100 SL - 1.0 SHEET 28
4 SP-161-P-X 71 71 BK - 1.0
X-309 - (84136774) (Male)
84136774 7
84136774
2 SP-166B-P-X 131 131 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 53
3 SP-166A-P-X 128 128 RD - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 254

X-321 - DIVERTER VALVE (82012083) (Male)
82012083 1
82012083
1 X-020 (Male) pin 37 TR-66 TR-66 TN - 1.0 SHEET 15
TRANSMISSION 2
2 SP-152-P-X TR-65 TR-65 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 255

X-331 - (Male)
A SP-108-P-X 1262 1262 P - 1.5 SHEET 39
B SP-173-P-X 1260 1260 BK - 1.5
X-332 - (Male)
A SP-108-P-X 17 17 P - 1.5 SHEET 39
B SP-173-P-X 7 7 BK - 1.5
X-333 - (Male)
A SP-172-P-X 13 13 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 39
B SP-173-P-X 4 4 BK - 1.5
C SP-171-P-X 10 10 PRP - 1.5
X-334 - (Male)
1 SP-173-P-X 5 5 BK - 1.0 SHEET 39
X-335 - (Male)
1 X-220 (Male) pin 2 8 8 P - 1.0 SHEET 39
X-336 - (Male)
A SP-172-P-X 14 14 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 39
B SP-173-P-X 3 3 BK - 1.5
C SP-171-P-X 11 11 PRP - 1.5
X-337 - (Male)
A SP-108-P-X 16 16 P - 1.5 SHEET 39
B SP-173-P-X 6 6 BK - 1.5
X-338 - (Male)
1 SP-108-P-X 1263 1263 P - 1.5 SHEET 39
2 SP-173-P-X 1261 1261 BK - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 256

X-392 - (Male)
1 SP-201-P-X 36 36 PK - 0.75 SHEET 21
2 SP-201-P-X 38 38 BR - 0.75
3 SP-202-P-X 436 436 BR - 0.75
4 X-817 (Male) pin 12 1002 1002 TN - 0.75
X-393 - (Male)
2 X-817 (Female) pin 2 1885 1885 RD - 0.5
X-394 - (Male)
1 SP-201-P-X 28 28 PK - 0.75 SHEET 21
2 SP-202-P-X 39 39 BR - 0.75
3 X-817 (Male) pin 11 34 34 TN - 0.75
X-395 - FHPL MECH REMOTES (87747169) (Male)
87747169 1
87747169
2 SP-136-P-X EN-47 EN-47 BK - 0.75
2 SP-201-P-X 29 29 PK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 257

X-400 - (87311796) (Male)
87311796 1
87311796
2 SP-398-P-X 10 10 GN - 0.75 SHEET 25
4 X-787 (Male) pin 5 9 9 BR - 0.75
X-403 - WORK LAMP (87311796) (Male)
87311796 2
87311796
2 X-111 (Male) pin 5 RH FE-998 FE-998 GN - 0.5 SHEET 42
FENDER CONN1 TAIL LAMP
2 X-126 (Female) pin 5 LH 1613 1613 GN - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 1
TAIL LAMP
4 X-111 (Male) pin 6 RH FE-57AP FE-57AP BK - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 258
X-404 - LICENCE LAMP 1 (87702648) (Male)
87702648 3
87702648
1 SP-208-P-X 38 38 RD - 0.75 SHEET 42
1 SP-208-P-X FE-1013B POWER RD - 0.75
X-405 - (82002877) (Male)
82002877 4
82002877
1 SP-207-P-X FE-57AW FE-57AW BK - 0.75 SHEET 42
1 SP-207-P-X 12 12 BK - 0.75
X-406 - (87691304) (Male)
87691304 5
87691304
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 259

1 X-110 (Male) pin 5 RH FE-2050 FE-2050 GN - 0.75 SHEET 19
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
1 X-127 (Male) pin 5 LH 1663 1663 WH - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
2 X-110 (Male) pin 4 RH FE-2059 FE-2059 BL - 0.75
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
2 X-127 (Male) pin 4 LH 1666 1666 WU - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
3 X-110 (Male) pin 6 RH FE-2056 FE-2056 WH - 0.75
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
3 X-127 (Male) pin 6 LH 1667 1667 WRY - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
X-407 - HPL SWITCH (87691928) (Male)
87691928 6
87691928
1 X-110 (Male) pin 1 RH FE-5100 FE-5100 PK - 1.0 SHEET 17
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
1 X-127 (Male) pin 1 LH 1682 1682 KW - 1.0
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
2 X-110 pin 2 RH FENDER FE-5200 FE-5200 R-B - 1.0 SHEET 08
CONN2 HPL RAISE/LOWER
2 X-801 pin 1 8 8 BR - 0.75
2 X-801 pin 1 8 8 BR - 0.75
3 X-127 (Male) pin 3 LH 1681 1681 KG - 1.0 SHEET 17
FENDER CONNECTOR 2
HPL RAISE/
3 X-110 (Male) pin 3 RH FE-5095 FE-5095 GN - 1.0
FENDER CONN2 HPL
RAISE/LOWER
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 260
X-409 - STOP/TAIL LIGHT (87745334) (Male)
87745334 7
87745334
1 SP-207-P-X FE-57AX FE-57AX BK - 1.0 SHEET 42
1 SP-207-P-X 13 13 BK - 0.75
2 X-111 (Male) pin 3 RH FE-3004 TAIL GN - 0.75
2 X-126 (Female) pin 3 LH 1680 1680 GN - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 1
TAIL LAMP
3 SP-208-P-X FE-1013A TURN RD - 0.75
3 SP-208-P-X 14 14 RD - 0.75
4 X-111 (Male) pin 2 RH FE-810 STOP GN - 0.75
4 X-126 (Female) pin 2 LH 1662 1662 GN - 0.75
FENDER CONNECTOR 1
TAIL LAMP
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 261

X-422 - (Male)
1 X-255 (Male) pin 3 HYD 1731 1731 TN - 0.75 SHEET 46
TRAILER BRAKES
X-423 - (Male)
1 X-255 (Male) pin 4 HYD 1732 1732 BK - 0.75 SHEET 46
TRAILER BRAKES
X-424 - (Male)
1 SP-217-P-X 1743 1743 BR - 0.75 SHEET 46
X-425 - (Male)
1 SP-217-P-X 1744 1744 BR - 0.75 SHEET 46
X-426 - (Male)
1 X-255 (Male) pin 2 HYD 1733 1733 TN - 0.75 SHEET 46
TRAILER BRAKES
X-427 - (Male)
1 X-255 (Male) pin 5 HYD 1734 1734 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 46
TRAILER BRAKES
X-429 - (SCM2790) (Male)

1 X-254 (Male) pin 8 AIR 9 9 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 46
BRAKES
2 SP-219-P-X 10 10 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 262

X-430 - (87691304) (Male)
87691304 1
87691304
1 X-254 (Male) pin 3 AIR 6 6 TN - 0.75 SHEET 46
BRAKES
2 X-254 (Male) pin 4 AIR 7 7 TN - 0.75
BRAKES
3 X-254 (Male) pin 1 AIR 4 4 GN - 0.75
BRAKES
X-431 - (SCM2790) (Male)

1 X-254 (Male) pin 2 AIR 5 5 BR - 1.0 SHEET 46
BRAKES
2 SP-219-P-X 2 2 BK - 1.0
X-432 - (SCM2790) (Male)

1 X-254 (Male) pin 6 AIR 8 8 P - 1.0 SHEET 46
BRAKES
2 SP-219-P-X 3 3 BK - 1.0
X-434 - HAZARD SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 2
84819781
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 263

2 X-007 (Male) pin 1 HAZARD HA-150BD HA-150BD VT - 1.0 SHEET 34
SW HARNESS
3 X-007 (Male) pin 2 HAZARD HA-1020A HA-1020A GN - 1.0
SW HARNESS
7 X-007 (Male) pin 3 HAZARD HA-57BF HA-57BF BK - 0.75
SW HARNESS
8 X-007 (Male) pin 4 HAZARD HA-1020 HA-1020 GN - 0.75
SW HARNESS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 264

X-441 - (Male)
X-442 - (Male)
1 X-117 (Male) pin 1 POWER 101 101 BK - 1.0 SHEET 33
STUDS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 265

X-458 - REVERSE ALARM/LIGHT RELAY (87697757) (Male)
87697757 1
87697757
2 X-703-Male-P-1 RE-5 RE-5 RD - 0.75
4 SP-425-P-X RE-4 RE-4 RD - 1.5
5 SP-420-P-X RE-3 RE-3 OR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 266

X-462 - PF2 (84247654) (Male)
84247654 1
84247654
1 X-665 (Male) pin 1 BATTERY BS-2 BS-2 RD - 6.0 SHEET 02
+VE
2 X-023 (Male) pin 1 2 POWER BS-3 BS-3 PRP - 6.0
E
X-463 - PF1 (84128187) (Male)
84128187 2
84128187
1 X-021 (Female) pin 1 CONN. BS-1 BS-1 RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
RED
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 267
X-465 - PF1 (84128187) (Male)
84128187 3
84128187
1 SP-240-P-X BS-1A BS-1A RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 268

X-472 - TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER (82012083) (Male)
82012083 1
82012083
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-474 (Male) pin A HPL HYD TR-9 TR-9 BR - 0.75
FILTER BLOCKED (VACUM
SW
X-473 - LOW HYDRAULIC CHARGE SWITCH (87687239) (Male)
87687239 2
87687239
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 269
X-474 - HPL HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED (VACUM SWITCH (87679438) (Male)
87679438 3
87679438
A X-020 (Male) pin 48 TR-9 TR-9 BR - 0.75 SHEET 24
TRANSMISSION 2
A X-472 (Male) pin 2 TRANS TR-9 TR-9 BR - 0.75
OIL TEMP SENDER
B SP-152-P-X TR-6 TR-6 BK - 0.75 SHEET 15
X-476 - REVERSE ALARM BUZZER (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 SP-425-P-X RE-10 RE-10 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 SP-426-P-X RE-7 RE-7 BK - 1.0
X-477 - REVERSE ALARM LIGHT (82012083) (Male)
82012083 5
82012083
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 270

1 SP-425-P-X RE-9 RE-9 RD - 1.0 SHEET 48
2 SP-426-P-X RE-8 RE-8 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 271

X-486 - (NO TERMINAL) (Male)

1 SP-330C-P-X 34 34 BK - 0.5 SHEET 55
X-487 - (NO TERMINAL) (Male)

1 SP-330D-P-X 35 35 RD - 0.5 SHEET 55
X-488 - (Male)
2 X-736 (Male) pin 2 1486 1486 WH - 0.8
3 X-736 (Male) pin 3 1485 1485 GN - 0.8
4 X-736 (Male) pin 4 1484 1484 BK - 0.2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 272

X-491 - (87692853) (Male)
87692853 1
87692853
30 SP-420-P-X 5 5 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 48
85 SP-420-P-X 6 6 PRP - 1.0
86 X-493 (Female) pin 1 LOADER 29 29 RD - 1.0
CONTROLLER
87 SP-421-P-X 12 12 OR - 1.0
X-493 - LOADER CONTROLLER (87688720) (Female)
87688720 2
87688720
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 273
X-493 - LOADER CONTROLLER (82863269) (Male)
82863269 3
82863269
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 274

X-500 - CREEPER (87688719) (Female)
87688719 1
87688719
1 X-022 pin 2 TRANSMISSION TR-38 TR-38 BL - 1.0 SHEET 16
1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 41 TR-70 TR-70 BL - 1.0 SHEET 23
TRANSMISSION 1
3 X-022 pin 25 TRANSMISSION TR-52 TR-52 GN - 1.0
1
4 X-022 (Male) pin 27 TR-91 TR-91 OR - 0.75
TRANSMISSION 1
5 SP-153-P-X TR-98 TR-98 BK - 0.75
X-500 - CREEPER (87691924) (Male)
87691924 2
87691924
1 X-502 (Male) pin 1 CR-5001 CR-5001 BL - 1.0 SHEET 16
2 X-502 (Male) pin 2 CR-5002 CR-5002 BK - 1.0 SHEET 23
3 X-501 (Male) pin 1 CR-5003 CR-5003 TN - 1.0 SHEET 16
4 X-501 (Male) pin 2 CR-5004 CR-5004 OR - 1.0
5 X-501 (Male) pin 3 CR-5005 CR-5005 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 275
X-501 - (84062580) (Male)
84062580 3
84062580
1 X-500 (Male) pin 3 CREEPER CR-5003 CR-5003 TN - 1.0 SHEET 16
2 X-500 (Male) pin 4 CREEPER CR-5004 CR-5004 OR - 1.0
3 X-500 (Male) pin 5 CREEPER CR-5005 CR-5005 BK - 1.0
X-502 - (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
1 X-500 (Male) pin 1 CREEPER CR-5001 CR-5001 BL - 1.0 SHEET 23
2 X-500 (Male) pin 2 CREEPER CR-5002 CR-5002 BK - 1.0
X-505 - (Male)
1 X-259 (Male) pin 1 SFA 3240 3240 0BS - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
2 X-259 (Male) pin 2 SFA 3250 3250 OGS - 1.0
VALVES
X-506 - (Male)
1 X-259 (Male) pin 3 SFA 3260 3260 ONS - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
2 X-259 (Male) pin 4 SFA 3270 3270 OPS - 1.0
VALVES
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 276
X-507 - (Male)
1 X-259 (Male) pin 5 SFA 3280 3280 OUS - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
2 X-259 (Male) pin 6 SFA 3290 3290 OYS - 1.0
VALVES
X-508 - (Male)
1 X-259 (Male) pin 7 SFA 3300 3300 OR - 1.0 SHEET 20
VALVES
2 X-259 (Male) pin 8 SFA 3310 3310 OR - 1.0
VALVES
X-509 - (Male)
1 X-259 (Male) pin 12 SFA 638 638 OR - 0.75 SHEET 20
VALVES
2 X-259 (Male) pin 13 SFA 664 664 BK - 0.75
VALVES
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 277

X-555 - ROOF ADD ON HEADLAMPS (87711803) (Female)
87711803 1
87711803
4 X-071 pin 12A F41 TO F60 CB-795 CB-795 VT - 2.5
MINI FUSE
5 X-071 pin 13A F41 TO F60 CB-796 CB-796 VT - 2.5
MINI FUSE
6 X-071 (Male) pin 14A F41 TO CB-797 CB-797 RD - 2.5
F60 MINI FUSE
7 V-010-P-1 DIODE CB-800 CB-800 BL - 0.75 SHEET 35
CONNECTOR
9 X-036 (Male) pin D5 F=R7, CB-801 CB-801 BL - 2.0 SHEET 39
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
10 X-036 (Male) pin F5 F=R7, CB-802 CB-802 BL - 2.0
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
ENGINE 1
ENGINE 1
X-555 - ROOF ADD ON HEADLAMPS (87729803) (Male)
87729803 2
87729803
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 278

10 X-816 (Male) pin 5 6 6 PRP - 1.5
11 X-816 (Male) pin 1 3 3 PRP - 1.5
12 X-816 (Male) pin 4 4 4 PRP - 1.5
X-555A - LINK PLUG (87729803) (Female)
87729803 3
87729803
X-555A - LINK PLUG (87729803) (Male)
87729803 4
87729803
9 X-555A (Male) pin 11 LINK CB-804 CB-804 BL - 2.0 SHEET 39
PLUG
10 X-555A (Male) pin 12 LINK CB-805 CB-805 BL - 2.0
PLUG
PLUG
PLUG
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 279

X-600 - (Male)
1 SP-294-P-X 3 3 BK - 4.5 SHEET 49
2 SP-294-P-X 4 4 BK - 2.5
3 X-628 (Male) pin 87 13 13 OR - 4.5
4 X-629 (Male) pin 87 14 14 PRP - 3.0
X-601 - BREAK AWAY (87533827) (Male)
87533827 1
87533827
1 SP-295-P-X IS-3 IS-3 BK - 5.0 SHEET 49
2 SP-295-P-X IS-4 IS-4 BK - 3.0
3 X-603 (Male) pin 1 ISO IS-13 IS-13 OR - 5.0
BUS RELAY 2 IMPLEMENT
POWER
4 X-602 (Male) pin 1 ISO BUS IS-14 IS-14 BL - 3.0
RELAY 1 IMPLEMENT ECU
X-602 - ISOBUS RELAY 1 IMPLEMENT ECU (87692853) (Male)
87692853 2
87692853
1 X-601 (Male) pin 4 IS-14 IS-14 BL - 3.0 SHEET 49
BREAKAWAY
2 SP-295-P-X IS-5 IS-5 BK - 1.0
4 SP-298-P-X IS-20 IS-20 BR - 5.0 SHEET 02
5 X-660 (Male) pin 6 ISO BUS IS-2 IS-2 BL - 1.0 SHEET 49
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 280
X-603 - ISOBUS RELAY 2 IMPLEMENT POWER (87692853) (Male)
87692853 3
87692853
1 X-601 (Male) pin 3 IS-13 IS-13 OR - 5.0 SHEET 49
BREAKAWAY
2 SP-295-P-X IS-6 IS-6 BK - 1.0
5 X-660 (Male) pin 5 ISO BUS IS-1 IS-1 OR - 1.0 SHEET 49
5 X-658 (Male) pin 1 ISO BUS IS-1 IS-1 OR - 1.0
X-605 - BATTERY NEGATIVE (84186853) (Male)
84186853 4
84186853
1 SP-295-P-X IS-7 IS-7 BK - 10.0 SHEET 49
X-606 - IMPLEMENT ECU FUSE (84247654) (Male)
84247654 5
84247654
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 281

2 SP-298-P-X IS-11 IS-11 BR - 6.0
X-607 - IMPLEMENT POWER FUSE (84247654) (Male)
84247654 6
84247654
2 SP-297-P-X IS-12 IS-12 BR - 6.0
X-608 - BATTERY POSITIVE (84186853) (Male)
84186853 7
84186853
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 282

X-611 - HEATED MIRROR SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 1
84819781
3 X-612 pin 6 HEATED MIRRIRS CB-598 CB-598 RD - 0.75
RELAY
9 SP-089-P-X CB-762 CB-762 BK - 0.75
10 SP-049-P-X CB-764 CB-764 RD - 0.75
X-612 - HEATED MIRRIRS RELAY (87715146) (Male)
87715146 2
87715146
4 SP-087-P-X CB-578 CB-578 BK - 0.75
5 SP-117-P-X CB-574 CB-574 RD - 1.5
6 X-611 (Male) pin 3 HEATED CB-598 CB-598 RD - 0.75
MIRROR SW
8 SP-120-P-X CB-608 CB-608 VT - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 283
X-613 - NON TECU POWER 1 () (Female)
X-613 - NON TECU POWER 1 (Male)
87694182 3
87694182
1 X-616 (Male) pin 14 ECU-CN1 CB-471 CB-471 BL - 0.75 SHEET 49
2 X-616 (Male) pin 15 ECU-CN1 CB-456 CB-456 OR - 0.75
3 X-616 (Male) pin 16 ECU-CN1 CB-486 CB-486 BL - 0.75
X-614 - NON TECU POWER 2 (87680651) (Female)
87680651 4
87680651
2 SP-319-P-X CB-275 CB-275 OR - 0.75
X-614 - NON TECU POWER 2 (Male)
X-615 - VT CONNECTOR 2 () (Female)

1 SP-330A-P-X 36 36 GN - 0.5 SHEET 55
2 SP-330B-P-X 37 37 YE - 0.5
3 SP-330D-P-X 39 39 RD - 0.5
4 SP-330C-P-X 38 38 BK - 0.5
6 SP-331A-P-X 42 42 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
7 SP-331B-P-X 43 43 PRP - 0.75
8 X-619 (Male) pin 8 45 45 P - 0.75 SHEET 45
11 SP-354-P-X 47 47 PRP - 0.75
12 SP-326-P-X 45 45 RD - 0.75
13 X-619 (Male) pin 13 46 46 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 284
X-615 - VT CONNECTOR 2 (Male)
82863652 5
82863652
2 SP-304A-P-X CB-747 CB-747 YE - 0.75
3 SP-304C-P-X CB-744 CB-744 RD - 0.75
4 SP-304D-P-X CB-745 CB-745 BK - 0.75
7 SP-322B-P-X CB-663 CB-663 BL - 0.75
8 SP-353-P-X 48 48 BL - 0.75 SHEET 45
11 X-619 (Male) pin 11 44 44 PRP - 0.75
12 X-619 (Male) pin 12 14 14 RD - 0.75
13 SP-328-P-X 56 56 BK - 0.75
X-616 - ECU-CN1 (87410946) (Male)
87410946 6
87410946
1 SP-311B-P-X CB-465 CB-465 YE - 0.75 SHEET 55
2 SP-311A-P-X CB-463 CB-463 GN - 0.75
5 SP-324B-P-X CB-190 CB-190 GN - 0.75
14 X-613 (Male) pin 1 NON TECU CB-471 CB-471 BL - 0.75 SHEET 49
POWER 1
15 X-613 (Male) pin 2 NON TECU CB-456 CB-456 OR - 0.75
POWER 1
16 X-613 (Male) pin 3 NON TECU CB-486 CB-486 BL - 0.75
POWER 1
21 SP-067-P-X CB-621 CB-621 BK/OR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 285
X-616A - TECU CAN SPARE (87480232) (Male)

X-616B - TECU CAN SPARE (87480232) (Male)

1 SP-311D-P-X CB-462 CB-462 BK - 0.75 SHEET 55
X-618 - ISOBUS CAN EXTENSION (87708147) (Female)
87708147 7
87708147
2 SP-311B-P-X CB-523 CB-523 YE - 0.75
3 SP-311D-P-X CB-509 CB-509 BK - 0.75
4 SP-311A-P-X CB-521 CB-521 GN - 0.75
X-618 - ISOBUS CAN EXTENSION (Male)

2 X-812 (Male) pin 4 853 853 GN - 0.75
3 X-812 (Male) pin 3 856 856 BK - 0.75
4 X-812 (Male) pin 2 854 854 YE - 0.75
X-619 - (Female)
6 X-727 (Female) pin 1 12 12 RD SHEET 52
TRANSMISSION 2
7 X-727 (Female) pin 2 13 13 PRP
TRANSMISSION 2
X-619 - (Male)
6 SP-340A-P-X 28 28 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
6 SP-331A-P-X 5 5 RD - 0.75
7 SP-340B-P-X 29 29 PRP - 0.75
7 SP-331B-P-X 6 6 PRP - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 286

X-620 - FRONT BREAK AWAY (82002273) (Female)
82002273 1
82002273
2 SP-319-P-X CB-548 CB-548 OR - 0.75
X-620 - FRONT BREAK AWAY (Male)

2 X-628 (Male) pin 86 1920 1920 OR - 1.0
X-621 - (87699386) (Male)
87699386 2
87699386
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 287

A1 X-624 (Male) pin 3 1 1 OR - 1.0 SHEET 22
A2 X-627 (Male) pin 1 2 2 RD - 1.0
A6 X-627 (Male) pin 2 5 5 GN - 1.0
A7 SP-292-P-X 6 6 BK - 1.0
A8 SP-292-P-X 7 7 BK - 1.0
B1 X-624 (Male) pin 7 8 8 OR - 1.0
B4 X-625 (Male) pin 2 9 9 P - 1.0
B5 X-626 (Male) pin 5 10 10 GN - 0.5
B6 X-626 (Male) pin 1 11 11 BR - 0.5
B8 X-623 (Male) pin 1 FAST 12 12 PRP - 1.5
STEER
C1 X-626 (Male) pin 2 13 13 WH - 0.5
C2 X-626 (Male) pin 4 14 14 BK - 0.5
C3 X-626 (Male) pin 3 15 15 PRP - 0.5
C4 X-624 (Male) pin 6 16 16 BK - 1.0
C8 SP-291-P-X 17 17 GN - 1.0
X-623 - FAST STEER (87694083) (Female)
87694083 3
87694083
2 SP-058-P-X CB-498 CB-498 BR - 1.5
3 SP-021-P-X CB-544 CB-544 BK - 1.5
5 SP-316B-P-X CB-749 CB-749 GN - 0.75
12 X-097 pin 6 CCU-CN4 CB-247 CB-247 OR - 0.75 SHEET 16
13 X-091 pin 16 CB-107 CB-107 OR - 0.75
X-623 - FAST STEER (Male)

1 X-621 (Male) pin B8 12 12 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 22
2 SP-291-P-X 21 21 GN - 1.5
3 SP-292-P-X 20 20 BK - 1.5
4 X-621 (Male) pin A4 3 3 YE - 0.75 SHEET 51
5 X-621 (Male) pin A5 25 25 GN - 0.75
7 X-723 (Male) pin 30 49 49 BR - 0.75
12 X-710 (Male) pin 1 AG 7 7 OR - 0.5 SHEET 16
SOLENOIDS
13 X-710 (Male) pin 2 AG 47 47 OR - 0.75
SOLENOIDS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 288
X-624 - (84819781) (Male)
84819781 4
84819781
2 SP-291-P-X 18 18 GN - 1.0 SHEET 22
3 X-621 (Male) pin A1 1 1 OR - 1.0
5 SP-292-P-X 19 19 BK - 1.0
6 X-621 (Male) pin C4 16 16 BK - 1.0
7 X-621 (Male) pin B1 8 8 OR - 1.0
8 SP-291-P-X 23 23 GN - 1.0
X-625 - (1-826884-2) (Male)
1-826884-2 5
1-826884-2
2 X-621 (Male) pin B4 9 9 P - 1.0 SHEET 22
3 SP-291-P-X 22 22 GN - 1.0
X-626 - (H805000P12M023) (Male)
H805000P12M023 6
H805000P12M023
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 289

1 X-621 (Male) pin B6 11 11 BR - 0.5 SHEET 22
2 X-621 (Male) pin C1 13 13 WH - 0.5
3 X-621 (Male) pin C3 15 15 PRP - 0.5
4 X-621 (Male) pin C2 14 14 BK - 0.5
5 X-621 (Male) pin B5 10 10 GN - 0.5
X-627 - (87679575) (Male)
87679575 7
87679575
1 X-621 (Male) pin A2 2 2 RD - 1.0 SHEET 22
2 X-621 (Male) pin A6 5 5 GN - 1.0
X-628 - (Male)
30 X-814 pin 2 1939 1939 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
85 SP-294-P-X 6 6 BK - 1.0 SHEET 49
86 X-620 (Male) pin 2 FRONT 1920 1920 OR - 1.0
BREAK AWAY
87 X-600 (Male) pin 3 13 13 OR - 4.5
X-629 - (Male)
30 X-621 pin B6 11 11 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
85 X-620 (Male) pin 1 FRONT 1927 1927 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 49
BREAK AWAY
86 SP-294-P-X 5 5 BK - 1.0
87 X-600 (Male) pin 4 14 14 PRP - 3.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 290

X-630 - (Male)
1 SP-294-P-X 7 7 BK - 8.5 SHEET 49
X-635 - CLUTCH SOLENOID A (82012083) (Male)
82012083 1
82012083
1 X-022 (Male) pin 17 TR-74 TR-74 LB - 1.0 SHEET 14
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 44 TR-63 TR-63 LB - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
X-636 - CLUTCH SOLENOID B (82012083) (Male)
82012083 2
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 18 TR-109 TR-109 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 291
X-637 - CLUTCH SOLENOID C (82012083) (Male)
82012083 3
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
1 X-022 (Male) pin 48 TR-76 TR-76 LB - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 (Male) pin 7 TR-110 TR-110 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
X-638 - CLUTCH SOLENOID D (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
1 X-022 (Male) pin 14 TR-77 TR-77 LB - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 10 TR-111 TR-111 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 292
X-639 - CLUTCH SOLENOID E (82012083) (Male)
82012083 5
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 20 TR-112 TR-112 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 293

X-641 - LOW RANGE SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 1
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 26 TR-105 TR-105 YE - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
X-642 - MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 2
82012083
TRANSMISSION 2
2 X-020 (Male) pin 19 TR-103 TR-103 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 294
X-643 - HIGH RANGE SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 3
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 22 TR-104 TR-104 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
X-644 - REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID (82012083) (Male)
82012083 4
82012083
TRANSMISSION 1
TRANSMISSION 1
2 X-022 (Male) pin 23 TR-106 TR-106 VT - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 295
X-646 - LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (87695582) (Male)
87695582 5
87695582
2 SP-156-P-X TR-159 TR-159 BL - 1.0
X-647 - MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (87695582) (Male)
87695582 6
87695582
2 SP-156-P-X TR-161 TR-161 BL - 1.0
X-648 -HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (87695582) (Male)
87695582 7
87695582
2 SP-156-P-X TR-160 TR-160 BL - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 296
X-649 - REVERSE RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH (87695582) (Male)
87695582 8
87695582
TRANSMISSION 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 297

X-651 - CDE IN SPEED SENSOR (82865818) (Male)
82865818 1
82865818
1 X-020 pin 46 TRANSMISSION TR-151 TR-151 YE - 1.0 SHEET 14
2
X-653 - MEDIUM SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED P.U (82865818) (Male)
82865818 2
82865818
2 X-022 (Male) pin 12 TR-61 TR-61 YE - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 1
3 X-651 pin 2 CDE IN SPEED TR-157 TR-157 BK - 1.0
SENSOR
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 298
X-657 - BREAK AWAY 2 (87708147) (Male)
87708147 3
87708147
1 X-660 (Male) pin 1 ISO BUS IS-15 IS-15 RD - 0.5 SHEET 55
2 X-660 (Male) pin 2 ISO BUS IS-16 IS-16 YE - 0.5
3 X-660 (Male) pin 3 ISO BUS IS-17 IS-17 BK - 0.5
4 X-660 (Male) pin 4 ISO BUS IS-18 IS-18 GN - 0.5
X-658 - ISOBUS () (Female)
X-658 - ISOBUS (Male)
87687244 4
87687244
1 X-603 (Male) pin 5 ISO IS-1 IS-1 OR - 1.0 SHEET 49
POWER
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 299
X-659 - LINK LEVELLING (82002274) (Female)
82002274 5
82002274
2 X-020 (Male) pin 33 TR-21 TR-21 WH - 1.0 SHEET 20
TRANSMISSION 2
3 X-020 (Male) pin 34 TR-22 TR-22 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
4 X-020 (Male) pin 35 TR-62 TR-62 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
5 X-020 (Male) pin 36 TR-94 TR-94 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
6 X-020 (Male) pin 38 TR-156 TR-156 WH - 1.0
TRANSMISSION 2
X-659 - LINK LEVELLING (Male)

1 SP-261-P-X 1 1 BK - 1.0 SHEET 15
3 X-673 (Male) pin 1 5 5 WH - 0.75
4 X-674 (Male) pin 1 2 2 WH - 0.75
5 X-675 (Male) pin 1 3 3 WH - 0.75
6 X-671 (Male) pin 1 6 6 WH - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 300

663 - (Male)
X-660 - ISOBUS (87708148) (Female)
87708148 1
87708148
1 X-024 (Male) pin 6 ENGINE 2 172 172 RD - 0.75 SHEET 55
1 X-024 (Male) pin 6 ENGINE 2 70 70 RD - 0.75
2 X-024 (Male) pin 7 ENGINE 2 72 72 GN - 0.75
3 X-024 (Male) pin 8 ENGINE 2 188 188 BK - 0.75
3 X-024 (Male) pin 8 ENGINE 2 73 73 BK - 0.75
4 X-024 (Male) pin 9 ENGINE 2 182 182 GN - 0.75
X-660 - ISOBUS (87696067) (Male)
87696067 2
87696067
1 X-657 (Male) pin 1 IS-15 IS-15 RD - 0.5 SHEET 55
BREAKAWAY 2
2 X-657 (Male) pin 2 IS-16 IS-16 YE - 0.5
BREAKAWAY 2
3 X-657 (Male) pin 3 IS-17 IS-17 BK - 0.5
BREAKAWAY 2
4 X-657 (Male) pin 4 IS-18 IS-18 GN - 0.5
BREAKAWAY 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 301

5 X-603 (Male) pin 5 ISO IS-1 IS-1 OR - 1.0 SHEET 49
POWER
X-661 - HIGH FLOW PUMP (87581782) (Female)
87581782 3
87581782
1 X-020 (Male) pin 39 TR-26 TR-26 BL - 0.75 SHEET 17
TRANSMISSION 2
X-661 - HIGH FLOW PUMP (Male)
X-662 - (Male)
1 X-234 (Male) pin 1 88 88 PTG - 0.75 SHEET 20
2 X-234 (Male) pin 2 18 18 PRP - 0.75
3 X-234 (Male) pin 3 19 19 BK - 0.75
X-664 - PF3 (84175724) (Male)
84175724 4
84175724
1 SP-240-P-X BS-1B BS-1B RD - 6.0 SHEET 02
2 X-023 (Male) pin 2 2 POWER BS-1C BS-1C RD - 6.0
E
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 302
X-665 - BATTERY +VE (87744834) (Male)
87744834 5
87744834
1 X-462 (Male) pin 1 PF2 BS-2 BS-2 RD - 6.0 SHEET 02
X-665A - POWER RELAY (82030738) (Male)

1 SP-240-P-X BS-1AA BS-1AA RD - 25.0 SHEET 09
X-666 - SLOW AND FAST POTENTIOMETER (84062580) (Male)
84062580 6
84062580
2 X-022 pin 16 TRANSMISSION TR-195 TR-195 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 16
1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 303
X-667 - MEDIUM AND REVERSE POTENTIOMETER (84062580) (Male)
84062580 7
84062580
2 X-020 pin 47 TRANSMISSION TR-191 TR-191 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 16
2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 304

X-671 - (Male)
1 X-659 (Male) pin 6 LINK 6 6 WH - 0.75 SHEET 20
LEVELLING
2 SP-261-P-X 7 7 BK - 0.75
X-672 - (Male)
LEVELLING
2 SP-261-P-X 8 8 BK - 0.75
X-673 - (Male)
LEVELLING
2 SP-261-P-X 9 9 BK - 0.75
X-674 - (Male)
LEVELLING
2 SP-261-P-X 10 10 BK - 0.75
X-675 - (Male)
LEVELLING
2 SP-261-P-X 11 11 BK - 0.75
X-678 - TOP LINK SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 1
84819781
ACU-CN3B
2 SP-054-P-X CB-138 CB-138 GN - 0.75
6 X-102 (Male) pin 22 CB-308 CB-308 WH - 0.75
ACU-CN3A
7 SP-089-P-X CB-758 CB-758 BK - 0.75
8 SP-049-P-X CB-767 CB-767 RD - 0.75
9 SP-089-P-X CB-759 CB-759 BK - 0.75
10 SP-049-P-X CB-768 CB-768 RD - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 305
X-679 -SIDE LINK SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 2
84819781
ACU-CN3A
2 SP-054-P-X CB-303 CB-303 GN - 0.75
6 X-102 (Male) pin 24 CB-311 CB-311 WH - 0.75
ACU-CN3A
7 SP-089-P-X CB-760 CB-760 BK - 0.75
8 SP-049-P-X CB-769 CB-769 RD - 0.75
9 SP-089-P-X CB-761 CB-761 BK - 0.75
10 SP-049-P-X CB-770 CB-770 RD - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 306

X-681 - ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE LOCK SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 1
84819781
1 X-074 pin A1 F=R15, E=R16, CB-380 CB-380 GY - 1.0 SHEET 17
D=R17, C=R18, B=19
CCU-CN3A
6 SP-058-P-X CB-667 CB-667 BR - 1.0
7 SP-089-P-X CB-755 CB-755 BK - 0.75
9 X-097 (Male) pin 24 CCU-CN4 CB-82 CB-82 GY - 1.0 SHEET 17
X-682 -ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVE SELECT SWITCH (84819781) (Male)
84819781 2
84819781
ACU-CN3B
2 SP-058-P-X CB-306 CB-306 BR - 0.75
3 X-101 (Male) pin 31 CB-324 CB-324 WH - 0.75
ACU-CN3B
7 SP-089-P-X CB-756 CB-756 BK - 0.75
8 SP-049-P-X CB-765 CB-765 RD - 0.75
9 SP-089-P-X CB-757 CB-757 BK - 0.75
10 SP-049-P-X CB-766 CB-766 RD - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 307
X-684 - FRONT HITCH DETECT (82012083) (Male)
82012083 3
82012083
2 X-097 (Male) pin 25 CCU-CN4 CB-272 CB-272 WH - 1.0
X-686 - SEE-U HOME RELAY (87715146) (Male)
87715146 4
87715146
4 X-005 (Male) pin 14 CB-24 CB-24 YE - 0.75
6 SP-100-P-X CB-137 CB-137 BL - 0.75
8 SP-100-P-X CB-235 CB-235 BL - 0.75
X-687 - BUZZER (87695909) (Male)
87695909 5
87695909
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 308

1 X-009 (Male) pin 10 CB-15 CB-15 BL - 1.0 SHEET 23
ADIC/ICU2 CN3
2 X-009 (Male) pin 8 ADIC/ICU2 CB-14 CB-14 OR - 1.0
CN3
X-688 - EXTREMITY LAMP LH (87696547) (Male)
87696547 6
87696547
1 X-053 (Male) pin C2 FLASHER CB-337 CB-337 GN - 1.0 SHEET 34
ECU
2 SP-082-P-X CB-720 CB-720 BK - 1.0
X-689 - EXTREMITY LAMP RH (87696547) (Male)
87696547 7
87696547
1 X-053 (Male) pin C1 FLASHER CB-336 CB-336 GN - 1.0 SHEET 34
ECU
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 309

X-694 - AIR CONNECTOR POWER (87694597) (Female)
87694597 1
87694597
1 SP-107-P-X 1 1 RD - 3.0
2 SP-107-P-X 13 13 RD - 3.0
2 SP-095-P-X CB-108 CB-108 GN - 3.0
3 SP-109-P-X 109 109 BK - 3.0
3 SP-109-P-X CB-109 CB-109 BK - 3.0
4 SP-109-P-X 473 473 BK - 3.0
4 SP-109-P-X CB-473 CB-473 BK - 3.0
X-694 - AIR CONNECTOR POWER (Male)

1 SP-360-P-X 40 40 RD - 3.0 SHEET 29
1 SP-095-P-X 104 104 GN - 3.0
2 SP-095-P-X 108 108 GN - 3.0
2 SP-360-P-X 13 13 RD - 3.0
3 SP-361-P-X 41 41 BK - 3.0
3 SP-371-P-X 2 2 BK - 3.0
4 SP-371-P-X 14 14 BK - 3.0
4 SP-361-P-X 14 14 BK - 3.0
X-695 - AIR CONNECTOR CONTROL (Female)

2 SP-320A-P-X CB-10 CB-10 YE - 0.75
4 X-024 (Female) pin 40 CB-265 CB-265 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 29
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 2
5 X-024 (Female) pin 39 CB-266 CB-266 PRP - 1.0
ENGINE 2
6 X-074 (Male) pin B1 F=R15, CB-169 CB-169 OR - 1.0
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
6 X-074 (Male) pin B1 F=R15, CB-169 CB-169 OR - 1.0
E=R16, D=R17, C=R18, B=19
X-695 - AIR CONNECTOR CONTROL (Male)

2 X-755 (Male) pin 2 9 9 YE - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 310

4 X-755 (Male) pin 33 11 11 PRP - 0.75
4 X-756 (Male) pin 1 11 11 PRP - 0.75
5 X-695 (Male) pin 6 AIR CON 12 12 PRP - 0.75
CONTROL
5 X-755 (Male) pin 34 12 12 PRP - 0.75
6 X-755 (Male) pin 15 32 32 P - 0.75
CONTROL
X-697 - (Male)
2 SP-347B-P-X 1071 1071 PRP SHEET 54
3 SP-347A-P-X 1070 1070 RD
X-698 - (Male)
2 SP-348B-P-X 1099 1099 PRP SHEET 54
3 SP-348A-P-X 1092 1092 RD
X-699 - (Male)
1 SP-344-P-X 529 529 SL - 1.0 SHEET 28
4 SP-345-P-X 494 494 BK - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 311

X-700 - (Male)
2 SP-350B-P-X 1106 1106 PRP SHEET 54
3 SP-350A-P-X 1096 1096 RD
X-701 - (Male)
1 X-248-Male-P-1 90 90 TN - 0.75 SHEET 20
2 X-248-Male-P-2 89 89 BK - 0.75
3 X-248-Male-P-3 500 500 PTG - 0.75
X-702 - (Male)
1 SP-350A-P-X 1097 1097 RD SHEET 54
2 SP-350B-P-X 1115 1115 PRP
X-703A - CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CCU) INTERFACE (87687239) (Female)
87687239 1
87687239
1 X-091 (Male) pin 18 RE-11 RE-11 RD - 0.75 SHEET 48
X-705 - TURN RIGHT (TOP) (87695900) (Male)
87695900 2
87695900
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 312

1 X-710 (Female) pin 3 AG AG-3163 SOLENOID VLV R FEED OR - 0.75 SHEET 27
SOLENOIDS
2 X-710 (Female) pin 4 AG AG-3164 SOLENOID VLV R OR - 0.75
SOLENOIDS RETURN
X-706 - TURN LEFT (BOTTOM) (47360133) (Male)
47360133 3
47360133
1 X-710 (Female) pin 5 AG AG-3165 STEERING SOLENOID OR - 0.75 SHEET 27
SOLENOIDS VLV L FEED
2 X-710 (Female) pin 6 AG AG-3166 SOLENOID VLV L OR - 0.75
SOLENOIDS RETURN
X-709 - STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR (87418311) (Male)
87418311 4
87418311
A X-711 (Male) pin 5 AG AG-3161 PRESS SENSOR BL - 0.5 SHEET 27
SENSORS RETURN
B X-711 (Male) pin 6 AG AG-3167 PRESS SENSOR +5V PK - 0.5
SENSORS REF
C X-711 (Male) pin 4 AG AG-3160 PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL YE - 0.5
SENSORS
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 313

X-710 - AUTOGUIDANCE SOLENOIDS (82002274) (Female)
82002274 1
82002274
1 X-712 (Male) pin 2 ISOLATION AG-061Z DUMP SOLENOID BK - 0.5 SHEET 27
(MANIFOLD) RETURN (CURSEN)
2 X-712 (Male) pin 1 ISOLATION AG-3168 +12V AUTO GUIDENCE OR - 0.5
(MANIFOLD) SOLENOID
3 X-705 (Male) pin 1 TURN AG-3163 SOLENOID VLV R FEED OR - 0.75
RIGHT (TOP)
4 X-705 (Male) pin 2 TURN AG-3164 SOLENOID VLV R OR - 0.75
RIGHT (TOP) RETURN
5 X-706 (Male) pin 1 TURN AG-3165 STEERING SOLENOID OR - 0.75
LEFT (BOTTOM) VLV L FEED
6 X-706 (Male) pin 2 TURN AG-3166 SOLENOID VLV L OR - 0.75
LEFT (BOTTOM) RETURN
X-710 - AUTOGUIDANCE SOLENOIDS (Male)

1 X-623 (Male) pin 12 FAST 7 7 OR - 0.5 SHEET 27
STEER
2 X-623 (Male) pin 13 FAST 47 47 OR - 0.75
STEER
3 X-724 (Male) pin 30 62 62 OR - 0.75
4 X-716 (Male) pin 30 9 9 OR - 0.5
5 X-725 (Male) pin 30 63 63 OR - 0.75
6 X-716 (Male) pin 40 11 11 OR - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 314
X-711 - AUTOGUIDANCE SENSORS (87699698) (Female)
87699698 2
87699698
2 X-716 (Male) pin 18 2 2 PK - 0.5
3 X-716 (Male) pin 9 3 3 PTG - 0.5
4 X-716 (Male) pin 19 5 5 OR - 0.5
5 X-716 (Male) pin 39 6 6 OR - 0.5
6 X-716 (Male) pin 29 4 4 OR - 0.5
X-711 -AUTOGUIDANCE SENSORS (87688721) (Male)
87688721 3
87688721
1 X-235 (Male) pin 2 STEERING AG-3100 STEERING SENSOR +5V PK - 1.0 SHEET 27
ANGLE SENSOR
2 X-235 (Male) pin 1 STEERING AG-3120 STEERING SENSOR YE - 1.0
ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
3 X-235 (Male) pin 4 STEERING AG-3140 STEERING SENSOR BL - 1.0
ANGLE SENSOR GROUND
4 X-709 (Male) pin C STEERING AG-3160 PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL YE - 0.5
PRESSURE SENSOR
5 X-709 (Male) pin A STEERING AG-3161 PRESS SENSOR BL - 0.5
PRESSURE SENSOR RETURN
6 X-709 (Male) pin B STEERING AG-3167 PRESS SENSOR +5V PK - 0.5
PRESSURE SENSOR REF
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 315
X-712 - ISOLATION (MANIFOLD) (47360133) (Male)
47360133 4
47360133
1 X-710 (Female) pin 2 AG AG-3168 +12V AUTO GUIDENCE OR - 0.5 SHEET 27
SOLENOIDS SOLENOID
2 X-710 (Female) pin 1 AG AG-061Z DUMP SOLENOID BK - 0.5
SOLENOIDS RETURN (CURSEN)
X-714 - (84819781) (Male)
84819781 5
84819781
2 SP-342-P-X 54 54 BR - 0.75 SHEET 27
3 X-716 (Male) pin 6 48 48 BR - 0.75
5 SP-342-P-X 68 68 BR - 0.75
6 SP-339-P-X 65 65 BR - 0.75
7 SP-338-P-X 61 61 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 316
X-715 - (87688721) (Female)
87688721 6
87688721
1 SP-337A-P-X 1 1 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
2 SP-337B-P-X 2 2 PRP - 0.75
X-715 - (Male)
1 SP-340A-P-X 32 32 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
2 SP-340B-P-X 33 33 PRP - 0.75
X-716 - (87706495) (Male)
87706495 7
87706495
3 SP-340A-P-X 30 30 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
13 SP-340B-P-X 31 31 PRP - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 317
X-717 - (IMC26-2212X) (Male)
IMC26-2212X 8
IMC26-2212X
2 SP-119-P-X 70 70 BR - 0.35 SHEET 27
3 SP-121-P-X 71 71 WH - 0.35
5 SP-118-P-X 72 72 YE - 0.35
10 SP-004-P-X 73 73 SL - 0.35
11 SP-005-P-X 74 74 BK - 0.35
X-718 - (82012914) (Male)
82012914 9
82012914
1 SP-338-P-X 69 69 BK - 0.75
X-719 - (Male)
2 X-727 (Male) pin 5 10 10 TN - 0.5 SHEET 27
3 X-727 (Male) pin 6 11 11 WH - 0.5
4 X-726 (Male) pin 2 18 18 SL - 0.75
5 X-715 (Female) pin 5 12 12 YE - 0.5
10 X-726 (Male) pin 1 9 9 BR - 0.75
11 X-726 (Male) pin 3 13 13 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 318

X-720 - (84146326) (Male)
84146326 1
84146326
1 SP-005-P-X 43 43 BK - 0.5 SHEET 27
2 SP-121-P-X 35 35 WH - 0.5
3 SP-339-P-X 64 64 BR - 0.75
7 SP-004-P-X 40 40 SL - 0.5
8 SP-119-P-X 34 34 TN - 0.5
14 SP-118-P-X 36 36 YE - 0.5
X-723 - (87697757) (Male)
87697757 2
87697757
30 X-623 (Male) pin 7 FAST 49 49 BR - 0.75 SHEET 27
STEER
85 SP-338-P-X 58 58 BK - 0.75
86 X-623 (Male) pin 6 FAST 50 50 WH - 0.75
STEER
87A SP-342-P-X 51 51 BR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 319
X-724 - (87697757) (Male)
87697757 3
87697757
SOLENOIDS
85 SP-338-P-X 59 59 BK - 0.75
86 SP-339-P-X 66 66 BR - 0.75
87 X-716 (Male) pin 10 8 8 OR - 0.5
X-725 - (87697757) (Male)
87697757 4
87697757
SOLENOIDS
85 SP-338-P-X 60 60 BK - 0.75
86 X-716 (Male) pin 20 10 10 OR - 0.5
87 SP-339-P-X 67 67 BR - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 320
X-726 - (82009081) (Female)
82009081 5
82009081
1 SP-342-P-X 52 52 BR - 0.75 SHEET 27
2 X-716 (Male) pin 21 57 57 SL - 0.75
3 SP-338-P-X 41 41 BK - 0.75
X-726 - (Male)
2 X-719 (Male) pin 4 18 18 SL - 0.75
3 X-719 (Male) pin 11 13 13 BK - 0.75
X-727 - (87699698) (Female)
87699698 6
87699698
1 X-619 (Female) pin 6 12 12 RD SHEET 52
2 X-619 (Female) pin 7 13 13 PRP
6 X-716 (Male) pin 31 38 38 WH - 0.5
X-727 - (Male)
1 SP-337A-P-X 3 3 RD - 0.75 SHEET 52
2 SP-337B-P-X 4 4 PRP - 0.75
6 X-719 (Male) pin 3 11 11 WH - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 321

X-731 - (82002271) (Female)
82002271 1
82002271
2 SP-316B-P-X CB-472 CB-472 GN - 0.75
3 SP-316A-P-X CB-634 CB-634 YE - 0.75
4 SP-316B-P-X CB-633 CB-633 GN - 0.75
X-734 - (87687241) (Male)
87687241 2
87687241
1 SP-326-P-X 46 46 RD - 0.75 SHEET 45
2 SP-328-P-X 49 49 BK - 0.75
X-736 - (Female)
1 X-485-21 (Male) pin 1 2 2 RD - 0.5 SHEET 45
2 X-485-23 (Male) pin 1 3 3 WH - 0.5
3 X-485-22 (Male) pin 1 1 1 GN - 0.5
4 X-485-24 (Male) pin 1 4 4 BK - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 322
X-736 - (Male)
2 X-488 (Male) pin 2 1486 1486 WH - 0.8
3 X-488 (Male) pin 3 1485 1485 GN - 0.8
4 X-488 (Male) pin 4 1484 1484 BK - 0.2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 323

X-745 - ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE (87699386) (Male)
87699386 1
87699386
A1 SP-260-P-X 1 1 PRP - 1.0 SHEET 13
A1 X-071 (Male) pin 11A F41 TO CB-271 CB-271 BR - 2.5
F60 MINI FUSE
A2 X-746 (Male) pin 87 5 5 WH - 0.75
A2 X-036 (Male) pin B2 F=R7, CB-378 CB-378 WH - 0.75
E=R8, D=R9, C=R10, B=R11,
A4 X-012 pin 9 SHUTTLE CB-774 CB-774 OR - 0.75
SWITCH
A7 X-005 (Male) pin 1 CB-775 CB-775 GN - 0.75
A8 SP-101-P-X CB-776 CB-776 BK - 3.0
B3 X-746 (Male) pin 86 4 4 WH - 0.75
B3 X-121 (Male) pin 4 HAND CB-777 CB-777 WH - 0.75
BRAKE
B4 SP-002-P-X CB-778 CB-778 WH - 0.75
C1 SP-007-P-X CB-779 CB-779 GN - 1.0
C2 SP-271A-P-X CB-781 CB-781 YE - 0.75
C3 SP-271B-P-X CB-780 CB-780 GN - 0.75
C7 X-012 pin 10 SHUTTLE CB-782 CB-782 BL - 0.75
SWITCH
X-746 - (87692853) (Male)
87692853 2
87692853
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 324

30 SP-260-P-X 2 2 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 47
85 SP-260-P-X 3 3 PRP - 0.75
86 X-745 (Male) pin B3 4 4 WH - 0.75
87 X-745 (Male) pin A2 5 5 WH - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 325

X-750 - (87693017) (Male)
87693017 1
87693017
A X-755 (Male) pin 27 24 24 GN - 0.75 SHEET 29
B X-755 (Male) pin 28 21 21 GN - 0.75
C X-755 (Male) pin 30 22 22 PK - 0.75
D X-755 (Male) pin 31 23 23 PK - 0.75
E SP-368-P-X 29 29 P - 0.75
X-751 - (87692877) (Male)
87692877 2
87692877
A X-755 (Male) pin 29 30 30 LG - 0.75 SHEET 29
B SP-362-P-X 26 26 BK - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 326
X-752 - (84819781) (Male)
84819781 3
84819781
1 SP-366-P-X 28 28 BR - 0.75 SHEET 29
2 SP-360-P-X 31 31 RD - 0.75
3 SP-364-P-X 27 27 SL - 0.75
7 SP-362-P-X 33 33 BK - 0.75
9 SP-362-P-X 37 37 BK - 0.75
X-753 - (87690437) (Male)
87690437 4
87690437
A X-755 (Male) pin 22 1 1 YE - 1.0 SHEET 29
B X-755 (Male) pin 23 2 2 P - 1.0
C X-755 (Male) pin 35 3 3 PRP - 1.0
D SP-361-P-X 4 4 BK - 1.0
E SP-360-P-X 39 39 RD - 1.0
F X-755 (Male) pin 3 6 6 YE - 0.75
G X-755 (Male) pin 36 7 7 PRP - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 327
X-754 - (87694654) (Male)
87694654 5
87694654
1 SP-360-P-X 15 15 RD - 3.0 SHEET 29
3 SP-361-P-X 16 16 BK - 3.0
4 X-755 (Male) pin 5 17 17 PRP - 1.0
6 X-755 (Male) pin 24 18 18 OR - 0.75
7 X-755 (Male) pin 21 19 19 RD - 0.75
8 SP-361-P-X 20 20 BK - 0.75
X-755 - (87693055) (Male)
87693055 6
87693055
1 X-695 (Male) pin 1 AIR CON 8 8 GN - 0.75 SHEET 51
CONTROL
2 X-695 (Male) pin 2 AIR CON 9 9 YE - 0.75
CONTROL
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 328

3 X-753 (Male) pin F 6 6 YE - 0.75 SHEET 29
4 SP-360-P-X 5 5 WH - 1.0
5 X-754 (Male) pin 4 17 17 PRP - 1.0
6 SP-360-P-X 35 35 RD - 0.75
15 X-695 (Male) pin 6 AIR CON 32 32 P - 0.75
CONTROL
16 X-695 (Male) pin 3 AIR CON 10 10 OR - 0.75
CONTROL
17 SP-360-P-X 34 34 RD - 0.75
18 SP-361-P-X 25 25 BK - 0.75
21 X-754 (Male) pin 7 19 19 RD - 0.75
22 X-753 (Male) pin A 1 1 YE - 1.0
23 X-753 (Male) pin B 2 2 P - 1.0
24 X-754 (Male) pin 6 18 18 OR - 0.75
25 SP-366-P-X 43 43 BR - 0.75
26 SP-364-P-X 42 42 SL - 0.75
27 X-750 (Male) pin A 24 24 GN - 0.75
28 X-750 (Male) pin B 21 21 GN - 0.75
29 X-751 (Male) pin A 30 30 LG - 0.75
30 X-750 (Male) pin C 22 22 PK - 0.75
31 X-750 (Male) pin D 23 23 PK - 0.75
CONTROL
CONTROL
35 X-753 (Male) pin C 3 3 PRP - 1.0
36 X-753 (Male) pin G 7 7 PRP - 0.75
X-756 - (87687241) (Male)
87687241 7
87687241
1 X-695 (Male) pin 4 AIR CON 11 11 PRP - 0.75 SHEET 30
CONTROL
2 X-757 (Male) pin 3 10 10 PRP - 0.75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 329
X-757 - (84819781) (Male)
84819781 8
84819781
2 X-758 (Male) pin F 9 9 GN - 1.0 SHEET 30
3 X-756 (Male) pin 2 10 10 PRP - 0.75
7 SP-371-P-X 4 4 BK - 0.75
X-758 - (87693017) (Male)
87693017 9
87693017
A X-759 (Male) pin 3 5 5 GN - 3.0 SHEET 30
B X-759 (Male) pin 4 6 6 PK - 3.0
C X-759 (Male) pin 5 7 7 PK - 3.0
D X-759 (Male) pin 8 8 8 GN - 3.0
E SP-107-P-X 15 15 RD - 3.0
F X-757 (Male) pin 2 9 9 GN - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 330
X-759 - (87694654) (Male)
87694654 10
87694654
1 SP-371-P-X 3 3 BK - 3.0 SHEET 30
3 X-758 (Male) pin A 5 5 GN - 3.0
4 X-758 (Male) pin B 6 6 PK - 3.0
5 X-758 (Male) pin C 7 7 PK - 3.0
8 X-758 (Male) pin D 8 8 GN - 3.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 331

X-761 - (03.016100) (Male)

14 X-764 (Male) pin B30 4 4 BR - 4.0 SHEET 32
16 X-764 (Male) pin A30 5 5 BR - 4.0
X-764 - (03.01490) (Male)

A30 X-761 (Male) pin 16 5 5 BR - 4.0 SHEET 32
A85 SP-376-P-X 17 17 BK - 0.75
A86 X-766 (Male) pin 1 13 13 BR - 0.75
A87 SP-374-P-X 7 7 YE - 3.0
X-766 - (82028832) (Male)
82028832 1
82028832
1 X-764 (Male) pin A86 13 13 BR - 0.75 SHEET 32
2 X-766 (Male) pin 2 12 12 BR - 0.75
2 X-766 (Male) pin 2 12 12 BR - 0.75
3 X-764 (Male) pin B86 14 14 BR - 0.75
7 SP-376-P-X 18 18 BK - 0.75
9 SP-376-P-X 19 19 BK - 0.75
X-767 - (87694597) (Female)
87694597 2
87694597
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 332

2 X-802 (Male) pin 1 2 2 RD - 2.0
3 X-769 (Male) pin 1 3 3 YE - 2.0
4 X-769 (Male) pin 2 4 4 YE - 2.0
X-767 - (Male)
1 SP-373-P-X 10 10 RD - 2.0 SHEET 32
2 SP-373-P-X 11 11 RD - 2.0
3 SP-374-P-X 8 8 YE - 2.0
4 SP-374-P-X 9 9 YE - 2.0
X-768 - (82921086) (Male)
82921086 3

1 SP-376-P-X 15 15 BK - 1.5 SHEET 32
X-769 - (87691319) (Male)
87691319 4
87691319
1 X-767 (Female) pin 3 3 3 YE - 2.0 SHEET 32
2 X-767 (Female) pin 4 4 4 YE - 2.0
3 SP-375-P-X 6 6 BK - 3.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 333

X-770 - (87486318) (Male)
87486318 1
87486318
1 SP-375-P-X 5 5 BK - 6.0 SHEET 32
X-776 - (87691970) (Male)
87691970 2
87691970
1 X-080 (Female) pin A1 11 11 BR - 1.0 SHEET 25
ARMREST 1
2 X-080 (Female) pin B1 27 27 PRP - 1.0
ARMREST 1
11 X-080 (Female) pin C4 24 24 YE - 0.5
ARMREST 1
12 X-080 (Female) pin C3 22 22 GN - 0.5
ARMREST 1
30 X-080 (Male) pin A6 20 20 GN - 0.75
ARMREST 1
31 X-080 (Male) pin A7 26 26 WH - 0.5
ARMREST 1
32 X-080 (Female) pin B8 1 1 BK - 1.0
ARMREST 1
33 X-080 (Female) pin C8 2 2 BK - 1.0
ARMREST 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 334
X-777 - (82028832) (Male)
82028832 3
82028832
1 SP-398-P-X 3 3 GN - 1.0 SHEET 25
2 X-787 (Male) pin 3 7 7 BK - 1.0
3 SP-399-P-X 5 5 BK - 1.0
4 SP-399-P-X 8 8 BK - 1.0
5 X-787 (Male) pin 4 6 6 GN - 1.0
6 SP-398-P-X 4 4 GN - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 335

X-787 - (87688721) (Female)
87688721 1
87688721
4 X-788 (Male) pin 2 10 10 GN - 1.0
X-787 - (Male)
1 SP-398-P-X 1 1 GN - 1.0 SHEET 25
2 SP-399-P-X 2 2 BK - 1.0
3 X-777 (Male) pin 2 7 7 BK - 1.0
4 X-777 (Male) pin 5 6 6 GN - 1.0
5 X-400 (Male) pin 4 9 9 BR - 0.75
X-788 - (87687241) (Male)
87687241 2
87687241
2 X-787 (Female) pin 4 10 10 GN - 1.0
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 336

X-800 - (87691062) (Male)
87691062 1
87691062
X-801 - (87581782) (Male)
87581782 2
87581782
1 SP-375-P-X 8 8 BK - 2.0 SHEET 32
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 337
X-802 - (87691062) (Male)
87691062 3
87691062
X-803 - (87581782) (Male)
87581782 4
87581782
1 SP-375-P-X 7 7 BK - 2.0 SHEET 32
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 338

X-810 - M3 BATTERY -VE (87744835) (Male)
87744835 1
87744835
1 X-025 (Female) pin 1 CONN. BS-57 BS-57 BK - 25.0 SHEET 02
BLACK
X-811 - (Male)
2 X-219 (Male) pin 2 515 515 OR - 1.0
3 X-219 (Male) pin 3 520 520 GN - 1.0
4 X-219 (Male) pin 4 514 514 BR - 1.0
5 X-219 (Male) pin 5 512 512 BR - 1.0
X-812 - (Male)
1 X-618 (Male) pin 1 ISO BUS 855 855 RD - 0.75 SHEET 55
CAN EXTENSION
2 X-618 (Male) pin 4 ISO BUS 854 854 YE - 0.75
CAN EXTENSION
3 X-618 (Male) pin 3 ISO BUS 856 856 BK - 0.75
CAN EXTENSION
4 X-618 (Male) pin 2 ISO BUS 853 853 GN - 0.75
CAN EXTENSION
X-813 - (Male)
1 SP-230-P-X 9 9 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
2 X-621 (Male) pin B6 11 11 BR - 3.0
X-814 - (Male)
1 SP-230-P-X 10 10 BR - 3.0 SHEET 02
2 X-628 (Male) pin 30 1939 1939 BR - 3.0
X-815 - (Male)
1 SP-230-P-X 8 8 BR - 8.5 SHEET 02
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 339
X-816 - (84819781) (Male)
84819781 2
84819781
1 X-555 (Male) pin 11 ROOF 3 3 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 39
ADD ON H LAMPS
2 X-555 (Male) pin 9 ROOF 5 5 PRP - 1.5
ADD ON H LAMPS
3 X-108A-Male-P-1 1 1 PRP - 1.5
ADD ON H LAMPS
ADD ON H LAMPS
6 X-107A-Male-P-1 2 2 PRP - 1.5
X-817 - (Female)
2 X-393 (Male) pin 2 1885 1885 RD - 0.5
4 X-227 (Male) pin 4 FRONT 673 673 BK - 0.75 SHEET 20
HITCH & FRONT PTO
7 X-227 (Male) pin 7 FRONT 652 652 BR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
8 X-227 (Male) pin 8 FRONT 663 663 BR - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
9 X-227 (Male) pin 9 FRONT 661 661 PK - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
HITCH & FRONT PTO
HITCH & FRONT PTO
12 X-227 (Male) pin 12 FRONT 657 657 TN - 0.75
HITCH & FRONT PTO
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 340
X-817 - (Male)
1 X-227 (Male) pin 1 FRONT 650 650 OR - 0.75 SHEET 21
HITCH & FRONT PTO
HITCH & FRONT PTO
HITCH & FRONT PTO
5 X-227 (Male) pin 5 FRONT 640 640 RD - 16.0
HITCH & FRONT PTO
HITCH & FRONT PTO
7 X-395 (Male) pin 3 FHPL 16 16 BR - 0.75
MECH REMOTES
8 X-395 (Male) pin 1 FHPL 27 27 BK - 0.75
MECH REMOTES
9 SP-201-P-X 35 35 PK - 0.75
10 SP-202-P-X 33 33 BR - 0.5
11 X-394 (Male) pin 3 34 34 TN - 0.75
12 X-392 (Male) pin 4 1002 1002 TN - 0.75
X-818 - (Male)
1 SP-179-P-X 701 701 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 39
2 SP-178-P-X 693 693 PRP - 1.5
3 SP-177-P-X 702 702 BK - 1.5
X-819 - (Male)
1 SP-179-P-X 714 714 PRP - 1.5 SHEET 39
2 SP-178-P-X 713 713 PRP - 1.5
3 SP-177-P-X 704 704 BK - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 341

X-821 - (Male)
1 X-211 (Male) pin 1 LOADER 725 725 OR - 1.0 SHEET 48
VALVE 1
2 X-211 (Male) pin 2 LOADER 724 724 OR - 1.0
VALVE 1
X-822 - (Male)
2 X-212 (Male) pin 2 62 62 RD - 1.0
X-823 - (Male)
1 X-231 (Male) pin 1 STARTER 580 580 RD - 16.0 SHEET 09
SOLENOID 2
1 X-891 (Male) pin 1 STARTER 620 620 RD - 16.0
SOLENOID
2 X-823 (Male) pin 2 618 618 RD - 16.0
2 X-823 (Male) pin 2 618 618 RD - 16.0
2 217-P-30 95 95 RD - 16.0
X-825 - (Male)
2 X-213 (Male) pin 47 2010 2010 SR - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 48 2009 2009 SY - 0.5
4 X-213 (Male) pin 18 2008 2008 NW - 0.5
X-826 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 17 2007 2007 WG - 0.5 SHEET 12
2 X-213 (Male) pin 33 2006 2006 UO - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 32 2005 2005 SB - 0.5
4 X-213 (Male) pin 3 2004 2004 BP - 0.5
X-827 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 46 2003 2003 UB - 1.5 SHEET 12
2 X-213 (Male) pin 1 2002 2002 OW - 1.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 31 2001 2001 UR - 1.5
4 X-213 (Male) pin 2 2000 2000 YB - 1.5
X-828 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 23 489 489 YB - 0.5 SHEET 11
2 X-213 (Male) pin 53 488 488 KB - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 13 483 483 NB - 0.5
4 X-213 (Male) pin 40 484 484 YR - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 342
X-829 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 22 482 482 YG - 0.5 SHEET 11
2 X-213 (Male) pin 36 474 474 SN - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 9 466 466 NB - 0.5
4 X-213 (Male) pin 54 468 468 GR - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 343

X-830 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 8 455 455 WB - 0.5 SHEET 11
2 X-213 (Male) pin 43 454 454 RG - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 28 457 457 SB - 0.5
X-831 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 58 452 452 OG - 0.5 SHEET 11
2 X-213 (Male) pin 41 448 448 WY - 0.5
X-832 - (Male)
1 X-213 (Male) pin 52 447 447 WU - 0.5 SHEET 12
2 X-213 (Male) pin 51 446 446 OB - 0.5
X-833 - (Male)
X-834 - (Male)
2 X-213 (Male) pin 27 451 451 RD - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 21 437 437 BK - 0.5
X-835 - (Male)
2 X-213 (Male) pin 50 444 444 RD - 0.5
3 X-213 (Male) pin 11 445 445 GN - 0.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 344

X-840 - (Male)
X-841 - (Male)
1 S-002-P-3 TRAK160 TRAK160 SHEET 26
2 S-002-P-4 TRAK161 TRAK161
X-842 - (Male)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 345

X-853 - (Male)
X-854 - (Male)
X-855 - (Male)
X-856 - (Male)
X-857 - (Male)
X-858 - (Male)
X-859 - (Male)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 346

X-860 - (Male)
X-861 - (Male)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 347

X-870 - MARKER LIGHTS (82002273) (Male)
82002273 1
82002273
1 SP-428-P-X TR-67 TR-67 BR - 1.5 SHEET 40
2 SP-429-P-X TR-68 TR-68 BK - 1.5
3 SP-430-P-X TR-69 TR-69 GN - 1.5
4 SP-427-P-X TR-71 TR-71 YE - 1.5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 348

X-890 - BATTERY POSITIVE (84298533) (Male)
84298533 1
84298533
1 X-891 pin 1 STARTER BT-002 POWER RD - 70.0 SHEET 02
SOLENOID
X-891 - STARTER SOLENOID (87497691) (Male)
87497691 2
87497691
1 X-890 (Male) pin 1 BATTERY BT-002 POWER RD - 70.0
POSITIVE
1 X-236 (Male) pin 1 EN-50 EN-50 BR - 16.0
ALTERNATOR 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 349

X-920 - (84128187) (Male)
84128187 1
84128187
1 X-021 (Female) pin 1 CONN. BS-6 BS-6 RD - 25.0 SHEET 02
RED
X-921 - CAB ELECTRONIC (84128192) (Male)
84128192 2
84128192
1 X-023 (Male) pin 1 2 POWER BS-9 BS-9 BL - 6.0 SHEET 02
E
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 350
X-923 - ISOLATER KAM (84123443) (Male)
84123443 3
84123443
1 SP-146-P-X BS-8 BS-8 RD - 4.0 SHEET 09
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 351
Fuse and relay box - Replace - Models with cab and Semi-Powershift
transmission
The fuse and relay box is located on the top of the

right-hand control console. To access the fuses, re-
move the two screws and the protective cover. In addi-
tion to the main fuses, there are additional Maxi fuses
that are provided to protect the main fuses and the elec-
trical circuit. There are fuses that are installed but not
used. These may be used as replacements. The fuses
are numbered and color-coded. Their position and rat-
ing are shown in the following table.
NOTICE: Always keep the machine shut off with the ig-
nition key in the off position (OFF) when removing or in-
stalling a fuse or relay.
NOTICE: Replace a blown fuse with another of the same BSE2778A 1
rating.
CUIL13TR01079AA 2
Description of main fuses (Maxi Fuse)

Nos. Chain Protected Components
MF1 80 A Ignition supply relay
MF2 30 A Supply to F6, F7, F8, F52, F53, F54
MF3 80 A Supply to F29, F30, F33, F34, F35, F46, Starter motor relay
MF4 80 A Supply to F27, F28, Rear implement power outlet
MF5 80 A Supply to F25, F26, F31, F32, F51
MF6 80 A Supply to F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F44
Mini fuses
Nos. Chain Circuit Nos. Chain Circuit
1 10 A Internal and amber lights 31 15 A Turning signal ECU
2 25 A 12 V outlet and single pole outlet 32 30 A Direction arrows unit
3 10 A A/C compressor clutch 33 25 A Diagnostic connector - CAN Bar 1
Instrument assembly (B+) and
4 10 A Accessory sockets 34 10 A
manual brake switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 352
Nos. Chain Circuit Nos. Chain Circuit

Power supply to controller and
5 30 A Fan motor 35 10 A
colour monitor
6 10 A Work lamp ECU and radio KAM 36 10 A Instrument assembly (ignition)
Transmission (ignition), throttle
pedal, forward and reverse selector
7 20 A Main light switch and hazards switch 37 15 A
lever, ISO bar interface controller
(TECU)
Digital monitor indicating gears,
8 20 A Starter Switch 38 10 A
PTO, switch panel, and CCU
supply of ignition to CCU, ACU,
arm support, air conditioner switch,
9 25 A Wheel loader (when fitted) 39 10 A hydraulic lift automatic orientation
switch, external switch for EHR on
fender
10 30 A Implement socket 40 10 A Radio
11 10 A Windscreen wash wipe 41 15 A Not used
12 10 A Wind shield washer 42 10 A Not used
13 15 A Brake Lights Relay 43 10 A Starter motor cut-out (Run position)
Main power and direction arrow unit
14 15 A 44 25 A Backup power supply
switch
Supply of energy (ignition) 8 A
15 20 A Brake light switch 45 25 A
socket (left column C)
Engine electronic control module
16 15 A Pneumatic brake relay 46 30 A
(ECM)
17 25 A Accessory sockets 47 10 A Power supply to the ignition
18 15 A Fan and seat motor 48 - Not used
Fan motor and heater for cold
19 15 A Not used 49 15 A
start-up
20 10 A Radar socket, keyboard and radar 50 - Not used
Grid heater, fuel water sensor, and
21 15 A 51 25 A Electronic parking brake
brake fluid level switch
22 15 A Right side lights 52 15 A Power supply (B+) to Roof Interface
23 15 A Left side lights 53 15 A Power supply (B+) to Roof Interface
24 10 A Lighting 54 15 A Power supply (B+) to Roof Interface
25 15 A Low beam and follow-me lights relay 55 - Not used
26 15 A Main Beam Headlamps 56 - Not used
27 15 A Front work lights (Bonnet) 57 - Not used
28 15 A Working Lamp ECU 58 - Not used
29 30 A Working Lamp ECU 59 - Not used
30 15 A Rear Work Lamps 60 10 A Battery isolator (when equipped)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 353
Relay box
The relay box is located on the front of the right-hand
control console. To access the relays, remove the
screws and protective cover.
NOTICE: Always keep the machine shut down with the ig-
nition key in the off position (OFF) when removing or in-
stalling a relay.
BRI4212A 3
BRI4190C 4
Relay Role
R1 / R2 Wiper switches module for the front wind shield and wiper switches module for the rear wind shield
R3 Ignition Relay
R4 Side lights
R5 Starter on
R6 Fan motor
R7 Dip Beam
R8 Brake lights
R9 High beam
R10 Power source for trailer hydraulic brake
R11 Power source for trailer pneumatic brake
R12 Power source for air braking system
R13 Power source for engine electronic system
R14 Not used
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 354
Follow-me lights relay (when fitted)

The timer relay (1) and the follow-me lights (2) are lo-
cated under the console on the right-hand side.
Remove the four bolts from the lower front panel to ac-
cess the relay.
SS11A094 5
Fuses for the power supply

Another group of fuses that protect the power supply
system of the machine is located next to the battery. To
access the fuses, remove the battery protective cover.
CUIL13TR01056AA 6
Reference Chain Fuse protected power supply

1 30 A ISO BUS relay 1
2 30 A ISO BUS relay 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 355
Main fuses
Another group of fuses that protect the power supply
system of the machine can be found next to the starter.
To access the fuses, remove the protective cover (1).
CUIL13TR01037AA 7
CUIL13TR01051AA 8
Reference Chain Fuse protected power supply

1 250 A Main B+ power supply
2 30 A Power supply E, electronic system
3 25 A ECU B+ power supply
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 356
Index

Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 02 SH02 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-MAXI FUSES
1-6 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 03 SH03 - POWER DISTRIBUTION-FUSES 1-14 (*) 14
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 04 SH04 - FUSES 15-21 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 09 SH09 - START & CHARGING W/ISOLATOR (*) 26
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 10 SH10 - WITHOUT ISOLATOR (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 11 SH11 - ENGINE ECU (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 12 SH12 - ENGINE ECU (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 13 SH13 - POWER EARTHING (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 14 SH14 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (*) . . . 36
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 17 SH17 - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER - EDC
(*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 19 SH19 - POWER TAKE OFF (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 20 SH20 - AUXILIARY CONTOL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . 48
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 21 SH21 - AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . 50
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 22 SH22 - STEERING CONTROL UNIT (*) . . . . . . . 52
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 23 SH23 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . 54
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 24 SH24 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (*) . . . . . . . . . . 56
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 25 SH25 - ARMREST T7 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 26 SH26 - ARMREST (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 27 SH27 - AUTO-GUIDANCE (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 28 SH28 - CAN SYSTEM (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 29 SH29 - CLIMATE CONTROL AUTO (*) . . . . . . . . 66
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 30 SH30 - CLIMATE CONTROL (MANUAL) (*) . . . 68
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 31 SH31 - HEATED MIRRORS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 32 SH32 - HEATED SCREEN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 357
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 33 SH33 - IMPLEMENT SOCKETS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 34 SH34 - FLASHER UNIT (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 35 SH35 - WORKLAMPS/BEACONS (*) . . . . . . . . . 78
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 36 SH36 - SIDE,CONSOLE & LICENSE PLATE
LAMPS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 37 SH37 - JOY STICK (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 38 SH38 - PTO SWITCH & LAMP (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 39 SH39 - HEADLAMPS / WORKLAMPS HOOD (*) 86
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 40 SH40 - TRAILER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 41 SH41 - INTERIOR LIGHTS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 42 SH42 - STOP / TAIL LAMPS & WORKLAMPS (*) 92
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 43 SH43 - RADIO (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 44 SH44 - WASHERS & WIPERS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 45 SH45 - COLOR DISPLAY (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 46 SH46 - TRAILER BRAKES (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 47 SH47 - ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK (*) . . . . . . . . 102
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 48 SH48 - LOADER AND REVERSE (*) . . . . . . . . . 104
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 49 SH49 - ISOBUS POWER (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 50 SH50 - CAN BUS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 51 SH51 - CAN BUS 1 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 52 SH52 - EHR CAN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 55 SH55 - ISOBUS CAN (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 56 SH56 - HVAC CONTROL (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 57 SH57 - EHR SELECT SW (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 58 SH58 - EHR LEVERS (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Fuse and relay box - Replace - Models with cab and Semi-Powershift transmission (*) . . . . . . . . . . 352
Wire connectors - Component diagram 00 (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 358
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 359
Wire connectors - Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission 18x6, with cab (*) . . . . . . . . . . 127
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schema index - SPS/FPS Transmission 18x6, with cab (*) . . . . . . . . . 6
Wiring harnesses - Electrical schematic sheet 59 SH59 - INDEX - NOTES & SCHEMATIC LEGEND
(*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
47770506 16/12/2015
55.1 [55.100] / 360
Battery - 302

47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 1
Contents
Battery - 302
TECHNICAL DATA
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Battery
SERVICE
Battery
Connect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Disconnect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 2
Electrical systems - Battery
Battery - General specification

Temperature Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery

25.0 °C ( 77.0 °F) 100 %.
-4.5 °C ( 23.9 °F) 82 %
-24.0 °C ( -11.2 °F) 64 %
-27.5 °C ( -17.5 °F) 58 %
-31.0 °C ( -23.8 °F) 50 %
-34.5 °C ( -30.1 °F) 40 %
-37.5 °C ( -35.5 °F) 33 %
176 Ah ( 1300 cca)

Slow Charge Programs 46 hrs at 5 A
23 hrs at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 13 hrs at 18 A.
Use the following table to determine the state of charge

State of Charge Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C @ 25 °C
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :

1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 - 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 - 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 - 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description Battery Specification

Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal Negative
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 3
Battery - Static description

All models use a single “low maintenance - hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of
water from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 volts where
gassing occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery charg-
ing equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.

• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non-conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus-bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus-bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 4
Battery - Connect
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (55.302) Battery - Replace (55.302)
1. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and fit the bat-
tery cover.
NOTE: If the battery is completely removed from the tractor
(or a new battery is being installed), check that the positive
cable is connected correctly.
BRAG12TR0001ALL 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 5
Battery - Disconnect
1. Press the button on the battery cover and remove the

battery cover
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable (1).
BRAG12TR0001ALL 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 6
Battery - Remove
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
Machine batteries are extremely heavy. Make sure the battery is supported safely during the removal
process.
C0050A
1. Turn the handle (1) counter-clockwise and remove the

cover (2).
BRAG12TRLUE0187 1
2. Disconnect negative cable connection (2).

3. Disconnect the positive cable (1).
4. Remove the nuts (3).
5. Remove the mounting plate (4).
6. Remove the battery from the bracket.
BRAG12TR0001ALL 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 7
Battery - Install
WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
process.
C0050A
1. Assemble the battery on the support.

2. Install the fastening plate (4).
3. Install the nuts (3).
4. Connect the positive cable (1).
5. Connect negative cable connection (2).
BRAG12TR0001ALL 1
6. Install cap (2).

7. Turn the handle (1) clockwise to secure the cover.
BRAG12TRLUE0187 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 8
Battery - Electrical test

Specific Gravity
1. The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte indicates
the state of charge. Fully charged the specific gravity
of the electrolyte is 1.280 minimum at 25 °C.
Alternatively the approximate state of charge can be
measured by using an accurate digital volt meter (+/-
0.01V) as follows:-
Less than 10.5 V Battery un-serviceable*
Less than 11.8 V Battery discharged
Less than 12.3 V Battery 1/2 charged
Better than 12.6 V Battery fully charged
* See note under tests for possible recovery of a mildly
sulphated battery.
Battery voltage to be taken with the battery unloaded
and:-
A. After the battery has rested unloaded for at least
4 hours.
B. If the vehicle has recently run or battery has recently
been charged, switch on headlamps for 2 minutes.
When a battery discharges, sulphuric acid in the elec-
trolyte combines chemically with the plates and this ac-
tion lowers the specific gravity of the solution.
A battery hydrometer will determine the specific gravity
of the electrolyte in a cell and the amount of unused
sulphuric acid in the solution is a measure of the degree
of charge of that cell.
The lower the temperature at which a battery is required
to operate, the more necessary it is that the battery is
maintained in a fully charged condition. For example
a battery with a low specific gravity of 1.225 at 27 °C
( 80 °F) will operate the starting motor at warm ambi-
ent temperatures but may not, due to lower battery ef-
ficiency at a low temperature.
Table 1 shows the effect of temperature on the effi-
ciency of a typical battery.
Maximum battery life will be obtained if the correct care
and periodic inspection is given. It is important that out-
put capacity should not be exceeded by constant and
excessive overloading and that charging requirements
are maintained.
Table 1: refer to Battery - General specification
(55.302).
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 9
Servicing The Battery

2. When servicing a battery the following steps should be
observed:
1. Maintain the electrolyte to the recommended level
of 17 mm ( 0.67 in.) above the plates. If this is not
observed the acid will reach a high concentration that
will damage the separators and impair the performance
of the plates.
2. Use only distilled or de-mineralised water, do not
overfill and never use tap water or water from a rain
barrel or other source
3. Always keep the battery at least 75 % charged oth-
erwise the plates will become sulphated and loss of ef-
ficiency will result with possible damage from freezing
at low temperatures.
4. Avoid overcharging the battery as excessive charg-
ing will create high internal heat that will cause plate
grid deterioration and produce water loss.
5. When fast charging ensure the battery temperature
does not exceed 50 °C.
6. Do not add sulphuric acid to a cell unless the elec-
trolyte has been lost through spilling. Before replenish-
ing ensure the solution is at the correct specific gravity.
A slow charge is the only method to be employed to
fully charge a battery. A high rate charger can be used
to quickly boost the battery capacity but this must be
followed by a slow charge rate to bring the battery to
full capacity.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid and during charging
generate a highly explosive mixture of hydrogen and
oxygen gases.- Never use equipment that generates
flames or sparks in order to control electrolyte level-
Do not remove the battery cover plugs without protec-
tion for eyes and hands.
B039
Dry Charged Batteries

3. Dry charged batteries must be prepared for service as
follows:
1. Remove the battery cell vent plugs.
2. Fill each cell to the recommended level with elec-
trolyte of 1.260 specific gravity.
3. After filling, allow the battery to stand for 15 minutes
then re-check the electrolyte level and top up if neces-
sary.
4. Charge the battery for 4 hours at a rate of 5 -
8 amperes and check that all cells are gassing freely.
5. Install the battery cell vent plugs.
NOTE: The electrolyte must be diluted sulphuric acid
preferably at a temperature of 21 °- 32 °C ( 70 °- 90 °F).
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 10
Charging The Battery

4. Before charging a battery:
1. Thoroughly clean the battery casing and cell covers
with dilute ammonia or hot water and clean the termi-
nals.
2. Check the level of the electrolyte in each cell and,
if below plates, add distilled water to bring above plate
level.
Normal (Top-up) Charging

5. 1. With a slow charger use a rate of 3 - 6 amperes for
the time necessary to bring the battery to full charge.
This may take 36 hours or more if the battery is heav-
ily discharged. A severely sulphated battery might not
accept a charge. When the battery is fully charged the
cells will gas freely and the specific gravity will remain
constant. Remove the charger after three consecutive
hydrometer readings taken at hourly intervals indicate
that the specific gravity has stopped rising.
2. When using a fast or high rate of charge carefully fol-
low the manufacturers instructions. High rate charging
raises the temperature of the electrolyte and unless the
charger is equipped with an automatic time or temper-
ature device, the electrolyte temperature could exceed
50 °C , which may cause violent battery gassing and
damage to internal components.
3. Re-check the level of electrolyte in each cell and add
distilled water as necessary.
WARNING
When a battery is being charged an explosive gas is
produced. Do not smoke or use an exposed flame
when checking the electrolyte level and ensure the
charger is switched off before connecting or discon-
necting to avoid sparks which could ignite the gas.
B038
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 11
Recharging Deeply Discharged Batteries

6. The recommended method to recharge a low mainte-
nance battery is to use a constant voltage charger. For
deeply discharged batteries a 48 hours charging period
at 16 volts is recommended, with current limitation, (
88 A for 176 Ah batteries).
This system is self regulating: high current is deliv-
ered at the beginning (when battery voltage is low),
lower and lower current is then absorbed when battery
reaches full charge (and its voltage is high).
If only constant current chargers are available it is rec-
ommended to use the current levels and times shown
Table 2 below. The figures are intended for deeply dis-
charged batteries. If the battery is only 50% discharged
use one half of the time listed (slow charge programs).
For other states of discharge reduce proportionally the
time of charge. Whenever possible use the slowest
charge program to increase the battery's life.
If when charging the battery, violent gassing or spewing
of electrolyte occurs, or the battery case feels hot (
50 °C or greater), reduce or temporarily halt charging
to avoid damaging the battery.
Table 2: refer to Battery - General specification
(55.302).
Tests
7. Before commencing battery tests check the battery
for clogged vents, corrosion, raised vent plugs or a
cracked case.
Test equipment required:
- Hydrometer
- Battery starter tester (High rate discharge tester)
- Thermometer
- Battery Charger
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 12
Specific Gravity:
8. This test will determine the state of battery charge.
1. With the float in the vertical position take the reading.
2. Adjust the hydrometer reading for electrolyte tem-
perature variations by subtracting 4 points (0.004 spe-
cific gravity) for every 5.5 °C ( 10 °F) below the tem-
perature at which the hydrometer is calibrated and by
adding 4 points (0.004 specific gravity) for every 5.5 °C
( 10 °F) above this temperature.
The following examples are calculated using a hydrom-
eter calibrated at 30 °C ( 86 °F).
Example 1:
Temperature below 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Electrolyte temperature 19 °C ( 66 °F)
Hydrometer reading 1.270
Subtract 11.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.008
Corrected specific gravity = 1.262
Example 2:
Temperature above 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Electrolyte temperature 40 °C ( 104 °F)
Hydrometer reading 1.220
Subtract 10.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.007
Corrected specific gravity = 1.227
3. If the specific gravity is 1.280 or more the battery is
fully charged and in good operating condition.
4. Should the corrected specific gravity be below 1.280,
charge the battery and inspect the charging system to
determine the cause of the low battery charge.
If the battery has been charged under static conditions,
denser electrolyte will accumulate at the bottom of the
cells. The battery should be shaken periodically to
mix the electrolyte, this will improve the charge rate
and provide a more accurate hydrometer reading when
tested.
Refer to Battery - General specification (55.302).
NOTE: Specific gravity should not vary more than 0.025
points between cells.
NOTE: If distilled water has recently been added the bat-
tery should be recharged for a short period otherwise ac-
curate hydrometer readings will not be obtained.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 13
Performance Test:
9. The performance test is to determine if the battery has
adequate capacity to turn the engine. The voltage
reading obtained is used to determine the battery con-
dition. Prior to testing, ensure the electrolyte level is
correct and the open circuit voltage is 12.5 V or more.
The battery may be tested on or off the tractor.
1. Set the current control switch of the battery starter
tester (high rate discharge tester) to the òff' position
and the voltage selector switch equal to, or slightly
higher than, the rated battery voltage. Connect the
tester positive leads to the battery positive terminal and
the negative leads to the negative battery terminal.
2. Turn the current control knob until the ammeter read-
ing is half the CCA rating of the battery and take the
voltage reading.
- If the reading is 9.6 volts or more after 15 seconds,
the battery has an acceptable output capacity and will
readily accept a normal charge.
- If however the reading is below 9.6 volts, the battery
is considered unsatisfactory for service and should be
test charged as described below.
CAUTION
Do not leave the high discharge load on the battery for
periods longer than 15 seconds.
B003
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 14
Test Charging:
10. This test is designed only for batteries that have failed
the previous capacity test.
1. Attach the battery starter (high rate discharge
tester) positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the battery negative termi-
nal.
2. Connect the battery charger positive lead to the
battery positive terminal and the negative lead to the
battery negative terminal.
3. Turn the charger timer past a ` 3 minutes' charge
indication and then back to the ` 3 minutes' mark.
4. Set the charging rate as close as possible to
40 amperes
5. After 3 minutes at this fast charge take the volt-
meter reading.
- If the total voltage is over 15.5 volts the battery is
unsatisfactory and is probably sulphated or worn out
and should be replaced.
- If the total voltage is under 15.5 volts, test the spe-
cific gravity of each cell and re-charge the battery to
the following scale:
Refer to Battery - General specification (55.302).
NOTE: A mildly sulphated battery can be recovered by us-
ing a multiple battery type charger, with an open circuit up-
per voltage limit of 50 volts. Owing to the high resistance
of a sulphated battery, it will primarily require a high volt-
age setting to overcome the resistance of the sulphation.
initially there may be no visible acceptance of the charge.
After a few minutes of inactivity a small charge will be ap-
parent, followed by a rapid increase in the charge rate. The
charge rate must not exceed 14.0 amperes or the elec-
trolyte temperature 50 °C. When the ampere rate has sta-
bilised, reset the volts until the charge rate is a steady 5
amperes. Continue at this rate until the electrolyte specific
gravity stops rising at approximately 1.275-1.280 at 20 °C
( 68 °F), this can take up to 48 hours of charging. Stand
the battery for 24 hours and then conduct the capacity test
detailed previously.
NOTE: When battery problems are experienced the alter-
nator drive belt tension and the complete charging system
should be checked.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 15
Common Causes of Battery Failures

11. 1. Internal open circuit.
2. Internal short circuit.
3. Loss of electrolyte.
4. Separation of active materials from grids.
5. Accumulation of sulphate crystals too large to dis-
perse.
These failures are normally caused by the following:
1. Failure of inter cell components.
2. Excessive crystal growth may puncture the sepa-
rators and cause short circuits.
3. Excessive over charging (charging system mal-
function, boost/recovery techniques with high voltage,
operation in very high temperatures.
4. Freezing of electrolyte.
A fully charged battery does not freeze until -65 °C. A
50 % charged battery freezes between -17 - -27 °C.
Fully discharged electrolyte freezes at - 3 - -11 °C.
Excessively high boost charging and gassing will also
cause separation of active materials from the grids.
Separation destroys the chemical function of the bat-
tery.
5. Crystal growth occurs whenever batteries are left
discharged. High temperatures and extended dis-
charged periods increase this condition. At room tem-
perature after one week the battery is unlikely to re-
cover on the vehicle. Recharge will require a higher
constant voltage. After 3 weeks the battery will have
suffered permanent degradation and the procedure
detailed previously for charging a `Deeply Discharged'
battery should be followed.
12. When fully charged, batteries have a long shelf life.
The lead calcium type battery self discharges at 3 %
per month. This means that it will take 16 months to
drop to 50 % charged. On the tractor the quiescent
load is about 50 mA. To predict run-down on a static
vehicle this should be added as approximately 8 Ah
per week.
It is worth stressing that when cranking, if a battery
starts to fade, it is beneficial to stop and allow two
minutes for the battery to recover. The recovery time
should be increased as the temperature decreases.
With a dual battery set up, an old battery should not
be used with a new one. One battery will always fail
first. If the battery has given the service life expected,
change both batteries. If one has failed early, i.e,
through manufacturing defect, then it is acceptable to
replace just one battery.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 16
Battery - Replace
T7.175
T7.190
T7.195
WARNING
W0011A
CAUTION
Heavy parts!
process.
C0050A
1. Turn the handle (1) counter-clockwise and remove the

cover (2).
BRAG12TRLUE0187 1
2. Disconnect the negative lead (2) and put it to the side.

3. Disconnect the positive lead (1) and put it to the side.
4. Remove the nuts (3).
5. Remove the mounting plate (4).
6. Remove the battery from the bracket.
7. To reinstall the battery, follow the reverse order from re-
moval. Ensure that battery leads and cables are posi-
tioned so that they do not press on or rub against sharp
edges.
BRAG12TR0001ALL 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 17
Index
Battery - 302
Battery - Connect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Battery - Disconnect (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Battery - Electrical test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Battery - General specification (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Battery - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Battery - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Battery - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
55.2 [55.302] / 18
Electronic modules - 640

47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Electronic modules
Calibration 'U' Error Codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electronic module
Configure Instrument Cluster (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Configure JA - Enhanced Keypad (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Configure KA - Steering Control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Configure Central Control Unit (CCU) -RB Module- Semi Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Con-
trol, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine. (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electronic modules
Electronic module - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Electronic module - Fault code index (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Electronic module
Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Basic Instrument Cluster (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced Instrument Cluster (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four
Wheel Drive, Differential Lock (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
ISO bus interface controller - Electronic schema ISO-BUS (TECU) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
SERVICE
Electronic module
s - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software revision level (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch operation test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle information view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM) (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 2
Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration mode (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display frequency inputs (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller hardware information (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming (*) 228
Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 3
Electrical systems - Electronic modules
Electronic modules - Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U Code Calibration Procedure - U Fault Codes

Err An Error has occurred during calibration. Key OFF and retry
U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit - ACP will not work
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is higher than set limit
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit - ACP will not work
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching it's minimum/maximum position during ACP procedure
U07 Suspension is stationary during the raise command in the ACP procedure
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum height within 20 seconds
U09 Suspension is stationary during the lowering command in the ACP procedure
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum height within 25 seconds
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary
U13 Front suspension option not activated
U14 Insufficient potentiometer range for optimal suspension performance
U15 Suspension Lockout coils (coils 3 and 4) solenoid drive swapped
U16 Suspension Lockout coils (coils 3 and 4) current sense inputs swapped
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch calibration
U17 Seat switch not activated
U17 Front suspension pressure switch open circuit
U18 Front suspension pressure switch short circuit
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C
U20 Handbrake is not set
U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to forward
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release the clutch pedal
U31 Wheel speed sensed
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value exceeded
U47 19th gear solenoid not found
U48 No mid/reverse range synchroniser movement sensed
U49 No low/high range synchroniser movement sensed
U50 Synchronsier potentiometer connectors swapped
U51 Engine speed error
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected
U55 PTO started
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit
U61 Lever No. 1 not in neutral
U64 Reverse and high synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped (SPS Trans)
U68 Creeper not engaged
U69 Creeper stuck
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibration
U71 Calibration attempted while enable switch is off
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range - open
U73 Proximity sensor input is out of range - closed
U74 LVDT calibration has been unsuccessful (out of range after 4th attempt)
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 4
U76 quick fill calibration value too low

U77 Damper calibration value too high
U78 Damper calibration value too low
U84 Reverse and high synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped
U86 Mid/reverse range synchroniser neutral error
U87 Low/high range synchroniser neutral error
U88 Mid/reverse range synchroniser calibration values out of tolerance
U89 Low/high range synchroniser calibration values out of tolerance
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 5
Electronic module - Configure Instrument Cluster

Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)

HF - Enhanced ADIC
HG - Basic ADIC
NOTE: HF Enhanced ADIC is shown in the screen displays.
HH Service Menu Figure Number

H1 Not used -
H2 Not used -
H3 Configurations 1
H4 View software revision level 14
H5 Switch operation test 17
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only 21
Memory (EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 25
HA Not used -
HB Display stored fault codes 29
HC Clear all stored fault codes 33
HD Not used -
HE Display frequency inputs 37
HF View controller hardware information 40
HH Return to main menu -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 6
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Error code reduction
Electronic engine selection
Intelliview
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM405FVA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 7
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM406AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown options table below.
BAIL06CCM407AVA 3
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Common Rail Fuel Injection Engine Shutdown Options

Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE
FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
The engine will not shut down unless
No engine a critical engine fault is detected,
NO - - - -
shutdown which will override this option and
shutdown the engine
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Always
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
YES1 shutdown
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
engine
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Stationary Engine coolant temperature - High * *
YES2 engine
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
shutdown
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 8
INTELLIVIEW OPTIONS
Select the Intelliview sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM410AVA 4
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without Intelliview .
BAIL06CCM411AVA 5
Scroll through the available options using the navigation “up" or “down" key.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 9
ERROR CODE REDUCTION OPTIONS

Select the error code reduction sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM416AVA 6
"Factory" - factory error mode, displays all error codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduction
(ECR).
"ECR" - error code reduction mode, only displays critical errors.
"Live" - live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 10
ELECTRONIC ENGINE OPTIONS

Select the electronic engine sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM414AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is “Yes" with electronic engine.
BAIL06CCM415AVA 9
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 11
STEERING SENSOR SELECTION OPTIONS

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM412AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.
BAIL06CCM413AVA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 12
AIR BRAKE OPTIONS

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM408AVA 12
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.
BAIL06CCM409AVA 13
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 13
H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL

This menu displays the software release of the unit.
BAIL06CCM418FVA 14
Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM419AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 14
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM420AVA 16
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 15
H5 - SWITCH OPERATION TEST

This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
BAIL06CCM421FVA 17
BAIL06CCM422AVA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 16
The lower central display will display “d _ _".
BVE0047A_569 19
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 20
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.
Identifier Controller Pin Number Switch / Input Special

Connector Requirements
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time -
d11 CN3 7 Handbrake switch -
d66 CN3 18 Main high beam switch -
d67 CN1 15 Side lights -
d68 CN3 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY) -
d70 CN1 5 Left turn signal indicator -
d71 CN1 6 Right turn signal indicator -
d72 CN3 1 Implement status Mechanical Draft
control only
d74 CN3 9 Exhaust brake switch Not Applicable
d110 CN1 7 CAL/SEL switch (ADIC without keypad) -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 17
H8 - CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)

This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
BAIL06CCM424FVA 21
Select "clear settings" by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM425AVA 22
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 18
The top section of the display will display “EECL"
BVE0682A_570 23
NOTE: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" key to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_571 24
Turn the keystart OFF to exit H8.
NOTE: There is another instrument cluster option in H8 called 'Clear Network Config'. This is carried out in the same
way as 'Clear Settings' but will clear the current configuration stored in the instrument cluster and rebuild the con-
figuration at the next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been changed or if the HH menus are showing
modules which are not fitted to the machine.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 19
H9 - VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
BAIL06CCM426FVA 25
BAIL06CCM427AVA 26
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 20
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
BVE0780A_573 27
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage due
to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.
BAIL06CCM428AVA 28
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12.4 See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5.0
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.4 See explanations below
21 Steering angle potentiometer 10 - 70
22 Engine oil pressure sensor 20 - 600
23 Engine coolant temperature sensor 20 - 950
24 Air brake pressure 40 - 500
25 Fuel level sensor 50 - 400 60 = Full
340 = Empty
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 21
HB - DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES

This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM429FVA 29
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM430AVA 30
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 22
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code is stored.
BAIL06CCM431AVA 31
The lower central display will then automatically cycle through as the example:
14100 Fault code
01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM432AVA 32
Depress the “h" or “m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of the list.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 23
HC - CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM433FVA 33
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM434AVA 34
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 24
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A_576 35
Select the HC menu by depressing the “menu" key.

Depress and hold the “m" key to confirm the clearing of the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have
been cleared.
BVE0121A_571 36
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 25
HE - DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS

This menu is used to verify the operation of various frequency inputs.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM435FVA 37
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM436AVA 38
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 26

Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM437AVA 39

18 Engine speed 0 - 3000 rev/min.
19 Wheel speed 0 - 50 Km/h.
20 Radar 0 - 50 Km/h.
96 Rear PTO speed 0 - 1200 rev/min.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 27
HF - VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL06CCM438FVA 40
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" key
BAIL06CCM439AVA 41
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 28
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:
0564 Hardware identification
0100 Hardware version
0619 Serial number
0018 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM440AVA 42
Electronic module - Configure JA - Enhanced Keypad

HH Service Menu Figure

Number
H1 Not used -
H2 Not used -
H3 Not used -
H5 Not used -
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Not used -
H9 Not used -
HA Not used -
HB Not used -
HC Not used -
HD Not used -
HE Not used -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 29

Common to all sub-systems.
BAIL06CCM525FVB 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM526AVB 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 30
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM527AVB 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 31

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL06CCM546FVB 4
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM547AVB 5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 32
0000 Serial number
2000 Serial number
4752 Serial number
BAIL09HHP223AVA 6
NOTE: The last three sets of 4 digits displayed represent the 12 digit module serial number. This number should
correspond to the serial number shown on the module’s label. Note that the serial number shown on the display will
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 20004752.
Electronic module - Configure KA - Steering Control


H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Not used -
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 12
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 15
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 33
H1 - CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibration the steering controller.
BAIL06CCM601FVB 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 34
H2 - VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the steering controller.
BAIL06CCM653FVB 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 35
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM654AVB 3
The lower central display will display “ch _".
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the cnnel).
Channel Description Default Value Range

Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 36

BAIL06CCM657FVA 5
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM658AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 37
BAIL06CCM460AVB 7
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 38

BAIL06CCM659FVA 8
BAIL06CCM660AVA 9
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 39
The lower central display will display "d _ _"
BVE0047A 10
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring,
BAIL06CCM667AVA 11
Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special Requirements

Connector
d117 A1 Enable switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 40

BAIL06CCM670FVA 12
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
BAIL06CCM671AVA 13
cleared.
Turn the keystart OFF.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 41
BVE0121A 14
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 42
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL06CCM672FVA 15
BAIL06CCM673AVA 16
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 43
The lower central display will display "ch _"
BAIL06CCM446AVA 17
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
below.
ponents.

1 LVDT secondary winding 1 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve 350 to 500 mA
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 44

A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL06CCM674FVA 18
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL06CCM680AVA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 45
The lower central display will display "_ _ _", if no fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 20
The lower central display will display "F", if a fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A 21
The lower central display will the automatically cycle through as the example:
15010 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVB 22
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 46

BAIL06CCM681FVA 23
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
BAIL06CCM682AVA 24
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 47
BVE0684A 25
been cleared.
BVE0121A 26
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 48

BAIL06CCM683FVA 27
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM684AVA 28
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 49

BAIL06CCM446AVA 29

1
2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 50

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub-systems.
BAIL06CCM685FVA 30
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM686AVA 31
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 51
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
BAIL06CCM687AVA 32
Electronic module - Configure Central Control Unit (CCU) -RB

Module- Semi Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control,
Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine.

H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Configurations 13
H6 Vehicle information view 51
H7 Vehicle test modes 54
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 67
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 71
HA Demonstration mode 74
Shortcuts for transmission setups (not available using the service -
switch)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 52
H1 - CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibrate:
1. Electronic Draft Control Valve. Refer to Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Calibrate (55.130)
2. Transmission Clutches, determining the current required to turn the input / output shaft at the required speed.
Flywheel speed sensor and PTO torque sensor.
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor).
4. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor).
BAIL07APH476FSA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 53
H2 - VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controllers for:
1. Transmission clutches and synchronisers
2. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor)
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor)
4. Electronic draft control valve
5. Rear PTO clutch
BAIL07APH477FSA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 54
TRANSMISSION VALUES
Select the transmission sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH478ASA 3
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch letter, calibration value and calibration transmission temper-
ature value will be displayed (refer to the table below for a description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
Channel Description Code Value

Range
Ch 1 Clutch A calibration current and temperature A -
Ch 2 Clutch B calibration current and temperature B -
Ch 3 Clutch C calibration current and temperature C -
Ch 4 Clutch D calibration current and temperature D -
Ch 5 Clutch E calibration current and temperature E -
Ch 6 19th gear clutch calibration current and F -
temperature (50 km/h transmissions only)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 55
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (FOR STEERING ANGLE SENSOR) VALUES

Select the differential lock sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH479ASA 5
NOTE: The default calibration value is 12287 for the steering angle sensor.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6
Channel Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor > 1000
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 56
ENGINE (FOR PTO TORQUE SENSOR) VALUES

Select the engine sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH480ASA 7
The lower central display will display “ch _ ".
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

Ch 1 PTO torque sensor 4400 - 13600
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 57
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL VALVE VALUES

Select the Electronic Draft Control (EDC) sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH482ASA 9
NOTE: The default calibration value is 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
After a delay the code followed by the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of
each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid R 20 - 80
Ch 2 Lower solenoid L 20 - 80
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 58
PTO VALUES
Select the PTO sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH481ASA 11
NOTE: The default calibration value is 212 for the PTO solenoid.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

Ch 1 PTO oil temperature 10 - 120
Ch 2 PTO solenoid 100 - 350
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 59
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
This menu is used to display the configurations available for:
1. Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Ch.1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• Ch.3 Enable / Disable Slip Control
2. Transmission
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable Creeper (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable Park Lock (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction (Yes = Restricted)
• Ch.4 Programmable forward/reverse shuttle offset
3. Electronic engine
• Ch.1 PTO dynamometer test with maximum power boost (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Foot throttle type selection (Yes = Hella foot throttle fitted)
• Ch.3 Grid heater selection (Yes = fitted)
• Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection (Yes = fitted)
4. Rear PTO
• Ch.1 PTO management selection
• Ch.2 PTO fender switches selection
• Ch.3 PTO clutch calibration adjustment
• Ch.4 PTO quickfill time adjustment
5. Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive
• Ch.1 Axle type
• Ch.2 Four wheel drive selection (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 Front axle angles (Terralock)
• Ch.4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 60
BAIL07APH483FSA 13
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 61
TRANSMISSION OPTIONS
Select the transmission sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH484ASA 14
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 15
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable Creeper
Ch 2 Enable / Disable Park Lock
Ch 3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Programmable forward/reverse shuttle offset
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 62
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Creeper

This channel is used to select whether the Creeper option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 16
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the Creeper option is enabled (Yes)
or disabled (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the navigation "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indi-
cating that the selection has been saved.
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Park Lock

This channel is used to select whether the Park Lock option is enabled or disabled.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 17
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the Park Lock option is enabled (Yes)
or disabled (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 63
Channel 3 - 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction

This channel is used to select whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction option is enabled or disabled.
BAIL06CCM502AVA 18
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restric-
tion option is restricted to 40 Km/h (Yes) or unrestricted (No).
Channel 4 Programmable forward/reverse shuttle offset

When changing from forward to reverse the transmission will normally select the same ratio in reverse as was selected
for forward. This channel allows the reverse ratio to be programmed to be up to three ratios higher or three ratios less
than the currently selected forward ratio.
1. The "h" and "m" buttons are used to increase or decrease the forward/reverse offset value
• A value of '3' indicates that the same gear ratio will be used in reverse as was selected for forward.
• Values of 4,5 or 6 will select a reverse ratio 1,2 or 3 ratios higher than the currently selected forward ratio.
• Values of 2,1 or 0 will select a reverse ratio 1,2 or 3 ratios lower than the currently selected forward ratio.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 64
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL (EDC) OPTIONS

Select the Electronic Draft Control (EDC) sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL07APH485ASA 19
BAIL06CCM446AVA 20
Channel Description
Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
Ch 3 Enable / Disable Slip Control
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 65
Channel 1 - Diameter Of The External Hydraulic Lift Rams

The options available are in (mm):

• 80
• 90
• 100
BAIL06CCM504AVA 21
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key
The options available are:

• YES - Enable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
• NO - Disable Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
BAIL06CCM501AVA 22
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 66
Channel 3 - Enable / Disable Slip Control


• YES - Enable Slip Control
• NO - Disable Slip Control
BAIL06CCM505AVA 23
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 67

Select the electronic engine sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH486ASA 24
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 25
Channel Description
Ch 1 Dynamometer power boost test
Ch 2 Auto Modes Option
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 68
Channel 1 - Dynamometer Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer tested with maximum powerboost.
NOTE: The powerboost is only active for 45 minutes.

• YES - Enable powerboost test
• NO - Disable powerboost test
BAIL06CCM506AVA 26
Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicles auto modes. eg, Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost
The "h" and "m" buttons are used to toggle between "Yes" and "No" indicating whether auto modes are enabled
(yes) or disabled (no).
BAIL06CCM501AVA 27
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key for 1 second until the instrument cluster beeps
indicating that the selection has been saved.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 69
Channel 3 - Grid heater selection


• YES - Grid heater fitted
• NO - Grid heater not fitted
BAIL06CCM505AVA 28
Channel 4- Fuel filter heater selection


• YES - Fuel filter heater fitted
• NO - Fuel filter heater not fitted
BAIL07APH536ASA 29
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 70
REAR PTO OPTIONS

Select the PTO sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH487ASA 30
BAIL06CCM446AVA 31
Channel Description
Ch 1 PTO management selection
Ch 2 PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 PTO drop out speed selection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 71
Channel 1 - PTO Management Selection

This channel is used to disable/enable the PTO management for the PTO control system.

• YES - Enable PTO management
• NO - Disable PTO management
BAIL06CCM506AVA 32
Channel 2 - PTO Fender Switches Selection

This channel is used to disable/enable the rear PTO fender switch.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.

• YES - Enable rear PTO fender switches
• NO - Disable rear PTO fender switches
BAIL06CCM501AVA 33
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 72
Channel 3 - PTO Drop Out Speed Selection

This channel is used to adjust the engine speed below which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 34
Use the “"h" or "m" key to increase or decrease the setting in 10 RPM increments between 0 - 550 RPM.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK AND FOUR WHEEL DRIVE OPTIONS

Select the four wheel drive sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH488ASA 35
BAIL06CCM446AVA 36
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 73
Channel Description
Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Four wheel drive selection
Ch 3 Front axle angles
Ch 4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
Channel 1 - Axle Type

This channel is used to select the front axle type.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key

• 0 - Standard front axle
• 1 - Super Steer front axle
BAIL06CCM507AVA 37
Channel 2- Four Wheel Drive Selection

This channel is used to enable / disable four wheel drive.

• Yes - Enable four wheel drive
• No - Disable four wheel drive
BAIL06CCM501AVA 38
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 74
Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions
engage and disengage.
The available options (0, 1, 2 or 3) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Standard Axle
0-10Km/h 0-10Km/h 0-10Km/h 0-10Km/h 10-15Km/h 10-15Km- 10-20Km- 10-20Km/h

/h /h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20º 18.5º 15º 14.25º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
Option 1 45º 37.5º 20º 18.5º 10º 9.5º 40º 34º
Option 2 15º 14.2º 10º 9.5º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
Option 3 11.7º 10.9º 5º 4.5º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
BAIL06CCM508AVA 39
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 75
Channel 4 - Four Wheel Drive Brake Engagement Speed Selection

This channel is used to select the ground speed below which four wheel drive braking will not occur.
The available options (0, 1, 2, 3 or 4) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Option 4 Option 3 Option 2 Option 1 Option 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is Default 4.8 Km/h. 3.2 Km/h. 1.6 Km/h. 0 Km/h.
greater than or equal to: 6.4 Km/h.
BAIL06CCM509AVA 40
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 76
HTS (Headland Turn Sequence) OPTIONS

Select the HTS options by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL07APH526ASA 41
After a delay the current setting will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 42
Channel Description
Ch 1 HTS option enable
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 77
Channel 1 - HTS Option Enable

This channel is used to disable/enable the HTS option.

• Yes - Enable HTS option
• No - Disable HTS option
BAIL06CCM500AVA 43
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 78

BAIL07APH490FSA 44
BAIL07APH491ASA 45
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 79
BAIL06CCM460AVA 46
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 80

BAIL07APH492FSA 47
BAIL07APH493ASA 48
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 81
The lower central display will display "d _ _"
BVE0047A 49
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring,
BAIL06CCM463AVA 50
Channel Controller Pin Number Description

Connector
0 - - No switch activated or 2 switches activated at the same time
d1 CN1B 30 External fender EDC switch - lower
d2 CN1B 29 External fender EDC switch - raise
d3 CN1B 18 Internal EDC work switch (mouse) - work
d4 CN1B 20 Internal EDC work switch (mouse) - raise
d5 CN3A 26 Internal EDC work switch (bone) - work
d6 CN3A 7 Internal EDC work switch (bone) - raise
d7 CN3A 15 NASO lighting link (disconnect and reconnect the flasher unit -
not for ISO lighting)
d8 CN1A 21 Crank detect switch
d9 CN1B 11 Fuse 38 sense
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d12 CN1B 22 Left foot brake switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right foot brake switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch
d15 CN1B 12 Shuttle lever switch - forward
d16 CN1B 13 Shuttle lever switch - reverse
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift switch
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift switch
d19 CN4 1 Transmission range switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 82
Channel Controller Pin Number Description

Connector
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch
d28 CN4 16 Park lock switch
d29 CN3A 6 Internal EDC work fault switch (mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auto ON-OFF / increase switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d37 CN3A 19 Differential lock pressure switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - automatic
d40 CN1B 26 Four wheel drive pressure switch
d41 CN3A 25 Four wheel drive switch - manual
d42 CN3A 24 Four wheel drive switch - automatic
d43 CN4 21 High flow pump chassis link
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Rear PTO ground speed switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO switch - automatic
d50 CN3A 21 Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) switch - program mode
d52 CN1A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d53 CN1B 24 Transmission oil pressure switch
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on/off switch
d55 CN3A 5 Engine speed switch - decrease
d56 CN3A 4 Engine speed switch - increase
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Rear PTO fender switch - normally open
d64 CN3A 3 Rear PTO fender switch - normally closed
d80 CN4 5 HTS auto switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS manual switch
d94 CN3A 16 EHR stop switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 83
H6 - VEHICLE INFORMATION VIEW

BAIL07APH494FSA 51
BAIL07APH495ASA 52
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 84
19 number of gears
50 Transmission speed
210 Engine power (Hp)
BAIL06CCM466AVA 53
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 85
H7 - TEST MODES
This menu is used to check the clutch disconnect switch adjustment and to test the transmission synchronisers.
BAIL07APH496FSA 54
BAIL07APH497ASA 55
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 86

BAIL06CCM446AVA 56
Channel Description
Ch 1 Clutch disconnect switch test
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quick fill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Synchroniser test
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 87
Channel 1 - Clutch Disconnect Switch Test

This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and status. In addition it also displays the oil temperature.
The clutch position is shown as a percentage of travel between (99-0):

• 99 = Clutch pedal is fully up
• 0 = Clutch pedal is fully down
The clutch position is also shown as in it's switch state:

• O = Clutch pedal switch is open
• C = Clutch pedal switch is closed
BAIL06CCM469AVA 57
If the clutch pedal has been left in the fully up position for more than 5 seconds, the oil temperature will be
displayed in the upper section of the display.
BAIL06CCM470AVA 58
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 88
Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment

This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F.

Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
BAIL07APH498ASA 59
After a delay when the required clutch is selected, the current stored value will be shown in the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 60
The calibration values can be adjusted using the upshift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches will be
applied at low pressure to provide a torque path through the transmission, then the clutch that is being adjusted will
be applied at it's bite point pressure so that it should just begin to engage.
To test the same clutch, depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it again.
Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment

This channel is used to adjust and test the quick fill settings for each clutch.
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three methods.
The quick fill test methods are:

1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to provide the torque path through the transmission after the clutch
being adjusted will be applied at it's CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then a second will be applied at low pressure together with the one to
be adjusted at it's CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure and at the same time the clutch being calibrated will be applied
at it's CAL_P_NOM pressure.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 89
To select the test method, depress the clutch pedal and press the upshift switch to cycle through the options.
BAIL06CCM473AVA 61
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F.
Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
BAIL07APH498ASA 62
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 90
After a delay the clutch solenoid code then current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM474AVA 63
To adjust the setting, release the clutch pedal and press the upshift or downshift to reach the required setting.
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 91
Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test

This channel is used to test the pressure for each clutch.
Place the shuttle lever in the forward position.
The upper display will show the following:

• U24 = Neutral
• A24 = Forward
The handbrake must be ON, If the handbrake is in the OFF position the code 'U20' will be shown on the display.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 64
Select the clutch to be tested by depressing the upshift button.
BAIL07APH499ASA 65
When the clutch pedal is depressed from the fully raised position the lower central display will show 'A24' then 'A20'
decreasing to 'A0'.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 66
If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % then the pressure is set to zero.
At 30 % pedal position the clutch pressure is set at 1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the clutch pedal is lifted
to 75 %.
Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 92
Depress and hold the down shift button to energise the clutch solenoid.
Channel 5- Clutch Switch Adjustment

This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this state.
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position The display will show 'n' if the lever is in neutral.
• When the display shows "CP", cycle the clutch pedal.
• When the clutch pedal is released the display will show a value in the range 8-14, if the switch is correctly
adjusted.
• If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the display will show "CL" and the screw will need to be rotated clockwise, or
the display will show "CCL" and the screw will need to be rotated in an anti-clockwise direction.
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated by the display and cycle the clutch pedal and repeat the procedure
until the display shows the correct value.
Channel 6- Synchroniser Test

This channel is used to test the operation of the mid/reverse and low/high synchronisers.
Start the engine with the diagnostic connector, tool no. 380000843 installed and select the H7, channel 6 H-menu,
ensure the transmission is in neutral.
With the clutch pedal released the mid/reverse synchroniser will be tested.
• Press and hold the downshift button to display the Mid position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The display will show 'B' followed by a value of approximately 25%.
• Press and hold the upshift button to display the Reverse position as a percentage of the potentiometer
movement. The display will show 'r' followed by a value of approximately 75%.
• Press and hold both buttons to return the synchroniser to the neutral position. The display should show 'n'
followed by a value of approximately 50%.
With the clutch pedal depressed the low/high synchroniser will be tested.
NOTE: If the display shows 'Err' when the clutch pedal is depressed then release the pedal and ensure that the
mid/reverse synchroniser is in the neutral position.
• Press and hold the downshift button to display the Low position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The display will show 'A' followed by a value of approximately 25%.
• Press and hold the upshift button to display the High position as a percentage of the potentiometer movement.
The display will show 'C' followed by a value of approximately 75%.
• Press and hold both buttons to return the synchroniser to the neutral position. The display should show 'n'
followed by a value of approximately 50%.
Release the clutch pedal. If the display shows 'Err' when the clutch pedal is released then depress the pedal and
ensure that the low/high synchroniser is in the neutral position.
If the values are not as detailed above this may indicate incorrect synchroniser movement. Recalibrate the
transmission, refer to Semi-Powershift transmission - Calibrate (21.111) and check for calibration error codes.
Check the stored error codes to try to identify any errors and use the appropriate fault code chart to identify the
problem. Pressure testing the transmission hydraulics may also help to isolate the cause of the problem. Refer to
Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test (21.111)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 93

BAIL07APH501FSA 67
NOTICE: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RB" displayed will reset the EEPROM in all the
sub-systems.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 94
If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be reset, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the “dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL07APH502ASA 68
The lower central display will display “EECL" .
BVE0682A 69
NOTICE: H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
cleared.
BVE0121A 70
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 95
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL07APH503FSA 71
BAIL07APH504ASA 72
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 96
BAIL06CCM446AVA 73
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
below.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the affected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any com-
ponents.

1 Clutch pedal position 72 Released 26 Depressed
2 Transmission temperature sender 75 % at 40 °C.
3 Fuse 38 sense 96
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 48
6 +8 Volt sensor supply 79
7 +12 Volt VF input ( See explanation ) 45
8 +12 Volt VD input ( See explanation ) 45 Shuttle lever in
forward
9 +12 Volt VH input ( See explanation ) 45
10 +12 Volt VT input ( See explanation ) 45
11 Seat switch 69 in seat
36 Out of seat
29 Creeper position potentiometer -
30 Electronic Draft Control valve raise solenoid 0 Off - 66 On
31 Electronic Draft Control valve lower solenoid 0 Off - 66 On
32 Lift arm position potentiometer 6 Lowered 79 Raised
33 Lift control potentiometer 10 Lowered 88 Raised
34 Drop rate control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
35 Height limit control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
36 Sensitivity control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
37 Slip limit control potentiometer 84 Clockwise 14 Counter
clockwise
38 Right hand load sensing pin 46 With no implement
39 Left hand load sensing pin 46 With no implement
40 Draft load control potentiometer 88 Clockwise 10 Counter
clockwise
41 Electronic Draft Control raise switch (bone) 30 Released 68 Depressed
42 Electronic Draft Control work switch (bone) 30 Released 68 Depressed
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 97

43 Clutch A solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
44 Clutch B solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
45 Clutch C solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
46 Clutch D solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
47 Clutch E solenoid current 70 Engaged 0 Disengaged
48 Electronic Draft Control raise / work fault line 0 Released 99 Depressed
49 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 Off - 99 On
52 Creeper solenoid current 0 Off - 99 On
58 Low range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
59 Mid range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
60 High range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
61 19th gear solenoid current
62 19th gear dump solenoid current
66 Reverse synchroniser solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
71 Mid / Reverse synchroniser position sensor
74 Low / High synchroniser position sensor
75 Range switch
76 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
77 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
80 Shuttle lever park lock switch 30 Park lock on 68 Park lock off
81 Upshift switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
82 Downshift switch 30 Released 68 Depressed
83 Hand throttle low idle input 0 at low idle 99 not at low idle
84 Engine inlet boost pressure via CAN
85 Engine inlet boost pressure sensor via CAN
86 Oil temperature sensor via CAN
87 Rail pressure sensor via CAN
88 Fuel temperature sensor via CAN
89 Hand throttle potentiometer 2 4 Low idle 36 High idle
90 Hand throttle potentiometer 1 6 Low idle 73 High idle
91 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 Low idle 85 High idle
97 EHR joystick (X)
98 EHR joystick (Y)
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components not directly affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. forward and reverse synchroniser solenoids, creeper solenoid and four wheel drive solenoid.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components which are affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. PWM solenoids.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to electronic draft control components, i.e. raise and lower
solenoids.
VT Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to rear PTO and Differential lock, i.e. rear PTO clutch,
Rear PTO brake, and differential lock solenoids.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 98
HA - DEMONSTRATION MENU
Used to demonstrate engine power boost.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL07APH505FSA 74
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL07APH506ASA 75
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 99

After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 76
Channel Description
Ch 1 Engine power boost demonstration
Channel 1 - Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Power boost will only be active under the following conditions:
• No PTO torque sensor or calibration fault codes

• PTO is fully engaged
• Wheel speed is greater than 0.5 Km/h.
• Engine speed is greater than 1300 rev/min.
• Coolant temperature is below 105 °C.
• PTO has at least 250 Nm torque applied
The lower central display will display “Pbd" (Power boost demonstration).
Start the engine and operate the vehicle to activate engine power boost. The power boost lamp on the ADIC will be
illuminated when power boost is enabled.
Engine power boost will work as normal, but using the CRPM adjustment switch will turn the powerboost on and off.
CRPM increase switch (1) to turn power boost ON
CRPM decrease switch (2) to turn power boost OFF

NOTE: Power boost demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
BAIL06CCM484AVA 77
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 100

A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL07APH507FSA 78
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL07APH508ASA 79
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 101
The lower central display will display "_ _ _", if no fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 80
The lower central display will display "F", if a fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A 81
The lower central display will the automatically cycle through as the example:
1023 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVA 82
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 102

BAIL07APH509FSA 83
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
BAIL07APH510ASA 84
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 103
BVE0684A 85
been cleared.
BVE0121A 86
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 104
TRANSMISSION SETUP SHORTCUTS

This menu is used as a shortcut to access a number of setups and options for the transmission.
NOTE: This menu is not accessible using the service switch.
Enter the mode by placing the shuttle lever in the forward position and pressing the auto function switch at key ON
with the clutch pedal released.
The instrument cluster central display will show 'OPT_'. Use the 'h' and 'm' keys to scroll through the available options.
When the desired option is displayed the display will change after a couple of seconds and the procedure for the
selected option can be performed.
Option Description
1 GAC (Gear Adjustment Criterion)
2 LAG (Lowest default Auto Gear)
GAC (Gear Adjustment Criterion)

This mode is used to adjust the forward/reverse shuttle programmable offset.
Use the 'upshift' and 'downshift' switches to increase or decrease the offset value between -3 and +3.
LAC (Lowest default Auto Gear)

This mode is used to select the lowest default gear available in the transport auto mode.
Use the 'h' and 'm' keys to scroll through the available ranges of values between 7 and 12.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 105

BAIL07APH511FSA 87
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL07APH512ASA 88
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 106

BAIL06CCM446AVA 89

1 Wheel speed 0-10,000
2 Radar
3 Not used
4 Rear PTO speed 1200@2300erpm (540)
1650@2300erpm (540E)
2200@2300erpm (1000)
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 PTO twist speed sensor 12,800
8 Engine flywheel speed 666@1000erpm
1332@2000erpm
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 107

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub-systems.
BAIL07APH528ASA 90
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL07APH513ASA 91
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 108
2000 Serial number
48 Serial number
BAIL06CCM496AVA 92
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 109
Electronic module - Static description

Identifier Controller Functions

HF Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)
RB Semi Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control (EDC), Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive,
Differential Lock, Engine
JA Keypad
KA Steering
INTRODUCTION
The “H" menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
To gain access to the diagnostic “H" menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 (1) in the tractor diagnostic panel, located in the cab on the right hand rear pillar.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (1) and the lower central display (2) are used to
indicate the information for the “H" menus.
BVE0006B_579 2
H Menu Navigation Procedure

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the “H" menu has been activated.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 110
BVE0006A_580 3
To navigate the “H" menus use the “h" key and “m" key to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" key to select the
required controller or “H" menu.
Key “dimming" (1) - Select
Key “h" (2) - Scroll left
Key “m" (3) - Scroll right
BVE0006C 4
Controller Identifier Code Table

The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HA - Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier Controller Functions

HA Enhanced ADIC
HB Basic ADIC
RB Semi Powershift Transmission, Electronic Draft Control (EDC), Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive,
Differential Lock, Engine
RK Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves
JA Keypad
KA Steering
Select the controller that requires diagnostics or configuration.
Depress the “h" key to show the first controller identifier code in the list.
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, a symbol will be displayed to indicate that there is no communication
between the ADIC and the selected controller.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 111
BAIL06CCM389AVA 5
When the required controller is located in the list, depress the “dimming" key to select it.
BVE0010A 6
The display will change to show the “HH menu" select screen.
BAIL06CCM388AVA 7
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 112
H Menu Common Features

The “H“ menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following “H" menus are available for all controllers.
HH Service Menu
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 View stored calibration values
H3 Configurations
H4 View software revision level
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Vehicle information view
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clear stored calibration information
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HD Shortcuts for transmission setups (not available using the service switch)
HE Display frequency inputs
HF View controller hardware information
Dot Matrix Display Symbols

1. Engine 6. P.T.O. system
2. Transmission 7. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 8. Front suspension
4. Electronic draft control 9. Four wheel drive

(EDC)
- 10. Fast steer system
The left and right arrows indicate there are other “H" menus available.
To navigate through the list of “H" menus use the “h" key to scroll left and the “m" key to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub-system that uses the same menu (multi-functional “H"
menu).
Depress the “dimming" key to select the “H" menu required.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 113
BAIL06CCM390AVA 8
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The “H" menu will be displayed in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL06CCM391AVA 9
The “H" menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub-systems, i.e. H5 - Switch test and H9
- Voltmeter.
BAIL06CCM393AVA 10
If the menu is specific to only one sub-system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA - Demonstration mode.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 114
BAIL06CCM394AVA 11
When the sub-system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set-ups or values for the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM395AVA 12
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 115
NOTE: To return to the “H" menu select screen from H1 - Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the “H" menu select screen, depress the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM396AVA 13
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix
display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" key again.
BAIL06CCM397AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 116
Electronic modules - Static description

Fault Codes and Fault Finding
The tractors have an inbuilt self diagnostic facility. This facility utilises the digital display of the Instrument cluster to
indicate, in coded format, malfunctions in the electrical and electronic circuitry and in the micro-processor. It should
be noted that the self diagnostic capability is generally limited to diagnosis of the electrical and electronic circuitry
and related components, however, there are some codes, which can be generated if pressure switch circuits are not
closed because of an actual lack of hydraulic pressure. Any malfunction of the mechanical and hydraulic components
must be diagnosed using conventional techniques, performance characteristics and tooling, such as pressure testing
equipment.
Trouble-shooting and fault finding should always be carried out in a logical and planned sequence, many apparent
faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the replacement of expensive
components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more positive and cost effective repair.
With the use of micro-processors it is often that this item is blamed for any malfunction but the real truth is that this
item is usually sound and that the fault is due to poor contacts in the associated connectors.
Each electrical connector illustrated and identified in the wiring diagrams and referred to in the following fault finding
procedures, has the same identification reference. For example, one of the processor connectors is referred to as
Connector C095 in the illustration and also referred to as C095 the fault finding procedure. In the fault finding pro-
cedure the connector, pin and wire colour are shown as, C095 pin 17 (Y). If all the wires are the same colour, the
circuit number is also included to aid in wire identification. For example, C095 pin 17 (Y,3024). This is broken down
as follows:
C095 Connector number
Y Wire colourr
3024 Circuit number
All tests are carried out on the harness side of the connector, unless otherwise stated.
Refer to the relevant chapter for complete wiring diagrams and how to use them.
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting tests to ensure that obvious `mechanical' damage has not occurred to the harness or the connectors.
A good quality multi-meter is an essential item to perform fault finding. It should be capable of measuring resistance
of at least 20,000 ohms and measuring voltage and current. When using the multi-meter it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging the instrument. Refer to the 'Basic Multi-Meter use' section of
this chapter for further details.
NOTICE: Care should be used when using the multi-meter, only use the instrument as instructed to avoid damage
to the internal elements of the micro-processor. When checking the continuity of wiring, sensors or switches it is
necessary to isolate the electronic micro-processor and ensure the keystart is turned off to prevent possible further
damage. The keystart should only be switched on and the processor connected where specifically instructed in the
fault finding procedure.
If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER METHOD
FOR CLEANING TERMINALS. Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro-ethylene, this solvent will damage the
plastic body of the connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a Freon T.F. base.
SPECIAL TOOLS
Description Tool No.

Electrical Repair Tool Kit (North America Only) FNH 01000 / 380040089
Test Probe Kit (Except North America) 380050010
WIRING HARNESS REPAIRS
Temporary Wiring Harness Repair

NOTE: It is acceptable to use the following repair procedure on the CAN BUS wiring. It is important though to ensure
that the wire lengths are not altered from the original as this will affect the performance of the CAN BUS system.
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as possible.
Do not attempt to repair the wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and should only be replaced with a new
component.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 117
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other types
of solder may result in further cable damage.
To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
1. Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer protective cover on both sides of the damaged area, Figure
1.
1. Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 inches ( 50 mm) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and the
individual leads.
2. Twist two bare leads together for each damaged lead, being careful to match wire colours, then solder the leads
using resin cored solder. Tape each repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape, Figure 2.
1. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make a paper
trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up to the
cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
1. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of the
repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches ( 50 mm) of tape at each end is necessary, 4.
2. Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent ingress
of water or chemicals.
1B0O2004061091 4
Harness Wire Replacement
If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond repair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed as a tempo-
rary repair until such time when a new harness assembly can be installed. Use the following procedure to install an
additional wire:
1. Locate the faulty wire using the procedures described in the fault code charts.
2. Disconnect the affected connectors.
3. If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the connector and harness outer covering.
4. Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the affected wire using the appropriate removal tool found in the
harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure correct pin removal.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 118
1B0O2004061092 5
From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for the Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sectional harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
size wire and measure out the length required by connector.
following the harness routing.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the existing To ensure that the repair has been effective check for
harness outer covering, if this is not possible run the wire continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-meter.
along the harness, securing regularly with suitable ties.
With the wire correctly routed instal the second terminal
into its connector block. Replace the connector seal
if removed.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent ingress
of water or chemicals.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 119
1B0O2004061093 6
THE DIGITAL MULTI-METER

NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multimeter. Always refer to the manufactures
operators manual for correct operation
A multimeter is an electronic measuring device. The different types of measurement that can be made depend upon
the make and model of the multimeter. Most types of multimeter have the capacity to measure:
• Current (A) ac or dc
• Resistance (Ω)
• Voltage (V) ac or dc
• Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multimeters have other functions, such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and test diodes.
1B0O2004061094 7
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 120
General Operation:
Before proceeding with a test, decide on what is going to be measured (Voltage, Current etc.). Rotate the dial until
the pointer is within the relevant zone. Within each zone there are different scales. The scale that is selected will
represent the maximum value that the multimeter will read. Always select a scale which is greater than the value
that you intend to measure. If you are unsure of the value to be measured, always select the highest scale and then
reduce the scale once you have an idea of the measured value.
1B0O2004061095 8
Why are there different scales ?

The closer that the scale is to the measured value, the more accurate the reading will be e.g. If measuring the voltage
of a battery with the scale set at 200 V, the display may read 12 V. However, if the scale was set to 20 V the display
may read a more accurate reading of 12.27 V
.
1B0O2004061096 9
Measuring Voltage (Volts):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc volts. Connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal and the Red test probe
to the "V/Ω" terminal. Place the test probes across the component to be measured with the circuit complete (closed).
Read off the display value.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 121
1B0O2004061097 10
Measuring Current (Amps):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc current. When measuring current up to 2 amps, connect the Red test probe to
the "A" terminal. When measuring current up to 10 amps, connect the Red test probe to the 10 "A" terminal. Always
connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal. When taking measurement of current, always break the circuit
and connect the multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at 1OA.
1B0O2004061098 11
Measuring Resistance (Ohms):

Set the range dial to the desired Q position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. If the resistance being measured is connected in a circuit, then turn off the power to the
circuit. Connect the test probes to the measuring point and read off the display value.
1B0O2004061099 12
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 122
Continuity (Buzzer) test:

Set the range dial to the “Buzz" position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. Connect the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if the resistance is less than
50 ohm then the buzzer will sound, indicating continuity.
1B0O2004061100 13
Note: Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at different ohmic values, depending on the quality of the meter.
This can often be misleading. For example, when checking a corroded earth point. A poor quality multi meter may
buzz at 150 ohm, indicating continuity and no problem. When using a higher quality multi meter for the same test,
it would not buzz due to the high resistance. When carrying out such tests, we should always check the value of
resistance as well as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.
1B0O2004061101 14
SUMMARY:
When measuring -
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ω):
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance as well!!)
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURES
Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the vehicle.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 123
1. Continuity Test, Short to ground

2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts.
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, Open circuits
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST - SHORT TO GROUND
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, Keyswitch OFF, (sometimes battery disconnected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit disconnected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact with
a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is not
corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case
of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. 3 - 4 ohms indicates a direct
short to chassis ground and must be located and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate circuit paths through
modules, and that an additional connector needs to be disconnected to perform the test. More than 100K ohms
indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to ground.
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in procedure).

2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to
perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to touch
the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black lead to
make contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of
the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines specified in the procedure.
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect tractor part by unplugging electrical connectors to expose the part assembly connector for testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms and insert test probes into connector terminals specified in
procedure. When checking potentiometers, measure from wiper terminal to each of the other terminals while
TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This will ensure no open spots escape detection. When checking rocker or rotary
switches, actuate the switch while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent of
range tolerance for all measurements.
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST - CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or pull fuses).

2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter lead
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black
lead to make contact with the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other pins in the
connector and the connector case, if it is metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no more
than 3 - 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous. More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals in connec-
tors, and 100K ohms indicates an open circuit.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 124
CIRCUIT COMPONENTS - BASIC DESCRIPTION
CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES
Circuit protection devices are used to protect wiring and components from excessive current. Three different types
of protection are fitted in tractors. Two of them (fuses and fusible links) are currently used, while circuit breakers are
no longer used.
1B0O2004061106 19
FUSES
Fuses protect circuits with thin pieces of metal and wire which heat up and melt to open up the circuit when too much
current flows through them.
Fuses are used to protect the circuit from overload. This can occur in the event of a short circuit or by connecting
equipment which demands a current greater than the circuit is designed to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a limited current.
If the specified current is exceeded then the metal conductor will overheat, causing it to melt and break. This will in
turn cause an open circuit.
The rating of the fuse relates to the current that the fuse can carry continuously.
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must be
investigated.
BSE2778A 20
CIRCUIT CONTROL DEVICES
Some of the components in a circuit are used to interrupt and direct current flow either through an action of the operator
or automatically. The current interrupters you are probably most familiar with are switches.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 125
1B0O2004061108 21
SWITCHES
Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch can
control a number of different circuits at the same time. This is achieved by having several separate connections
and/or multi-connector switches (several switch 'positions').
There are several types of switch, and they may incorporate a warning light.
Switches can be as simple as that used to turn on an implement lamp or as complex as the ones used to operate the
starting and lighting systems. Checking the operation of switches is usually just a matter of testing for power going
into the switch and for power leaving the switch at the appropriate contacts when the switch is operated.
One of the most common type of switches is the pressure switch (Fig. 22), a switch opened or closed by a fluid
pressure. An example of this type of switch is the engine oil pressure switch, a simple on/off device that opens (or
closes) when oil pressure rises above 10 psi.
1B0O2004061109 22
FLASHERS
Flashers work automatically to interrupt and connect the flow of current. Their operation is similar to that of the circuit
breaker described earlier.
Flasher units may be either a mechanical device where a heating element warms a bimetallic strip. The strip bends,
breaking contact with the power source. When it cools, the bimetallic strip once again makes contact and the process
begins again, or as is more common now, it is a solid state unit where the switching is done via electrical components.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 126
1B0O2004061110 23
DIODES
Some components use a semiconductor material instead of moving parts to direct current. Diodes for example, allow
current flow in one direction only.
They are essential in converting the alternating current that an alternator produces to the direct current that the tractor
electrical system components use.
1B0O2004061111 24
RESISTANCE DEVICES
A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters are
examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters make
use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.
1B0O2004061112 25
POTENTIOMETERS
Potentiometers are variable resistors which are dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float movement, to
vary the resistance of the component and therefore alter the output voltage.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 127
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentiometer, the resistance should be measured at the minimum and
maximum positions and a smooth and continuous change of resistance should be observed between. As the resis-
tance varies with temperature, the test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.
1B0O2004061113 26
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing current to move metal parts within the components.
RELAYS
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay's control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place (see Fig. 27).
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When
the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual
switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:
• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated, i.e.,
bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches, used to operate the relay.
The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
1B0O2004061114 27
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:
• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimise voltage drop.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 128
There are several types of relays. They can be normally open or normally closed. They may have internal electronic
circuits to give special operating features. For example, they can turn the switch on/off at timed intervals (flasher
relay), be sensitive to current, temperature, etc. The relay cover usually gives information about the features of the
relay.
On the relay cover there are usually 4 or 5 terminal markings :
• 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.

• 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 86: winding input terminal.
• 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
Brown relays are normally open relays, blue ones are normally closed.
1B0O2004061115 28
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids ( 29) work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place.
As a result, the windings in the control cause the iron core to move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of this core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter
motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is produced
which causes the plunger to move through the core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is stopped and
the plunger is returned by a spring.
1B0O2004061116 29
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical lever.
The use of solenoids to control hydraulic pressure instead of the hydraulic valves is highly recommended wherever
there is a long distance between the control panel and the valve (more than 10 meters) or a fast action is required.
A coil should:
• Be non-sensitive to vibrations;
• Be silent in operation
• Have large frequency of activation (30-35 times per second)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 129
• It should be possible to fit it in any position.

• Be insulated, in order to function correctly for a wide range of temperatures ( -40 °C to +85 °C), and with high
humidity conditions.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:
• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative (-)
terminals without passing through the winding, this will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not allow the current to pass through the winding, so the solenoid
will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected components): the solenoid will only move the plunger if all components are free
to move.
PWM SOLENOID VALVES
Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500 Hz) at
a constant supply voltage of 12 V.
1B0O2004061117 30
The processors contain transistors that are supplied with a constant input voltage which is switched on and off to
achieve the variable input range. In this way the control module is able to limit the armature movement, so the
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse
(see Fig. 31). The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage
of one complete cycle.
With reference to Fig. 31, diagrams 1 to 3 show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram 4 shows
the initial 12 V programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the
valve, whereas column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column C the reading on a voltmeter connected to
the solenoid valve.
Diagram 1 shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve at
all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram 2), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram 3 shows the maximum signal that is used during
the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of its run
and in an indication of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 130
1B0O2004061118 31
SENSORS
A sensor is the primary component of a measurement chain that converts the input variable (temperature, capacitance,
reluctance) into a signal suitable for measurement. The relationship between the input variable and the measured
signal is a characteristic of the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use. It consists
of three elements: the sensor itself; the converter, which converts the output signal from the sensor (in most of the
cases into an electric signal); and the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from the converter in the most
suitable form. Generally the term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.
TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance according
to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature Co-
efficient). In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in fluids,
such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant temperature sender. The changes in its resistance (which varies
with temperature) are relayed to the Instrument Cluster, which operates the bargraph and the warning indicators
accordingly.
1B0O2004061119 32
PRESSURE SENDER
A pressure sender receives a supply signal and it varies it according to the (oil) pressure. An example is the oil
pressure sender, which receives a 5 volt signal and varies it according to the oil pressure. The Instrument Cluster
keeps track of these variations and changes its readouts and warnings accordingly.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 131
1B0O2004061120 33
SPEED SENSOR
The speed sensor is typically a reluctance sensor. An example is the axle speed sender, which is fitted into the
transmission and gets pulses off the gears, counting the gear teeth. The sender uses a pickup coil close to four wheel
drive coupling. The action of the gear close to the pickup creates pulses which are relayed to the Instrument Cluster.
The Instrument Cluster converts the frequency of the pulses into ground speed.
Possible failures are due to vibration, open circuits.
1B0O2004061121 34
FLUID LEVEL SENDER
It operates by varying resistance through the movement of a float. An example is the fuel level sender.
1B0O2004061122 35
ELECTRONIC MODULES
The electronic modules are the "black boxes" that provide control on many of the functions of the tractor. These
functions may vary according to the options that are fitted on the tractor.
Inside these "black boxes" there is a processor, the "thinking part" of the module, and inside some of them there is
one or more memories, which may allow the module to store calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle (which
optional tools or devices have been installed) and the error codes.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 132
BSE3118B_516 36
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical contacts (see Fig. 37). There are three main types of pins: for
the inputs of the signals, for the outputs and for the processor supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.
Then some software is needed, to handle the communication between the processor and the memories and to man-
age the various signals going into and out of the processor. The software is designed to operate in a different way for
every module, and is called functional code.
1B0O2004061123 37
A serial data link is a kind of communication where data is sent along a single wire, so the information regarding
different functions of the same processor are sent to the Instrument Cluster in different moments.
To provide a continuous control on components, the processor continuously scans all the inputs in a time-sharing
mode, with a cycle lasting 1O ms. This means that all the components controlled by the processor are checked one
by one, and that every component is checked 100 times per second.
The electronic modules are often blamed as responsible for most of the problems of the modern tractors, while they
are for certain among the most protected parts of the tractor. In fact, the pins of the module are protected against
spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input and in output
to give the best handling of information.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) SYSTEM
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 133
CUIL14TR00270AA 38
CAN BUS Architecture
CAN BUS Architecture
1. CAN BUS 1 4. CAN BUS Select

2. CAN BUS 2 (EHR's) 5. Diagnostic Connector
3. CAN BUS 2 Terminating Resistor 6. Implement BUS
The tractor utilises a CAN (Controller Area Network) in addition to the standard wiring harnesses. The CAN is a
2-wire system which uses a series of numeric values sent at very high speed to transmit data between controllers and
components. A CAN system has the advantage of being able to use one component for many applications without
the need for hard wiring to each application, as in a conventional system.
Depending on the model specification, controllers are used to control a number of systems on the tractor. Refer to
Figure 38 for details of processors and CAN BUS connections.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 134
FAULT CODE DISPLAYS
All fault codes are displayed on the analog digital instrument cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (DMD). Only disabling
errors will be displayed on the DMD and will be visible to the operator. Less serious errors are stored and can be
retrieved via the H-Menus, refer to Electronic module - Static description (55.640) for more detailed information.
BRE1568B 39
Fault Code Symbols
1. Engine 8. Electronic remote valves
2. Transmission 9. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 10. Front suspension
4. CAN malfunction 11. Four wheel drive
5. Electronic draft control 12. Instrument panel electrical fault
- - 13. Fast steer system
7. P.T.O. system 14. Air conditioning system
The ADIC will display a symbol accompanied by a four or five digit code to indicate a fault has occured. The symbol
represents the system in which the fault is detected and the code specifies the cause of the detected fault.
The fault codes are grouped by system using the following numbered ranges:
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 135
• 1001-2000 (Electronic Draft Control)

• 2001-3000 (Transmission)
• 3001-4000 (Engine)
• 4100-4400 (Rear Electro - Hydraulic Remotes)
• 5001-6000 (Rear Power Take Off )
• 6001-7000 (Four wheel drive)
• 7001-8000 (Differential lock)
• 10001-11000 (Front suspension)
• 14001-15000 (Instrument cluster)
• 15001-16000 (Steering controller )
• 16001-17000 (Air conditioning )
H-MENU DIAGNOSTIC MODE
The H-menu diagnostic mode can be used to access and clear the fault codes which may be stored in the various
controllers. The H-menu diagnostic mode also contains many other useful functions which may be used to assist with
diagnostics.
Refer to the Diagnostic H Routines chapter in Electronic module - Static description (55.640).
BVE0006A 40
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 136
Electronic module - Fault code index

Semi Powershift Transmission Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
2) Faulty seat switch
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the tem-
perature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1100, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
NOTE: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer linkage is sticking or broken
NOTE: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed — tractor moving 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
NOTE: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly and
repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
U47 19th gear solenoid not found -
U48 No mid/reverse range synchroniser -
movement sensed
U49 No low/high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
movement sensed 2) Faulty or sticking synchroniser solenoid
3) Internal leakage within the transmission
U50 Synchroniser potentiometer -
connectors swapped
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 137

U55 PTO started -
U58 PTO speed sensor open circuit -
U59 PTO speed sensor short circuit -
U77 Damper calibration value too high -
U78 Damper calibration value too low -
U84 Reverse and high synchroniser -
solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid -
connectors swapped
U86 Mid/reverse range synchroniser -
neutral error
U87 Low/high range synchroniser neutral 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
error 2) Mechanical fault within the transmission
calibration values out of tolerance
U89 Low/high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Note: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
PTO Torque Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U51 Engine speed error 1) Check engine speed sensor is fitted
3) Broken CAN link
Note: Use the HE menu function in the transmission module to
see if the engine speed is being detected
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected 1) CRPM switch operated greater than 3 times, repeat start
procedure
U55 PTO started 1) PTO turned on while completing Calibration procedure.
Repeat the calibration
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit -
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit -
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 138
Steering Calibration 'U' Error Codes

3) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected
U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
- open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
U73 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
- closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 139
EDC - Error Codes

Code Description
1002 Radar disconnected
1003 Speed sensor error
1004 Wheel speed sensor - signal too high
1006 Slip control potentiometer - voltage too low
1007 Slip control potentiometer - voltage too high
1008 Raise / work switch failure (command arm)
1009 Both external switches operated at the same time
1010 Height limit control potentiometer - voltage too low
1011 Height limit control potentiometer - voltage too high
1012 Drop rate control potentiometer - voltage too low
1013 Drop rate control potentiometer - voltage too high
1014 R/H load sensing pin - signal too low
1015 R/H load sensing pin - signal too high
1016 L/H load sensing pin - signal too low
1017 L/H load sensing pin - signal too high
1018 Both load sensing pins disconnected
1019 Load sensing pin 8V reference - voltage too low
1020 Load sensing pin 8V reference - voltage too high
1021 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer - voltage too low
1022 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer - voltage too high
1023 Command arm / control panel disconnected
1024 Perform the hydraulic lift calibration
1025 Position control potentiometer - voltage too low
1026 Position control potentiometer - voltage too high
1027 Lift arm position sensor - voltage too low
1028 Lift arm position sensor - voltage too high
1029 Hydraulic control valve disconnected
1030 Signal ground open circuit
1031 Chassis harness disconnected
1032 Draft control potentiometer - voltage too high
1033 Draft control potentiometer - voltage too low
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1053 5 Volt reference - short to +12v
1054 5 Volt reference - short to ground
1059 8 Volt reference error (draft load pins)
1063 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid - open circuit
1064 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid - open circuit
1065 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid - short circuit
1066 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid - short circuit
1067 Hydraulic valve supply voltage – voltage too low
1068 Height limit control not set to maximum during calibration
1069 Raise / work switch failure (transmission bone or multicontroller armrest)
1070 Hydraulic ram configuration not set
Transmission - Error Codes

Code Description
2007 Low power 5V reference – voltage too low
2008 Low power 5V reference – voltage too high
2009 Seat switch input – voltage too low
2010 Seat switch input – voltage too high
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too high
2021 Transmission harness disconnected
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 140
Code Description
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – no signal
2037 Clutch pedal switch – open circuit
2046 Fuse sense input – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed sensor – open circuit
2050 Wheel speed sensor – short circuit
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short circuit
2053 5V reference voltage – too high
2054 5V reference voltage – too low
2055 Output speed sensor – no signal
2058 Seat switch closed for 25 hours
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor signal error
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit
2079 Flywheel speed sensor – no signal
2124 Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2300 19th gear solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2302 19th gear clutch dump solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2303 Damper calibration – low error
2304 Damper calibration – high error
2305 19th gear clutch solenoid over voltage
2306 19th gear clutch dump solenoid over voltage
2308 Reverse not allowed
2310 Upshift switch – voltage too low
2311 Upshift switch – voltage too high
2312 Downshift switch – voltage too low
2313 Downshift switch – voltage too high
2314 Forward pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground (Full Powershift only)
2315 Reverse pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground (Full Powershift only)
2316 Transmission oil pressure sensor not configured
2317 Transmission oil pressure sensor configuration error
2323 Transmission mid speed sensor - open circuit (Full Powershift only)
2323 CDE speed sensor - open circuit (Semi-Powershift only)
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to ground (Full Powershift only)
2324 CDE speed sensor - short to ground (Semi-Powershift only)
2325 Mid speed sensor and output speed sensor swapped (Full Powershift only)
2326 Engine torque/RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors (Full Powershift only)
2328 No signal from transmission mid speed sensor (Full Powershift only)
2328 No signal from CDE speed sensor (Semi-Powershift only)
2330 Transmission output RPM too high for the selected gear
2331 Clutch slipping fault
2334 Pressure indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
(Full Powershift only)
2335 Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switch when the clutch solenoids are off (Full
Powershift only)
2336 Creeper fails to engage
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 141
Code Description
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2338 Creeper potentiometer – short circuit to 8V or 12V
2339 Creeper potentiometer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2342 Clutch A solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2343 Clutch B solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2344 Clutch C solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2345 Clutch D solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2346 Clutch E solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2347 Low range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground (Full Powershift only)
2347 Low range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Semi-Powershift only)
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground (Full Powershift only)
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Semi-Powershift only)
2349 High range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground (Full Powershift only)
2349 High range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Semi-Powershift only)
2350 Reverse clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground (Full Powershift only)
2350 Reverse clutch solenoid – over voltage (Semi-Powershift only)
2351 Creeper solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2352 Clutch A solenoid – over voltage
2353 Clutch B solenoid – over voltage
2354 Clutch C solenoid – over voltage
2355 Clutch D solenoid – over voltage
2356 Clutch E solenoid – over voltage
2357 Low range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Full Powershift only)
2358 Medium range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Full Powershift only)
2359 High range clutch solenoid – over voltage (Full Powershift only)
2360 Reverse clutch solenoid – over voltage (Full Powershift only)
2361 Creeper solenoid – over voltage
2362 Clutch A not calibrated
2363 Clutch B not calibrated
2364 Clutch C not calibrated
2365 Clutch D not calibrated
2366 Clutch E not calibrated
2367 Low range clutch not calibrated (Full Powershift only)
2368 Medium range clutch not calibrated (Full Powershift only)
2369 High range clutch not calibrated (Full Powershift only)
2370 Reverse clutch not calibrated (Full Powershift only)
2371 Creeper position out of range
2372 Creeper not calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 not calibrated
2374 Creeper calibration error
2375 Creeper - cold oil
2376 Fault on 19th gear valve
2377 Fault on dump valve
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission output speed and engine speed
2400 Low / high range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration (Semi-Powershift only)
2401 Medium / reverse range synchroniser not calibrated or bad calibration (Semi-Powershift only)
2403 Range shift synchroniser did not engage (Semi-Powershift only)
2405 Range shift synchroniser did not disengage (Semi-Powershift only)
2407 Range shift synchroniser did not engage during a shuttle shift (Semi-Powershift only)
2410 Synchroniser did not disengage during a shuttle shift (Semi-Powershift only)
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous range after error code 2403 or 2405 (Semi-Powershift only)
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without driver initiation (Semi-Powershift only)
2414 Disable range selected by operator (Semi-Powershift only)
2415 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer – voltage too high (Semi-Powershift only)
2416 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer – voltage too low (Semi-Powershift only)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 142
Code Description
2417 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer – voltage too high (Semi-Powershift only)
2418 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer – voltage too low (Semi-Powershift only)
2419 Medium / reverse range synchroniser potentiometer voltage is out of calibrated range
(Semi-Powershift only)
2420 Low / high range synchroniser potentiometer - voltage is out of calibrated range (Semi-Powershift
only)
2421 Range switch input – voltage too low (Semi-Powershift only)
2422 Range switch input – voltage too high (Semi-Powershift only)
2425 Attempted to select a disabled range (Semi-Powershift only)
2501 Transmission oil pressure sensor open circuit or short circuit to ground
2502 Transmission oil pressure sensor short circuit to 5V
Engine - Error Codes

Code Description
3001 Foot throttle sensor - signal not plausible
3002 Foot throttle sensor - signal above range maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor - signal below range minimum
3006 Coolant temperature signal - signal not plausible
3007 Coolant temperature signal - signal above range maximum
3008 Coolant temperature signal - signal below range minimum
3010 Air intake temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3011 Air intake temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3015 Fuel temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor - signal above range maximum
3022 Boost pressure sensor - signal not plausible
3023 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal not plausible
3024 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal above range maximum
3025 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal below range minimum
3028 Oil pressure too low
3029 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to ground
3032 Oil pressure sensor - value too high
3033 Oil temperature sensor - signal not plausible
3034 Oil temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3035 Oil temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor - signal low
3038 Constant engine RPM activate / select switch – short-circuit to battery
3047 High pressure pump relay – short circuit to battery
3048 High pressure pump relay – short circuit to ground
3051 Battery voltage to ECM - voltage too high
3052 Battery voltage to ECM - voltage too low
3060 Cylinder 1 - unclassifiable error in injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - injector cable short circuit (low side to battery)
3063 Cylinder 1 - injector cable short circuit (high side to ground)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 143
Code Description
3088 Crankshaft sensor - no signal
3089 Crankshaft sensor - invalid signal
3090 Camshaft sensor - no signal
3091 Camshaft sensor - invalid signal
3093 Offset between camshaft and crankshaft - outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only - backup mode
3096 ECM busoff on CAN A
3102 Rail pressure sensor CP3 - signal below range minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve – open
3105 Rail pressure relief valve - pressure shock requested
3106 Rail pressure relief valve - did not open after pressure shock
3107 Metering unit - short-circuit to battery
3108 Metering unit - short-circuit to ground
3110 Rail pressure sensor monitoring - signal below range minimum
3111 Rail pressure sensor monitoring - signal above range maximum
3112 Rail pressure sensor CP3 - signal above maximum range
3120 PTO twist sensor – not plausible
3121 PTO twist sensor - open circuit
3122 PTO twist sensor - short circuit to ground
3123 PTO twist sensor - not calibrated
3124 Hand throttle - channel 2 signal above range maximum
3125 Hand throttle - channel 2 signal below range minimum
3131 Grid heater always switched on
3137 Metering unit - open load
3138 Metering unit - temperature too high
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low
3142 High pressure test - test active
3145 Terminal 15 - no signal
3147 Oil temperature too high
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test - failure
3154 Grid heater relay - short circuit to battery
3155 Grid heater relay - short circuit to ground
3156 Grid heater relay - no load
3157 ECM not detected on CAN bus
3159 Invalid engine reference torque
3160 Fan actuator - short circuit to battery
3161 Fan actuator - short circuit to ground
3162 Fan actuator - temperature too high
3163 Fan actuator - no load
3176 Setpoint of metering unit not plausible in overrun
3177 Engine overspeed detected
3179 Time-out of CAN message BC2EDC2
3180 Timeout of CAN message VM2EDC
3182 Time-out of CAN message RxCCVS
3183 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when active)
3184 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VR (when inactive)
3185 Time-out of CAN message TF
3188 Cylinder 1 warning - open load
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 144
Code Description
3210 Bank 1 - general short circuit to injection cable
3211 Bank 1 - injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3213 Bank 1 - unclassifiable error
3218 Bank 2 - general short circuit to injection cable
3219 Bank 2 - injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3221 Bank 2 - unclassifiable error
3227 Injection processor (CY33X) error - internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3228 Injection processor (CY33X) error - unlocked / initialisation failure
3229 Injection processor (CY33X) error - injections limited by software
3230 Injection processor (CY33X) error - SPI communication failure
3231 Injection processor error - internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3232 Injection processor error - unlocked / initialisation failure
3233 Injection processor error - test mode
3234 Injection processor error - SPI communication failure
3238 ECM internal SPI communications error - CJ940
3239 ECM EEPROM - read operation failure
3240 ECM EEPROM - write operation failure
3241 ECM EEPROM - default value used
3242 ECM (locked) recovery occurred
3243 ECM recovery (suppressed) - recovery occurred
3244 ECM recovery (visible) - recovery occurred
3245 ECM processor - watchdog not plausible
3246 Shutoff paths during initialisation - watchdog
3247 Shutoff paths during initialisation - supply voltage too high
3248 Shutoff paths during initialisation - supply voltage too low
3249 TPU monitoring - time deviation between TPU and system not plausible
3250 Dataset - variant defect
3251 Dataset - requested variant could not be set
3252 Controller watchdog - SPI communication failure
3253 ADC monitoring - reference voltage too low
3254 ADC monitoring - reference voltage too high
3255 ADC monitoring - test impulse error
3256 ADC monitoring - queue error
3263 ECM BusOff on CAN C
3265 Overrun monitoring
3266 Redundant engine speed in overrun monitoring
3278 ECM internal supply voltage too high
3279 ECM internal supply voltage too low
3280 Sensor supply voltage 1
3297 Rail pressure positive deviation high and high fuel flow setpoint value
3301 Rail pressure negative deviation too high on minimum metering
3305 Rail pressure below minimum limit in controller mode
3309 Rail pressure above maximum limit in controlled mode
3313 Rail pressure drop rate too high
3316 Minimum number of injections not reached - stop engine
3334 Time-out of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when active)
3335 Time-out of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when inactive)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 145
Code Description
3338 Time-out of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when inactive)
3339 Time-out of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when active)
3367 Coolant temperature test failure
3368 INFO: Torque limitation due to OBD Performance Limiter by legislation
3369 INFO: Torque reduction due to smoke reduction
3370 INFO: Torque limitation due to Engine Protection (against excessive torque, engine overspeed and
overheat)
3371 INFO: Torque limitation due to Fuel Quantity Limitation because of injector system errors
3375 Constant engine RPM increase / decrease switch – short-circuit to battery
3376 Engine controller software does not support power management (engine power management option
enabled, but engine software not compatible)
3377 Constant Engine RPM switch detected but option is not enabled
3999 Unknown ELM SPN Error Code
Rear EHR - Error Codes

Code Description
4100 Rear remote no.1 – no control message received
4101 Rear remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4102 Rear remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4103 Rear remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4104 Rear remote no.1 – under voltage
4105 Rear remote no.1 – over voltage
4106 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too low
4107 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4108 Rear remote no.1 – float position not reached
4109 Rear remote no.1 – manually operated
4110 Rear remote no.1 – driver faulty
4111 Rear remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4112 Rear remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
4113 Rear remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 146
Code Description
4170 Rear EHR control No.1 – not calibrated
4171 Rear EHR control No.1 – open circuit
4172 Rear EHR control No.1 – short circuit
4173 Rear EHR control No.2 – not calibrated
4174 Rear EHR control No.2 – open circuit
4175 Rear EHR control No.2 – short circuit
4176 Rear EHR timer switch no.1/no.2 - not connected
4177 Rear EHR control no.3 – not calibrated
4178 Rear EHR control no.3 – open circuit
4179 Rear EHR control no.3 – short circuit
4180 Rear EHR control no.4 – not calibrated
4181 Rear EHR control no.4 – open circuit
4182 Rear EHR control no.4 – short circuit
4183 Rear EHR timer switch no.3/no.4 - not connected
4184 EHR joystick potentiometer X – open circuit
4185 EHR joystick potentiometer X – short circuit
4186 EHR joystick potentiometer Y – open circuit
4187 EHR joystick potentiometer Y – short circuit
4190 Rear remote no.1 - no communications
4194 Rear EHR no.1 motor mode switch faulty
4199 Joystick detected but selection switch not detected
4200 Selection switch detected but joystick not detected
4300 Top link switch not fitted
4301 Side link switch not fitted
Rear PTO - Error Codes

Code Description
5003 Rear PTO brake output - open circuit
5005 Rear PTO brake switch – open circuit
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – stuck off
5008 Rear PTO solenoid – open circuit
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor – open circuit
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 147
Code Description
5033 Rear PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
5034 Rear PTO fender switch – open circuit / short to ground
5035 Rear PTO fender switch – input short to 12V
5037 Rear PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
5042 Rear PTO management switch – stuck closed
5043 Rear PTO fender switch stuck on
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor – short to ground
5098 Rear PTO fender switch option not enabled
5099 Auto PTO mode not enabled
Four Wheel Drive - Error Codes

Code Description
6020 FWD switch error
6023 FWD solenoid – open circuit
6025 No FWD pressure
6026 FWD pressure switch – stuck on
Difflock - Error Codes

Code Description
7014 Difflock switch error
7017 Difflock solenoid – open circuit
7024 Steering angle sensor not calibrated
7032 Steering angle sensor - signal too low
7033 No difflock pressure
7034 Difflock pressure switch – stuck on
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – disconnected / over-temperature
7101 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to battery
7102 Autoguidance isolation solenoid – solenoid return short to ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error (Autoguidance only)
ADIC - Error Codes

Code Description
14011 Engine speed sensor - short circuit to Vcc or open circuit (mechanical engine only)
14012 Engine speed sensor - short circuit to GND (mechanical engine only)
14013 Steering angle sensor - short circuit to Vcc
14014 Steering angle sensor - short circuit to GND or open circuit
14015 5V supply voltage - too high
14016 5V supply voltage - too low
14021 Cranking line – shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking line – shorted to GND
14041 Engine coolant temperature sensor - short to Vcc or open circuit (mechanical engine only)
14042 Engine coolant temperature sensor - short to GND (mechanical engine only)
14051 Fuel level sensor - short circuit to Vcc or open circuit
14052 Fuel level sensor - short circuit to GND
14061 Air brake pressure sensor – short circuit to VCC or option set but sensor not connected
14082 Engine oil pressure sensor - short circuit to GND (mechanical engine only)
14100 Air brake pressure - not configured
14101 Fuel contaminated sensor – not connected (mechanical engine only)
14102 SWCD - present but not configured
14106 Steering angle sensor – present but not configured
14200 EEPROM error
14900 Transmission controller missing (RB/RD/RG)
14901 Engine controller missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary controller missing (RC/RH/RK/RL)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 148
Code Description
14905 Keypad missing (JA)
14906 Steering controller missing (KA)
14908 TECU missing (OA)
14909 SWCD missing (VA)
14910 Climate controller missing
14911 Enhanced cluster without keypad
14912 Basic cluster with keypad
14920 Configuration error
Steering Controller - Error Codes

Code Description
15002 Steering wheel control proximity sensor - open circuit
15003 Steering wheel control proximity sensor - short circuit
15006 Split valve LVDT - open circuit
15007 Split valve LVDT - short circuit
15008 Change valve solenoid - open circuit
15009 Change valve solenoid - short circuit across
15010 Safety switch fail
15011 Maximum engagement time elapsed (5 minutes)
15012 Split valve spool - stuck open
15013 Change valve or split valve spools - stuck closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck in transition zone - can’t identify which steering mode the tractor is definitely
in.
15024 System not calibrated
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 149
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema

Basic Instrument Cluster
Component Identification
1. Instrument Cluster Unit (Basic)
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
9. Brake Pedal Switches and Trailer Brake Relays
10. Worklamp Controller
11. Steering Angle Sensor
12. Buzzer
13. Indicator Flasher Unit
14. Handbrake Switch
15. Alternator
16. Sensor Ground
17. Chassis Ground
18. Power Ground
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 150
SS11D408 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 151
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced

Instrument Cluster
1. Instrument Cluster Unit
2. Battery
3. Battery Isolator
4. Ignition Switch
5. Ignition Relay (I)
6. Ignition Relay (II)
7. Air Brake Sensor
8. Fuel Sensor
9. Brake Pedal Switches and Trailer Brake Relays
10. Implement Connector
11. Worklamp Controller
12. Enhanced Keypad (only for ADIC)
13. Indicator Flasher Unit
14. Handbrake Switch
15. Alternator
16. Sensor Ground
17. Chassis Ground
18. Power Ground
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 152
SS11D409 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 153
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema

Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive,
Differential Lock
1. Central Control Module (CCU) - RB Module
2. Transmission Control Semi Powershift (SPS) 18x6
3. Electronic Draft Control (EDC)
4. Rear PTO Control
5. Constant Engine Speed Control
6. Four Wheel Drive (4WD); Differential Lock Control
7. Display of Gears (DOG)
8. Sensor Ground
9. Chassis Ground
10. Power Ground
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 154
CUIL14TR00265JA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 155
Electronic module ISO bus interface controller - Electronic schema

ISO-BUS (TECU)
1. Module ISO-BUS (TECU)
2. ISO-BUS Implement Connector
3. ECU Power Relay
4. Implement Power Relay
5. Sensor Ground
6. Chassis Ground
7. Supply Ground
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 156
SS11D418 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 157
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 158
Electronic modules - Calibrate

Calibration Set Up Procedures

Required When :
Prior operation:
Prior to any installation of programme download or any Calibration Set Up Procedure, ensure that the H8, memory
reset, of the selected system has been performed.
A calibration Fault code is Present.

NOTE: The Fault code will not be displayed on the screen,
but can be viewed in H-menu mode HB
1. The non volatile memory has been reset (H8) in the
controller.
NOTE: After a full memory reset, in H8, it will be necessary
to perform the tractor configuration procedure. Refer to H3
in the H-Menu Chapter of the Electrical Systems Section
Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640) .
2. The control module has been replaced.
3. A PWM solenoid valve has been replaced.
4. A potentiometer has been replaced.
5. A mechanical repair has been effected.
6. TRANSMISSION ONLY - The shift quality or clutch
featherability has noticeably deteriorated.
7. EDC ONLY - A new lift arm potentiometer is fitted, in
which case error code 1024 will have to be induced by
disconnecting the potentiometer with the key switch in
the "ON" position and then re-connecting it.
Set Up Procedure:
8. Prior to conducting a clutch and synchroniser calibra-
tion, the following points should be checked:-
The transmission oil is at the correct temperature - this
can be checked in mode H1. All transmissions should
be calibrated between 60 - 105 °C.
9. The parking brake is applied.
10. The air conditioning (if fitted) is switched off.
11. All electrical and hydraulic services are deselected.
12. Electronic Lift only - A weight of approximately 200 Kg
is placed on the lift arms ( to overcome any resistance
of the lift linkage).
13. Electronic lift only - All EDC controls are turned fully
clockwise.
14. Electronic lift only - The raise / work switch is posi-
tioned in the WORK position.
NOTE: If the set up procedure has not been followed cor-
rectly a “U" Fault Code will be displayed.
Refer to . Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 159
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration

procedures
The Central Control Unit (CCU) or RB Module is used

to calibrate the following components:
• SPS Transmission
• EDC
• Rear PTO (Engine)
• Steering Sensor
BAIL09HHP182FVG 1
SPS Transmission Calibration

In addition to calibrating the transmission clutches the
procedure also allows the flywheel twist sensor and
PTO twist sensor to be calibrated.
NOTE: This procedure is required when either a new control module has been fitted or if the previous calibration has
been erased using the `H8` procedure.
front and rear. Check that the ground speed display is zero before commencing.
NOTE: Prior to performing a clutch and synchroniser calibration the transmission oil temperature must be between
60 - 105 °C, the optimum temperature for calibration is 60 °C.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 160
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning (if equipped) is switched off and all electrical hydraulic applications are
deselected.
NOTE: If a four-digit number starting with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, it is a standard
error code. The fault condition must be corrected before calibration can be performed.
There are two methods of entering the calibration
mode:
• Quick entry.
• Call-up via the HH menu.
Quick Entry
Depress and hold the upshift and downshift switches
while starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 2
Go to Calibration Method.
HH Menu Entry
Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the di-
agnostic socket.
BAIL07APH189AVA 3
Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the trans-
mission symbol on the RB controller.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 161
The system being calibrated will be shown on the clus-

ter and the oil temp will be shown on the lower central
display.
BAIL07APH532ASA 4
Go to Calibration Method.
Calibration Method
The engine speed will be set to 1200 RPM.
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position and re-
lease the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 5
The lower central display will be displaying the trans-

mission oil temperature, depressing the upshift or
downshift buttons will change the display to show the
flywheel torque calibration value.
BAIL07APH533ASA 6
Depressing the upshift or downshift buttons again will

change the display back to the transmission oil temper-
ature.
NOTE: If the code "U19" is displayed, calibration will not be
possible as the transmission oil temperature is not warm
enough.
NOTE: If the start up procedure was incorrect a "U" code
will be displayed and the procedure will need to be re-
peated. Refer to the "U" code listing in the table below.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 162
If "CL" ( 10 - 60 °C) or "CH" ( 105 °C) is displayed, after

4 seconds the display will return to the transmission oil
temperature. The tractor may be operated to obtain the
correct oil temperature.
NOTE: If it is not practical to wait for the oil temperature
to change, depress either the upshift or downshift switches
while "CL" or "CH" is shown, the display will then show "dt"
and calibration can proceed.
BAIL07APH534ASA 7
NOTE: If an unlikely value of oil temperature is displayed eg: -30 °C or 125 °C, this may indicate a fault with the
temperature sender.
There are two methods of calibrating the SPS transmis-
sion. Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire
sequence can be automated.
There are two methods of calibrating the transmission.
Each item can be calibrated manually or the entire pro-
cedure can be automated.
To calibrate the sensors and clutches individually

Depress and hold the downshift switch to calibrate the
flywheel sensor. When the calibration is complete the
display will alternate between 'dt' and the calibration
value.
When the downshift switch is released the display will
change to 'Pt' (PTO torque sensor calibration). De-
press and hold the downshift switch to calibrate. When
the calibration is complete the display will alternate be-
tween 'Pt' and the calibration value.
When the downshift switch is released the display will
change to 'A'. Depress and hold the downshift switch
to calibrate Clutch A. During the calibration process the
calibration value will be shown on the lower central dis-
play.
When clutch A calibration is completed the lower central
display will alternate between "A" and the calibration
value.
BAIL06CCM615AVA 8
Repeat the above steps for clutches "B", "C", "D", "E"
"19" (if 50 Km/h transmission is fitted) and "F" and "n"
(synchroniser calibrations). After the "n" calibration, re-
lease the downshift switch and the display will change
to "dt".
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 163
Repeatedly depressing the upshift switch will cycle

through each clutch mode, enabling an individual clutch
to be calibrated several times if required.
BAIL07APH535ASA 9
On completion the display will show “End‟.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 10
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration

values.
Refer to the "U" code listing in the table below.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.
Automated Transmission Calibration

When the display shows "dt" press the "m" button on
the instrument cluster or the range shift button for two
seconds to start the automatic calibration sequence.
The flywheel twist sensor, PTO twist sensor and trans-
mission clutches will be calibrated one by one without
the need to keep the downshift button depressed.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 164
When the procedure is completed and all the clutches

have been calibrated. "End" will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 11
If an error occurs while in this auto mode, the sequence

is stopped and the relevant code displayed. Press the
auto function upshift or downshift button to clear the
error.
Key OFF for at least 2 seconds to store the calibration
values.
NOTE: The transmission output speed, seat switch, park-
ing brake switch and clutch pedal position are constantly
monitored. Calibration cannot proceed unless the tractor
is stationary and the clutch pedal released.
Creeper Calibration
The creeper is calibrated by engaging and then disen-
gaging the creeper using the creeper switch.
NOTE: During calibration one of the following ‘U’ codes may occur. The cause of the code must be rectified in order
to calibrate successfully.
Semi Powershift Transmission Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
2) Faulty seat switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
3) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 165

U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to
1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly
and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
U47 19th gear solenoid not found -
U48 No mid/reverse range synchroniser -
movement sensed
U49 No low/high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
movement sensed 2) Faulty or sticking synchroniser solenoid
3) Internal leakage within the transmission
U50 Synchroniser potentiometer -
connectors swapped
U55 PTO started -
U58 PTO speed sensor open circuit -
U59 PTO speed sensor short circuit -
U77 Damper calibration value too high -
U78 Damper calibration value too low -
U84 Reverse and high synchroniser -
solenoid connectors swapped
U85 Mid and low synchroniser solenoid -
connectors swapped
neutral error
U87 Low/high range synchroniser neutral 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
error 2) Mechanical fault within the transmission
U89 Low/high range synchroniser 1) Faulty synchroniser potentiometer or linkage
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 166
EDC Position Sensor Calibration

NOTE: This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
Remove any load from the rear hitch.
Disconnect the 'Automatic Pick Up Hitch' (APUH) lift
rods, if fitted.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 12
Make sure that the correct EDC ram size has been set
(otherwise fault code 1070 will be displayed), for further
information refer to Electronic module Central Con-
trol Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options
(55.640).
Make sure the height limit control is in the fully clockwise
position. Fault code 1068 will be displayed if the control
is not fully clockwise.
BSE2884B 13
Induce error code 1024 by holding the fast raise switch

and continue to hold the switch whilst starting the en-
gine.
Release the switch between 3-10 seconds once the en-
gine has started, 1024 will display on the lower central
display.
BAIL11APH386AVD 14
Fully raise and then lower the hitch using the position
control lever on the armrest.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 167
Turn the ignition off to store the calibration value.

Connect the APUH rods if fitted.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 15
EDC Valve Calibration Procedure

Disconnect all implements from the rear PTO.
Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
3400 lbs) is recommended.
Key OFF.
Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BSE3148A 16
There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

switch whilst starting the engine.
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu's.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 168
Quick Entry
Depress and hold the EDC fast lower switch whilst start-
ing the engine.
BAIL06CCM622AVA 17
The system being calibrated will shown on the cluster

and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL11CCM296AVA 18
Continue from Calibration
HH Menu Entry
BAIL07APH189AVA 19

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the EDC
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 169
BAIL09HHP182FVH 20
BAIL09HHP090AVB 21
Calibration
Set the engine speed until it is stable with no signs of
hunting or surging.
Raise the control lever (1) to between 70 % and 90 %
to start the calibration sequence.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 22
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 170
When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-

BAIL06CCM613AVA 23
Lower the linkage using the position control lever.

Key OFF to store the calibration values.
Electronic Draft Control Calibration 'U' Error Codes

Note: There are no 'U' error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 171
Rear PTO Calibration

NOTE: The PTO torque is calibrated as part of the transmission calibration procedure. The following procedure should
only be followed if the full transmission calibration procedure has not been performed.
Park on a flat surface and set the parking brake. The
tractor can move during this procedure so ensure that
the area around the tractor is clear. Transmission out-
put rpm is constantly monitored. The calibration cannot
proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
Disconnect ALL implements from the Rear PTO.
BAIL07APH189AVA 24

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the Engine
BAIL09HHP182FVC 25
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 172
BAIL09HHP090AVB 26
Press the CRPM switch three times, “TCP” will be

shown on the lower central display.
BAIL09HHP090AVC 27
The engine speed will automatically be set to

1200 RPM.
After one second the display will show “2” then “1” as
the the PTO torque is calibrated.
BAIL09HHP263AVB 28
When the calibration procedure is complete “End” will

be displayed.
BAIL09HHP090AVD 29
Key off to store the new calibration values.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 173
PTO Torque Calibration 'U' Error Codes

U51 Engine speed error 1) Check engine speed sensor is fitted
3) Broken CAN link
Note: Use the HE menu function in the transmission module to
see if the engine speed is being detected
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected 1) CRPM switch operated greater than 3 times, repeat start
procedure
U55 PTO started 1) PTO turned on while completing Calibration procedure.
Repeat the calibration
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit -
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit -
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated -
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 174
Steering Sensor Calibration

BAIL07APH189AVA 30

cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the Difflock
BAIL09HHP182FVD 31
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 175
Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BRJ4978G 32
The lower central display will display "ScP" followed by

the current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 33
Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in

Depress the Auto Difflock switch three times.
BRJ4978G 34
The lower central display will display the calibrated

steering sensor reading and then "End" to indicate the
calibration procedure has been completed.
BAIL06CCM626AVA 35
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 176
Key OFF to store the calibration values.

NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with IntelliSteer™ensure that
the steering angle sensor is connected to the main engine
wiring harness rather than the AutoGuidance wiring har-
ness during the calibration procedure. When calibration is
complete the steering angle sensor should be reconnected
to the AutoGuidance harness.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 177
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored

calibration values
The Central Control Unit (RB) is used to view stored

calibration values for the following components:
• EDC
• Rear PTO
• Steering Sensor
BAIL11CCM065FVB 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 178
SPS Transmission Calibration Values

Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menus to H2 and the
transmission symbol on the RBcontroller.
The lower central display will show "ch_ _"
BAIL11CCM067AVB 2
The required channel can be selected by using the "h",

"m" and "dimming" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch
letter, calibration value and calibration transmission
temperature value will be displayed (refer to the table
below for a description of each channel).
In this example clutch A calibration value is 230 mA at
temperature 65 °C.
BAIL10CVT282AVB 3
Channel Number Calibration Parameter

Ch 1 A clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 2 B clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 3 C clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 4 D clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 5 E clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 6 F1 clutch calibration current and temperature
Ch 10 R clutch calibration current and temperature.
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value
Depress the "dimming" button to continue navigating

the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 179
EDC Valve Calibration Values

EDC symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM069AVB 4

After displaying the channel number, the calibration
value for that channel will then be shown, (refer to the
table below for a description of each channel).
Channel Number Description Display Value Range

Ch 1 Raise solenoid calibration R xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
Ch 2 Lower solenoid calibration L xx 20 to 80
value (where xx is the calibration
value)
NOTE: The default calibration values, set during the H8 procedure, are 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.
the "HH" menus.
Rear PTO Calibration Values

rear PTO symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM071AVB 5

Channel Number Parameter Typical Values

Ch 1 PTO oil temperature 10 to 120
Ch 2 Rear PTO solenoid calibration value 100 to 420
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 180
NOTE: The Rear PTO solenoid calibration value displayed in channel 2 is as a result of an automatic calibration that
is initiated when the PTO is started.
the "HH" menus.
Steering Sensor Calibration Values

rear differential lock symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM073AVB 6

Channel Number Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering sensor calibration value 1000 to 8000
NOTE: The default calibration value for the steering sensor, set during the H8 procedure is 12287.
the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 181
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations

and options
The Central Control Unit (CCU) - RB Module is used to

select the options and configurations for:
• EDC
• Electronic Engine
• Difflock and Four Wheel Drive
• Rear PTO
• Headland Turn Sequence (HTS)
BAIL11CCM075FVD 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 182
Transmission Options and Configurations

transmission symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM077AVB 2
The required channel can be selected by using the "h"

and "m"" buttons.
After a delay the channel number followed by the cur-
rent selection will be displayed (refer to the table below
for a description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Creeper option enable/disable
Ch 3 40 km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 Transmission oil pressure sensor selection
Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
Ch 11 Large tyre option
Channel 1 - Creeper Enable / Disable

After a delay the current stored option will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 3
Use the "h" and "m"" buttons to toggle between the

available options:
"YES" - Creeper enabled
"no" - Creeper disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and hold
the "h" or "m"" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
indicating the selection has been stored.
the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 183
Channel 3 - 40 km/h Maximum Speed Restriction

BAIL06CCM502AVA 4

available options:
"YES" - Restricted to 40 km/h
"no" - Unrestricted
the "HH" menus.
Channel 4 — Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor Selection

This channel is used to select which type of trans-
mission oil pressure sensor is fitted, either a pressure
switch or a pressure transducer.
BAIL11APH403AVB 5

available options:
"PS" - Pressure switch
"Pt" - Pressure transducer
the "HH" menus.
Channels 5 to 11 - Clutch Solenoid Quickfill Adjustment

These channels are used to adjust the quickfill values
for the clutch solenoids.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 184
Select the required channel by using the "h" and "m""

buttons, (refer to the table below for a description of
each channel).
Channel Number Description

Ch 5 Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 10 19th gear clutch solenoid quick fil adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, between the minimum of
3 and maximum of 25, representing 30 - 250 ms.
NOTE: If the " "h" or "m"" buttons are not depressed for three seconds, the value is frozen but not stored.
When the desired value is displayed depress and hold
the "HH" menus.
Channel 11 - Large Tyre Option

This channel is used to select whether the large tyre
option is enabled or disabled. If the large tyre option
is enabled the tractor ground speed will be restricted to
43 km/h or 50 km/h as appropriate.
BAIL11APH403AVD 6

available options:
"Lto" - Large tyre option enabled
"OFF" - Large tyre option disabled
the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 185
EDC Options and Configurations

EDC symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM080AVC 7
The required channel can be selected by using the “h"

and “m" buttons.

Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable / disable EDC
Ch 3 Enable / disable slip control
Channel 1 - Diameter of the External Hydraulic Lift Rams

BAIL06CCM504AVA 8
Use the "h" and "m" buttons to toggle between the avail-
able external ram diameter sizes:
80 mm
90 mm
100 mm
the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster bleeps,
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “def”. If “def” is displayed then this channel must be used to select the
appropriate ram size otherwise fault code 1070 will be shown.
the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 186
Channel 2 - EDC Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM501AVA 9
able options:
"YES" - EDC enabled
"no" - EDC disabled
When the desired option is displayed depress and
hold the "h" and "m" button until the instrument cluster
bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for EDC and the system will be enabled
or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.
NOTE: If the EDC option is disabled using this channel or by the automatic detection then by default the Slip Option
will also be disabled and channel 3 will not be available.
the "HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Slip Control Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM505AVA 10
able options:
"YES" - Slip Control enabled
"no" - Slip Control disabled
NOTE: Following an H8 of the EDC system or the fitting of a new UCM controller to the tractor, an automatic detection
procedure will take place to determine if the vehicle is fitted with the controls for Slip control and the system will be
enabled or disabled as appropriate. The state of the system will be reflected in the value shown in this channel.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 187
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no” but will be set to “YES” automatically if the Slip Control system is
detected as being present.
NOTE: If the EDC option has been disabled using channel 2 then this channel will not be available for selection.
Electronic Engine Options

Use the "h", "m" and “dimming” buttons on the instru-
engine symbol on the RB controller.
The lower centraldisplay will show "ch_ _"
BAIL11CCM081AVC 11

and "m" buttons.

Ch 1 Dyno power boost test
Ch 2 Auto modes option
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Channel 1 - Dyno Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dy-
namometer tested with maximum powerboost.
able options:
"OFF" - Dyno power boost test mode is off (normal ve-
hicle operation).
"Std" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight un-
boosted curve without any limitations).
"bSt" - Dyno power boost test mode is on (straight
boosted curve without any limitations).
NOTE: If enabled, the dyno power boost test will only be active for 45 minutes.
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “OFF”.
Depress the "dimming"button to continue navigating the
"HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Auto Modes Option

This channel is used to enable or disable the vehicle’s
auto modes, e.g. Autoshift, CRPM and Powerboost.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 188
BAIL06CCM501AVA 12
able options:
"Yes" - Auto modes enabled
"No" - Auto modes disabled
the "HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Grid Heater Selection

BAIL06CCM505AVA 13
Use the "h" or"m" buttons to toggle between the avail-

able options:
"Yes" - Grid heater fitted
"No" - Grid heater not fitted
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “YES”.

Depress the ”dimming” button to continue navigating
the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 189
Channel 4 - Fuel Filter Heater Selection

BAIL10CVT298AVA 14
able options:
"YES" - Fuel filter heater enabled
"no" - Fuel filter disabled
NOTE: The default setting for this option is “no”.

the "HH" menus.
Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive Options

differential lock symbol on the RB controller.
The lower centraldisplay will show "ch_ _"
BAIL11CCM082AVC 15

and "m" buttons.
After a delay the current option setting will be displayed,
(refer to the table below for a description of each chan-
nel).

Ch 1 Não utilizado
Ch 2 Não utilizado
Ch 3 Terralock (front axle) angles
Ch 4 FWD braking speed selection
Channel 1 - Axle Type

This channel is not used and “_ _ _” will be displayed.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 190
Channel 2 - Four Wheel Drive Selection

This channel is not used and “_ _ _” will be displayed.
Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at
which the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive func-
tions engage and disengage.
BAIL06CCM508AVA 16
able options, "0", "1", "2" or "3", refer to the table below
for the steering angles that correspond to each option.
NOTE: There is 2 km/h hysteresis on the vehicle speed.

There is a 3 ° hysteresis on the standard axle Steering angle.
0 - 10 km/h 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -
10 km/h 10 km/h 10 km/h 15 km/h 15 km/h 20 km/h 20 km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Standard Axle
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °

the "HH" menus.
Channel 4 - FWD Braking Speed Selection

This option is used to select the ground speed below
which four wheel braking will not occur.
NOTE: This channel will only be available if the Four Wheel
Drive option has been selected.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 191
able options:
"0"
"1_6"
"3_2"
"4_8"
"6_4"
refer to the table below for the description of each op-
tion.
Option 6_4 4_8 3_2 1_6 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is 6.4 Km/h 4.8 Km/h 3.2 Km/h 1.6 Km/h 0 Km/h
greater than or equal to:
NOTE: The four wheel braking speed will default to 6.4 km/h on a new electronic module.
the "HH" menus.
Rear PTO Options and Configurations

rear PTO symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM085AVC 17

and "m" buttons.
nel).

Ch 1 Rear PTO management option
Ch 2 Rear PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 Rear PTO drop out speed selection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 192
Channel 1 - Rear PTO Management Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 18
able options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO management enabled
"No" - Rear PTO management disabled
NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.

the "HH" menus.
Channel 2 - Rear PTO Fender Switches Selection

BAIL06CCM501AVA 19
able options:
"Yes" - Rear PTO fender switches fitted
"No" - Rear PTO fender switches not fitted
NOTE: The default value on a new module is “no”.

the "HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Rear PTO Drop Out Speed Selection

This channel is used to select the engine speed below
which the PTO will drop out.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 193
BAIL06CCM513AVA 20
Use the "h" button to increase the value, and the "m"
button to decrease the value, in increments of 10 RPM
between 0 - 550 RPM.
When the desired engine speed is displayed depress
and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument clus-
ter bleeps, indicating the selection has been stored.
NOTE: The default value on a new module or following an H8 operation is 0 RPM.

the "HH" menus.
and "m" buttons.
nel).

Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump selection

the "HH" menus.
Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used and "_ _ _" will be displayed.
Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup

BAIL10CVT291AVA 21
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 194
able options:
"2"
"3"
the "HH" menus.
Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Selection

BAIL06CCM512AVA 22
able options:
"YES" - High flow pump enabled
"no" - High flow pump disabled
the "HH" menus.
Headland Turn Sequence (HTS) Options

This H menu level is used by the service technician to
set up any options or configurations available with the
HTS control system.
HTS symbol on the RB controller.
BAIL11CCM087AVC 23
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 195

and "m" buttons.
nel).

Ch 1 HTS option selection
Channel 1- HTS Enable / Disable

BAIL06CCM500AVA 24
able options:
"YES" - HTS enabled
"no" - HTS disabled
NOTE: The default selection on a new module is “no”.

the "HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 196
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software

revision level
BAIL07APH490FSA 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" but-

ton.
BAIL07APH491ASA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 197
The display will automatically cycle through the soft-

ware release, as the example shown and return to al-
low navigation of the "HH" menus.
• The first set of 4 digits displayed indicates the Soft-
ware Identifier, this number uniquely defines the ap-
plication software present in the module.
• The second and third set of 4 digits displayed define
the release version of the application software.
NOTE: The software version displayed by H4 may not
match the software version indicated on the label of the
module if new software has been downloaded to the
module after manufacture.
BAIL09CVT655AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 198
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch

operation test
NOTE: This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
NOTE: Common to all sub-systems.
H5 Menu screen select diagram
BAIL07APH492FSA 1
Select the H5 menu by depressing the "dimming" button
BAIL07APH493ASA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 199
The lower central display will show “d _ _".
BVE0047A_569 3
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

an audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone
not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the re-
lated wiring while watching the display or listening for
the audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BAIL11CCM094AVA 4
Refer to the table below for the switch numbers.
Channel Description
d0 No switch activated or two switches activated at the same time
d1 EDC fender switch - Lower
d2 EDC fender switch - Raise
d3 EDC work switch (on EDC mouse)
d4 EDC raise switch (on EDC mouse)
d5 EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the flasher unit - not for ISO
lighting)
d8 Crank detect input
d9 PTO fuse sense (remove and replace fuse)
d10 Seat SW
d11 Handbreak Switch
d12 Left brake pedal switch
d13 Right brake pedal switch
d14 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward or reverse)
d15 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 Transmission downshift switch
d18 Transmission upshift switch
d20 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 Forward clutch pressure switch
d25 Transmission neutral switch (clutch depressed, change to neutral from forward or reverse)
d29 EDC raise / work switch (on EDC mouse)
d30 Transmission auot on / off switch
d31 Air conditioning pressure switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 200
Channel Description
d33 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d34 Transmission creeper switch
d38 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 High flow pump link (disconnect pump link to test)
d44 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d46 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 Rear PTO Brake Switch
d48 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 Rear PTO management switch
d50 HTS switch record mode
d52 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d54 CRPM on/off switch
d55 CRPM decrease engine speed switch
d56 CRPM increase engine speed switch
d57 CRPM selection switch
d60 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 Rear PTO fender switch (normally open)
d64 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally closed
d80 HTS AUTO switch
d81 HTS Manual switch
d93 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13–way connector)
d94 EHR lock switch
d139 Joystick select switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 201
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle

information view
BAIL07APH494FSA 1

ton.
BAIL07APH495ASA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 202
The number of gears, transmission speed and engine

horsepower will be displayed in succession.
BAIL11CCM099AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 203
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test

modes
NOTE: This menu is only for special vehicle tests to check clutch switch adjustment and hydraulic pressures.
BAIL07APH496FSA 1

ton.
BAIL07APH497ASA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 204
The lower central display will show “ch _ _”
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

and “m" buttons.
nel).

Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quickfill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 6 Synchroniser test
Ch 7 Self bed in of clutches
Ch 8 PWM valve test
Channel 1 - Clutch Switch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and switch status. In addition it also displays the oil
temperature.
The transmission is enabled in this state.
Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The
clutch pedal position is displayed as a percentage of
the travel (0-99), with 'O' or 'C' in the upper digit indicat-
ing whether the clutch pedal switch is open or closed.
This is useful for evaluating the clutch pedal switch ad-
justment and also the inching bite point.
NOTE: The shuttle lever must be in the forward position for
the clutch pedal switch status to change.
BAIL06CCM469AVA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 205
The oil temperature, in degrees C, is displayed when

the clutch pedal has been in the full up position (above
97 %) for more than 5 seconds. When the clutch is de-
pressed to below 98 % the lower central display will im-
mediately switch back to show the clutch pedal position.
The oil temperature can also be displayed when the
clutch pedal is full up or full down by pressing and hold-
ing the upshift or downshift switch.
BAIL10CVT164AVC 5
Channel 2 - Manual Clutch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is used to manually adjust and test the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. Shifting
the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
Cycling between neutral and forward will cycle through
the other clutches.
The lower central display will show the clutch letter for
1 second and then show the calibration value.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 6
The calibration values can then be adjusted using the

upshift and downshift buttons.
To test the calibration, leave the shuttle lever out of neu-
tral and fully release the clutch pedal. Two clutches
will be applied at low pressure to provide a torque path
through the transmission, then the clutch that is being
adjusted will be applied at its bite point pressure so
that it should just begin to engage. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal slightly and release it
again.
Channel 3 - Manual Quick Fill Adjustment

Select the clutch to be adjusted by depressing the
clutch pedal and cycling the shuttle lever. The neutral
button on the shuttle lever must be pressed between
shuttle cycles. Shifting the shuttle lever to reverse
will select the R clutch. Cycling between neutral and
forward will cycle through the other clutches. The
display will show the clutch letter followed by the quick
fill setting.
The quick fill settings can be adjusted using the upshift
and downshift buttons with the shuttle lever in neutral
and the clutch released.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 206
The quick fill value can be tested in one of three meth-

ods. To select the test method press the upshift button
with the clutch pedal pressed and the shuttle lever in
neutral. The lower central display will change to show
the selected test method (1, 2 or 3) for one second. The
quick fill test methods are:
1. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure to pro-
vide the torque path through the transmission and
after the clutch being adjusted will be applied at its
CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. A clutch will be applied at low pressure, then a sec-
ond clutch will be applied at low pressure together
with the one to be adjusted at its CAL_P_NOM
pressure.
3. Two clutches will be applied at low pressure and
at the same time the clutch being calibrated will be
applied at its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
To test the quick fill, leave the shuttle lever out of neutral
and fully release the clutch pedal. To re-test the same
clutch, depress the clutch pedal and release it again.
Channel 4 - Clutch Pressure Test

Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position.
NOTE: The display will show 'U23' if the test is started with
the shuttle lever in the neutral position.
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the trans-
mission upshift button. Each time the upshift button
is pressed the lower central display will show the next
available clutch that can be tested.
• If the clutch pedal position is less than 30 % then the
pressure is set to 0 bar.
• At 30 % pedal travel the clutch pressure is set to
1 bar and this rises linearly to 20 bar as the clutch
pedal is lifted to the 75 % position.
• Above 75 % of clutch pedal travel the pressure is set
to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
• If the A clutch was selected for the test then as the
clutch pedal is raised from fully depressed to fully re-
leased the lower central display will show 'A0' rising
to 'A20' and then 'A24'.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 7
Pressing the downshift switch will turn on the selected

valve at the pressure determined by the clutch pedal
position.
Channel 5 - Clutch Switch Adjustment

NOTE: This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this
state.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 207
1. Shift the shuttle lever into the forward position. The

lower central display will show 'n' if the lever is in neu-
tral.
BAIL10CVT331AVC 8
When the lower central display shows 'CP', cycle the

clutch pedal.
BAIL10CVT331AVD 9
When the clutch pedal is released the lower central dis-

play will show a value in the range 8 to 14 if the switch
is correctly adjusted.
If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the lower central
display will show 'CL' if clutch pedal switch adjustment
screw is to be turned clockwise or 'CCL' if the screw is
to be turned counter-clockwise.
BAIL10CVT331AVE 10
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated on the display

and cycle the clutch pedal and the procedure until the
lower central display shows the correct value.
Channel 6 - Synchroniser Test

Enter this channel with the engine running and the
transmission in neutral.
With the clutch pedal released the mid/reverse synchro-
niser will be tested.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 208
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Mid’

position as a percentage of the potentiometer move-
ment.
The lower central display will show ‘B’ followed by a
value of approximately 25 %.
BAIL10CVT166AVC 11
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘Re-

verse’ position as a percentage of the potentiometer
movement.
The lower central display will show ‘r’ followed by a
BAIL10CVT166AVD 12
Press and hold both buttons to return the syncro to the

neutral position.
The lower central display will show ‘n’ followed by a
BAIL10CVT166AVE 13
NOTE: If the displays shows “Err” when the clutch pedal is depressed then release the pedal and ensure that the
mid/reverse synchroniser is in the neutral position.
Press and hold the downshift button to display the ‘Low’
ment.
The lower central display will show ‘A’ followed by a
BAIL10CVT166AVF 14
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 209
Press and hold the upshift button to display the ‘High’

ment.
The lower centrall display will show ‘C’ followed by a
BAIL10CVT166AVG 15
Press and hold both buttons to return the syncro to the

neutral position.
The lower central display will show ‘n’ followed by a
BAIL10CVT166AVE 16
NOTE: If the displays shows ‘Err’ when the clutch pedal is released then depress the pedal and ensure that the
low/high synchroniser is in the neutral position.
Channel 7 - Self Bed in of Clutches

Enter this channel with the engine running, the trans-
mission in neutral, hand brake on, engine rpm free (any
speed), PTO free to be used (no ground speed, if en-
gaged error), clutch pedal up, creeper not engaged, no
19th gear. Shift the shuttle lever into forward, the lower
centrall display will show 'rdY'.
BAIL10CVT331AVF 17
Press and release the downshift button to start the pro-

cedure.
Press and release the downshift button to stop the pro-
cedure.
Channel 8 - PWM Valve Test

NOTE: This channel is used to test the PWM valves in conjunction with the Electronic Service Tool.
This procedure can be used to test the valves for the
following solenoids:
• A, B, C, D, E, and the PTO valve.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 210
There are two tests that can be performed for each

valve; a ramp test and a step test.
Additionally there is test that can be performed to check
the reaction of the accumulator.
In order to perform the tests the following conditions
must be met:-
• Operator is in the seat
• Handbrake applied
• Engine speed set to 1200 RPM ± 100 RPM.
• Transmission oil temperature between 45 - 55 °C.
• The transmission synchronisers must be calibrated
NOTE: In the event of any of these conditions not being
met then a 'U' code will be displayed and the test will not
be allowed to be performed until appropriate action has
been taken. For further information on the 'U' codes refer
to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640) .
Ramp Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
pedal and using the shuttle lever to cycle through the
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central will show the current selection.
BAIL10CVT304AVA 18
With the shuttle lever in forwards and the clutch pedal

fully released the ramp test is performed for the se-
lected valve by pressing and holding the transmission
upshift button.
The test will ramp up the current to the selected sole-
noid from zero to maximum current over a period of 10
seconds. Maximum current will be maintained for 1 sec-
ond before ramping back down to zero over a further 10
second period.
As the test proceeds the instrument cluster will show
a value corresponding to the percentage of maximum
current being applied to the solenoid, rising from 0 -
100 % and then back to 0 % .
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 211
On completion of the test 'End' will be shown on the

lower central display and the upshift button can be re-
leased.
NOTE: The upshift button must be kept pressed during the
ramp test. If the button is released then the test will be ter-
minated and the current in the solenoid will return to zero.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 19
Step Test
Select the valve to be tested by depressing the clutch
valves available for testing. Use forwards to move up
through the valves and reverse to move down. The
lower central display will show the current selection.
BAIL10CVT304AVA 20

fully released the step test is performed for the selected
valve by pressing and holding the transmission down-
shift button.
The test will a step from zero to maximum current to the
selected solenoid. Maximum current will be maintained
for 1.2 seconds and then be turned off for 1.5 seconds.
This cycle will then be performed twice.
As the test proceeds the lower central display will show
a count from '1' to '4', corresponding to the steps in the
test.
lower central display and the downshift button can be
released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the ramp test. If the button is released then the test will
be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return to
zero.
BAIL10CVT328AVC 21
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 212
Accumulator Test
Select the accumulator test by depressing the clutch
valves available for testing until 'Acc' is shown on the
lower central display.
BAIL10CVT331AVH 22

fully released the accumulator test is performed by
pressing and holding the transmission downshift but-
ton.
The test will turn on the C, D and E solenoids with max-
imum current for a period of 1 second then turn them
off for a further 1 second. This cycle will be performed
5 times.
As the test proceeds the lower centraldisplay will show
a count from "1" to "10", corresponding to the steps in
the test.
lower central display and the downshift button can be
released.
NOTE: The downshift button must be kept pressed during
the accumulator test. If the button is released then the test
will be terminated and the current in the solenoid will return BAIL10CVT323AVC 23
to zero.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 213
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored

calibration information (EEPROM)
NOTE: This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
NOTE: EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is
no power to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: In order to change any configuration settings the H3 menu must be used. These settings will be unaffected
by performing an H8 operation.
NOTE: Use the HC menu if it is required to erase all stored error codes without erasing calibration information.
BAIL07APH501FSA 1
NOTE: If the controller identifier screen is selected the settings for the entire module will be erased, if one of the
sub-system screens is selected, i.e. transmission in this example, only the transmission settings will be erased.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 214
Select the sub-system to be erased by depressing the

"dimming" button.
BAIL07APH502ASA 2
The lower central display will show “EECL”.
BVE0682A_570 3
ATTENTION: H8 will clear all calibration values and stored fault codes.
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the resetting
of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,
then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has
been cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
BVE0121A 4
Turn the keystart OFF to allow the reset values to be

stored.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 215
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
NOTE: This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current
circuits.
NOTE: If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
H9 Menu screen select diagram
BAIL07APH503FSA 1

ton.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 216

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.
The voltage values displayed in this table are repre-
sented in milli-Volts (e.g. 12000 = 12 V)
The current values displayed in this table are repre-
sented in milli-Amps (e.g. 200 = 200 mA)
Where a voltage of 12000 is quoted in the typical read-
ing column this refers to the nominal battery voltage.
The actual value will vary according to the condition of
the battery. Use channel 200 to obtain the actual bat-
tery voltage.
Channel Number Description Typical reading

Ch 1 Clutch pedal sensor 75 - released
29 - depressed
Ch 2 Transmission oil temperature 75 % to 40 °C
Ch 3 PTO fuse sense 99
Ch 5 + 5 V sensor supply 48
Ch 6 + 8 V sensor supply 79
Ch 7 + 12 V F voltage source 45
Ch 8 + 12 V D voltage source 45 (with transmission in forward

or reverse)
Ch 9 + 12 V H voltage source 45
Ch 10 + 12 V T voltage source 45
Ch 11 Seat SW 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator out of seat
Ch 12 Transmission output speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not running)
Ch 13 Flywheel Speed Sensor 8 or 50 (engine not running)
Ch 29 Creeper position potentiometer 26- off
54 - turned on
Ch 30 EDC raise solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 31 EDC lower solenoid current 0 - turned off
66 - turned on
Ch 32 Lift arm position potentiometer 6- lowered
79 - raised
Ch 33 Position control potentiometer 10- lowered
88 - raised
Ch 34 Drop rate potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 35 Height limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 36 Sensitivity potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 37 Slip limit potentiometer 14 - anti-clockwise
84 - clockwise
Ch 38 Right-hand draft load pin 46
Ch 39 Left -hand draft load pin 46
Ch 40 Draft load potentiometer 10 - anti-clockwise
88 - clockwise
Ch 41 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 42 EDC lower switch (bone) 30 - released
68 - depressed
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 217
Channel Number Description Typical reading

Ch 43 Clutch A solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 44 Clutch B solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 45 Clutch C solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 46 Clutch D solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 47 Clutch E solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 48 EDC raise / work fault line 99 - depressed
0 - not depressed
Ch 49 Rear PTO solenoid current 0 - when off
99 - when on
Ch 52 Creeper solenoid current 0 - clutch off
99 - clutch on
Ch 58 Low range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 59 Mid range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 60 High range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 61 19th gear solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 62 19th gear dump solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 66 Reverse range solenoid current 0 - clutch off
70 - clutch on
Ch 76 Shuttle lever forward switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 77 Shuttle lever reverse switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 81 Upshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 82 Downshift switch 30 - released
68 - depressed
Ch 90 Hand throttle 0 - at idle
100 - at maximum RPM
Ch 91 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 - at idle
85 - at maximum RPM
Ch 96 PTO speed sensor 8 or 50 (engine not running)
Ch 109 Transmission oil pressure sensor —
Ch 133 PTO twist Sensor 8 or 50 (engine not running)
Ch 143 Proportional joystick —
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 218
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration

mode
The HA demonstration mode allows the engine power

boost feature to be activated.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL07APH505FSA 1
Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Start the engine and allow it to idle.
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" but-
ton.
The lower central display will show “Pbd".
BAIL09HHP196AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 219
Power boost will work as normal but now you can use
the decrease CRPM switch to turn off the power boost
and the increase to turn it on.
NOTE: The power boost will only come on if the correct
parameters are set under normal operation.
Turn the keystart OFF to return to normal operation.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 220
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored

fault codes
NOTE: This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
NOTE: A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL07APH507FSA 1
Select the required subsystem by depressing the "dim-

ming" button.
The lower central display will show “_ _ _ _” if no error
codes are stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 221
The lower central display will show "F", if any fault codes
are stored.
BVF1088A 3
The display will then automatically cycle through as the

example:
3001 Fault code
BAIL11CCM120AVA 4
Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will show “_ _ _" at the end of
the list.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 5
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating

through the “HH" menus.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 222
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored

fault codes
This menu can be used to:

• Clear all fault codes stored in all sub-systems in the
central controller
• Clear all fault codes stored in a specific sub-system
in the central controller
BAIL07APH509FSA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the stored fault codes before clearing.
Select the HC menu on the central controller, or the de-
sired sub-system, by depressing the “dimming" button.
BAIL07APH510ASA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 223
The lower central display will show "F CL".

Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing
of the memory.
BVE0684A 3
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE"

will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been
cleared.
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown
finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
BVE0121A 4

47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 224
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display

frequency inputs
NOTE: This menu is used to check the operation of the control module’s frequency inputs.
NOTE: All vehicle sub-systems are operable during this procedure.
BAIL07APH511FSA 1
Select the HE menu on the central controller by de-

pressing the “dimming" button.
The lower central display will show "Ch _ _".
BAIL07APH512ASA 2
The required channel can be selected by using the ”h”

and m" buttons.
After a delay the reading for the chosen channel will be
shown, (refer to the table below for a description of each
channel and its corresponding typical reading).
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 225
Channel Number Description Typical Reading

Ch 1 Transmission output speed
Ch 2 Radar
Ch 3 Not used
Ch 4 Rear PTO speed
Ch 5 Not used
Ch 6 Not used
Ch 7 PTO angle
Ch 8 Engine flywheel
Ch 9 PTO twist

47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 226
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller

hardware information
NOTE: This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL07APH528ASA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.
The display will automatically cycle through as the ex-
ample:
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
BAIL11CCM131AVA 2
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label. In this example the serial number is 30010376.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 227
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic

hydraulic remote control valve number programming
NOTE: Each EHR valve has its own built in processor. The processor stores in its memory the valve’s number within
the EHR block, i.e. whether it is valve number 1, 2, or 3. If it becomes necessary to replace a valve assembly then
it becomes necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the complete valve assembly. Replacement
valve assemblies are supplied with no number assigned. To reprogram the valve number sequence use the following
procedure.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL11CCM132FVD 1
With all the front remote valves connected to the har-

ness, select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming"
button.
The lower central display will show "EEhr".
BVE0736A 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 228
Depress and hold the "m" button, the lower cen-

tral display will count down from 5 to 1, and finally
show "CEhr", indicating the valve numbers have been
cleared.
BAIL11CCM134AVA 3

Disconnect the harness from all the valves apart from
number 1.
Turn the keystart on and navigate to the HJ menu again.
The lower central display will momentarily show "Ehr_"
followed by "Ehr1", an audible bleep will indicate that
the valve has been recognised and renumbered.
BAIL10CVT328AVA 4
The lower central display will flash "Ehr2" indicating the

controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.
BAIL10CVT329AVA 5
Reconnect each valve in the correct order. As each

valve is reconnected an audible bleep will signify that
the valve is recognised and the display will change to
show the next valve number to be reconnected until all
the valves have been connected.
NOTE: Make sure that the audible beep has been heard or the display has changed to indicate that the next valve is
ready to be reconnected.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 229
If less than the maximum number of valves are fitted,

the renumbering sequence can be exited by depressing
and holding the "m" button until "End" is shown.
If the maximum number of valves are fitted the proce-
dure will end automatically once the last valve has been
renumbered and "End" will be shown.
BAIL10CVT331AVA 6
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
NOTE: If, following this procedure, a "U" code is displayed, refer to Electronic module - Fault code index (55.640)
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 230
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations

and options
HF - Enhanced ADIC
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Error code reduction
Electronic engine options
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
SWCD selection
BAIL06CCM405FVA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 231
Engine Shutdown Options

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by pressing the
“dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM406AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m"
button.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown
options table below.
BAIL06CCM407AVA 3
Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE

FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
No engine
NO The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
Always
Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
YES1 shutdown
engine Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Engine oil pressure - Low * *
Stationary Engine coolant temperature - High * *
YES2 engine
shutdown Driveline oil temperature - High * *
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 232
Error Code Reduction Options

Select the error code reduction sub-system by pressing
the “dimming" button.
BAIL06CCM416AVA 4

button.
"Factory" (F) - factory error mode, displays all error
codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error
code reduction (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - error code reduction mode, only displays
critical errors.
"Live" (L) live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 5
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" button to store the se-
lection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the se-
lection.

Select the electronic engine sub-system by depressing
BAIL06CCM414AVA 6
NOTE: The default setting is “Yes" with electronic engine.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 233

button.
lection.
BAIL06CCM415AVA 7
Steering Sensor Selection Options

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing
BAIL06CCM412AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.

button.
lection.
BAIL06CCM413AVA 9
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 234
Air Brake Options

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming" button.
BAIL06CCM408AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.

button.
lection.
BAIL06CCM409AVA 11
SWCD Selection
Select the SWCD sub-system by depressing the “dim-
ming” button.
BAIL06CCM410AVA 12
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 235
Scroll through the available options using the “h” and

“m” button.
Depress and hold the navigation “h” or “m” button to
store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to con-
firm the selection.
Depress the “dimming” button to continue navigating
through the “HH” menus.
BAIL06CCM411AVA 13
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 236
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software

revision level
This menu displays the software release of the unit.
BAIL11APH470FVA 1
Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.
BAIL06CCM419AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 237
The lower central display will automatically cycle

through the software release as the example shown
below, and will then return to allow navigation of the
“HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 238
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation

test
This menu displays a designated code when a switch

transition is detected.
BAIL06CCM421FVA 1

ton.
BAIL06CCM422AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 239
The lower central display will show “d _ _".
BVE0047A 3
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and

an audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone
not heard, a 'wiggle' test can be performed on the re-
lated wiring while watching the display or listening for
the audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 4
Controller
Identifier Pin Number Switch / Input
Connector
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time
d11 CN3 7 Park brake switch
d66 CN3 18 Main high beam switch
d67 CN1 15 Side lights
d68 CN3 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY)
d70 CN1 5 Left turn signal indicator
d71 CN1 6 Right turn signal indicator
d74 CN3 9 Exhaust brake switch
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 240
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter

diagnostic
This menu is used to verify the operation of various po-

tentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current cir-
cuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a 'wig-
gle' test can be performed on the related wiring while
watching the display for sudden changes in values, to
help locate the area where the fault exists.
BAIL06CCM426FVA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 241

ton.
BAIL06CCM427AVA 2
BAIL06CCM446AVA 3

and “m" buttons.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the
value displayed with the typical reading shown in the
table below.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that
shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either
the component or the wiring harness relevant to that
channel.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 4
ponents.

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 242
24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at

5.4 bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
51 Vane pump 23.5
108 Air brake pressure (new 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at
sensor) 5.4 bar
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to
retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the con-
troller.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 243
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored

fault codes
This menu is used to display fault codes which are

stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
BAIL06CCM429FVA 1
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.
BAIL06CCM430AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 244
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault

code is stored.
BAIL09HHP230AVA 3
If and error code is present the lower central display will

flash with an “F".
BVF1088A 4
The lower central display will then automatically cycle

through as the example:
14100 Fault code
BAIL06CCM432AVA 5
Depress the “h" or “m" button to change to the next fault

code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end
of the list.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 245
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored

fault codes
BAIL06CCM433FVA 1
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" but-
ton.
BAIL06CCM434AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 246
BVE0684A 3
Depress and hold the “m" button to confirm the clearing
of the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01,
then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes
have been cleared.
BVE0121A 4
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 247
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller

hardware information
This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware

version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL11APH478AVA 1
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" but-

ton.
BAIL11APH479AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 248
The display will automatically cycle through as the ex-

ample:
0000 Serial number
3001 Serial number
0376 Serial number
BAIL11CCM131AVA 3
include leading zeros that may not be present on the module label.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 249
Index

Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Enhanced Instrument Cluster (*) . . 152
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - Electronic schema Transmission, Electronic Draft
Control, Rear P.T.O., Four Wheel Drive, Differential Lock (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Electronic module ISO bus interface controller - Electronic schema ISO-BUS (TECU) (*) . . . . . . . . 156
Electronic module - Configure Central Control Unit (CCU) -RB Module- Semi Powershift Transmis-
sion, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Engine. (*) . . . . . . . 52
Electronic module - Configure Instrument Cluster (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electronic module - Configure JA - Enhanced Keypad (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Electronic module - Configure KA - Steering Control (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Electronic module - Fault code index (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Electronic module - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H1 - Calibration procedures (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H2 - View stored calibration values (*) . . . . . . . . . . 178
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H3 - Configurations and options (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H4 - View software revision level (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H5 - Switch operation test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H6 - Vehicle information view (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H7 - Vehicle test modes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H8 - Clear stored calibration information (EEPROM)
(*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HA - Demonstration mode (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HB - Display stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HC - Clear all stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HE - Display frequency inputs (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HF - View controller hardware information (*) . . . . 227
Electronic module Central Control Unit (CCU) - HJ - Electronic hydraulic remote control valve num-
ber programming (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Electronic module Instrument control unit - Electronic schema Basic Instrument Cluster (*) . . . . . . 150
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H3 - Configurations and options (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H4 - View software revision level (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H5 - Switch operation test (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Electronic module Instrument control unit - H9 - Voltmeter diagnostic (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HB - Display stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 250
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HC - Clear all stored fault codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Electronic module Instrument control unit - HF - View controller hardware information (*) . . . . . . . . 248
Electronic modules - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Electronic modules - Calibration 'U' Error Codes (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electronic modules - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 251
47770506 16/12/2015
55.3 [55.640] / 252
Front axle control system - 045

47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Front axle control system

Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 2
Electrical systems - Front axle control system
Front axle control system - Replace

1. To change only the potentiometer sensors unit, remove

the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and remove the
potentiometer (2) from the axle wobble housing.
BRH3254B 1
2. Re-install the potentiometer, making sure that axle

drive D and the potentiometer line up correctly.
3. Check whether the retaining plate seal ring is in good
condition and re-install the retaining plate.
NOTE: You will then need to calibrate the steering angle sensor. See Powered front axle - Calibrate (25.100).
Replacement of the wiring and the potentiometer shaft

4. Having removed the wobble housing and the axle
(see Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle
(25.108)), carefully remove the potentiometer wiring
electrical connector. Remove the wire retaining plate
(1) and pull the potentiometer shaft and the wiring
upward through the top of the axle housing.
BRH3253B 2
5. Install the new potentiometer (1) and wiring through the

axle hole, as shown in Figure 3. Re-install the wiring
retaining plate. Ensure that the rubber eyelet for the
wiring is installed correctly in the housing. Reconnect
the wiring to the connector.
BRH3252B 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 3
Electrical systems - Front axle control system
6. Install the wobble housing, the adjustment shims, and

the upper and lower link pins. Ensure that the upper
pin flange is positioned correctly, as shown in Figure
4. See Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle
(25.108).
NOTE: You will then need to calibrate the steering angle
sensor. See Powered front axle - Calibrate (25.100).
BRH3251B 4
47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 4
Index

Front axle control system - Replace (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 5
47770506 16/12/2015
55.4 [55.045] / 6
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - 130

47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system

SERVICE
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system

Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 2
Electrical systems - Rear three-point hitch electronic control system
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Static description

NOTE: Observe the following precautions when arc welding on tractors installed with electronic draft control
• Where possible, disconnect the part or implement to be arc welded from the tractor.
• Disconnect both battery cables from the battery. Isolate the cable ends to avoid contact with each other and the
tractor.
• Position the welder earth (ground) clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding is to be carried out in close proximity of the tractor microprocessors then they should be removed from
the tractor.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve (2)
mounted with the remote control valves (1) at the rear of the tractor.
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to direct pump pressure oil to and from
the hydraulic lift cylinders in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BSE3774A 1
Hydraulic Pump
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 3
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 2, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
BAIL07APH323ASA 2
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1B0O2004061064 3
The processor (1) is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
BSE3118A_464 4
Load Sensing Pins
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 4
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 5
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 6
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 5
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Calibrate

RB for semi powershift transmission.
1. Disconnect all implements from the rear PTO.

2. Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
3400 lbs) is recommended.
3. Key OFF.
4. Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BSE3148A 1
5. There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

switch whilst starting the engine.
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu's.
Quick Entry
6. Depress and hold the EDC fast lower switch whilst
starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM622AVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 6
7. The system being calibrated will shown on the cluster

and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL11CCM296AVA 3
HH Menu Entry
BAIL06CCM213AVA 4
10. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instrument
cluster to navigate the HH menu's to H1 and the EDC
symbol on the RB (SPS transmission).
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 7
BAIL11CCM065FVB 5
11. Set the engine speed until it is stable with no signs of

hunting or surging.
12. Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 6
13. When the lower central display shows "End" the cali-
BAIL06CCM613AVA 7
14. Lower the linkage using the position control lever.
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 8

47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 9
Index

Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Calibrate (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Static description (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.5 [55.130] / 10
FAULT CODES - DTC

47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 1
Contents
FAULT CODES - DTC
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 2
Electrical systems - FAULT CODES
Fault code index

Message Description Controller
1002 Radar Disconnected
1003 Speed Sensor Error
1004 Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Too High
1006 SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW
(SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1007 SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1008 RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAILURE
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1010 HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE
LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1011 HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL
VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO
+VE VOLTAGE)
1012 DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE
LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1013 DROP RATE CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1014 RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO LOW
1015 RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1017 LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1018 BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS
DISCONNECTED
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too Low
1020 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too High
1021 DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1022 DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1023 Command Arm/Control Panel
Disconnected
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration
1025 POSITION CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1026 POSITION CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 3

1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too High
1029 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
DISCONNECTED
1030 SIGNAL GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
1031 CHASSIS HARNESS
DISCONNECTED
1032 DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOME-
TER VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
+VE VOLTAGE)
1033 DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOME-
TER VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR
OPEN CIRCUIT)
1049 Wheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
1053 5 Volt Reference Short to +12V
1054 5 Volt Reference Short To Ground
1059 WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic
draft control Electronic control
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
Connection/Electrical Open circuit , 8
Volt reference error (Draft Load Pins)
1063 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER
SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
1064 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE
SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
1065 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER
SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
1066 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE
SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
1067 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE SUPPLY
VOLTAGE TOO LOW
1068 Height Limit Control Not Set To
Maximum During Calibration
1069 HITCH Electronic draft control ,
Malfunction , Raise/Work switch
failure (transmission bone)
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
2007 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too Low
2008 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too High
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2024 All Clutches and Synchronisers
Require Calibration
2026 Engine speed too high
2027 Engine speed no signal
2037 CLUTCH PEDAL DISCONNECT
SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
2046 FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 4

2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2049 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND OR
HIGH VOLTAGE
2050 Wheel Speed Sensor - Short Circuit
2051 OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short
Circuit
2053 +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
TOO HIGH
2054 +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
TOO LOW
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2058 Seat switch closed for 25 hours
2059 SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
DISAGREEMENT
2070 SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
2071 SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
2072 SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
2073 SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
2075 No signal or faulty signal from
flywheel torque sensor
2076 FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2079 Flywheel Speed Sensor - No Signal
2102 ARU Forward/Reverse Switch - Out
of Range High
2103 ARU Forward/Reverse Switch - Out
of Range Low
2106 ARU Auto Transmission Switch - Out
of Range Low
2107 ARU Auto Transmission Switch - Out
of Range High
2108 ARU Transmission Upshift Switch -
Out of Range Low
2109 ARU Transmission Upshift Switch -
Out of Range High
2110 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too Low
2111 Momentary Shuttle Lever Neutral -
Too High
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 5

2304 TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over
limit value , Damper Calibration
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
2308 Reverse not allowed
2310 TRANSMISSION Powershift
Command , Undervoltage , Upshift
Switch
2311 TRANSMISSION Powershift
Command , Overvoltage , Upshift
Switch
2312 Downshift switch voltage too low
2313 Downshift switch voltage too high
2316 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Not Configured
2317 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor -
Configuration Error
2323 Transmission CDE Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
Short Circuit To Ground
No Signal
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2331 Clutch Slipping fault
2336 ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ,
Not engaging
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit
to +8V or +12V
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2347 Low range clutch solenoid - over
voltage
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid - over
voltage
2349 High range clutch solenoid - over
voltage
2351 Creeper Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 6

2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2371 Creeper Position Out of Range
2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2375 Creeper - Cold Oil
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission UCM
output speed and engine speed
2400 Low/High Range Synchroniser Not
Calibrated or Bad Calibration
2401 Medium/Reverse Range
Synchroniser Not Calibrated or
Bad Calibration
2403 Range Shift Synchroniser did not
Engage
Disengage
Engage during a Shuttle Shift
2410 Synchroniser did not Disengage
2412 Synchroniser did not engage previous
range after error code 2403 or 2405
2413 Synchroniser disengaged without
driver initiation
2415 Medium/Reverse range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too high
potentiometer - Voltage too low
2417 Low/High range synchroniser -
Voltage too high
2418 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage too low
potentiometer voltage is out of
calibrated range
2420 Low/High range synchroniser
potentiometer - Voltage is out of
calibrated range
2421 Range switch input - Voltage too low
2422 Range switch input - Voltage too high
2425 Disable Range Selected
2501 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
Open Circuit or Short Circuit to
Ground
2502 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
Short Circuit to 5V
3006 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal ECU
Not Plausible
Above Range
Below Range Minimum
3010 Air Intake Temperature Sensor - ECU
Signal Above Range Maximum
3011 Air Intake Temperature Sensor - ECU
Signal Below Range Minimum
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 7

3015 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal ECU
Above Maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor - Signal ECU
below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor - signal above ECU
range maximum
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not ECU
Plausible
3024 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - ECU
3025 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - ECU
3028 Oil Pressure too low ECU
3029 Oil pressure sensor - short circuit to ECU
battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor - short circuit to ECU
ground
3031 Oil pressure sensor - hardware error ECU
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High ECU
3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not ECU
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3034 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal ECU
Above Range Maximum
3035 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal ECU
Below Range Minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor - signal low ECU
3047 High Pressure Pump Relay - Short ECU
circuit to Battery
3048 High Pressure Pump Relay - Short ECU
circuit to Ground
3051 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller ECU
- Voltage Too High
3052 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller ECU
- Voltage Too Low
3060 Cylinder 1 - Unclassifiable Error In ECU
Injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short ECU
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
3063 Cylinder1 - injector cable short circuit ECU
(high side to ground)
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in ECU
Injector
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
Injector
Injector
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 8

Injector
Injector
3088 Crankshaft sensor - no signal ECU
3089 Crankshaft sensor - invalid signal ECU
3090 Camshaft sensor - no signal ECU
3091 Camshaft sensor - invalid signal ECU
3093 Offset between camshaft and ECU
crankshaft - outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only ECU
- backup mode
3096 CAN A Bus off failure ECU
3102 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal ECU
Below Range Minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve - open ECU
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure ECU
Shock Requested
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not ECU
Open After Pressure Shock
3107 Fuel metering unit - short circuit to ECU
battery
3108 Fuel Metering Unit Short to Ground ECU
3110 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - ECU
3111 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - ECU
3112 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal ECU
Above Maximum Range
3120 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Plausible EDC
3121 PTO Twist Sensor - Open Circuit EDC
3122 PTO TWIST SENSOR SHORT TO
GROUND
3123 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Calibrated EDC
3137 Metering unit - open load ECU
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High ECU
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low ECU
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active ECU
3145 Terminal 15 - No signal ECU
3147 Oil temperature too high ECU
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic ECU
test - failure
3154 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To ECU
Battery
3155 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To ECU
Ground
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load ECU
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 9

3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3157 ECM Not Detected On CAN Bus EDC
3159 Invalid Engine Reference Torque
3166 Engine controller fuel filter heater ECU
circuit - Shorted to high source
circuit - Shorted to low source
circuit - Open circuit
circuit - Bad intelligent device
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not ECU
Plausible In Overrun
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected ECU
3179 Timeout for BC2EDC2 ECU
3180 Timeout for VCM2EDC ECU
3188 Cylinder 1 Warning - Open Load ECU
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load ECU
3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To ECU
Injector Cable
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit ECU
Low Side To Ground
3213 Bank 1 - Unclassifiable Error ECU
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On ECU
Injector Cable
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit ECU
Low Side To Ground
3221 Bank 2 - Unclassifiable Error ECU
3227 Injection Processor Error - Internal ECU
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3228 Injection Processor Error - ECU
Unlocked/Initialization Error
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections ECU
Limited By Software
3230 Injection Processor Error - SPI ECU
Communication Failure
3231 Chip-specific errors, replace Engine ECU
Controller
3232 Injection Processor Error - ECU
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
3233 Injection Processor Error - Test Mode ECU
3234 Chip-specific errors, replace Engine ECU
Controller
3238 Engine Controller Internal SPI ECU
Communication Error
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read ECU
Operation Error
3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write ECU
Operation Failure
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default ECU
Value Used
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery ECU
Occurred
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 10

3243 Engine Controller Recovery ECU
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) ECU
- Recovery Occurred
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not ECU
Plausible
3246 Internal Built in test failure Replace ECU
controller
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During ECU
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High
3248 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - ECU
Supply Voltage Too Low
3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation ECU
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect ECU
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could ECU
Not Be Set
3252 Controller watchdog - SPI ECU
communication failure
3263 CAN C Line No Signal ECU
3265 Overrun Monitoring ECU
3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun ECU
Monitoring
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too ECU
High
3280 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - High ECU
3281 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - Low ECU
3297 Rail Pressure Positive Deviation High ECU
And High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value
3301 Fuel high pressure pump is at ECU
minimum delivery and the Rail
pressure is not reducing
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit ECU
In Controller Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit ECU
In Controlled Mode
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High ECU
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not ECU
Reached - Stop Engine
3334 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-PE ECU
active
3339 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VE
active
3367 Coolant temperature test failure ECU
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD ECU
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke ECU
Reduction
3370 Indicates the torque limitation due to ECU
engine protection
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 11

3371 Indicates torque limitation due to Fuel ECU
quantity Limitation
3377 Constant Engine RPM Switch EDC
Detected But Option Is Not Enabled
5003 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Output
Open Circuit
5005 Rear PTO brake switch - open circuit
5007 REAR PTO SOLENOID STUCK OFF
5008 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5033 REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short
To 12V+
5037 REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN
SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
5042 PTO Management Switch - Stuck
Closed
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short to
Ground
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5099 Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled
6020 Four Wheel Drive Switch Error
6025 No Four Wheel Drive Pressure
6026 Four Wheel Drive Pressure Switch -
Stuck On
7014 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH
ERROR
7017 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
OPEN CIRCUIT
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7033 No Difflock Pressure
7034 Differential Lock Pressure Switch -
Stuck On
7100 Autoguidance isolation solenoid -
disconnected/over temperature
7101 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Battery
7102 Autoguidance Isolation Solenoid
Return - Short To Ground
7103 Steering angle plausibility error
(autoguidance only)
14013 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to VCC
14014 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to Ground or Open Circuit
14015 5V Supply Voltage - Too High
14016 5V Supply Voltage - Too Low
14021 Cranking Line - Shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking Line - Shorted to Ground
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 12

14051 Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit Or
Short To High Voltage
14052 Fuel Level Sensor Short To Ground
14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14100 Airbrake system not configured
14102 SWCD Present but not configured
14106 Steering Sensor Present But Not
Configured
14200 EEPROM Error ADIC
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing
14904 Arm rest (ARU) not connected
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14908 TECU Missing (OA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14910 Climate Controller Missing
14911 Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad
14912 Basic Cluster With Keypad
14920 Configuration Error
16111 Cab Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16112 Cab Temperature Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 Outlet Temperature Sensor Open or
16114 Outlet Temperature Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16115 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16116 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16117 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
16118 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16120 Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
16122 Mode Select Potentiometer Open or
Shorted to Power
16125 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(+) Input Shorted to Power Plus
(+) Input Shorted to Ground
(-) Input Shorted to Power Plus
(-) Input Shorted to Ground
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16130 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 13

16131 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted to Ground
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Shorted to
Power
16133 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
to Ground
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
- CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING
SYMBOL / LIGHT
- POWER STEERING NOT WORKING
OR WORKING INCORRECTLY
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 14
Index
FAULT CODES - DTC

Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
55.6 [55.DTC] / 15
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals

47770506 16/12/2015
90
Contents
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - 90
[90.150] Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.1
[90.151] Cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.2
[90.100] Engine hood and panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.3
[90.102] Engine shields, hood latches, and trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.4
47770506 16/12/2015
90
Cab - 150

47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 1
Contents
Cab - 150
TECHNICAL DATA
Cab
Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Cab
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cab suspension
Raise (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Cab
Cab - Torque
BRE1189C 1
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 3
BAIL07APH426GVA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 4
Cab - Special tools

380003353 Cab Lift Frame

380003306 Cab Lift Bracket
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 5
Cab - Remove
CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (55.302).
1. The tractor must be parked on a level surface.

2. Chock the front wheels.
Remove (10.254)
BAIL08CVT146AVA 1

the front support. These prevent articulation of the axle.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BVE0410A 2
7. Remove the hood.
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 6
8. Disconnect the coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 3
9. Unload and recover the refrigerant gas. Use certified

recovery systems.
pressure hose of the air conditioning (2).
BAIS06CCM001AVA 4
11. Disconnect the oil supply hoses of the steering cylin-

der (1) and (2).
NOTE: Note the position of the hoses to help with installa-
tion.
BVE0218A 5
12. Install suitable clips for the cab heater hoses. Remove
the retaining support for the hose (1) and disconnect
the cab heater hoses (2).
BAIS06CCM003AVA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 7
13. Remove the cotter pin and the tapered pin (1) from the
parking brake lever.
14. Remove the cable from the parking brake (2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 7
15. Remove the ventilation tube from the rear axle hous-
ing.
BAIS06CCM005AVA 8
16. Disconnect the cab from the chassis ground strap.
BAIS06CCM006AVA 9
17. Remove the fixing bolt (1), the retaining clamp (2), and
the cotter pin (3).
18. Remove the Power Take-Off (PTO) cable.
BVE0213A 10
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 8
19. Disconnect the mechanical brake lines on the right-

hand (1) and left-hand (2) sides.
BAIS06CCM007AVA 11
20. Disconnect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 12
21. Disconnect the steering supply hose and the steering

return hose.
BAIS06CCM142AVA 13
22. Disconnect the ventilation hose for the main cylinder

(1) and the supply hose for the main cylinder (2).
BAIS06CCM008AVA 14
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 9
23. Slide the operator seat all the way back.

24. Remove the rubber floor mat from the cab floor.
25. Remove the cab floor panel from the cab.
BVE0227A 15
26. Remove the ladder.

27. Remove the blanking cap from the cab chassis.
Install special tool 380003306 (1).
NOTE: Perform the procedure on both sides of the ma-
chine.
CUIL14TR00506AA 16
28. With the help of a suitable lifting device, position the

lift bracket 380003353 (1) above the cab.
NOTE: Place protective material on the cab roof to prevent
any damage.
CUIL14TR00507AA 17
29. Attach the front of the lift frame (1) to the handrails.
CUIL14TR00508AA 18
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 10
30. Attach the rear of the lifting frame to the brackets (1).
CUIL14TR00509AA 19
31. Raise the cab slowly until the nylon ropes (1) and (2)
are tensioned.
CUIL14TR00510AA 20
32. Remove the stop washer (1) and the cab strap retain-
ing pin (3).
33. Remove the upper retaining ring from the shock ab-
sorber/spring assembly (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the upper bolt from
the shock absorber/spring assembly until the cab has been
lifted.
BVE0229A 21
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 11
34. Remove the retaining ring (1) and the stem bolt.
35. Remove the upper retaining ring from the shock ab-
sorber/spring assembly (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the upper bolt from
the shock absorber/spring assembly (2) until the cab has
been lifted.
BVE0230A 22
36. Remove the front mounting bolts from the right-hand

side of the cab.
37. Repeat this step on the left-hand side of the cab.
38. Raise the cab and remove the front cab mounting bolts
and the rear shock absorber/spring assembly bolts.
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the cab mounting
bolts until the cab has been lifted.
BAIS06CCM010AVA 23
39. Raise the cab slowly.

NOTICE: While lifting the cab, make sure all cables and
hoses are free from obstruction.
40. Remove the cab.
41. Place the cab on a secure stand.
CUIL14TR00510AA 24
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 12
Cab - Install
CAUTION
Heavy object!
C0095A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
CAUTION
Pinch hazard!
C0044A
Prior operation:
Cab - Remove (90.150) .
1. Install special tool 380003306 (1).

NOTE: Perform the procedure on both sides of the ma-
chine.
CUIL14TR00506AA 1
2. With the help of a suitable lifting device, position the lift

bracket 380003353 (1) above the cab.
NOTE: Place protective material on the cab roof to prevent
any damage.
CUIL14TR00507AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 13
3. Attach the front of the lift frame (1) to the handrails.
CUIL14TR00508AA 3
4. Attach the rear of the lifting frame to the brackets (1).
CUIL14TR00509AA 4
5. Position the cab on the tractor and lower slowly.
CUIL14TR00510AA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 14
6. Install the front cab mounting bolts.

Tighten to 390 - 430 Nm ( 288 - 317 lbft).
BAIS06CCM010AVA 6
7. Install the left-hand side damper/spring assembly up-

per retaining bolt and nut. Torque to the specified value.
Install the bolt and the fastening nut for the Panhard
rod.
8. Torque (1) to 294 Nm ( 217 lb ft).
9. Torque (2) to 81 Nm ( 60 lb ft).
BVE0230A 7
10. Install the right-hand side damper/spring assembly

upper retaining bolt and nut (2).
11. Install the cab strap, the cab strap retaining pin (3),
and the retaining ring (1).
12. Tighten (2) to a torque of 81 Nm ( 60 lb ft)
BVE0229A 8
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 15
13. Disconnect the rear of the lifting frame from the brack-
ets (1).
CUIL14TR00509AA 9
14. Disconnect the front of the lift frame (1) from the
handrails.
CUIL14TR00508AA 10
15. Remove the lift bracket 380003353 (1).
CUIL14TR00507AA 11
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 16
16. Remove the special tool 380003306 (1).

Install the blanking cap to the cab chassis.
CUIL14TR00506AA 12
17. Install the ladder.

18. Install the cab floor panel and the cab rubber floor mat
in the cab.
BVE0227A 13
19. Connect the ventilation hose for the main cylinder (1)
and the supply hose for the main cylinder (2).
BAIS06CCM008AVA 14
20. Connect the steering supply hose (2) and the steering
return hose (1).
BAIS06CCM142AVA 15
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 17
21. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 16
22. Connect the mechanical brake lines on the right-hand

(1) and left-hand (2) sides.
BAIS06CCM007AVA 17
23. Install the Power Take-Off (PTO) cable.

24. Install the cotter pin (3) and the fixing pin (2) and
tighten the fixing bolt (1).
BVE0213A 18
25. Connect the cab to the chassis ground strap.
BAIS06CCM006AVA 19
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 18
26. Install the ventilation tube in the rear axle housing.
BAIS06CCM005AVA 20
27. Install the parking brake cable (2). Install the parking
brake cable cotter pin (1) and the tapered pin.
28. Adjust the parking brake cable (2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 21
29. Connect the cab heater hoses (1). Install the hose
retaining cradle (2).
30. Remove the hose clips.
BAIS06CCM003AVA 22
31. Connect the oil supply hoses of the steering cylinder

(1) and (2).
BVE0218A 23
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 19
32. Connect the high-pressure hose (1) and the low-pres-

sure hose of the air conditioning (2).
BAIS06CCM001AVA 24
33. Unload and reload the refrigerant gas. Use certified

recovery systems.
34. Connect the coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 25
35. Install hood.

36. Remove the wooden chocks (1) between the front axle
and the front support.
BVE0410A 26

Install (10.254).
38. Install the engine side shields.
Next operation:
Battery - Install (55.302)
Next operation:
Engine cooling system - Filling (10.400)
Next operation:
Hydraulic service brakes - Bleed (33.202)
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 20
Cab suspension - Raise

1. Use a bar (1) suitable for the weight and dimensions of

the cab.
NOTICE: Ensure that the bar will not damage the cab roof.
2. Connect the tool to the hook with nylon ropes and apply
tension to the ropes.
LAIL11TL0764A0A 1
3. Lift the carpet on the floor and remove the two bolts (1)
(one on each side) that secure the cab to its supports.
CUIL13TR00741AA 2
4. Remove the nut (1) from the front pads of the cab.
NOTE: Perform the procedure on the other side of the ma-
chine.
CUIL13TR00743AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 21
5. Remove the nut (1) for fixing the cab to the support.
NOTE: Perform the procedure on the other side of the ma-
chine.
CUIL13TR00728AA 4
6. Loosen the breather tubes (1) and (2).
CUIL13TR00604AA 5
7. Remove the locks (1) and loosen the two lift lever con-
trol rods (2).
LAIL11TL0761A0A 6
8. Remove the Lift-O-Matic™control rod (1).
LAIL11TL0762A0A 7
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 22
9. Loosen the connection (2) and disconnect the oil feed

tube from the gearbox (1).
LAIL11TL0763A0A 8
10. Lift the operator cab approximately 5 cm and place

two blocks of wood (1) between the frame and the
support (2).
11. Lower the hook and remove the bar from inside the
cab.
LAIL11TL0766A0A 9
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 23
Index
Cab - 150
Cab - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cab - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cab - Special tools (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cab - Torque (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cab suspension - Raise (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
47770506 16/12/2015
90.1 [90.150] / 24
Cab interior - 151

47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 1
Contents
Cab interior - 151
SERVICE
Console
Right-hand console - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Right-hand console - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove Lining of the C pillar (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install Lining of the C pillar (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Right-hand console - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Right-hand console - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Instructional seat
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Cab interior
Console Right-hand console - Remove

1. Remove the handles from the levers.

2. Remove the quick nuts and the bolts (2).
3. Remove the left-hand plate (1).
CUIL14TR01069AA 1
4. Remove the screws (3).

5. Slide out the right-hand plate (1) from the covering (2).
CUIL14TR01071AA 2
6. Remove the screws (3).

7. Slide out the covering (1) from the console (2).
CUIL14TR01073AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 3
8. Remove cap screws (2).

9. Remove the front of the console (1).
CUIL14TR01072AA 4
10. Remove cap screws (1).
CUIL14TR01075AA 5
11. Remove the console (1) from the brackets (2) to re-
move the console from the cab frame.
CUIL14TR01076AA 6
Next operation:
Console Right-hand console - Install (90.151)
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 4
Console Right-hand console - Install

Prior operation:
Console Right-hand console - Remove (90.151)
1. Fit the console (1) on the brackets (2) of the cab frame.
CUIL14TR01076AA 1
2. Install the securing bolts (1).
CUIL14TR01075AA 2
NOTE: Apply the standard torque. Be careful not to damage the console.
3. Position the front of the console (1).
4. Install the screws (2). Tighten and torque to 8.9 -
11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01072AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 5
5. Position the covering (1) on the console (2).

6. Install the screws (3). Tighten and torque to 8.9 -
11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01073AA 4
7. Position the right-hand plate (1) on the covering (2).

8. Install the bolts and the quick nuts (3). Tighten and
torque to 8.9 - 11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01071AA 5
9. Position the left-hand plate (1).

10. Install the screws (2).
11. Install the handles on the levers.
CUIL14TR01069AA 6
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 6
Console - Remove Lining of the C pillar

1. Remove the studs (2) from the left-hand side of the

lining of the C pillar (1).
CUIL14TR01079BA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 7
2. Remove the studs (2).

3. Remove the plugs, the bolts and the spacers (3) from
the right-hand side of the lining of the C pillar (1).
CUIL14TR01080BA 2
4. Remove the lining of the C pillar (1) of the rear right-

hand side of the cab frame (2).
CUIL14TR01077AA 3
Next operation:
Console - Install Lining of the C pillar (90.151)
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 8
Console - Install Lining of the C pillar

Prior operation:
Console - Remove Lining of the C pillar (90.151)
1. Position the lining of the C pillar (1) on the rear right-

hand side of the cab frame (2).
CUIL14TR01077AA 1
2. Secure the right-hand side of the lining of the C pillar

(1) with the studs (2).
3. Secure with the spacers, the bolts and the plugs (3).
Torque the bolts toTorque the bolts to 22.0 - 29.0 N·m
(16.2 - 21.4 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01080BA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 9
4. Secure the left-hand side of the lining of the C pillar (1)

with the studs (2).
CUIL14TR01079BA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 10
Console Right-hand console - Remove

1. Remove the bolts (1) from the cover (2) of the console.
2. Remove the cover (2) of the console.
CUIL14TR01067AA 1
3. Remove the four bolts (1) from the cover of the panel
(2).
4. Remove the front cover of the panel (2).
5. Remove the 4 bolts (3) from the cover of the module
(4).
6. Remove the cover of the module (4).
CUIL14TR01070AA 2
7. Remove the side panel of the console (1) from the cab
frame.
CUIL14TR01070AA 3
Next operation:
Console Right-hand console - Install (90.151)
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 11
Console Right-hand console - Install

1. Position the side panel of the console (1) on the cab

frame.
CUIL14TR01070AA 1
2. Position the cover of the module (4).

3. Secure the cover of the module (4) with the 4 bolts (3).
Tighten and torque to 8.9 - 11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
4. Position the front cover (2) of the panel.
5. Secure the front cover of the panel (2) with the 4 bolts
(1). Tighten and torque to 2.6 - 3.4 N·m (1.9 - 2.5 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01070AA 2
6. Position the cover (2) of the panel over the other pan-
els.
7. Install the cover (2) with the bolts (1). Tighten and
torque to 8.9 - 11.6 N·m (6.6 - 8.6 lb ft).
CUIL14TR01067AA 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 12
Instructional seat - Remove

1. Remove the upholstery (1) and (2) from the seat.
CUIL14TR01078BA 1
2. Remove the bolts (2). Remove the seat (1).
CUIL14TR01066AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 13
3. Remove the bolts (3). Remove the support (1) of the

left-hand console (2).
CUIL14TR01068AA 3
4. Install the support (1) on the seat (2).
CUIL14TR01081BA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 14
5. Reinstall the upholstery (1) and (2) on the seat.
CUIL14TR01078BA 5
Next operation:
Instructional seat - Install (90.151)
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 15
Instructional seat - Install

Prior operation:
Instructional seat - Remove (90.151)
1. Remove the upholstery (1) and (2) from the seat.
CUIL14TR01078BA 1
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 16
2. Remove the bracket (1) from the seat (2).
CUIL14TR01081BA 2
3. Install the bracket (1) on the left-hand console (2).

4. Tighten the bolts (3) to 22.0 - 29.0 N·m (16.2 - 21.4 lb
ft).
CUIL14TR01068AA 3
5. Install the seat (1) on the left-hand console.

6. Tighten the bolts (2) to 22.0 - 29.0 N·m (16.2 - 21.4 lb
ft).
CUIL14TR01066AA 4
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 17
7. Reinstall the upholstery (1) and (2) on the seat.
CUIL14TR01078BA 5
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 18
Index
Cab interior - 151

Console - Install Lining of the C pillar (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Console - Remove Lining of the C pillar (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Console Right-hand console - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Console Right-hand console - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Console Right-hand console - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Console Right-hand console - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Instructional seat - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Instructional seat - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 19
47770506 16/12/2015
90.2 [90.151] / 20
Engine hood and panels - 100

47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Hood
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Engine hood and panels
Hood - Remove
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The hood is extremely heavy. When manually raising the hood, use suitable blocking equipment and
watch for sharp edges on machine.
W0049B
1. Raise the engine hood with the aid of a winch and a

nylon cable.
BAIS06CCM147AVA 1
2. Remove the mounting bolts (1) .

3. Disconnect the column (2). Repeat for the left-hand
side of the machine.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 2
4. Remove the hood.
47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 3
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Engine hood and panels
Hood - Install
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
The hood is extremely heavy. When manually raising the hood, use suitable blocking equipment and
watch for sharp edges on machine.
W0049B
1. Raise the hood over the engine frame with the aid of a
winch and a nylon cable.
BAIL08CVT446AVA 1
2. Fit the hood in the correct position.
BAIS06CCM147AVA 2

4. Connect the piston (2). Repeat the operation for the
left-hand side of the machine.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 3
5. Remove the winch and the nylon cable that you used
to raise the hood.
47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 4
Index

Hood - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hood - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 5
47770506 16/12/2015
90.3 [90.100] / 6
Engine shields, hood latches, and trims - 102

47770506 16/12/2015
90.4 [90.102] / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Side shield
Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
47770506 16/12/2015
90.4 [90.102] / 2
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Engine shields, hood latches, and trims
Side shield - Remove

1. Remove the fastening bolts (1) and (2). Remove the

side shield.
CUIL15TR00448AA 1
2. Remove the fastening bolts (1) and (2). Remove the

side shield.
CUIL15TR00449AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.4 [90.102] / 3
Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals - Engine shields, hood latches, and trims
Side shield - Install

1. Assemble the side shield. Install the fastening bolts (1)

and (2)
CUIL15TR00448AA 1
2. Assemble the side shield. Install the fastening bolts (1)

and (2)
CUIL15TR00449AA 2
47770506 16/12/2015
90.4 [90.102] / 4
Index

Side shield - Install (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Side shield - Remove (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47770506 16/12/2015
90.4 [90.102] / 5
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine Reference PAGE

380000665 [Crankshaft Front Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Front seal 10.2 / 3
Seal Extractor]
380000663 [Crankshaft Rear Crankshaft oil seal - Remove Rear Seal 10.2 / 4
Seal Remover]
380000459 [Range Gear Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Driven Output Shaft Socket
(65mm)]
380000465 [PShift & Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
DCommand Transmission
Drive / Driven Shaft Retainer]
380000466 [PShift and D Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Command Transmission
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000458 [Range Input And Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Output Shaft End Play Test
Tool]
380000460 [PShift Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
&DCommand Transmission
Drive Shaft Bearing Installer]
380000497 [Medium and "C" Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Clutch Hub Bearing Setting
Tool]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Clutch Piston Return Spring
Compressor]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Switch]
380000491 [Range Gear Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Output Shaft Retaining Tool]
380000568 [Transmission Semi-Powershift transmission - Special tools 21.1 / 4
Input/Output Shaft Bearing
Adjustment Tool]
380000466 [PShift and D Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble 21.1 / 31
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000465 [PShift & Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble 21.1 / 31
380000465 [PShift & Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble 21.1 / 31
380000466 [PShift and D Semi-Powershift transmission - Disassemble 21.1 / 31
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000466 [PShift and D Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble 21.1 / 36
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000465 [PShift & Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble 21.1 / 36
380000460 [PShift Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble 21.1 / 36
&DCommand Transmission
Drive Shaft Bearing Installer]
380000465 [PShift & Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble 21.1 / 41
47770506 16/12/2015
380000466 [PShift and D Semi-Powershift transmission - Assemble 21.1 / 41
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000497 [Medium and "C" Semi-Powershift transmission - Adjust 21.1 / 53
Clutch Hub Bearing Setting
Tool]
380000458 [Range Input And Semi-Powershift transmission - Adjust 21.1 / 53
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
Tool]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 56
Switch]
380200141 [Hydraulic Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 56
Pressure Gauge - 60 Bar]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 56
Quick Release Coupler
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 56
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 57
Banjo x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 57
Quick Release Adapter]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 57
x 1 (External) x 7/16 UNF
(Internal)]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Semi-Powershift transmission - Pressure test 21.1 / 58
(Internal)]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Calibrate 21.1 / 59
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Calibrate 21.1 / 60
Switch]
DATAR [DATAR Diagnostics] Semi-Powershift transmission - Configure 21.1 / 65
47770506 16/12/2015
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
UNF (Internal) x M12 x 1.5p
(External)]
380000578 [ Adapter, 7/16 Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
UNF (Female) x M14 X 1.5p
(Male)]
380000579 [Adapter M14 Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
Banjo x M14 x 1.5p (Female)]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
Switch]
380200148 [Solenoid Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
Break Out Cable Kit ]
380200148 [Solenoid Test Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 68
Break Out Cable Kit ]
(Male)]
380000579 [Adapter M14 Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 70
Banjo x M14 x 1.5p (Female)]
(Male)]
(Male)]
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Semi-Powershift transmission - Program 21.1 / 71
(External)]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Semi-Powershift transmission - H7 - Vehicle test modes 21.1 / 72
Switch]
DATAR [DATAR Diagnostics] Semi-Powershift transmission - H7 - Vehicle test modes 21.1 / 73
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Master clutch - Remove 21.3 / 4
Compressor]
47770506 16/12/2015
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Master clutch - Disassemble 21.3 / 9
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Speed clutch - Disassemble 21.3 / 11
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Speed clutch - Assemble 21.3 / 14
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Master clutch - Assemble 21.3 / 16
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Clutch Master clutch - Install 21.3 / 21
Compressor]
380000491 [Range Gear Gears - Remove 21.3 / 25
380000459 [Range Gear Gears - Remove 21.3 / 25
(65mm)]
380000491 [Range Gear Gears - Install 21.3 / 33
380000459 [Range Gear Gears - Install 21.3 / 33
(65mm)]
380000479 [Draft Control Electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 23.1 / 4
Spring Adjusting Lever]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 23.1 / 4
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Front-Wheel Drive 23.1 / 8
380000479 [Draft Control Front-Wheel Drive 23.1 / 8
380000984 [Clutch Spring Front-Wheel Drive 23.1 / 11
Compressor And Pin Spanner]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Front-Wheel Drive 23.1 / 16
380000479 [Draft Control Front-Wheel Drive 23.1 / 16
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Four-Wheel Drive 25.1 / 3
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Powered front axle - Calibrate 25.1 / 7
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Four-Wheel Drive 25.1 / 15
Switch]
380000548 [Front Axle Differential - Remove 25.2 / 5
Planetary Reduction Hub
Alignment Pins (M12 x 1.25)]
380000463 [Adjuster For Axle Differential - Assemble 25.2 / 6
Bevel Pinion Bearings]
380000600 [Bevel Pinion Differential - Assemble 25.2 / 7
Shimming Adjusting Gauge]
47770506 16/12/2015
380000249 [Universal Pinion Differential - Assemble 25.2 / 7
Installation Tool Kit]
Shaft Ring Nut Wrench]
380000504 [Bevel Drive Differential - Assemble 25.2 / 11
Pinion Splined Retaining Tool
(Class IV)]
380000468 [Bevel Pinion Differential - Disassemble 25.2 / 16
Shaft Ring Nut Wrench]
380000504 [Bevel Drive Differential - Disassemble 25.2 / 16
Pinion Splined Retaining Tool
(Class IV)]
380000555 [Differential Differential - Backlash 25.2 / 19
Carrier Bearing Adjustment
Ring Nut Spanner]
380000555 [Differential Differential - Preload 25.2 / 20
Carrier Bearing Adjustment
Ring Nut Spanner]
380200094 [Axle Pinion Shaft Differential - Preload 25.2 / 21
Seal Installer (85 x 37 x 15)]
380200092 [Suspended Axle Differential - Preload 25.2 / 21
Pinion Shaft Seal Installer
(101 x 42 x 27)]
380200105 [Front axle pinion Differential - Preload 25.2 / 21
seal and protection shield
installation press]
380200095 [Axle Pinion Seal Differential - Preload 25.2 / 22
Protector Installer (85 x 37)]
380200093 [Suspended Axle Differential - Preload 25.2 / 22
Pinion Seal Protector Installer
(101 x 42)]
380200105 [Front axle pinion Differential - Preload 25.2 / 22
seal and protection shield
installation press]
380000265 [Swivel Housing Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Pin Pivot Puller]
47770506 16/12/2015
380000234 [Swivel Pin Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Bearing Outer Race Puller]
380000235 [Swivel Housing Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Torque Check Adapter]
380000469 [Hub Bearing Ring Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Nut Socket]
380000482 [Wheel Hub Seal Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Installer]
380002489 [Bearing Extractor] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
380001143 [Front Axle Shaft Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
to Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
380000548 [Front Axle Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
380000237 [Rear Wheel Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts - Special tools 25.3 / 3
Lifting Hook]
380000265 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.3 / 5
Pin Pivot Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000234 [Swivel Pin Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.3 / 5
Bearing Outer Race Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000234 [Swivel Pin Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.3 / 6
Bearing Outer Race Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380002489 [Bearing Extractor] Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.3 / 6
Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000265 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul 25.3 / 6
Pin Pivot Puller] Four Wheel Drive Axle
380000235 [Swivel Housing Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload 25.3 / 7
380001143 [Front Axle Shaft Steering knuckle and king pin Swivel pin and bearing - Preload 25.3 / 7
to Swivel Housing Mounting
Guide (Class 3)]
380000548 [Front Axle Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle 25.3 / 10
380000469 [Hub Bearing Ring Wheel hub - Remove Four wheel drive axle 25.3 / 11
Nut Socket]
380000482 [Wheel Hub Seal Wheel hub - Assemble 25.3 / 16
Installer]
380000469 [Hub Bearing Ring Wheel hub - Assemble 25.3 / 17
Nut Socket]
380000459 [Range Gear Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
(65mm)]
380001783 [Transfer Box Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Shaft Puller]
380000506 [Pinion Nut Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Socket]
380000470 [PShift -C- Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Hydraulic Clutch Bearing
Gauge]
381000039 [SPACER] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
380000249 [Universal Pinion Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
380000475 [Differential Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Planetary Gear Adjustment
Tool ]
47770506 16/12/2015
380000237 [Rear Wheel Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Lifting Hook]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
380001144 [Bevel Gear & Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Crownwheel Differential Lifting
Hook]
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
380001113 [Final Drive Powered rear axle - Special tools 27.1 / 5
Housing Lifting Bracket]
380000237 [Rear Wheel Powered rear axle - Remove 27.1 / 11
Lifting Hook]
380001113 [Final Drive Powered rear axle - Remove 27.1 / 14
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Powered rear axle - Remove 27.1 / 14
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.1 / 16
380001783 [Transfer Box Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.1 / 16
Shaft Puller]
380001144 [Bevel Gear & Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.1 / 17
Crownwheel Differential Lifting
Hook]
380000466 [PShift and D Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.1 / 17
Driven Shaft Lock]
380000506 [Pinion Nut Powered rear axle - Disassemble 27.1 / 17
Socket]
380000475 [Differential Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 21
Tool ]
380000470 [PShift -C- Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 22
Gauge]
Gauge]
380000249 [Universal Pinion Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 22
Gauge]
Gauge]
Gauge]
Gauge]
381000039 [SPACER] Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 24
380000506 [Pinion Nut Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 25
Socket]
380000506 [Pinion Nut Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 25
Socket]
380000459 [Range Gear Powered rear axle - Adjust 27.1 / 27
(65mm)]
47770506 16/12/2015
380001113 [Final Drive Powered rear axle - Install 27.1 / 30
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Powered rear axle - Install 27.1 / 30
380000237 [Rear Wheel Powered rear axle - Install 27.1 / 33
Lifting Hook]
380000475 [Differential Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Overhaul 27.2 / 6
Tool ]
380000475 [Differential Differential lock Multi-plate clutch - Overhaul 27.2 / 7
Tool ]
380001113 [Final Drive Final drive housing - Remove 27.3 / 7
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Final drive housing - Remove 27.3 / 7
380001113 [Final Drive Final drive housing - Install 27.3 / 8
38020004 [Adapter Studs] Final drive housing - Install 27.3 / 8
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble 27.3 / 14
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Driving wheel shaft - Disassemble 27.3 / 14
380000540 [PTO Clutch Drum Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 31.1 / 3
Seal Mounting Protector]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 31.1 / 3
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 31.1 / 3
Switch]
381000038 [SPRING Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 31.1 / 3
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Rear electro-hydraulic control - Special tools 31.1 / 3
Compressor]
381000038 [SPRING Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 17
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 17
Compressor]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 19
Compressor]
381000038 [SPRING Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 19
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 19
380000549 [Slide Hammer] Rear electro-hydraulic control - Overhaul 31.1 / 21
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Rear electro-hydraulic control - Calibrate 31.1 / 22
Switch]
380000540 [PTO Clutch Drum Rear electro-hydraulic control - Assemble 31.1 / 33
Seal Mounting Protector]
381000038 [SPRING Rear electro-hydraulic control - Assemble 31.1 / 33
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Rear electro-hydraulic control - Assemble 31.1 / 33
Compressor]
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
380000493 [Adapter M10 Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
(Internal)]
47770506 16/12/2015
381000038 [SPRING Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380200108 [Bearing Pump Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
Hydraulic Clutch Adjuster]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
Compressor]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Two-speed rear Power Take-Off 31.2 / 3
Hose - 2 Metre]
380200108 [Bearing Pump Front drive shaft Gears - Adjust 31.2 / 4
381000038 [SPRING Power Take-Off 31.2 / 14
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Power Take-Off 31.2 / 14
Compressor]
381000038 [SPRING Power Take-Off 31.2 / 15
COMPRESSOR TOOL]
380000291 [PShift & PShuttle Power Take-Off 31.2 / 15
Compressor]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Power Take-Off 31.2 / 20
(Internal)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Power Take-Off 31.2 / 20
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Power Take-Off 31.2 / 20
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Power Take-Off 31.2 / 20
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Power Take-Off 31.2 / 20
Hose - 2 Metre]
380200002 [Parking Brake Parking brake discs - Overhaul Parking brake 33.3 / 6
Alignment Tool (6 Discs)]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Hydraulic systems - Pressure test Using DATAR Equipment 35.1 / 38
ORFS (female) x 9/16 ORFS
(male) x 7/16 UNF (female)]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Hydraulic systems - Pressure test Using DATAR Equipment 35.1 / 41
380000574 [Blanking Cap, Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
9/16 ORFS]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000554 [Remote Valve Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
Coupling]
380000576 [ Adaptor 7/16 Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
UNF female x 1/2 BSP male]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
47770506 16/12/2015
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000237 [Rear Wheel Pump - Special tools 35.2 / 4
Lifting Hook]
380000574 [Blanking Cap, Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 24
9/16 ORFS]
380000554 [Remote Valve Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 24
Coupling]
380000576 [ Adaptor 7/16 Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 24
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 24
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 24
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000574 [Blanking Cap, Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 25
9/16 ORFS]
380000554 [Remote Valve Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 25
Coupling]
380000576 [ Adaptor 7/16 Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 25
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Variable displacement pump - Pressure test 35.2 / 25
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose - 2 Metre]
380200006 [Oil Cooler Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
Pressure Test Adaptor]
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
(External)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
380000493 [Adapter M10 Pump control valve - Special tools 35.3 / 3
(Internal)]
380200006 [Oil Cooler Pump control valve - Pressure test – Bypass valve and lubrication 35.3 / 4
Pressure Test Adaptor] valve
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Pump control valve - Pressure test – Bypass valve and lubrication 35.3 / 4
Hose - 2 Metre] valve
380000577 [Adapter 7/16 Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
(External)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
47770506 16/12/2015
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000493 [Adapter M10 Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
(Internal)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
380000572 [Adapter, M10 Pump control valve Priority/Regulator valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 5
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Signal valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 8
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Signal valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 8
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Signal valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 8
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Signal valve - Pressure test 35.3 / 8
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380002720 [Load Check Valve Electro-hydraulic control valve - Special tools 35.5 / 3
Remover and Installer]
380002720 [Load Check Valve Remote control valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - 35.5 / 56
Remover and Installer] Assemble
380000495 [Lifting Brackets] Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove 35.5 / 60
380000495 [Lifting Brackets] Stack valve Closed center mechanical remote valve - Install 35.5 / 61
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Calibrate EDC valve 35.6 / 19
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronically-controlled hitch valve - Calibrate EDC valve 35.6 / 20
Switch]
380000517 [Tee Adapter - 1" Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools 35.7 / 3
ORFS female (internal) x 1"
ORFS male (external) x 7/16
UNF female (internal)]
380200003 [Hydraulic Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools 35.7 / 3
Pressure Test Hose ]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools 35.7 / 3
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools 35.7 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Three-point hitch cylinder - Special tools 35.7 / 3
Hose - 2 Metre]
380200003 [Hydraulic Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test 35.7 / 7
Pressure Test Hose ]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test 35.7 / 7
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test 35.7 / 7
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Three-point hitch cylinder - Pressure test 35.7 / 7
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000281 [Rotoglyd Steering Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
Seal Installer]
47770506 16/12/2015
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
Hose - 2 Metre]
380000543 [Hydraulic Test Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000570 [Tee Adapter, 1/4 Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
ORFS (Female) x 1/4 ORFS
(Male) x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
380000305 [Power Steering Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
KIN_RING Seal Installer]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
380000599 [Blanking Cap, Hydraulic control components - Special tools 41.3 / 3
11/16 ORFS]
380000573 [Tee Adapter, 9/16 Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
380200147 [Hydraulic Test Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
Hose - 2 Metre]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000570 [Tee Adapter, 1/4 Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
ORFS (Female) x 1/4 ORFS
(Male) x 7/16 UNF (Female)]
380000492 [7/16 UNF Male Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
380000599 [Blanking Cap, Hydraulic control components - Pressure test 41.3 / 12
11/16 ORFS]
Hose - 2 Metre]
(female) 1/4 NPTF]
380000305 [Power Steering Power steering control valve - Assemble 41.3 / 19
KIN_RING Seal Installer]
380000281 [Rotoglyd Steering Power steering control valve - Assemble 41.3 / 19
Seal Installer]
380000558 [ Vacuum / Charge Air conditioning - Special tools 50.3 / 4
Portable System]
380000315 [Recovery Air conditioning - Special tools 50.3 / 4
And Rrecharge Portable
System (For Discharging
And Recovering Of The
Refrigerant)]
380000312 [Evaporator And Air conditioning - Special tools 50.3 / 4
Condenser Fin Cleaner]
380000314 [Electronic Gas Air conditioning - Special tools 50.3 / 4
Leakage Detector (R12 and
R134a)]
380000333 [Sanden / Sankio Air conditioning - Special tools 50.3 / 4
Compressor Overload Kit]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module - Configure Central Control Unit 55.3 / 93
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module - Static description 55.3 / 110
Switch]
47770506 16/12/2015
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module - Static description 55.3 / 110
Switch]
380050010 [Test Probe Kit] Electronic modules - Static description 55.3 / 117
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Electronic module Central Control Unit 55.3 / 161
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Calibrate 55.5 / 6
Switch]
380000843 [Diagnostic Test Rear three-point hitch electronic control system - Calibrate 55.5 / 7
Switch]
380003353 [Cab Lift Frame] Cab - Special tools 90.1 / 5
380003306 [Cab lift brackets - Cab - Special tools 90.1 / 5
Maxxum / Puma / T6 / T7]
380003306 [Cab lift brackets - Cab - Remove 90.1 / 10
380003353 [Cab Lift Frame] Cab - Remove 90.1 / 10
380003306 [Cab lift brackets - Cab - Install 90.1 / 13
380003353 [Cab Lift Frame] Cab - Install 90.1 / 13
380003353 [Cab Lift Frame] Cab - Install 90.1 / 16
380003306 [Cab lift brackets - Cab - Install 90.1 / 17
Kit Reference PAGE
380040089 [Electrical Repair Electronic modules - Static description 55.3 / 117
Kit]
47770506 16/12/2015
PRINTED IN BRASIL
47770506 16/12/2015
EN

Preview

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Preview

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE SERVICE MANUAL

© 2015 CNH Industrial Latin America LTDA. All Rights Reserved.

T7.175 With cab, 18X6, TIER 3 [HCCZ7175CECW21177 - ]

Product Market Product Engine

[10.103] Crankshaft and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2

[10.216] Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3

[10.250] Turbocharger and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4

[10.254] Intake and exhaust manifolds and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5

[10.400] Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6

[18.110] Clutch and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2

[21.133] Semi-Powershift transmission external controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.2

[21.152] Semi-Powershift transmission internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.3

[21.160] Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.4

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system .................................................. 23

Front axle system ....................................................................... 25

[25.102] Front bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.2

[25.108] Final drive hub, steering knuckles, and shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.3

Rear axle system........................................................................ 27

[27.106] Rear bevel gear set and differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.2

[27.120] Planetary and final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.3

[31.114] Two-speed rear Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2

Brakes and controls .................................................................... 33

[33.300] Pneumatic service brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2

[33.110] Parking brake or parking lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.3

[35.106] Variable displacement pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.2

[35.102] Pump control valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.3

[35.105] Charge pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.4

[35.204] Remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.5

[35.114] Three-point hitch control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.6

[35.116] Three-point hitch cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.7

Pneumatic system ...................................................................... 36

Hitches, drawbars, and implement couplings.................................. 37

[37.110] Rear three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.2

Frames and ballasting ................................................................. 39

[39.140] Ballasts and supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.2

[41.106] Tie rods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2

[41.200] Hydraulic control components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3

[41.216] Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.5

[44.520] Rear wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.2

Cab climate control ..................................................................... 50

[50.104] Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.2

[50.200] Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.3

Electrical systems ....................................................................... 55

[55.302] Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.2

[55.640] Electronic modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.3

[55.045] Front axle control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4

[55.130] Rear three-point hitch electronic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.5

[55.DTC] FAULT CODES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.6

Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals ............................................. 90

[90.151] Cab interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.2

[90.100] Engine hood and panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.3

[90.102] Engine shields, hood latches, and trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.4

Foreword - Important notice regarding equipment servicing (*) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

(*) See content for specific models

Foreword - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

Foreword - How to use and navigate through this manual

That information could be:

Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Dynamic description (10.001 - C.30.A.10) 6

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - General specification (10.001 - D.40.A.10) 4

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Remove (10.001 -F.10.A.10) 8

ENGINE - Engine and crankcase - Troubleshooting (10.001 - G.40.A.10) 10

Information units and information search

Example information Engine block cover - Front – Remove (10.102.AP.01 - F.10.A.10)